NATIONAL INTELLIGENCE SURVEY STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS NATURE, PURPOSE, AND SCOPE OF THE NIS PROGRAM

• Document Type: CREST
• Collection: General CIA Records
• Document Number (FOIA) /ESDN (CREST): CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
• Release Decision: RIPPUB
• Original Classification: C
• Document Page Count: 246
• Document Creation Date: November 11, 2016
• Document Release Date: July 24, 1998
• Sequence Number: 1
• Publication Date: July 1, 1967
• Content Type: REGULATION

w4s..4 *mil ftIrIneniW * W
NATIONAL
INTELLIGENCE SURVEY
STANDARD INSTRUCTION
?64.0 'LPhL&AI
4 Q,
JE. A.1.111
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP 9-01055A000300020001-5
WARNING
This document contains information affecting the national defense of
the United States, within the meaning of Title 18, Sections 793 and 794,
of the U. S. Code, as amended. Its transmission or revelation of its
contents to or receipt by an unauthorized person is prohibited by law.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
RECORD COPY
This revision of the NIS Standard Instructions dated July 1957, is is-
sued under the NIS maintenance program. It supersedes the NIS Stand-
ard Instructions dated how 1951, copies of which, should be destroyed.
JOB NO.
BOX NO, 3
FOLCER NO,
TOTAL DOCS HEREIN _L
DOCUMENT NO. ?
NO CHANC,E IN CLASS 0
LI
DECLASaf:
CLASS. f."): S C
NEXT REV47:6"/
AUTH: HR 70-2
DATE: irla
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
r
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NATIONAL INTELLIGENCE SURVEY
STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
NATURE, PURPOSE, AND SCOPE
OF THE NIS PROGRAM
CENTRAL INTELLIGENCE AGENCY
Office of Basic Intelligence
Washington, D. C.
1 J.J_J LAN 1 J.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957
Nature, Purpose, and Scope of the NIS Program
Authority for the NIS Program
The National Intelligence Survey (NIS) Program
was established pursuant to National Security Council
Intelligence Directive No, 3. This directive provides
that:
An outline of all basic intelligence required by the
Government shall be maintained by the Central Intelli-
gence Agency (CIA) in collaboration with the appro-
priate agencies.
This outline shall be broken down into chapters,
sections, and subsections which shall be allocated as
production and maintenance responsibilities to CIA
and those agencies of the Government which are best
qualified by reason of mission, production capability,
and primary interest to assume the production and
maintenance responsibility.
This basic intelligence shall be compiled and con-
tinuously maintained in the National Intelligence
Survey to cover foreign countries, areas, or broad
special subjects as required in the interest of national
security.
The NIS shall be disseminated in such form as may
be determined by the Director of Central Intelligence
(DCI) and the agencies concerned.
The DCI shall be responsible for coordinating pro-
duction and maintenance and for accomplishing the
review, publication, and dissemination of the NIS and
shall make such requests of the agencies as are neces-
sary for proper development and maintenance of the
NIS.
Departments or agencies to be called on for con-
tributions to this undertaking may include agencies
other than those represented permanently on the Intelli-
gence Advisory Committee (IAC).
Basic Concepts of the NIS Program
The NIS is a comprehensive digest of the basic
intelligence required for the U.S. Government. The
NIS is designed to serve fully the basic intelligence
requirements of the Department of Defense in strategic
and high level operational planning, and the Depart-
ment of State in formulating and executing U.S. foreign
policy. The NIS also serves lower planning and opera-
tional levels in the Armed Forces and the Department
of State, and in addition all other Government agencies
which require basic intelligence in the accomplishment
of their missions.
In general, the intelligence contained in the NIS is
concerned with the relatively permanent features and
fundamental characteristics of a country, area, ocean
basin, or broad special subject, and covers such fields
as the geographical, transportation, sociological, polit-
ical, economic, scientific, and military aspects of the
country or area or the fundamental aspects of the
broad special subject.
The NIS Program has developed in two phases:
first, the initial production of NIS on countries or areas
in accordance with Joint Chiefs of Staff priorities and
Intelligence Agency capabilities; and second, the con-
tinuous maintenance of published NIS. The two
phases proceed concurrently.
The objective of the first phase has been to produce
integrated basic intelligence on all countries and areas
within the limits of available information.
The objective of the second phase is to maintain the
continuing validity of the basic intelligence in pub-
lished NIS. Worldwide collection of information for
the NIS is a continuing process. Sections are revised
and issued under the NIS maintenance program when
sufficient information is available to improve their
.adequacy as follows: 1) presenting fundamentally
changed situations in an area; 2) filling gaps in intelli-
gence sufficient, to require new evaluations; or 3) incor-
porating new intelligence requirements which reflect
policy, planning, or high level operational needs. It is
the responsibility of agencies having primary interest
to place each NIS unit actively on a maintenance basis
as soon as the unit has been initially produced and to
revise the unit for publication as required by these
NIS maintenance criteria.
Production for the NIS Program requires an over-all
collection effort covering all foreign countries and areas
of the world simultaneously. The intelligence data
resulting from this collection and continuous processing
necessarily are more comprehensive and detailed than
those appearing in the printed NIS and constitute a
reservoir of available basic intelligence to serve the
interest of national security.
Each published NIS unit is an integral component
in the National intelligence Survey of comprehen-
sive basic intelligence on the relevant area, but may
be published and disseminated separately for flexibility
in production, use, and maintenance.
NIS Standard Instructions
The NIS Standard Instructions are issued in imple-
mentation of National Security Council Intelligence
Directive No. 3. They contain a listing of NIS Areas,
outlines of basic intelligence requirements, allocations
of responsibility for production, and instructions for
the preparation of this intelligence. The Standard
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 1
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS JULY 057
Instructions were prepared by a joint committee of
representatives of the Director of Central Intelligence
and the Chiefs of Intelligence Agencies of the Depart-
ments of State, the Army, the Navy, and the Air
Force; were concurred in by the =lntelligence Advisory
Committee; and were approved by the National Se-
curity Council. Changes in outline requirements and
other modifications are made when authorized and
approved by the permanent NIS Committee.
The outlines and outline guides are so drafted as to
cover all the basic intelligence aspects of the most com-
plex foreign country or area. However, the appropriate
treatment of any topic included in the outlines and
outline guides is determined by the sense in which and
the extent to which that topic applies to the particular
country or area under consideration. The outlines
and outline guides are thus flexibly adaptable to the
country or area or topic concerned.
The Standard Instructions prescribe the basic pro-
cedures to be followed in producing and maintaining
all NIS. However, when cogent reasons exist, the
instructions may be modified or supplemented to permit
appropriate treatment of any topic.
Content of the NIS
A standard NIS is divided into chapters, each of
which treats a major functional aspect of the country
or area under (mnsideration. These chapters are
divided into sections, each of which treats a major sub-
division of the field covered by the chapter. The
standard NIS chapters are as follows:
Chapter I
Chapter II
Chapter III
Chapter I V
Chapter V
Chapter VI
Chapter VII
Chapter VIII
Chapter IX
Brief
Military Geography
Transportation and Telecommunications
Sociological
Political
Economic
Scientific
Armed Forces
Map and Chart Appraisal
The section is the NIS basic unit of production and
subsequent maintimance. Each section is individually
classified, indicates the Intelligence Agency primarily
responsible for the preparation of the section, and
carries the date on which the responsible agency
approved the material for NIS publication.
When appropriate, chapter discussion is amplified
by more detailed treatment in supplements. There
are six supplements:
Supplement I
Supplement II
Supplement III
Supplement IV
Supplement V
Supplement VI
PAGE 2
Ports and Naval Facilities
Coasts and Landing Beaches
Telecommunications
Urban Areas
Petroleum
Communism
The NIS on Ocean Areas, entitled Marine Climate
and Oceanography, divides the world's four ocean
basins into Parts, which are units of production and
maintenance. Ocean basins are designated as follows:
NIS 104 Atlantic Basin 12 Parts
NIS 105 Pacific Basin 12 Parts
NIS 106 Indian Basin 4 Parts
NIS 107 Arctic Basin 1 Part
Basic intelligence on International Communism is
covered in the NIS in two units. One unit, SUPPLE-
MENT VI (Communism), provides intelligence on the
Communist apparatus and activities in individual
countries. The second unit appears as NIS 108 (Inter-
national Communism) and gives integrated coverage
on world-wide Communist front organizations.
The standard NIS includes a gazetteer of geographic
names approved by the United States Board on Geo-
graphic Names. NIS Gazetteers are issued as sepa-
rate volumes.
A consolidated biographical reference work, Key
Personalities, is prepared for each standard NIS.
The scope of each NIS unit is set forth in detail
under the outline guides in this volume. The following
descriptions apply to CHAPTERS II?IX (specifications
for CHAPTER I are given in the Standard Instructions
for that chapter):
a) The first section of most chapters is entitled
Introduction. This section is an integrated over-view
of the subject treated in the chapter. It also presents
general aspects which can be more appropriately so
treated than elsewhere in the chapter.
b) The first subsection of most sections is entitled
General. This subsection provides a proper approach
to the treatment of material contained in the remainder
of the section.
c) The last subsection of most sections is uni-
formly entitled Comments on Principal Sources. This
subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source material
used in preparing the section and thereby inform the user
of the general credibility to be accorded the intelligence
contained in the section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which infor-
mation is deficient or unavailable and thereby provide
general guidance for collection effort. In this connection,
only the principal sources actually used are indicated.
Separate entities within a larger NIS area, such as
the Vatican within NIS 17. (Italy), may be separately
produced as annexes to the Introduction Section of the
pertinent chapters on the larger area. Scheduling and
production of such annexes require the prior .review
and approval of the NIS Committee.
ajoinnopporra
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 NATURE, PURPOSE, AND SCOPE
Summary of agency functions
1. GENERAL
Where one agency is responsible for a section of a
chapter or a subsection of a section which is being co-
ordinated by another agency, working level liaison is
maintained. All communications of a policy or require-
ments nature to the agency preparing the section or
subsection are passed through intelligence command
channels.
In all instances working level coordination among
agencies concerned includes the following:
Exchange, where applicable, of drafts of completed draft
sections in order to resolve inconsistencies among sec-
tions and detect gaps in over-all coverage.
Informal coordination in compiling specific subsections
which are assigned as the responsibility of one agency
but impinge upon the field of interest of another.
2. NIS COMMITTEE
The NIS Committee consists of representatives of
the Director of Central Intelligence and the Chiefs of
the Intelligence Agencies of the Departments of State,
the Army, the Navy, and the Air Force. The repre-
sentative of the Director of Central Intelligence is the
chairman of the Committee. It may include an advi-
sory member from the Joint Staff who is familiar with
the basic intelligence requirements of the Joint Chiefs
of Staff (JCS), and who shall keep the JCS informed of
the progress of the NIS Program, and advise the NIS
Committee of changes in JCS requirements.
The NIS Committee performs the following func-
tions:
Considers and approves policies and plans for the
NIS Program.
Determines the scope and treatment of each NIS
to be produced.
Allocates responsibility for production and main-
tenance of NIS in accordance with the mission, pro-
duction capability, and primary interest of the agencies
concerned.
Establishes NIS production and maintenance sched-
ules based upon JCS priorities and agency capabilities.
Promulgates procedures and instructions for the
preparation, review, editing, and submission of NIS
contributions.
Recommends to CIA measures necessary ?for the
coordination of the NIS Program.
3. CENTRAL INTELLIGENCE AGENCY
The Central Intelligence Agency performs the follow-
ing functions:
Furnishes the chairman, vice chairman, and secre-
tariat of the NIS Committee.
Provides over-all coordination of the NIS Program.
Produces and maintains the NIS units which have
been allocated by the NIS Committee as production
responsibilities.
Furnishes certain common services which can best
be done centrally.
Provides advisory substantive review and over-all
editorial guidance; processes and publishes the NIS.
Disseminates NIS in accordance with Intelligence
Agency agreements.
4. OTHER IAC AGENCIES
Other IAC Agencies (State, Army, Navy, and Air
Force) perform the following functions:
Provide members and alternate members of the NIS
Committee. Each member represents, and speaks for,
the Chief of the Intelligence Agency of the department
from which he is accredited.
Produce and maintain the NIS units which have
been allocated by the NIS Committee as production
responsibilities.
Implement collection efforts required for NIS pro-
duction and maintenance.
5. NON-IAC AGENCIES
Contributing non-IAC Agencies perform the follow-
ing functions:
Produce and maintain portions of NIS when ex-
plicitly assigned that responsibility by the NIS Com-
mittee or by an Intelligence Agency with the approval
of that committee.
Furnish InteWgence Agencies with material for inte-
gration into NIS by those agencies.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 3
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NATIONAL INTELLIGENCE SURVEY
STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
ALLOCATIONS OF RESPONSIBILITY FOR PRODUCTION
AND MAINTENANCE OF THE NIS
CENTRAL INTELLIGENCE AGENCY
Office of Basic Intelligence
Washington, D. C.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957
CONFIDENTIAL
Allocations of Responsibility for Production and Maintenance
of the NIS
Neither the following allocations nor any interpretation thereof
shall negate the basic principle that each department is respon-
sible for the production of that intelligence which is responsive to its
departmental mission.
CHAPTER I?BRIEF
Section 10?Introduction
11?Significance of the Area
12?Military Geography
13?Transportation and Telecommunications
14?Sociological
15?Political
16?Economic (Outside Sino-Soviet Bloc Areas)
16?Economic (Sino-Soviet Bloc Areas)
17?Scientific
18?Armed Forces
19?Map and Chart Appraisal
CHAPTER II?MILITARY GEOGRAPIIY
Section 20?Introduction
21?Military Geographic Regions
22?Coasts and Landing Beaches
23?Weather and Climate
24?Topography
25?Urban Areas
CHAPTER III?TRANSPORTATION AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
Section 30?Introduction
31?Railway
32?Highway
33?Inland Waterway
34?Petroleum Pipeline (treated in Subsection 62, C and
Supplement V)
35?Ports and Naval Facilities
36?Merchant Marine
37?Civil Air
38?Telecommunications
CHAPTER IV SOCIOLOGICAL
Section 40?Introduction
41?Population
42?Characteristics of the People
43?Religion, Education, and Public Information
44?Manpower
45?Health and Sanitation
46?Welfare
CONFIDENTIAL
'CIA?CHAPTER. COORDINATOR
CIA
CIA (with joint assistance)
Army (with joint assistance)
Army (with joint assistance)
State (with CIA assistance)
State (with CIA assistance)
State (with joint assistance)
CIA (with joint assistance)
CIA (with joint assistance)
Army (with joint assistance)
CIA (with joint assistance)
ARMY?CHAPTER COORDINATOR
Army (with joint assistance)
Army (with joint assistance)
Navy (with Army assistance)
Air Force (with joint assistance)
Army
Army (with joint assistance)
ARMY?CHAPTER COORDINATOR
Army (with joint assistance)
Army
Army
Army
Joint Army-Navy
Navy
Air Force (with Navy participation)
Army
.STATE?CIIAPTER COORDINATOR
State
State (with Army assistance)
'State'
State
State
CIA (with Army assistance)
State
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE. 1
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL
CHAPTER V-POLITICAL
NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
Section 50--Introduction
51?The Constitutional System
52?Structure of the Government
53?Po1itical Dynamics
54?Public Order and Safety
55?National Policies
56?Intelligence and Security
57?Sub v ersive
58?Propaganda
59?Biographies of Key Personalities
CHAPTER VI-ECONOMIC (OUTSIDE SINO-SOVIET BLOC AREAS)
Section 60?Introduction
61?Agriculture, Fisheries, and Forestry
62?Fuels and Power
D. Electric Power
63?Minerals and Metals
F. Construction materials
64?Manufacturing and Construction
A. General
B. Industrial machinery and equipment
C. Vehicles
D. Aircraft production
E. Shipbuilding
F. Explosives (industrial and military)
G. Arms and ammunition (including explosive de-
vices), fire-control equipment, and bomb
sights
H. Other military equipment and supplies
I. Telecommunications equipment
J. Chemical industries
K. Agricultural processing industries
L. Fibers, fabrics, and rubber
M. Construction industries
N. Other industries
0. Comments on principal sources
65?Trade and Finance
CHAPTER VI-ECONOMIC (SINO-SOVIET BLOC AREAS)
Section 60?Introduction
61?Agriculture, Fisheries, and Forestry
62?Fuels and Power
D. Electric Power
63?Minerals and Metals
F. Construction materials
PAGE 2
STATE-CHAPTER COORDINATOR
State
State
State
State
State
Sta to
CIA
State
State
State
STATE-CHAPTER COORDINATOR
JULY 1957
State (with joint assistance)
State (with the assistance of the Department
of Agriculture and the Fish and Wildlife
Service, Department of the Interior)
State (with assistance of the Department of
the Interior)
Army
State (with the assistance of the Department
of the Interior)
Army
State (with joint assistance)
State
State (primary responsibility)
Army
Air Force (with Navy participation)
Navy
Army (with joint assistance)
Army (with joint assistance)
Army (with joint assistance)
Army (with joint assistance)
State
State
State
State
State
State (with joint assistance)
State
CIA-CHAPTER COORDINATOR
CIA
CIA
CIA
Army
CIA
Army
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 ALLOCATIONS
CHAPTER VI-ECONOMIC (SINO-SOVIET BLOC AREAS) (Continued)
64?Manufacturing and Construction
A. General
B. Industrial machinery and equipment
C. Vehicles
D. Aircraft production
E. Shipbuilding
F. Explosives (industrial and military)
G. Arms and ammunition (including explosive de-
vices), fire-control equipment, and bomb
sights
II. Other military equipment and supplies
I. Telecommunications equipment
J. Chemical industries
K. Agricultural processing industries
L. Fibers, fabrics, and rubber
M. Construction industries
N. Other industries
0. Comments on principal sources
65?Trade and Finance
CHAPTER VII?SCIENTIFIC
Section 70?Introduction
71?Electronics
72?Air, Ground, and Naval Weapons
73?Atomic Energy
74?Biological Warfare
75?Chemical Warfare
76?Miscellaneous Scientific
CHAPTER VIII-ARMED FORCES
Section 80?Introduction
81?Ground Forces
82?Naval Forces
83?Air Forces
CONFIDENTIAL
CONFIDENTIAL
CIA-CHAPTER COORDINATOR (Continued)
CIA (with joint assistance)
CIA
CIA
Army
Air Force (with Navy participation)
Navy
Army (with joint assistance)
Army (with joint assistance)
Army (with joint assistance)
Army (with joint assistance)
CIA
CIA
CIA
CIA
CIA
CIA
CIA
CIA-CHAPTER COORDINATOR
CIA (with contributions or assistance of
State, Army, Navy, and Air Force). Coor-
dinated by the SEC.
Navy (with contributions from Army and
Air Force, and CIA assistance). Coordi-
nated by the SEC.
Air Force (with contributions from Army and
Navy, and CIA assistance). Coordinated
by the SEC.
CIA (with contributions or assistance of State,
Army, Navy, Air Force, and the Atomic
Energy Commission). Coordinated by the
JAEIC.
Army (with joint assistance). Coordinated
by the SEC.
Army (with joint assistance). Coordinated
by the SEC.
CIA (with joint assistance). Coordinated
by the SEC.
ARMY-CHAPTER COORDINATOR
Army (with joint assistance)
Army
Navy
Air Force (with Navy participation)
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 3
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS JULY 1957
CHAPTER IX-MAP AND CHART APPRAISAL
Section 90?General
91?Se1ected Maps, Charts, and Plans
A. General '
B. Physical maps, navigation charts, and maps
and plans of urban areas
C. Transportation and communications maps and
charts
D. Sociological, political, and economic maps
E. Special armed forces maps and charts
F. Terrain models
92?Indexes of mapping data and coverage
SUPPLEMENT I-PO RTS AND NAVAL FACILITIES
SUPPLEMENT II-COASTS AND LANDING BEACHES
SUPPLEMENT III-TELECOMMUNICATIONS
SUPPLEMENT IV-URBAN AREAS
SUPPLEMENT V-PETROLEUM
SUPPLEMENT VI-COMMUNISM
KEY PERSONALITIES
MARINE CLIMATE AND OCEANOGRAPHY
Section 1?Introduction
2?Marine Climate
3?Oceanography
INTERNATIONAL CO VIMUNISM
PAGE 4
CIA-CHAPTER COORDINATOR
CIA, Army, Navy, Air Force
CIA (with joint assistance)
CIA
Army, Navy, Air Force
CIA, Army, Navy, Air Force
CIA
Army, Navy, Air Force
Army, Navy
CIA (as coordinating staff for material re-
ceived from Army, Navy, and Air Force)
JOINT ARMY-NAVY
NAVY (WITH ARMY ASSISTANCE)
ARMY
ARMY
SINO-SOVIET BLOC AREAS: CIA
OUTSIDE SINO-SOVIET BLOC AREAS: STATE
(WITH ASSISTANCE OF THE DEPARTMENT
OF THE INTERIOR)
STATE
JOINT CIA-STATE-ARMY-NAVY-AIR FORCE
NAVY
Navy
Navy
Navy
STATE
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
jtniv 1957
ALLOCATIONS:
Contributor Statements?NIS Program
CONFIDENTIAL
Each published NIS contains a contributor statement, approved by the NIS Committee, showing
the principal agency or agencies contributing to and responsible for the preparation of that NIS. The
approved contributor statements are listed below.
CHAPTER I?BRIEF
This Chapter was prepared for the NIS under
the general direction of the NIS Committee in
accordance with allocations of responsibility in
the NIS Standard Instructions. Section co-
ordinators are noted at the top of each page.
CHAPTER II?MILITARY GEOGRAPHY
Section 20?Introduction
This Section was prepared for the NIS under
the general supervision of the Assistant Chief of
Staff, Intelligence, Department of the Army, by
the Office of the Chief of Engineers, with con-
tributions on sea approaches from the U.S.
Navy Hydrographic Office, and on weather,
climate, and air approaches from the Air
Weather Service, USAF.
Section 21?Military Geographic Regions
This Section was prepared for the NIS under
the general supervision of the Assistant Chief of
Staff, Intelligence, Department of the Army,
by the Office of the Chief of Engineers, with
contributions on coasts and landing beaches
from the Office of Naval Intelligence, and on
weather and climate from the Air Weather
Service, USAF.
Section 22?Coasts and Landing Beaches
This Section was prepared for the NIS by the
Office of Naval Intelligence, with contributions
on coastal oceanography from the U.S. Navy
Hydrographic Office, and on routes of trans-
portation from the Office of the Chief of Trans-
portation, Department of the Army. The ma-
terial on landing beaches was prepared under
the general supervision of the Assistant Chief of
Staff, Intelligence, Department of the Army, by
the Office of the Chief of Engineers.
Section 23?Weather and Climate
This Section was prepared for the NIS under
the general supervision of the Assistant Chief of
Staff, Intelligence, USAF, by the Air Weather
Service, with contributions on clothing and
CONFIDENTIAL
temporary shelter from the Office of the Quar-
termaster General, Department of the Army,
and on naval and amphibious operations from
the Naval Weather Service Division.
Section 24--Topography
This Section was prepared for the NIS under
the general supervision of the Assistant Chief of
Staff, Intelligence, Department of the Army, by
the Office of the Chief of Engineers.
Section 25--Urban Areas
This Section was prepared for the NIS under
the general supervision of the Assistant Chief of
Staff, Intelligence, Department of the Army,
by the Office of the Chief of Engineers, with the
assistance of the Bureau of Intelligence and Re-
search, Department of State, the Office of the
Assistant Chief of Staff, Intelligence, USAF,
and the Offices of the Chief of Ordnance, Quar-
termaster General, Chief Signal Officer, and
Surgeon General, Department of the Army.
CHAPTER III?TRANSPORTATION AND TELECOMMUNI-
CATIONS
Section 30--Introduction
This Section was prepared for the NIS by the
Office of the Assistant Chief of Staff, Intelli-
gence, Department of the Army, with contribu-
tions from the Office of Naval Intelligence, the
Office of the Assistant Chief of Staff, Intelli-
gence, USAF, and from the Offices of the Chief
of Transportation and the Chief Signal Officer,
Department of the Army.
Section 31--Railway
This Section was prepared for the NIS under
the general supervision of the Assistant Chief of
Staff, Intelligence, Department of the Army, by
the Office of the Chief of Transportation, with
contributions on construction, maintenance,
engineering structures, and loading and clear-
ance diagrams from the Office of the Chief of
Engineers.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957
Section 55?National Policies
ALLOCATIONS
This Section was prepared for the NIS by the
Bureau of Intelligence and Research, Depart-
ment of State.
Section 56?Intelligence and Security
This Section was prepared for the NIS by the
Central Intelligence Agency.
Section 57?Subversive
This Section was prepared for the NIS by the
Bureau of Intelligence and Research, Depart-
ment of State.
Section 58?Propaganda
This Section was prepared for the NIS by the
Bureau of Intelligence and Research, Depart-
ment of State.
Section 59?Biographies of Key Personalities
This Section was prepared for the NIS by the
Bureau of Intelligence and Research, Depart-
ment of State.
CHAPTER VI?EcoNomic (outside Sino-Soviet Bloc
Areas)
For Consolidated Chapter:
This Chapter was prepared for the NIS under
the general supervision of the Special Assistant,
Intelligence, Department of State. Material on
agriculture and forestry, was contributed by the
Department of Agriculture; material on fisher-
ies, fuels, minerals, and metals by the Depart-
ment of the Interior; material on electric power
and construction materials by the Office of the
Chief of Engineers, Department of the Army;
material on aircraft by the Office of the Assistant
Chief of Staff, Intelligence, USAF, with Navy
participation; material on shipbuilding by the
Office of Naval Intelligence; material on other
military end items, telecommunications equip-
ment, and motor vehicles by the Office of the
Chief of Ordnance, Office of the Chief Signal
Officer, and Office of the Assistant Chief of Staff,
Intelligence, Department of the Army; and the
balance by the Bureau of Intelligence and Re-
search, Department of State.
Section 60?Introduction
This Section was prepared for the NIS by the
Bureau of Intelligence and Research, Depart-
ment of State.
CONFIDENTIAL
CONFIDENTIAL
Section 61--Agriculture, Fisheries, and Forestry
This Section was prepared for the NIS under
the general supervision of the Special Assistant,
Intelligence, Department of State, by the De-
partment of Agriculture and the Department of
the Interior.
Section 62--Fuels and Power
This Section was prepared for the NIS under
the general supervision of the Special Assistant,
Intelligence, Department of State. Contribu-
tors of Subsections were: 62A, 62B, 62C, De-
partment of the Interior; 62D, Office of the
Chief of Engineers, Department of the Army.
Section 63--Minerals and Metals
This Section was prepared for the NIS under
the general supervision of the Special Assistant,
Intelligence, Department of State. Contribu-
tors of Subsections were: 63A, 63B, 63C, 63D,
63E, 63G, Department of the Interior; 63F,
Office of the Chief of Engineers, Department of
the Army.
Section 64--Manufacturing and Construction
This Section was prepared for the NIS under
the general supervision of the Special Assistant,
Intelligence, Department of State. Contribu-
tors of Subsections were: 64A, 64B, 64J, 64K,
64L, 64M, 64N, 640, Bureau of Intelligence and
Research, Department of State; 64C, 64F, 64G,
6411, 641, Office of the Chief of Ordnance, Office
of the Chief Signal Officer, and Office of the
Assistant Chief of Staff, Intelligence, Depart-
ment of the Army; 64D, Office of the Assistant
Chief of Staff, Intelligence, USAF, with Navy
participation; 64E, Office of Naval Intelligence.
Section 65--Trade and Finance
This Section was prepared for the NIS by the
Bureau of Intelligence and Research, Depart-
ment of State.
CHAPTER VI?ECONOMIC (Sino-Soviet Bloc Areas)
For Consolidated Chapter:
This Chapter was prepared for the NIS under
the general supervision of the Central Intelli-
gence Agency. Material on electric power and
construction materials was contributed by the
Office of the Chief of Engineers, Department of
the Army; material on aircraft by the Office of
the Assistant Chief of Staff, Intelligence, USAF,
with Navy participation; material on shipbuild-
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 7
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL
SUPPLEMENT V?PETROLEUM
NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS JULY 1957
a) For each Section on Areas outside the Sino-
Soviet Bloc:
This Section was prepared for the NIS under
the general supervision of the Special Assistant,
Intelligence, Department of State, by the De-
partment of the Interior.
b) For each Section on Sino-Soviet Bloc Areas:
This Section was prepared for the NIS by the
Central Intelligence Agency..
SUPPLEMENT VI-COMMUNISM
For each Section:
This Section was prepared for the NIS by the
Bureau of Intelligence and Research, Depart-
ment of State.
KEY PERSONALITIES
This publication was prepared for the NIS under
the general supervision of the Central Intelli-
gence Agency. Political, cultural, and eco-
PAGE 1.0
nomic biographies, as well as the consolidated
introduction, the institutional directory, and in-
dex, were contributed by the Bureau of Intelli-
gence and Research, Department of State; scien-
tific biographies by the Central Intelligence
Agency; army biographies by the Office of the
Assistant Chief of Staff, Intelligence, Depart-
ment of the Army; naval biographies by the
Office of Naval Intelligence; aviation biogra-
phies by the Office of the Assistant Chief of
Staff, Intelligence, USAF.
MARINE CLIMATE AND OCEANOGRAPHY
For each Part of NIS on Ocean Areas:
This Part was prepared for the NIS under the
general supervision of the Director of Naval
Intelligence and the Director of the Naval
Weather Service Division by the U.S. Navy
Hydrographic Office.
INTERNATIONAL COMMUNISM
For each Part of NIS on International Communism:
This Part was prepared for the NIS by the
Bureau of intelligence and Research, Depart-
ment of State.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS JULY 1957
Section 32?Highway
This Section was prepared for the NIS under
the general supervision of the Assistant Chief of
Staff, Intelligence, Department of the Army, by
the Office of the Chief of Transportation, with
contributions on construction, maintenance, and
engineering structures from the Office of the
Chief of Engineers.
Section 33?Inland Waterway
This Section was prepared for the NIS under
the general supervision of the Assistant Chief
of Staff, Intelligence, Department of the Army,
by the Office of the Chief of Transportation,
with contributions on construction and main-
tenance from the Office of the Chief of Engineers.
Section 35?Ports and Naval Facilities
As appropriate:
a) This Section was prepared for the NIS by the
Office of Naval Intelligence.
b) This Section was prepared for the NIS under
the general supervision of the Assistant Chief of
Staff, Intelligence, Department of the Army,
by the Office of the Chief of Transportation.
Material on naval facilities and shipyards was
prepared by the Office of Naval Intelligence.
Section 36?Merchant Marine
This Section was prepared for the NIS by the
Office of Naval Intelligence.
Section 37?Civil Air
This Section was prepared for the NIS by the
Office of the Assistant Chief of Staff, Intelli-
gence, USAF, with Navy participation.
Section 38--Telecoinmunications
This Section was prepared for the NIS under
the general supervision of the Assistant Chief of
Staff, Intelligence, Department of the Army, by
the Office of the Chief Signal Officer.
CHAPTER IV---SOCIOLOGICAL
Section 40?Introduction
This Section was prepared for the NIS by the
Bureau of Intelligence and Research, Depart-
ment of State.
Section 41?Population
This Section was prepared for the NIS by the
Bureau of Intelligence and Research, Depart-
ment of State.
PAGE.. 6
Section 42?Characteristics of the People
This Section was prepared for the NIS by the
Bureau of Intelligence and Research, Depart-
ment of State.
Section 43?Religion, Education, and Public Infor-
mation
This Section was prepared for the NIS by the
Bureau of Intelligence and Research, Depart-
ment of State.
Section 44?Manpower
This Section was prepared for the NIS by the
Bureau of Intelligence and Research, Depart-
ment of State.
Section 45?Health and Sanitation
This Section was prepared for the NIS by the
Central Intelligence Agency, with contributions
from the Office of the Surgeon General, Depart-
ment of the Army.
Section 46?Welfare
This Section was prepared for the NIS by the
Bureau of Intelligence and Research, Depart-
ment of State.
CHAPTER V?POLITICAL
Section 50?Introduction
This Section was prepared for the NIS by the
Bureau of Intelligence and Research, Depart-
ment of State.
Section 51?The Constitutional System
This Section was prepared for the NIS by the
Bureau of Intelligence and Research, Depart-
ment of State.
Section 52--Structure of the Government
This Section was prepared for the NIS by the
Bureau of Intelligence and Research, .Depart-
ment of State.
Section 53?Political Dynamics
This Section was prepared for the NIS by the
Bureau of Intelligence and Research, Depart-
ment of State.
Section 54?Public Order and Safety
This Section was prepared for the NIS by the
Bureau of Intelligence and Research, Depart-
ment of State.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
ONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NATIONAL INTELLIGENCE SURVEY
STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
NIS AREAS
CENTRAL INTELLIGENCE AGENCY
Office of Basic Intelligence
Washington, D. C.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JuLY 1957
NIS Areas
For purposes of ready identification the entire world,
land and sea, except the continental United States, is
divided into numbered NIS Areas. The NIS Area
numbers and titles are given in the list below. The
NIS Area numbers combine with NIS Section, Chapter,
or Supplement numbers to identify each printed NIS
unit by convenient short title.
NIS Areas are numbered consecutively from NIS
1 through NIS 107. Land areas are covered in NIS 1
through 103. Ocean areas are covered in NIS 104
through 107. MS 108 is titled "International Corn-
CONFIDENTIAL
munism" and gives integrated worldwide coverage on
Communist front organizations.
Political developments have required from time to
time that some of the originally designated NIS Areas
be divided into two or more new NIS Areas, which are
designated by the addition of capital letters to the
original NIS numbers. Complete NIS are being pro-
duced on these new Areas. However, in the interven-
ing period it may be necessary to refer to the original
? NIS Area for coverage on certain topics.
25X6A
(Offshore island possessions are normally included in the related
NIS Areas; see NIS Base Maps for definitive boundaries.)
NIS TITLE
GENERAL AREA
2
Ireland
Republic of Ireland.
3
France
France and Monaco.
4
Netherlands
Netherlands.
5
Belgium
Belgium.
6
Luxembourg
Luxembourg.
7
Denmark
Denmark, including the Faeroe Islands.
8
Portugal
Portugal, including the Azores, Madeira, and the Cape Verde Islands.
9
Spain
Spain, including the Canary Islands and Andorra.
10
Norway
Norway, including Svalbard and Jan Mayen,
11
Sweden
Sweden.
25X6A
12
Finland
Finland.
13A
East Germany
"German Democratic elm'. ic.
25X6A
25X6A
14-
Poland
Poland, within present de facto boundaries, including the former Free City of
Danzig and the portions of Germany under Polish administration.
15
Switzerland
Switzerland and Liechtenstein.
16
Austria
Austria.
17
Italy
Italy, San Marino, Vatican City, and the part of the Free Territory of Trieste
administered by Italy.
18
Czechoslovakia
Czechoslovakia.
19
Hungary
Hungary.
20
Albania
Albania.
21
Yugoslavia
Yugoslavia, and the part of the Free Territory of Trieste administered by Yugo-
slavia.
22
Rumania
Rumania.
23
Bulgaria
Bulgaria.
24
Greece
Greece.
25
Gibraltar, Malta, and Cyprus
Gibraltar, Maltese Islands, and Cyprus.
25A
Gibraltar
Gibraltar.
25B
Malta
Maltese Islands.
25C
Cyprus
Cyprus.
26
U.S.S.R.
.U.S.S.R. within present de facto boundaries, including the Baltic States, northern
East Prussia, Tannu Tuva, Kuril Islands, and Sakhalin.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 1
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS JULY 1957
NIS
TITLE
GENERAL AREA
For geographic treatment (Chapter II) the U.S.S.R. is divided into 5 parts as follows:
Part I European U.S.S.R. European U.S.S.R. within present de facto boundaries, including the Baltic
States and northern East Prussia.
Part II Soviet Central Asia Soviet Central Ash,.
Part III Urals and West Siberian Plain Urals and West Siberian Plain, including Tannu Tuva.
Part IV Central and Eastern Siberia Central and Eastern Siberia, including the Kuril Islands and Sakhalin.
Part V The Caucasus The Caucasus, including Soviet Transcaucasia.
27 Turkey
28 Syria and Lebanon
28A Syria
28B Lebanon
29 Jordan Jordan.
30 Ira Ira
31
32
Turkey.
Syria and Lebanon
Syria.
Lebanon.
Arabian Peninsula
33 Iran
34 Afghanistan
35 India
36 Pakistan
37 Ceylon
38 Burma
39 China
39A Communist China
25X6A
Arabian Peninsula, including Saudi Arabia, Kuwait, Kuwait-Saudi Arabia Neutral
Zone, Iraq-Saudi Arabia Neutral Zone, Bahrein, Qatar, Trucial Coast, Muscat
and Oman, Yemen, Colony of Aden, and Aden Protectorate (including Socotra).
Iran.
Afghanistan.
India, including Andaman, Nicobar and Laccadive Islands, Jammu and Kashmir,
Nepal, Bhutan, and Portuguese India.
East and West Pakistan and the Oman settlement of Gwadar.
Ceylon.
Burma.
China, including Tibet and Taiwan; Hong Kong and Macao.
Communist China, including Tibet.
For geographic treatment (Chapter II) Communist China is divided into 4 parts as follows:
Part I Western China Western China, including Tibet.
Part II Manchuria Manchuria.
Part III North China North China.
Part IV South China South China, including all Communist-held islands.
39B Nationalist China Nationalist China, including all Nationalist-held islands; Hong Kong and Macao.
40 Mongolia "Mongolian Peoples Republic."
41 Korea Korea.
41A North Korea North Korea.
41B South Korea Republic of Korea.
42 Thailand Thailand,
43 Indochina Cambodia, Laos, Vietnam, Spratly Island, the Paracel Islands, and other islands
and reefs to the southward.
43A Cambodia Cambodia.
43B Laos Laos.
43C North Vietnam North Vietnam.
43D South Vietnam South Vietnam, Spratly Island, the Paracel Islands, and other islands and reefs
to the southward.
44 Briti3h Indonesia Federation of Malaya, Singapore, Sarawak, Brunei, and North Borneo.
44A Malaya and Singapore Federation of Malaya and Singapore.
448 Britiah Borneo Sarawak Brunei.
45 25X6A
46 Tuni3ia Tunisia.
47 Algei ia Algeria.
48 Morceco Morocco and Ifni.
49 Libya Libya.
50 West Africa Ghana, Nigeria, British Cameroons, French West Africa, Togo, Spanish Sahara,
Sierra Leone, Gambia, and Portuguese Guinea,
50A Ghar a Ghana.
50B Nigeria and British Cameroons Nigeria and British Cameroons.
PAGE 2 CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957
NIS AREAS ()ONFIDENTIAL
NIS TITLE
GENERAL AREA
50C
French West Africa, Togo, and
French West Africa, Togo, and Spanish Sahara.
Spanish Sahara.
501)
Sierra Leone, Gambia, and
Sierra Leone, Gambia, and Portuguese Guinea.
Portuguese Guinea.
51
Liberia
Liberia.
52
Equatorial
French Equatorial Africa, French Cameroons, Spanish Guinea (includes Rio
.Africa
Muni, Annoben, Fernando Po, Corisco and Islas Elobey) and Sao Tome e
Principe.
53
Egypt
Egypt, including the "Gaza Strip."
54
Sudan
Sudan.
55
Ethiopia, Eritrea, and the
Ethiopia, Eritrea, British Somaliland, French Somaliland, and Somalia.
Soma'Hands.
56
British East Africa
Kenya, Zanzibar Protectorate, Uganda, and Tanganyika.
56A
Kenya and Zanzibar
Kenya and Zanzibar Protectorate.
Protectorate.
56B
Uganda
Uganda.
56C
Tanganyika
Tanganyika.
57
Rhodesia and Nyasaland
Federation of Rhodesia and Nyasaland.
58
Mozambique
Mozambique.
59
Angola
Angola, including Cabinda.
60
Belgian Congo
Belgian Congo and Ruanda-Urundi.
61
South Africa
Union of South Africa, South-West Africa, Bechuanaland, Swaziland, and
Basutoland.
62
Madagascar
Madagascar, Reunion, and Comoro Islands.
63
Indian Ocean Islands
Maldive Islands, Mauritius, Christmas Island, Cocos Islands, Seychelles, Prince
Edward Islands, Crozet Islands, Kerguelen Islands, Heard Island, McDonald
Islands, Amsterdam Island, and St. Paul Island.
64
South Atlantic Islands
Colony of Saint Helena (includes Ascension Island, Saint Helena Island, and the
Tristan da Cunha Group), Falkland Islands, South Georgia, South Sandwich
Islands, South Orkney Islands, South Shetland Islands, and Bouvet Island.
25X6A
67
Greenland
Greenland.
68
Iceland
Iceland.
69
Antarctica
Antarctica.
25X6A
71
Guatemala
Guatemala.
72
British Honduras
British Honduras.
73
Honduras
Honduras, including territory north of the Rio Coco.
74
El Salvador
El Salvador, including small areas claimed by Honduras.
75
Nicaragua
Nicaragua.
76
Costa Rica
Costa Rica, including Cocos Island.
77
Panama
Panama, including the Canal Zone.
78
Cuba
Cuba.
79
Haiti
80
Dominican Republic
Dominican Republic.
81
British Western Atlantic
Possessions
Colonies of the Bahamas, Jamaica (including dependencies of Cayman Islands,
Turks and Caicos Islands, Morant Cays, and Pedro Cays), Leeward Islands,
Barbados, Dominica, Grenada, Saint Lucia, Saint Vincent, Trinidad and
Tobago, and Bermuda.
81A
British Caribbean Federation
Jamaica (including dependencies of Cayman Islands, Turks and Caicos Islands,
Morant Cays and Pedro Cays) Leeward Islands, Barbados, Dominica, Grenada,
Saint Lucia, Saint Vincent, Trinidad and Tobago.
81B
Bermuda and the Bahama
Colonies of the Bahamas, Bermuda, Anegada, Tortola, Jost Van Dyke, and
Islands
Virgin Gorda.
82
Netherlands Antilles
Aruba, Bonaire, Curacao, Saba, Sint Eustatius, and Dutch part of Saint Martin.
83
French West Indies
Martinique, Guadeloupe and Dependencies (Marie Galante, Iles des Saintes,
Desirade, Saint Barthelemy), and French part of Saint Martin.
84
U.S. Possessions in the
Caribbean.
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, Virgin Islands, Swan Islands, Corn Islands,
Navassa Island, Serrana Bank, Serranilla Bank, Roncador Bank, and Quita
Sueno Bank.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 3
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL
NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS JULY 1957
NIS
TITLE GENERAL AREA
85
Colombia
Colombia, including Isla de Malpelo, Archipielago de San Andres y Providencia.
86
Venezuela
Venezuela.
87
Ecuador
Ecuador, including the Galapagos Islands.
88
Pent
Peru.
89
Chile
Chile, including islands south of 20? South latitude and east of 110? West longi-
tude and islands south of Tierra del Fuego, disputed with Argentina.
90
Argentina
Argentina, including Isla Martin Garcia.
91
Uruguay
Uruguay.
92
Paraguay
Paraguay.
93
Bolivia
Bolivia.
94
Brazil
Brazil, including Lira de Trindade, Fernando de Noronha, Rochedos Sao Pedro
e Silo Paulo.
For geographic treatment (Chapter II) Brazil is divided into 2 parts as follows:
Part I
Part II
Southeast Brazil
Northwest Brazil
Southeast Brazil.
Northwest Brazil..
95
The Guianas
British Guiana, Surinam and French Guiana.
95A
British Guiana
British Guiana.
9513
Surinam
Surinam.
95C
French Guiana
French Guiana.
98
Hawaiian Islands
IIawaiian Islands, including Palmyra Island and Johnston Island.
99
Philippine Islands
Philippine Islands.
100
Indonesia
Republic of Indonesia, Netherlands New Guinea, and Portuguese Timor.
100A
Republic of Indonesia
Republic of Indonesia and Portuguese Timor.
100B
Netherlands New Guinea
Netherlands New Guinea.
101
West. Pacific Islands
All islands in the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, Wake Atoll, and Guam.
102
Southwest Pacific Islands
Territory of Papua, Territory of New Guinea, British Solomon Islands Pro-
tectorate, New Hebrides Condominium, New Caledonia and Dependencies,
Colony of Fiji, Kingdom of Tonga, Gilbert Islands, Ellice Islands, Ocean
Island, and Nauru.
103
South Pacific Islands
Phoenix Islands, Tokelau Islands, Samoa Islands, Cook Islands, Line Islands,
the French establishments in Oceania, Pitcairn Island, and adjacent British
islands.
NIS ON OCEAN AREAS
(NIS Areas 104 through 107 cover the Marine Climate and Oceanography of the world's
ocean areas; see Index Map at end of the Ocean Areas Outline and Outline Guide)
NIS
TITLE
GENERAL AREA
104
Part I
Part II
Part III
Part IV
Part V
Part VI
Part VII
Part VIII
Part IX
Part X
Part XI
Part XII
PAGE 4
Atlantic Basin
Western Sector of North Atlantic
Northern Sector of North Atlantic
East-Central Sector of North Atlantic
Equatorial Atlantic
Central Sector of South Atlantic
Southwestern Sector of South Atlantic and Southeastern Sector of South Pacific
Southeastern Sector of South Atlantic
Eastern Sector of South Atlantic
Mediterranean and Black Seas
North eastern Sector of North Atlantic and the Baltic Sea
Norwegian and Barents Seas
Caspian and Aral Seas
Atlantic Ocean.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
25X6A
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 NIS AREAS
CONFIDENTIAL
NIS TITLE GENERAL AREA
105 Pacific Basin
Part I Northeastern Sector of North Pacific
Part II Southeastern Sector of North Pacific
Part III Northeastern Sector of South Pacific
Part IV South-Central Sector of South Pacific
Part V North-Central Sector of South Pacific
Part VI South-Central Sector of North Pacific
Part VII North-Central Sector of North Pacific
Part VIII Bering Sea
Part IX Northwestern Sector of North Pacific, the Sea of Okhotsk, and the Sea of Japan
Part X Southwestern Sector of North Pacific
Part XI South China Sea and Seas of the Malay Archipelago
Part XII Western Sector of South Pacific
106 Indian Basin
Part I Northeastern Sector of Indian Ocean
Part II Southeastern Sector of Indian Ocean
Part III Southwestern Sector of Indian Ocean
Part IV Northwestern Sector of Indian Ocean
107 Arctic Basin
INTERNATIONAL COMMUNISM
(NIS 108 is a topical survey of worldwide Communist front organi-
zations. Each Part listed below is published as a separate unit)
Pacific Ocean.
Indian Ocean.
Arctic Ocean.
PART
TITLE
Part I Introduction
Part Ii The World Federation of Democratic Youth
Part III The World Federation of Teachers Unions
Part IV The International Union of Students and International Students Relief
Part V Women's International Democratic Federation
Part VI International Organization of Journalists
Part VII International Association of Democratic Lawyers
Part VIII World Federation of Scientific Workers
Part IX Trade Union International of Transport, Port and Fishery Workers
Part X International Federation of Resistance Fighters
Part XI The World Peace Council
Part XII The World Federation of Trade Unions
?
CONFIDENTIAL PAGE 5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
25X6AApproved For Release 1999/09/21: CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Next 3 Page(s) In Document Exempt
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL
NATIONAL INTELLIGENCE SURVEY
STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
NIS CORRELATION GUIDE
CENTRAL INTELLIGENCE AGENCY
Office of Basic Intelligence
Washington, D. C.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 CONFIDENTIAL
NIS Correlation Guide
The NIS Correlation Guide indicates major inter-
relationships of NIS subject matter. The Guide is
designed primarily for use by the NIS analysts but it
should also prove useful in the review, editing, and
coordination of the NIS material as well as in the re-
vision of the NIS under the Maintenance Program.
The Guide lists under each NIS section heading the
principal topics in other sections that contain related
subject matter. The topics listed are not all exact
titles; some are titles of subsections, others merely
descriptive. Because of the complexity of the subject
matter involved, only the principal interrelationships
are listed. Additional relationships can be determined
by reference to the detailed outline of other pertinent
sections.
For the Analyst?the Guide is a means for obtaining
more consistency in subject matter and a better bal-
ance of treatment. It is also an aid in cross-referencing.
For the User?the Guide supplements the topical
outline and facilitates reference to other sections con-
taining related subject matter.
For Maintenance?the Guide is an aid in determining
gaps in information and in obtaining consistency and
continuity in subject matter throughout the NIS.
Consistent use of the Correlation Guide in all phases
of the NIS Program is designed to result in the produc-
tion of better integrated basic intelligence.
Chapter I-Brief
Since Chapter I is an overview of the whole NIS
area and the text is brief, some topics covering detailed
aspects are eliminated and many of the normal relation-
ships between Chapters II through IX are not evident.
Sections of Chapter I, in contrast with those of other
NIS chapters, are not designed to be issued separately
but are published in a single, integrated volume. The
sections depend upon Chapters II through IX for back-
ground material. The Master Index for an NIS, pub-
lished as frontis material in each Chapter I, indicates
the appropriate NIS section where the more detailed
information may be found.
Chapter II-Military Geography
SECTION 20 INTRODUCTION
In addition to other Chapter II sections and Supple-
ments II and IV:
Sec. 31 Rail facilities
Sec. 32 Road facilities
Sec. 33 Waterway characteristics
Sec. 35 Port and naval facilities
Sec. 37 Air facilities
Sec. 38 Communication centers
Sec. 41 Population concentrations
Sec. 42 Ethnic concentrations
Sec. 43 Cultural concentrations
Sec. 45 Topographic and climatic environmental
factors affecting health
Sec. 52 Boundaries
CONFIDENTIA.L
Sec. 55
Sec. 63
Sec. 64
Sec. 81
Sec. 82
Sec. 83
Ch. IX
SECTION 21
Sec. 22
Sec. 23
Boundary rectification problems
Mining development and mineral re-
sources
Key industries
Strategic problems and special operations
Naval facilities
Air facilities
Physical maps, navigation charts, plans
of urban areas, transportation and eco-
nomic maps
MILITARY GEOGRAPHIC REGIONS
Coastal zones and landing beaches
Weather conditions affecting military
operations
PAGE 1
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS JULY 1957
SECTION 21 MILITARY GEOGRAPHIC REGIONS (Con.) Ch. IX Climatic maps
Sec. 24 Topographic factors affecting military (For related offshore oceanography and marine
operations climate refer to the appropriate Part of NIS 104
Sec. 25 Urban areas through 107.)
Sec. 31 Rail facilities
Sec. 32
Road facilities
SECTION 24
TOPOGRAPHY
Sec. 33
Sec. 35
Waterway characteristics
Ports and naval facilities
Sec. 23
State of ground; special phenomena, e.g.,
permafrost
Sec. 37
Air facilities
Sec. 31
Rail facilities
Sec. 62
Oil fields, refineries, and pipelines; under-
Sec. 32
Road facilities
ground installations
Sec. 33
Rivers, canals, and lakes; dams
Sec. 81
Strategy and defenses; underground in-
Sec. 37
Air facilities
stallations
Sec. 61
Forests and vegetation
Sec. 82
Naval facilities
Sec. 62
Geology of fuels; dams
Sec. 83
Air facilities
Sec. 63
Minerals and metals; mines and quarries
Ch. IX
Physical maps, charts, plans of urban
Sec. 83
Air facilities
areas, transportation and economic maps;
aerial photography
Ch. IX
Physical maps, transportation maps, and
economic maps; aerial photography
SECTION 22
COASTS AND LANDING BEACHES
S:ECTION 25
URBAN AREAS
Sec. 23
Effects of coastal weather on amphibious
Sec, 24
operations
Coastal and inland terrain, vegetation,
Sec. 23
Effect of climate on urbanization; type
of construction; communications; storage
and cross-country movement
Sec. 24
Geographical characteristics affecting ur-
Sec. 25
See. 31
Coastal towns
Rail, exits inland and major routes near
banization, and man-made landmarks;
water resources
Sec. 32
coasts
Road, exits inland and major routes near
Sec. 31
Intertown rail communications and ade-
quacy; repair and service facilities
coasts
Sec. 32
Intertown highway communications and
Sec. 33
Wat3rways, exits inland
adequacy; repair and service facilities
Sec. 35
Ports and naval facilities
Sec. 33
Intertown waterway communications and
Sec. 37
Air facilities
adequacy
Sec. 45
Poisonous plants and animals
Sec. 35
Ports
Sec. 81
Strategic problems, special operations,
Sec. 37
Air facilities
and defenses
Sec. 38
Extent and adequacy of telecommunica-
Sec. 82
Naval facilities
tions
Sec. 83
Air I acilities
Sec. 41
Size and trends of population
Ch. IX
Approach and landing charts, coastal
Sec. 42
Ethnic characteristics
oceanographic charts and maps; aerial
Sec. 43
Educational institutions
photography
Sec. 44
Firefighting manpower
Sup. II
CoaE:ts and landing beaches
Sec. 45
Sanitation and medical facilities
(For related
offshore oceanography and marine
Sec. 46
Housing
climate refer to the appropriate Part of NIS
Sec. 54
Civil defense shelters; police force
104 through 107.)
Sec. 61
Storage facilities
Sec. 62
Petroleum storage; electric generating
SECTION 23
WEATHER AND CLIMATE
capacities; natural gas availability
Sec. 22
Amphibious operations
Sec. 63
Availability of construction materials
Sec. 24
Effect of climate on state of ground and
Sec. 64
Industrial installations
cross-country movement
Sec. 81
Land fortifications; billeting; military
Sec. 37
Air operations
storage facilities
Sec. 45
Topographic and climatic factors affect-
Sec. 83
Air facilities; storage facilities
Sec. 76
ing health
Meteorology
Ch. IX
Maps on urban areas, climate, popula-
tion, transportation, and telecommuni-
Sec. 83
Air operations
cations; aerial photography
PAGE 2
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957
NIS CORRELATION GUIDE CONFIDENTIAL
Chapter III-Transportation and Telecommunications
SECTION 30 INTRODUCTION
In addition to other Chapter III sections and Supple-
ments I and III, all Chapter VI sections for economi-
cally significant aspects relating to transportation:
Sec. 20 Strategic routes, approaches and internal
routes
Sec. 25 Urban area concentrations
SECTION 31 RAILWAY
Sec. 20 Strategic routes
Sec,. 21 Regional aspects of terrain and climate
Sec. 23 Deterrent and destructive weather and
climate effects on equipment and opera-
tions
Sec. 24 Significant terrain characteristics; con-
struction and maintenance problems re-
lated to topography; strategic routes;
water supply
Sec. 25 Important rail junctions; water supply;
electric power
Sec. 32 Interrelation of rail and highway opera-
tions and structures
Sec. 33 Interrelation of rail and inland water-
way operations; bridges and ferries
Sec. 35 Rail and port connections
Sec. 38 Interrelation of rail and telecommunica-
tions operations
Sec. 44 Manpower analysis; standards and prac-
tices of employment; labor relations and
organization
Sec. 46 Health and retirement provisions
Sec. 52 Government control or supervision
Sec. 61 Timber for construction; traffic
Sec. 62 Fuel resources and traffic; developments
in electrification
Sec. 63 Construction materials; ballast; traffic
Sec. 64 Rolling stock production; motive power;
repair facilities; construction materials
and related industry; traffic
Sec. 65 Budget allocations; importation of rail-
road equipment
Sec. 81 Logistics
Ch. IX Railroad maps
SECTION 32 HIGHWAY
Sec. 20 Strategic routes
Sec. 21 Regional aspects of terrain and climate
Sec. 23 Deterrent and destructive weather and
climate effects on roads and traffic
CONFIDENTIAL
Sec. 24
Sec. 25
Sec. 31
Sec. 33
Sec. 35
Sec. 52
Sec. 61
Sec. 62
Sec. 63
Sec. 64
Sec. 65
Ch. IX
SECTION 33
Significant terrain characteristics; con-
struction and maintenance problems re-
lated to topography; strategic routes
Important highway junctions
Interrelation of highway and rail opera-
tions; bridges and ferries
Interrelation of highway and inland
waterway operations; bridges and ferries
Port-highway connections
Governmental control or supervision
Akricultural traffic
Availability and types of fuel; traffic
Construction materials; traffic
Production of motor vehicles; construc-
tion materials and related industry;
traffic
Budget allocations; importation of high-
way equipment
Highway maps
INLAND WATERWAY
Sec. 20 Strategic routes
Sec. 21 Regional aspects of terrain and climate
Sec. 22 Nearshore oceanography
Sec. 23 Deterrent weather and climate factors
Sec. 24 Significant terrain characteristics; drain-
age pattern; dams, terrain, etc.
Sec. 31 Interrelation of inland waterway and
rail operations; bridges and ferries
Sec. 32 Interrelation of inland waterway and
highway operations; bridges and ferries
Sec. 35 Interrelation of inland waterways and
ports; traffic; clearance
Sec. 36 Shipping routes and ports of call; traffic;
trade
Sec. 52 Governmental control or supervision
Sec. 61 Agricultural traffic
Sec. 62 Dams (hydroelectric) etc.; traffic
Sec. 64 Production of river craft, tugs, etc.;
'traffic
Sec. 65 Budget allocations; trade of ports and
economic significance
Ch. IX Inland waterway maps and maps and
charts of ports and harbors
(For related offshore oceanography and marine
climate refer to the appropriate Part of NIS 104
through 107.)
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 3
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS JULY 1957
SECTION 35 PORTS AND NAVAL FACILITIES
Sec. 20
Sec. 22
Sec. 23
Sec. 25
Sec. 31
Sec. 32
Sec. 33
Sec. 36
Sec. 52
Sec. 61
Sec. 62
Sec. 63
Sec. 64
Sec. 65
See. 82
Ch. IX
Sup, I
SECTION 36
Sec. 33
Sec. 35
Sec. 44
Sec. 52
Sec. 55
Sec. 62
Sec. 64
Approaches and interna] routes; geog-
raphy of area
Coasts and landing beaches
Effects of weather and climate on opera-
tions
Coastal cities
Rail J'acilities and clearance
Highway facilities and clearance
Interrelation of ports and inland water-
ways
Shipyards and ports of call
Governmental control or Impervision
Agricultural traffic
Storage facilities, electricity, and traffic
Traffic
Shipbuilding and ship repair yards;
traffic
Trade of ports and economic significance
Naval facilities
Maps and charts of ports and harbors
Ports and naval facilities
MERCHANT MARINE
Inland ports, traffic, and oquipmnnt
Shipyards and personnel
Manpower analysis, standards and prac-
tices of employment, labor relations and
organization
Governmental control or supervision
Place of merchant marine in national
policy; foreign interests
Transportation and availability of fuels
Shipbuilding and repair
Sec. 65 Shipping and economic relations; ship-
ping subsidies
Sec. 82 Merchant marine and other auxiliary
forces
SECTION 37 CIVIL AIR
Sec. 23
Sec. 24
Sec. 52
Sec. 55
Sec. 57
Sec. 62
Sec. 64
Sec. 65
Sec. 83
Ch. IX
Air operations
Constructional aspects of airfields
Governmental control or supervision;
legislation
National policies; international aspects
Communist influences
Availability of fuels
Aircraft production
Foreign aid
Air facilities
Civil air maps
SECTION 38 TELECOMMUNICATIONS
Sec. 23 Effects of weather and climate on opera-
tions, construction, and maintenance
Sec. 24 Construction problems related to topog-
raphy
Sec. 43 Radio and television
Sec. 52 Governmental control or supervision
Sec. 55 National policies relating to telecommu-
nications
Sec. 58 Propaganda dissemination and .jamming
of incoming propaganda
Sec. 62 Power sources
Sec. 64 Telecommunications signal and lighting
equipment
Sec. 71 Communications equipment
Ch. VIII Military communications
Ch. IX Telecommunications maps
Chapter IV- Sociological
SECTION 40 INTRODUCTION
In addition to other Chapter IV sections:
Sec. 21 Environmental factors
Sec. 50 Main political factors affecting social
structure, institutions, and attitudes
Sec. 55 National policies toward 3ocia1 problems
Sec. 60 Main economic factors affecting social
structure, institutions, and attitudes
Ch. IX Sociological maps
PAGE 4
SECTION 41 POPULATION
Sec. 21 Climatic and topographic environment
Sec. 25 Urbanization and patterns of settlement
Sec. 42 Population traits affecting density and
general movement; distribution of ethnic
groups, minorities, etc.
Sec. 44 Relation of age-sex distribution to labor
force and working-age segment of popula-
tion
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 NIS CORRELATION GUIDE
SECTION 41 POPULATION (Continued)
Sec. 45 Health factors in relation to vital rates
Sec. 46 Welfare practices affecting population
growth and distribution
Sec. 52 Administrative divisions as they affect
population distributions
Sec. 55 Population problems and policies
Sec. 60 Main economic factors affecting popula-
tion growth and distribution
Sec. 80 Military manpower
Ch. IX Sociological maps
SECTION 42 CHARACTERISTICS OF THE PEOPLE
Sec. 21 Climatic and topographic environment
Sec. 25 Urban areas
Sec. 41 Population patterns
Sec. 43 Effects of religious, educational, and in-
formational institutions in shaping life
and outlook of the people.
Sec. 44 Manpower utilization and its relation to
the social structure
Sec. 45 Health and vigor of the people
Sec. 46 Attitudes of the society toward the wel-
fare of its members
Sec. 50 Main political-historical factors affecting
social attitudes
Sec. 52 Operation and organization of the gov-
ernment
Sec. 53 National control exercised by political
groups
Sec. 54 Legal controls
Sec. 55 National policies
Sec. 58 Themes of propaganda that mold or
modify popular attitudes
Sec. 60 Economic structure and dynamics
Ch. IX Linguistic, ethnological or cultural maps
SECTION 43 RELIGION, EDUCATION, AND PUBLIC IN-
FORMATION
Sec. 38 Radio and television equipment
Sec. 42 Education in social mobility and attitude
formation; religion as a factor in family
and community practices
Sec. 44 Technical education in relation to levels
of skill in professions; adaptability
Sec. 46 Role of religious organizations in social
welfare; influence of educational and in-
formational institutions on maintenance
of public welfare programs
Sec. 51 Constitutional factors relating to free-
dom of press, religion, and education
CONFIDENTIAL
Sec. 52
Sec. 53
Sec. 55
Sec. 56
Sec. 57
Sec. 58
Sec. 59
or KP
Ch. VII
SECTION 44
CONFIDENTIAL
Administrative structure, e.g., depart-
ments of education, communications, and
public information or propaganda
Pressure groups and political parties as
they bear on religious conformance, edu-
cation, and particularly on public infor-
mation
Relation of educational, religious, and in-
formational factors to national policies
Censorship as it relates to subversive
propaganda
Subversive activities in educational, re-
ligious, and informational services
Availability of informational media and
degree of contact
Key personalities
Scientific institutions and research
MANPOWER
Sec. 41 Statistics on manpower grouping and
regional distribution
Sec. 42 Class lines, social organization and social
values; physical qualifications
Sec. 43 Educational level, vocational education
and research
Sec. 45 Medical facilities and provision for emer-
gencies; industrial hygiene and the gen-
eral level of health
Sec. 46 Relation of levels of living, social secu-
rity, and remedial measures for social
problems, including rehabilitation of the
handicapped, to general effectiveness of
manpower
Sec. 52 Organization and operation of ministry
of labor; mediation machinery
Sec. 53 Political parties and pressure groups rep-
resenting labor
Sec. 54 Police force and attitudes of organized
labor toward law observance
Sec. 55 Policies relating to labor force and organi-
zation
Sec. 57 Exposure of labor to subversive activity
Sec. 58 Exposure of labor to domestic and foreign
propaganda
Sec. 59 Key personalities
or KP
Ch. VI Economic stability and productivity as
a reflection of the character of the labor
force; relocation of land; manpower;
skills; growth and development of indus-
trial centers
Sec. 80 Military manpower
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
SECTION 45
Sec. 23
Sec. 24
Sec. 25
Sec. 41
Sec. 42
Sec. 43
Sec. 44
Sec. 46
Sec, 52
Sec. 55
Sec. 61
Sec. 64
Sec. 76
Ch. VIII
Ch. IX
HEA LTH AND SANITATION
Relation of climate to incidence of dis-
ease and to general health
Effect of topography on distribution of
disease, on limitation of vectors, and on
water supply
Urban area utilities and services affect-
ing public health and sanitation
Vital statistics
Attitude toward hygiene, toward coop-
erative effort on behal: of community
health
Relation of religious, educational, and
informational institutions to public health
and sanitation
Manpower capabilities in the medical
field; manpower effectiveness as a re-
flection of medical care
Effect of health insurance and health
legislation on general level of public
health
Organization and administration of pub-
lic health; controls
Policies toward health and sanitation
problems
Availability and kinds of food
Industrial hygiene
Medical research
Military medical services
Sociological maps
SECTION 50 INTRODUCTION
JULY 1957
SECTION 46 WELFARE
Sec. 25 City districts; welfare aspects
Sec. 41 Effects of living levels on population
growth; vital statistics
Sec. 42 Attitudes toward welfare problems and
programs; welfare problems and social
attitudes
Sec. 43 Religious agencies and educational pro-
grams related to public welfare
Sec. 44 Dependent and unemployed segments of
population; labor legislation and rehabili-
tation of handicapped
Sec. 45 Medical care facilities and general health
conditions as a factor in the standard of
living; nutrition standards
Sec. 52 Social security administration
Sec. 53 Stand of political parties and pressure
groups on public welfare issues
Sec. 54 Types and incidence of crime relating to
social problems; controls
Sec. 55 National policies with respect to social
welfare
Sec. 57 Vulnerabilities to subversion stemming
from depressed socio-economic conditions
Sec. 61 Food balance sheet; rural living condi-
tions; agricultural welfare programs
Sec. 64 Industrial welfare programs
Sec. 65 Budgetary factors relating to social wel-
fare programs
Chapter V-Political
Sec. 80
Ch. IX
In addition to other Chapter V sections, Supplement
VI, and NIS 108:
Sec. 20 Strategic significance of the area
Sec. 40 Sociological factors affecting major politi-
cal institutions, policies, and stability
Sec. 60 Major economic factors affecting political
strength and stability
Sec. 61 Effects of land ownership and land use
systems and of level of food production
on political strength and 3tabi1ity
Sec. 65 Effects on political strength and stability
of domestic and foreign trade and finance
policies of the country (e.g., tariffs, sub-
sidies, and incentives)
PAGE 6
Effects on political strength and stabil-
ity of position of armed forces in the
country, including their political influ-
ence.
Political maps
SECTION 51 THE CONSTITUTIONAL SYSTEM
Sec. 40 Major sociological factors affecting the
constitution and its application
Sec. 42 Social structure, values, and attitudes
affecting constitutional provisions; posi-
tion of minorities in the society
Sec. 43 Role of religious, educational, and infor-
mational institutions in shaping consti-
tutional provisions
Sec. 80 Legal basis for existence, control and
overall structure of the armed forces
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 NIS CORRELATION GUIDE CONFIDENTIAL
SECTION 52 STRUCTURE OF THE GOVERNMENT
Sec. 25 Administrative significance of principal
cities
Sec. 31 Government control of railroads
Sec. 54 Civil defense and penal procedures; civil
police
Sec. 55 Policy-making components
Sec. 56 Intelligence and security agencies
Sec. 57 Subversive affiliations of key personalities
Sec. 58 Propaganda agencies
Sec. 59 Key personalities
or KP
Ch. IX Political maps?administrative subdivi-
sions
SECTION 53 POLITICAL DYNAMICS
Sec. 40 Major sociological factors affecting politi-
cal dynamics
Sec. 42 Minorities, attitudes of the people
Sec. 43 Effect of religious beliefs on political
dynamics
Sec. 44 Labor-management tensions
Sec. 46 Effects of living levels, major social prob-
lems, and social security systems on
political dynamics
Sec. 51 Constitutional aspects; civil rights
Sec. 52 Legal aspects
Sec. 55 Effects of policies of political parties on
national policies
Sec. 57 Subversive elements affecting political
dynamics
Sec. 58 Propaganda agencies and themes
Sec. 59 Key personalities
or KP
Sup. VI Communist role in politics
SECTION 54 PUBLIC ORDER AND SAFETY
Sec. 41 Size of alien, immigrant and other seg-
ments of population which may present
special police problems
Sec. 42 Attitude of the people toward law ob-
servance
Sec. 44 Police manpower; forced labor
Sec. 45 Emergency relief measures
Sec. 46 Delinquency
Sec. 51 Constitutional aspects
Sec. 52 Legal aspects
Sec. 55 Civil defense policies
Sec. 56 Security agencies
Ch. VIII National Guard; paramilitary services;
civil defense aspects
Sup. VI Communist infiltration of police services
CONFIDENTIAL
SECTION 55 NATIONAL POLICIES
Sec. 36
Sec. 42
See. 43
Sec. 44
Sec. 46
Sec. 53
Sec. 60
Sec. 65
Sec. 80
SECTION 56
Sec. 43
Sec. 51
Sec. 52
Sec. 54
Sec. 55
Sec. 57
Sec. 58
Soc. 59
or KP
Sec. 65
Ch. VIII
Sup. VI
SECTION 57
Ch. III
Sec. 40
Sec. 42
Sec. 44
Sec. 46
Sec. 51
Sec. 52
Sec. 53
Merchant marine?subsidies, regulation,
and international relations
Characteristics of the people affecting
content and execution of national policies
Effects of religious, educational, and in-
formational institutions upon formulation
and execution of national policies
Relationship of working conditions, labor
relations and organizations to national
policies
Welfare policies, including social security;
effects of living levels and major social
problems on other national policies
Effects of political parties and pressure
groups on formation of policies
Role of the state in controlling economic
activity
Foreign investments and foreign aid
Role of the armed forces, in implementa-
tion of national defense policies
INTELLIGENCE AND SECURITY
Censorship
Civil rights
Legal aspects
Civil police forces
International relations
Effects of security operations upon sub-
versive activities
Censorship
Key personalities
Budgetary aspects
Intelligence and security components of
armed forces
Communist activities
SUBVERSIVE
Subversive influences in transportation
and communications
Major sociological factors influencing sub-
versive activities
Susceptibility of the people to subversive
influence, infiltration in cultural organi-
zations
Identification of subversive activities with
labor organizations
Effects of living levels and major social
problems upon subversive activities
Legislation and governmental practices
pertaining to subversive activities
Identification of subversive activities in
government agencies
Identification of subversive activities with
political parties
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 7
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS JULY 1957
SECTION 57
Sec. 54
SUBVERSIVE (Continued)
Subversive influences in -police organiza-
Sec. 53
Propaganda by political parties and pres-
sure groups
tion
Sec. 55
Basic national policies
Sec. 55
Subversive influences in national policies
Sec. 57
Role of propaganda in subversive activi-
Sec. 56
Subversive influences in intelligence and
ties
security organization
Sup. VI
Communist propaganda
Sec. 58
Subversive aspects
Sec. 59
Key personalities
SECTION 59
BIOGRAPHIES OF KEY PERSONALITIES
or KP
Ch. VI
Subversive influences in commerce and
industry
Sec. 42 Social structure, values, and attitudes
affecting character of leadership groups
Ch. VIII
Sup. VI
Subversive influences in armed forces
Communism
Sec. 43
Background of key personalities in re-
ligion, education, and public information
NIS 108
International Communism
Sec. 44
Key personalities in labor organizations
Sec. 52
Political affiliations
SECTION 58
PROPAGANDA
Sec. 53
Political affiliations
Sec. 38
Telecommunication facilir,ies for disserni-
n atio ri
Sec. 56
Personalities in the intelligence and se-
curity services
Sec. 42
Attitudes of the people and receptivity
Sec. 57
Subversive affiliations of key personali-
Sec. 43
Information media and methods used by
ties
pressure groups
Ch. VIII
Personalities in the armed forces
Chapter VI-Economic
SECTION 60 INTRODUCTION
In addition to other Chapter VI sections and Supple-
ment V:
Sec. 20 Strategic areas
Sec. 30 Aspeets of transportation
Sec. 44 Labor force
Sec. 55 State control of economic activity
SECTION 61 AGRICULTURE, FISHERIES, AND FORESTRY
Sec. 23 Weather and climatic conditions
Sec. 24 Descriptive analysis of area and topog-
raphy
Sec. 31 Rail transport facilities
Sec. 32 Road transport facilities
Sec. 33 Waterway transport facilities
Sec. 35 Port transport facilities
Sec. 36 Fishing fleets
Sec. 41 Geographical distribution of population;
growth
Sec. 42 Characteristics and attitudes of agricul-
tural population
Sec. 43 Level of literacy and education
Sec. 44 Labor force; labor organimtions
Sec. 45 Environmental factors; plant and animal
diseases
Sec. 64 Farm machinery; commercial processing;
chemical fertilizers
Sec. 65 Foreign trade in monetary units; budget-
ary aspects; farm credit
Ch. IX Terrain-classification maps and economic
maps
PAGE 8
SECTION 62
Sec. 25
Sec. 31
Sec. 32
Sec. 33
Sec. 35
Sec. 36
Sec. 44
Sec. 63
Sec. 64
Sec. 65
Ch. IX
Sup. V
SECTION 63
Sec. 31
Sec. 32
Sec. 33
Sec. 35
Sec. 36
Sec. 44
Sec. 62
Sec. 64
Sec. 65
Ch. IX
FUELS AND POWER
Urban areas
Rail transport facilities
Road transport facilities
Waterway transport facilities
Fuel and power installations; trans-load-
ing facilities; port storage
Colliers and tankers
Labor force
Consumption of coke and pig iron plants
Manufacture of equipment
Foreign trade in monetary units; budget-
ary aspects
Economic maps
Petroleum
MINERALS AND METALS
Rail transport facilities
Road transport facilities
Waterway transport facilities
Port facilities
Cargo ships
Labor force
Solid fuels
Manufacture of equipment; further proc-
essing
Foreign trade in monetary units; budget-
ary aspects
Economic maps
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957
NIS CORRELATION GUIDE CONFIDENTIAL
SECTION 64 MANUFACTURING AND CONSTRUCTION
SOC. 25 Urban construction and programs
Sec. 31 Rolling stock inventory and locomotive
park; transport facilities
Sec. 32 Road transport facilities; vehicles
Sec. 33 Waterway transport; river craft, tugs,
etc.
Sec. 35 Repair facilities; equipment; transport
facilities; shipyards
Sec. 36 Merchant ship construction
Sec. 37 Civil aircraft inventory
Sec. 38 Telecommunications and signal lighting
equipment
Sec. 44 Labor force
Sec. 61 Raw material production
Sec. 62 Type and availability of fuels and power
Sec. 63 Type and availability of minerals and
metals for manufacturing and construc-
tion
Sec. 65 Foreign trade in monetary:units
SECTION 70
In addition
Sec. 43
Sec. 52
Sec. 55
Sec. 64
Sec. 65
SECTION 71
Sec. 38
Sec. 64
Ch. VIII
KP
SECTION 72
Sec. 64
Ch. VIII
KP
SECTION 73
Sec. 52
Sec. 55
Sec. 62
Sec. 63
Sec. 64
Sec. 65
Sec. 71
Sec. 72
Sec. 75
Sec. 76
Sec. 81
Sec. 82
Sec. 83
Ch, IX
SECTION 65
Sec. 61
Sec. 62
Sec. 63
Sec. 64
Ch. VII
Sec. 80
Chapter VII? Scientific
INTRODUCTION
to other Chapter VII sections:
Scientific educational facilities
Governmental administration
National policies
Existing and potential industrial support
Budgetary appropriations
ELECTRONICS
Electronics
Radar, radio receivers, and transmitters
Electronic materiel
Key personalities
AIR, GROUND, AND NAVAL WEAPONS
Guns, explosive devices, and ammunition
Armed forces materiel developments
Key personalities
ATOMIC ENERGY
Governmental administration
National policies
Nuclear power
Uranium mines and potential sources
Existing and potential industrial support
Governmental appropriations
CONFIDENTIAL
Electronics
Air, ground and naval weapons
Chemicals
Optical and photographic equipment and
precision instruments
Stocks of military vehicles; explosives
and ammunition
Naval construction
Military aircraft inventory
Economic maps?industrial installations
TRADE AND FINANCE
Trade statistics on agriculture and food
Trade statistics on fuels and power
Trade statistics on minerals and metals
Trade statistics on manufacturing and
construction
Budgetary aspects relating to scientific
development
Budgetary aspects relating to national
defense
Ch. VIII Atomic warfare developments
KP Key personalities
SECTION 74 BIOLOGICAL WARFARE
Sec. 23 Climatic factors
Sec. 24 Vegetation and terrain factors
Sec. 25 Urban area characteristics
Sec. 41 Population distribution
Sec. 45 Health and sanitation
Sec. 55 National policies
Sec. 61 Food supply
Sec. 64 Existing and potential industrial support
Sec. 65 Governmental appropriations
Ch. VIII Biological warfare equipment and de-
velopments
KP Key personalities
SECTION 75 CHEMICAL WARFARE
Sec. 23 Climatic factors
Sec. 24 Vegetation and terrain factors
Sec. 25 Urban area characteristics
Sec. 41 Population distribution
Sec. 45 Health and sanitation
? Sec. 55 National policies
Sec. 61 Food supply
Sec. 64 Explosives, flame-throwers, incendiaries;
war gases and smoke preparations; chem-
ical industries
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL NIS STANDAI?D INSTRUCTIONS
SECTION 75
Sec. 65
Ch. VIII
KP
SECTION 76
Sec. 22
Sec. 23
CHEMICAL WARFARE (Continued)
Governmental appropriations
Chemical warfare equipment and devel-
opments
Key personalities
MISCELLANEOUS SCIENTIF
Oceanography, capabiliti(s, research ac-
tivities
Meteorological services
JULY 1957
Sec. 45 Organizations, installations, personnel rel-
ative to military medicine
Sec. 62 Fuel technology
Sec. 63 Metals, alloys
Sec. 64 Optical and photographic equipment, pre-
cision instruments, chemicals, and critical
and substitute materials
Ch. VIII Armed forces materiel
NIS 104- Marine climate and oceanography
107
KP Key personalities
Chapter VIII? Armed Forces
SECTION 80 INTRODUCTION
In addition to other Chapter VIII sections:
Sec. 41
Sec. 42
Sec. 44
Sec. 51
Sec. 55
Sec. 65
SECTION 81
Sec. 20
Sec. 21
Sec. 22
Sec. 31
Sec. 32
Sec. 33
Sec. 43
Sec. 44
Sec. 45
Sec. 52
Sec. 53
Sec. 54
Sec. 55
Sec. 56
Sec. 57
Sec. 58
Sec. 64
Sec. 71
Sec. 72
PAGE 10
Age-sex distribution of population, etc.
Attitudes toward armed forces; wartime
morale
Quality of manpower
Constitutional provision for armed forces
Position of armed forces in the nation;
traditions
Military budget; fiscal control
GROUND FORCES
Strategic areas
Special operational aspects
Amphibious operational aspects
Railroads?lines of communications
Highways?lines of communications
Inland waterways?lines of communica-
tions
Premilitary training
Available manpower; war casualties
Environmental factors alecting quality
of manpower; disease incidence of mili-
tary importance
Position in governmental structure and
government supply and procurement
agencies
Pressure groups
Police forces
Defense policies
Participation of military in intelligence
activities
Infiltration of subversive elements
Utilization of propaganda
Supply potentialities in motor vehicles,
including tanks, self-propolled guns, etc.;
explosives, missiles, telecommunications
equipment, chemicals, etc.
Experimental materiel and weapons
Experimental materiel, weapons and
equipment
Sec. 75
Sec. 82
Ch. IX
KP
SECTION 82
Sec. 22
Sec. 23
Sec. 35
Sec. 36
Sec. 38
Sec. 44
Sec. 52
Sec. 55
Sec. 57
Sec. 64
Sec. 65
Sec. 71
Sec. 72
Sec. 80
Sec. 81
Sec. 83
Ch. IX
KP
SECTION 83
Sec. 20
Sec. 23
Sec. 24
Sec. 31
Chemical warfare equipment
Marine corps
Physical maps, transportation, communi-
cations and special armed forces maps
Key personalities
NAVAL FORCES
Amphibious operations
Effects of weather on amphibious opera-
tions
Ports and naval facilities; bases
Merchant marine and other auxiliary
forces
Naval communications network
Manpower factor in general
Position in governmental structure
Defense policies
Infiltration of subversive elements
Vessel construction and repair
Naval budget
Radio and other communications equip-
men t
Experimental materiel; weapons and
equipment
Structure of armed forces; personnel and
ship strength; budget
Coastal defenses
Naval air arm
Maps and charts of ports and harbors
and telecommunications maps; special
armed forces maps
Key personalities
AIR FORCES
Strategic location
Weather and climate
Suitability for airfield construction
Significance of railroads in organization
for supply
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 NIS CORRELATION GUIDE
SECTION 83 AIR FORCES (Continued)
Sec. 32
Sec. 33
Sec. 35
Sec. 37
Sec. 44
Sec. 52
Sec. 53
Significance of highways in organization
for supply
Significance of inland waterways in or-
ganization for supply
Significance of ports in organization for
supply
Civil air facilities and available aircraft
and international agreement
Manpower availability
Position in governmental structure
Political stability
Sec. 55
Sec. 57
Sec. 62
Sec. 63
Sec. 64
Sec. 71
Sec. 72
Sec. 81
Sec. 82
Ch. IX
KP
CONFIDENTIAL
Defense policies
Infiltration of subversive elements
Petroleum availability
Air facilities construction materials
Aircraft manufacture
Electronic equipment
Aircraft weapons; experimental materiel
Antiaircraft weapons, organization, and
strength
Naval air organization
Air and air-facility maps and charts;
special armed forces maps
Key personalities
Chapter IX-Map and Chart Appraisal
SECTION 90 GENERAL
Sec. 91 Mapping deficiencies
SECTION 91 SELECTED MAPS, CHARTS, AND PLANS
Sec. 55 Rectification of borders
CONFIDENTIAL
SECTION 92 INDEXES OF MAPPING DATA AND COVER-
AGE
Sec. 90 Map coverage and programs
Sec. 91 Recommended maps and charts
Supplement I-Ports and Naval Facilities
Produced in conjunction with SECTION 35. See
sections listed under SECTION 35 in Correlation Guide.
Supplement II-Coasts and Landing Beaches
Produced in conjunction with SECTION 22. See
sections listed under SECTION 22 in Correlation Guide.
Supplement III-Telecommunications
Produced in conjunction with SECTION 38. See
sections listed under SECTION 38 in Correlation Guide.
Supplement IV-Urban Areas
Produced in conjunction with SECTION 25. See
sections listed under SECTION 25 in Correlation Guide.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 11
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS JULY 1957
Supplement V- Petroleum
Produced in conjunction with SECTION 62. See
sections listed under SECTION (,2 in Correlation Guide.
Supplement VI-Communism
Ch. III
Penetration of telecommunication and
Sec. 55
Effects on national policies
transportation networks
Sec. 56
Infiltration in intelligence and security
Sec 43
Infiltration of religious, aducational, and
organizations
information organizations
Sec. 57
Subversive activities
Sec, 44
Penetration of labor organizations
Sec. 58
Propaganda aspects
Sec. 50
Historical setting
Sec. 59
Subversive affiliations of key personalities
Sec. 52
Parliamentary role am'. infiltration in
or KP
government
Sec. 64
Penetration of industry
Sec. 53
Party structure and role in elections
Ch. VIII
Infiltration of armed forces
Sec. 54
Infiltration in police organization
NIS 108
International Communism
Marine Climate and Oceanography
SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION
See Sections 2 and 3 below
SECTION 2 MARINE CLIMATE
Sec, 23 Weather and climatic factors
Sec. 53
Sec. 55
Sec. 57
Sec. 58
PAGE 12
SECTION 3 OCEANOGRAPHY
Sec. 22 Oceanography relating to coasts and
landing beaches
International Communism
Legalized and front organizations
Inte?rnational relationships
Subversive organizations
Proiiaganda agencies
Sec. 59 Key personalities
or KP
Sup. VI Communism
Key Personalities
This Publication covers key personalities of all
NIS Chapters from II through VIII.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULy 1957
pproved For ReleaseE?8641/M2114.-biklkbf?fi:66i5?At66300020001-5 CONFIDENTIAL
Top
Margin
T
le
IARMY-June 1957
Left
Margin
le
A. General
(CLASSIFICATION)
38. ,Telecommunications
NIS 21
Sec-38
During the Japanese occupation telecommunication facilities in
IManchuria were rapidly expanded. New radio stations were rapidly..
B. Domestic facilities
1. General
Prior to 1953, telecommunication facilities in Manchuria were
under the control of several agencies and companies licensed by the
Chinese, Japanese, and Russian governments.
2. Telephone
a. Location of routes of lines -- Telephone land lines
form a raiher close pattern around Mukden, Chang-ch'un (Hsinking),
and Harbin, and radiate to all parts of the country (Figure 38-1)..
b. Type of construction -- Construction was completed for,
an underground 28-pair nonloaded telephone cable between Mukden and
Antung in 1949 (Figure 38-2). In December 1952 completion of
3. Telegraph and cable
a. Location of routes of lines -- Most of the routes are
parallel to railways and highways; lines are also built along the
lvalleys. Practically all the major circuits and most of the other..
Bottom
Margin
le
(page number)
(CLASSIFICATION)
8"
Right
Margin
1"
Fig.
38-1
Fig.
38-2
ApprovedEor_Release_1929/09/21 ? C IA-RDP79-01055A000300020001 -5
CONFIDENTIAL
SAMPLE PAGE 1
CONFIDENTIAL Approved RidRereM#99/09124 YeaviRtorgr-oits5A0003000200iyg51957
Top
Margin
le
Left
Margin
le
12i"
r-
ARMY-June 195
(CLASSIFICATION)
NIS 21
Sec-38
The offices and agencies that provided telegraph service in the
China area in 1956 were:
Telegraph and telephone service
244
Telephone stations
232
Telegraph agencies
403
Wireless agencies
62
Total
941
b. Type of construction In general, construction of..
4. Radio
a. RadLo communications stations From 1933 to 1945 the
major radio communications stations were operated by.
* Itemized intonation for the perfLod beginning April 1940 to
August 1945 ic based on captured Japanese documents, but the
significant totals are confirmed by U.S.official reports.
b. Broadcasting -- There are several of the more powerful,
Right
Margin
1"
Fig.
broadcasting stations listed in Figure 38-3. 38-3
(1) Number of installations -- The number of these
'installations is considerably smaller than the total giyen by the
[1956 telegraph offices and' agencies' tabulations. It is now believed
,that, even with full allowance for the new facilities only a few have
Ishort-wave transmitters. 'There is very little information about...
4
(page number)
(CLASSIFICATION)
Bottom
Marcia
l'
t
Approved For Release 1999/09Y21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
SAMPLE PAGE 2 CONFIDENTIAL
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NATIONAL INTELLIGENCE SURVEY
STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
EDITORIAL INSTRUCTIONS
CENTRAL INTELLIGENCE AGENCY
Office of Basic Intelligence
Washington, D. C.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NATIONAL INTELLIGENCE SURVEY
STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
EDITORIAL, INSTRUCTIONS
CENTRAL INTELLIGENCE AGENCY
Office of Basic Intelligence
Washington, D. C.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 CONFIDENTIAL
EDITORIAL INSTRUCTIONS
CONTENTS
Page
A. Transmittal of material
1
1. Letter of transmittal
1
2. Manuscript
1
3. Graphic material
1
B. Text specifications
1
1. Typing of text
1
2. Text headings
2
3. References to figures and text
2
4. Quotations and extract matter
2
5. Sample pages
2
6. Footnotes .. .
2
7. References to sources
2
C. Tabular specifications
3
1. Tabulations
3
2. Tables
3
3. Typing of tables
3
4. Table titles and figure numbers
3
5. Table stubs and column headings
3
6. Table footnotes and source references
3
7. Conventional entries
4
8. Statistical totals
4
9. Table construction
4
D. Graphic specifications
5
1. General
5
2. Photographs
5
3. Maps
5
E. General
1. Chapter I and NIS Supplement specifications
2. Consolidated chapters
6
3. Classification and control
6
4. Treatment of names
7
5. Technical terminology
7
6. Statistical data
7
7. Editorial style
7
CONFIDENTIAL PAGE
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 CONFIDENTIAL
Editorial Instructions
A. Transmittal of material
1. LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
NIS material delivered to the Office of Basic Intelli-
gence (OBI/CIA) requires a letter of transmittal
(original and 2 copies). The following are itemized in
the letter: number of pages of typed manuscript, in-
cluding Table of Contents, List of Figures, text, tables,
caption list, list of insert graphics, number of graphic
items submitted, and apron material. The letter con-
tains specifications regarding control aspects of material
involved. It? also specifies security classification and
control for those insert maps of which extra copies are
to be printed without the NIS references, and the num-
ber of copies of such maps desired by the contributor.
2. MANUSCRIPT
NIS manuscript is submitted in 5 complete assembled
copies. Each of the 5 assembled sets of manuscript
includes in sequence 1) title page, 2) Table of Contents,
3) text, 4) tables, 5) caption list, 6) list of insert graph-
ics, and 7) apron material.
Pagination begins with the first page of text of each
section and is consecutive throughout the manuscript
(including each page of the tables, which follow the
text in sequence of figure numbers). Pagination is by
other means than a numbering machine, which is re-
served for use in OBI processing.
Manuscript with more than nominal alterations is
not acceptable. Text or tabular material photostated
or similarly reproduced from printed or other material
is submitted in positive print form and legible in ap-
proximately typewriter elite size.
The supporting items, typed triple space, are as
follows:
Title page, containing chapter or supplement num-
ber and title, section number and title, and the state-
ment: "This is a preliminary draft of Section
NIS It has not been finally edited or reconciled
with other NIS sections and should not be reproduced.
This section has been approved for use in the NIS by
(agency), (month, year). This is the uniform date for
the entire section and will appear on each page of the
published section."
Table of Contents for each section, including to an
appropriate depth the headings appearing in the text.
Modified tables of contents are submitted to meet the
requirements for supplements, NIS on Ocean Areas,
and consolidated chapters. Each Table of Contents
is immediately followed by a List of Figures which
CONFIDENTIAL
lists in sequence all figures with the following details
for each: Figure number as determined by sequence in
tentative placement, category identification (Table,
Photo, Map, etc.), and the caption as it appears with
the figure or in appropriate short-title form. This List
of Figures is immediately followed by a Contributor
Statement, as approved by the NIS Committee, show-
ing the principal agency or agencies contributing to
and responsible for preparation of each NIS unit.
Caption list (used for typesetting the captions of
all graphic items). Figure numbers for all tables and
graphics are listed ,in sequence. The exact wording of
the captions for all graphics is included. When appli-
cable, the caption list is followed by a list of insert
graphics. The titles of tables are not included in the
caption list since this information is included sepa-
rately with each table.
3. GRAPHIC MATERIAL
Graphic material, including photographs, is assem-
bled separately from manuscript, in 4 complete sets
with each item in numerical sequence according to fig-
ure number. The 4 sets of each item consist of an
original and 3 copies of all black and white material,
and 4 color proofs for multicolor graphic material. The
original and copies of all graphic items are plainly
marked with the NIS area number and section and fig-
ure number. The original plates of multicolor _maps
are retained by contributor until receipt of memoran-
dum :from OBI. These originals are then forwarded
as directed by OBI for final reproduction.
B. Text specifications
1. TYPING OF TEXT
Text is submitted in 5 copies, typed on one side only,
with the original on substantial 8 x 121A bond paper.
Duplicating process may be used if submitted copies
are thoroughly legible. Text is typed triple space.
All paragraphs without headings begin with 5-space
indent. Normal capitalization is used throughout (in-
cluding headings), without use of continuous capitali-
zation or of underlining except for foreign or other
terms to be italicized. The last word of a typed line
is always a complete word, avoiding ending any line
with a hyphen. Manuscript conforms to the sample
pages, with margins as shown. Each manuscript
page, as shown, includes in top margin the name of
the agency of primary responsibility, date (manuscript
completion date, for processing control purposes only),
classification, and any applicable security control state-
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 1
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS JULY 1957
ment, NIS number and section number. The first
page of text includes the section number and title.
Text pages are numbered consecutively within each sec-
tion (not using a numbering machine, which is reserved
for OBI processing).
2. TEXT HEADINGS
Headings used in NIS text material are as follows:
(Grade of head,
not typed in ms.)
II. Military Geography (Chapter title)
22. Coasts and Landing Beaches (Section title)
A. General (No. 1)
1. Coasts (No. 2)
a. Northern peninsula ? text follows (No. 3)
(1) Williams Bay ? text follows (No. 4)
(a) Vicinity of Port Smith?text (No. 5)
1) Seaward Approaches? text (No. 6)
a) Anchorage areas? text (No. 7)
Chapter and section titles are centered. No. 1 heads
are typed flush with left margin of text; inferior heads
are successively indented 5 typewriter spaces. No. 1
and No. 2 heads stand alone; text begins on next line
with indentation of 5 spaces and thereafter flush left.
Remaining heads each end with space, two hyphens,
space; text follows immediately on same line, with suc-
ceeding lines beginning flush with left text margin.
Each standard heading includes a title in addition
to letter or number. Titles are as brief as feasible.
Except for proper names, only the initial letter of each
title is capitalized.
Headings may stand alone when immediately fol-
lowed by the next grade of head. For certain ma-
terial (as in Coasts and Landing Beaches), a heading
may be followed on the next line or lines by coordinates,
hydrographic chart references, etc..
Numbers used to itemize a series of items within
text carry a single parenthesis, e.g., 1).
3. REFERENCES TO FIGURES AND TEXT
Figures (including both tables and graphic material)
are cited in the text by using figure numbers assigned
by the contributor. Reference may be integral in a
sentence, ". . . as shown in FIGURE 32-16 . . ." or
parenthetical, ". . (FIGURES 42-3 through 42-6). . ."
It is often desirable to use the reference flexibly to dif-
ferentiate types of figures, e.g., ". . . tabulated in FIG-
URE 42-7 . ." or ". . . shown on the map, FIGURE
42-8 . . ." Statements such as ". . in the follow-
ing table . . ." or ". . . in the table above . . ." are
undesirable because the relationship may not be re-
tained in printing. When related text is not to be
adjacent to reference table details, the text is appro-
priately amplified to incorporate significant details.
Because figure numbering is subject to change in pub-
lication or maintenance, reference to tables or graphic.
material in other sections or chapters is by abbreviated
caption, type of material, and section number in which
PAGE 2
it appears, e.g., (see population density map, SEC-
TION 41).
Tentative placement within text of tables and appro-
priate graphic items is indicated by large carets with
figure numbers on the right margin of text pages (see
sample pages). Only one caret is used for each figure.
Figures expected to follow printed text, such as fold-in
maps, are itemized after the last line of manuscript text.
Because subsection numbering and titles are subject
to change in publication or maintenance, cross
references are made to the highest order of text topic
which will adequately indicate where the referenced
material will be found. Within sections and especially
within lengthy sections, however, references to subsec-
tions may be quite detailed if desirable. Another sec-
tion of the same chapter is referred to by ". . . (SEC-
TION 81, this Chapter) . . ." or ". . . (see Section on
Ground Forces) . ." Reference to a section of
another chapter is as follows: ". . . (CHAPTER IV,
SECTION 41) . . ." or ". . . (see Population) . . ."
4. QUOTATIONS AND EXTRACT MATTER
Quotations up to approximately 3 typewritten lines
are included in text within quotation marks. Longer
quotations, and subordinate material likewise to be
printed as "extract" in smaller type, are without quota-
tion marks, indented 5 spaces for all lines and typed
double space.
5. SAMPLE PAGES
The accompanying two pages are sample pages of
text manuscript for the guidance of typists.
6. FOOTNOTES
When footnotes are considered necessary, up to 3
asterisks per page may be used. Footnote material of
general significance for a segment of text may be printed
as a NOTE. In manuscript the footnote is inserted on
the line following the reference, separated from the
text by solid lines above and below; the footnote
begins indented 1 space from left margin, and is typed
double space (see sample pages).
7. REFERENCES TO SOURCES
References to sources are confined as much as possible
to the topic Comments on Principal Sources, where the
evaluative discussion may be followed by an alpha-
betical listing of principal sources to which consecutive
numbers are assigned. If sources are grouped by subject
categories, they are numbered consecutively rather
than by successive groups; details of a source are given
only once and thereafter only the identifying number is
listed. In text, and in both text and figure footnotes,
this facilitates brief reference, e. g., ". . . , based on
Source I estimates, . . ." or ". . . (Source I) ..."
When only a few principal sources are identified and
are not assigned source numbers in the Comments sub-
section, text or footnote reference thereto is as brief
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 EDITORIAL INSTRUCTIONS
as feasible. A source cited in text but not included in
Comments on Principal Sources may be described in
necessary detail but as briefly, as possible. Author,
title of source, and date normally are sufficient, typed
in capitals and lowercase sot off from text by paren-
theses.
In the numbered listing of principal sources, each
item is typed double space and is continuous in the
following order and typewriter style:
Author, authors, editor or agency; last name first,
capital and lowercase, period. Title of book or other
separate publication; capitals and lowercase, under-
lined, followed within parentheses by capitals and
lowercase translation if required, period. Title of
article from periodical in quotes, capitals and lower-
case, comma; followed by name of periodical, under-
lined, comma; edition, series, part, volume, number,
selected pages, year of periodical as necessary, separated
by commas in that order, with capital only at beginning
of series of items, abbreviated as ed., ser., pt., vol.,
p., period. Arabic numerals used throughout
except Roman after pt. Place of publication in capitals
and lowercase, followed by colon and publishing agency
if given, otherwise period. Date, period; n. d. if not
dated, period. Total pages if desired.
When several works by the same author or agency
are listed, the name is not repeated but is replaced by
dashes in subsequent listings.
C. Tabular specifications
1. TABULATIONS
Relatively simple tabular presentations, generally
with three vertical columns of data or less and a limited
number of entries, are treated as tabulations. Tabula-
tions are incorporated in text manuscript without figure
number or title (see sample pages). They are typed
double space, with no continuous capitalization or
underlining.
2. TABLES
More complex tabular presentations, generally with
stubs and three or more vertical columns of data, are
treated as tables. Each table has a descriptive title
preceded by a figure number. Each table is constructed
to stand as an entity, because of possible separation
from text in publication or use.
3. TYPING OF TABLES
Each table is typed in five copies, on one side only,
original on substantial bond paper. Duplicating proc-
ess may be used if submitted copies are thoroughly
checked for legibility. Tables are typed double space,
with no continuous capitals or underlining in caption,
stubs, column headings, or data entries. Tables are
typed on 8 x 12% bond paper whenever practicable.
For more extensive presentations, larger paper may be
CONFIDENTIAL
CONFIDENTIAL
used, if possible retaining the 123- inch vertical dimen-
sion. ? Several separate 8 x 12% pages may be used to
continue a table. When more than one page is used to
present a table or when there is significant relationship
between columns in separate tables, in typing it is im-
portant to maintain alinement and space relationship
of columns on all pages. Each page includes in the
margin, as in text pages, the name of the agency of
primary responsibility, date, classification, any security
control, NIS number, and section number.
4. TABLE TITLES AND FIGURE NUMBERS
Table titles are as brief as possible consistent with
adequate indication of table content. Date or dates
are included in the title unless table content is general-
ized or in :itself provides adequate date information.
The area or political name is incorporated when feasi-
ble, in adjective form ("Value of French Imports, 1950--
1956") or in noun form after substance of caption
("Land Use, France, 1956").
The figure number which precedes each table title is
composed of the section number followed by a hyphen
and the serial number of the table in the sequence of
all figures (including all tables and graphic items)
within a section, according to caretted location in the
submitted manuscript.
5. TABLE STUBS AND COLUMN HEADINGS
Stubs (horizontal descriptive entries normally to the
left of vertical columns of data) and column headings
are carefully worded, and coordinated. Proper selec-
tion and description of categories minimizes footnotes
and exceptions which require explanation.
In general, the heading at the top of a column covers
all material presented in the column without insertion
of additional headings farther down the column. The
same applies to, side heads and lines Of data. Where
intermediate headings seem necessary, the material
generally is presented as separate tables. However,
related categories of items (such as apply to various
weapons) may be usefully combined in a single table
by making column headings more comprehensive and
using subheadings in columns and/or indicating a gen-
eral change in category. Preliminary consultation
with OBI on such matters is advisable.
? 6. TABLE FOOTNOTES AND SOURCE REFER-
ENCES
Footnotes to tables are indicated by up to 3 asterisks
and thereafter by up to 3 daggers (the typewriter sym-
bol # is used for a dagger). These symbols are placed
at the left of numerical column data, and at the right
of headings, stubs, mixed or reading column data.
Footnotes are typed double space, under the table,
starting indented 5 spaces from left margin of table.
The number of footnotes to tables is minimized by
incorporation of the material into related text when
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 3'
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS JULY 1957
feasible, by careful phrasing of stubs arid headings, by
consolidation in a reduced number of footnotes, or by
consolidation in a single NOTE carried as a footnote
without symbol.
When source reference or references are considered
necessary and apply to a table as a whole, they are
indicated by "Data from Source 13 . . ." beginning at
the left text margin and typed 2 spaces below a line at
the bottom of the table proper. If a NOTE item is
used it precedes the conventional abbreviation n a and
explanation, if used (see conventional entries below),
which in turn precedes any symbol footnotes. An en-
tire table taken verbatim from a source (sometimes as
the only available data, and not necessarily fully ac-
cepted by the contributor) is so indicated in related
text, by explanation within the table, or by footnote;
in such cases it is gonerally desirable, so far as feasible,
to follow the detailed format of the original material.
7. CONVENTIONAL ENTRIES
To avoid blank spaces in columns of data, the follow-
ing conventional entries are made as appropriate in
table columns:
ENTRY MEANING
not applicable; no footnote used
n a data not available, inadequate data:, etc.; n and a
separated and underlined; explained where necessary
as "Data not available" in footnote
o indicates zero quantity or reading in columns of
uniform data such as weather statistics; no foot-
note used
none used instead of 0 when data arc, not aniform, e.g., to
indicate known lack of production of a significant
commodity; underline; no footnote used
insig quantity too insignificant to record; underline; no
footnote used
When some items in a column are estimated they are
preceded by est in underlined lowercase, unless symbol
and footnote are preferable because of an otherwise
appreciably narrower column or estimated items can
be feasibly covered in other footnotes.
Ditto marks are not used in tables. :For this purpose
do in underlined lowercase is used. Generally, identical
entries in figure columns are repeated, It is likewise
desirable to repeat word entries which have significance.
8. STATISTICAL TOTALS
When n a or insig are included with vertical or hori-
zontal data entries for which a total is given that only
moderately exceeds the sum of the specific entries, no
footnote explanation may be required. However,
when the total is exactly the sum of the specific figures
generally it is advisable to indicate that n a or similar
items are not reflected in the total, e. g., "Totals are
of known data" or "approx." Totals which are not
identical with the sum of specific entries, because of
rounding or different sources, are indicated by note,
e. g., "(Tonnage) figures rounded to nearest (thousand)
are not additive."
PAGE 4
9. TABLE CONSTRUCTION
Optimum clarity and usefulness require the careful
construction of all tables in terms of the nature and
purpose of the material and the characteristics of the
NIS format.
Column headings normally are typed and printed
horizontally. They may be vertical when heading
narrow columns of data or generally to facilitate pub-
lishing a table in minimum width. Superior or con-
solidating headings are centered over the appropriate
individual column headings.
To avoid repetition of units of measurement after
items of latitude, longitude, time, distance, weight, etc.,
units of measurement (abbreviated as appropriate) are
put at the head of column, or centered over appropriate
columns. Units common to an entire table (e.g.,
thousands of metric tons, or percentage of population)
are placed in parentheses beneath the table title.
It is desirable, so far as practicable, for a series of
tables dealing with common or closely related topics to
be expressed in a uniform order of magnitude of units
of measurement, e.g., all in thousands of tons or hun-
dreds of tons.
Entries in all columns aline horizontally with top
line of the corresponding stub.
Vertical columns of figures are alined on the decimal
point, and zeros precede the decimal in numbers of less
than 1. Dissimilar data are centered in the column.
Examples of various figure items are:
1,500.0
0,15
24,4
1.94
16.09
4,200
120-130
insig
30 (daily)
n a
[Generally it is not desirable to carry a column in
which there are no entries. Use of a column for iso-
lated entries may be avoided by carrying the entries
in a "Remarks" column or by consolidation in an ex-
planatory note to the table.
Tables generally are constructed to avoid use of full-
length lines or rules between horizontal entries. Lines
or boxes around column headings preferably are omitted
by contributors unless format is well established.
Although contributors are not required to conform
to printing requirements when constructing tables, gen-
eral consideration of such requirements facilitates pub-
lication of table material. A printed NIS single-column
width accommodates approximately 55 characters or
spaces. A two-column page width takes approximately
115 characters or spaces. A two-page spread takes
approximately 230 characters or spaces. Two-page
spreads tend to present page make-up problems in
publication, including separation of tables from related
text. Tables which must be viewed from the side of
the page, and extended tables on fold-in inserts, are not
desirable and are used only by arrangement with OBI.
In constructing tables for normal column or page-width
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 EDITORIAL INSTRUCTIONS
publication, space allowance is required for column
headings which may be wider than figure entries in
columns, and for stubs. When it is apparent that the
maximum horizontal lines (allowing for column entries,
column headings, stubs, footnote symbols, and ade-
quate space between columns) will occupy more than
the approximate number of spaces available but will
not utilize more than a nominal additional width,
rearrangement of the table warrants consideration.
Vertical printing of heads is one device. When the
number of columns exceeds the number of stub entries,
the layout often may be reversed to make a longer but
narrower table. When tables present problems not
previously encountered, contributors are requested to
consult OBI before final typing.
D. Graphic specifications
1. GENERAL
All graphic materials, such as photographs, maps,
charts, graphs, and sketches, regardless of size, are (in
addition to numbered tables) designated as figures.
Each graphic item carries a separate figure number
comprising the section number followed by hyphen
and serial number of the figure in the sequence of all
figures within the section. The originals and copies of
all graphic items are clearly marked with the NIS area
number, section and figure number.
The image size of the NIS printed page is ni" H
by 93A" V. The material is printed in two 33-i" col-
umns spaced U" apart. Column width figures are
printed 3" wide, and page width figures are 7"
wide. The maximum height of such figures including
space for caption is 9%".
All graphic items larger than page size are treated as
fold-in inserts. The maximum paper size used for NIS
inserts is 2314" V x 393/I" H. The horizontal dimen-
sion normally includes a 914." apron.
Figures are prepared to fit NIS indicated dimensions.
Care is required in laying out correct proportions and
in selecting sizes of symbols, patterns, lines, and letter-
ing to allow for reduction commensurate with that per-
mitted by other features of the figure. When a specific
amount of reduction is desired, it is so marked outside
the border. Otherwise, the amount of reduction will
be decided by OBI.
All figures, except insert maps, are accompanied by
captions (in lowercase and normal word capitalization)
which are carefully worded to be briefly but adequately
descriptive. The first line of the caption carries the
figure number followed by identification of the subject
or brief descriptive phrase; succeeding lines add appro-
priate amplification, including direction of view and
indication of the date (where meaningful) of photo-
graphs.
CONFIDENTIAL
CONFIDENTIAL
Charts or graphs do not carry titles or caption ma-
terial (as distinct from explanatory legend material)
within the figure image. In the case of a specially con-
structed chart or graph, source and date of information
may be drafted within the figure. All insert maps carry
the title, legend, source and date of source, and other
essential information drafted within the title box or
neatline.
It is not necessary that all maps or photographs be
oriented with north at the top, but the position of north
is clearly indicated by means of a north arrow, coordi-
nates, or caption. Names, symbols, and similar details
of figures are oriented for reading from the bottom of
the page. In exceptions where figures must be viewed
from the side of the page, details of the figure are
oriented for reading from the right-hand side of the
page.
Printed stickup is preferred for symbols and letter-
ing. However, Leroy lettering is permissible. Free-
hand lettering and symbols are avoided except where
it is necessary to include an existent printed map or
sketch.
It is frequently desirable for graphic material, such
as large-scale aerials of airfields, to be accompanied by
small-scale line-cut orientation or location maps.
2. PHOTOGRAPHS
Only clear and distinct photographs are acceptable,
and original prints are supplied insofar as possible.
Except where the original is unwieldy, prints are sup-
plied at the same scale as originals, including suggested
cropping to be undertaken in OBI processing.
High-altitude aerial photographs carry a north arrow
and bar scale drafted on the face of the print. When
a photograph originally has foreign annotations on the
face of the photograph, the annotations are retained
and translated or explained in the caption.
Instructions for selection and preparation of photo-
graphs are set forth in NIS supplementary instructions.
3. MAPS
All NIS maps are carefully selected and constructed
in terms of the purpose and subject material of a map
or plan, content and positional integration with text,
suitability of color or other differentiation, and all
feasible uniformity in layout, lettering, and other
drafted elements. Appropriate modifications are made
for generalized maps designed for one-column width or
otherwise less than page size, which are preferable for
many NIS purposes because they can be printed in
juxtaposition to related text.
All maps have a neatline and border, a legend cen-
tered under the map title, a bar scale, and the classifica-
tion centered beneath the scale. Legends clearly define
all symbols not self-explanatory or generally understood
from common usage. A direction indication, either
coordinates or a north arrow, is included. Maps pre-
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 5
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS JULY 1957
pared as a series (e.g., port and town plans) have con-
sistent treatment throughout in type style, zipatone
patterns, title and legend layout. Nonvarying plastic
(e.g., dyrite, vinylite) is preferable for the construction
of color plates, to faeilitate accurate registry in printing.
A standard base map for each NIS area is prepared
and distributed by Cartography Division (D/GC/RR),
CIA, in the following forms: black and white; composite
color copies on paper; composite black line and black
line copies of each color separation plate on plastic
(dyrite). Specific instructions concerning reduction,
sizes, etc., are distributed with the base map for each
NIS area.
Contributors are responsible for dra,4ing their own
overlays, which are keyed to the base plates of NIS
standard base maps.
In addition to the standard base map a small-scale
page-size base map is prepared for each NIS area.
Specific instructions concerning the. use, reduction,
sizes, etc., are also distributed with each page-size base
map.
Where base maps are not applicable (such as port
plans), contributors are responsible for compiling and
constructing their own maps. Contributors lacking
necessary cartographic facilities should consult OBI.
Maps to be reproduced as obtained (such as foreign
road maps) carry a note within the neatline specifying
that they are being so reproduced and without editing
for BGN conformity.
Where necessary, fold-in maps are printed with a
page-size apron, to permit full view of the map as the
text is read. This apron can be used for printing in-
formation additional to that contained in the legend,
such as lists of installations. or-regions. Such informa-
tion is submitted on separate typewritten sheet or
sheets for each map, in five copies accompanying the
five sets of manuscript. Printed material is not carried
on the back of a map.
E. General
1. CHAPTER 1 AND NIS SUPPLEMENT SPEC-
IFICATIONS.
Preparation of text and graphic material for CHAPTER
I and NIS Supplements generally conforms to the indi-
cated procedures for other NIS material, with such
modifications as are developed to meet the requirements
of CHAPTER I and the Supplements.
2. CONSOLIDATED CHAPTERS
For certain small NIS areas Or those insufficiently
developed in some aspects to warrant standard NIS
section coverage on all topics, consolidated chapters
may be prepared. The chapter, not the section; is the
Unit of production for these publications:- The format
is simplified and compressed. Section topics appear
as subsections and may be combined into new topics
PAGE 6
as appropriate. One Table of Contents and one "Com-
ments on Principal Sources" support-the whole chapter.
The chapter has .continuous pagination and figure
numbering, using- the chapter Roman numeral desig-
nator. Using a consolidated CHAPTER V as an example,
SECTION 50 becomes Subsection A, General; Subsection
B might combine SECTIONS 51 and 52 as The Govern-
mental System; Public Order and Security could cover
SECTIONS 54, 56, and 57; SECTIONS 53 and 55 could be
combined (especially in coverage of dependent areas)
into a new subsection topic. The final subsection
would be "Comments on Principal Sources."
3. CLASSIFICATION AND CONTROL
NIS textual material is classified independently by
section. All pages of each section uniformly carry the
highest classification of material in the section. All
material, however, carries at least a CONFIDEN-
TIAL classification. Tables of Contents, caption
lists, all tables, and all graphics, except photographs
and insert maps, carry the uniform section classifica-
tion and are so stamped when submitted. Insert
maps and photographs may be of a lower classification
than the NIS section of which_ they are a part.
The agency of primary responsibility is required to
insure that any control aspects are properly indicated
on submitted material.
All Comments on Principal Sources for all NIS
(except CHAPTERS I) are controlled "Not Releasable
to Foreign Nationals." The control for the Comments
on Principal Sources as such does not govern for related
NIS material and need not be specified in the letter of
transmittal.
All NIS content is controlled "Not Releasable to
Foreign Nationals" for certain NIS areas specified by
the NIS Committee. All NIS material relating to
such areas, regardless of the content of the material,
is correspondingly controlled. Each page of manu-
script and each unit of graphic Material is appropri-
ately stamped, top and bottom.. All such material
delivered to 0131 carries a cover sheet specifying con-
trol, and the control requirements are also indicated in
the letter of transmittal.
When any NIS unit or portions of NIS material
(other than Comments on Principal Sources) are con-
trolled for reasons other than the approved control
character of the area, the entire section involved is
controlled. Each page of manuscript and each unit
of graphic material is appropriately stamped, top and
bottom. All such material delivered to OBI carries ft
cover sheet specifying control, and the nature and
occasion, for the control requirements are indicated. in
the letter of transmittal.
Variations of the "Not Releasable to Foreign Na-
tionals" control which May appear on submitted
material to meet departmental or other requirements
are not used in the printed NIS.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957
EDITORIAL INSTRUCTIONS CONFIDENTIAL
4. TREATMENT OF NAMES
Geographic names used in the NIS are those ap-
proved by the United States Board on Geographic
Names (BGN). Approved names are listed in NIS
Gazetteers and are used by contributors in the prepara-
tion of text and graphic materials. Pending publica-
tion of a pertinent gazetteer, or in the case of names not
covered by a published gazetteer, lists of names are
prepared and submitted to OBI according to NIS sup-
plementary instructions.
Conventional names are used insofar as they are
approved by BGN. The approved native name is
added in parentheses the first time the conventional
name is used in a section, and thereafter as desirable
for clarity. It is desirable to use the native name in
parentheses after the conventional name on maps
whenever practicable.
Approved native names are used where conventional
names are not provided. Translation of generic parts
of native names (except when the meaning is apparent)
is given in parentheses where necessary the first time a
generic appears in any segment of text. As a reader
aid, English generics may be interspersed in text.
All terms referring to man-made features, such as
Small Boat Harbor, are in English. Military or other
regions arbitrarily designated for convenience in pres-
entation are in English and are not subject to BGN
approval.
In lists of towns and cities, coordinates are given for
each of two or more places having identical names.
5. TECHNICAL TERMINOLOGY
When scientific names are appropriately used in the
interest .of accuracy, if possible they are preceded by a
common name or common name generic; e.g., the colon
bacillus (Escherichia coli), malaria mosquitoes (Anoph-
eles maculipennis, A. hyracanus). The scientific
names are enclosed in parentheses and marked for
italics in every case. In a paragraph discussing malaria
mosquitoes, however, italicized scientific names may be
used without a preceding common name or generic.
CONFIDENTIAL
Scientific family names (names ending in -idae, as
Stomatidae) are capitalized but not italicized.
Special-use terms, such as names of military regions,
are capitalized (e.g., the Kazakh Hill Country) to
clearly maintain identity.
6. STATISTICAL DATA
Statistical data normally are expressed either in U.S.
units of measure or in the metric system, and are con-
sistent within a section or larger NIS unit as feasible,
except to conform with common usage, as in discussing
75 mm. and 3" guns. All contributions clearly indicate
what system is used, in tables as well as text. When
different measurement systems unavoidably appear
together in text (e.g., statute and nautical miles) they
are clearly differentiated. In the case of areas where
available maps or charts use varying measurement sys-
tems, the text is expressed in U.S. units with metric
conversion following in parentheses, and accompanying
maps using extensive metric annotations in their origi-
nal form carry a conversion table. Both U.S. and other
measurements may be given, as in the case of a table,
when contributing to utility.
Measurements are expressed in terms consistent with
the inherent or required degree of accuracy (e.g., 2,340
miles of coast, 16'6Vt" bridge clearance). Conversions
are exact when appropriate; a rounded original figure
is not converted into an inconsistently exact figure;
rounded conversions may be used with a modifying
"about" or "approximate." Units of measurement
are clearly defined, e.g., statute miles or nautical miles,
short tons or long tons. Both quantity and value may
be given when useful for indicating relative importance.
In financial data, dated exchange rates are included.
7. EDITORIAL STYLE
Development of style for all forms of NIS content is
a continuing and coordinated result of contributor and
OBI processing of the various types of material. For
all matters of style not so developed, and not indicated
by specific OBI instructions, the current Government
Printing Office Style Manual governs.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 7
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL
NATIONAL INTELLIGENCE SURVEY
STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
CHAPTER I
BRIEF
Section 10 Introduction
Section 11 Significance of the Area
Section 12 Military Geography
Section 13 Transportation and Telecommunications
Section 14 Sociological
Section 15 Political
Section 16 Economic
Section 17 Scientific
Section 18 Armed Forces
Section 19 Map and Chart Appraisal
CENTRAL INTELLIGENCE AGENCY
Office of Basic Intelligence
Washington, D. C.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 CONFIDENTIAL
Chapter I - Brief
OUTLINE
SECTION 10.
INTRODUCTION
SECTION 16.
ECONOMIC
SECTION 11.
SIGNIFICANCE OF THE AREA
A.
General
B.?X.
Summaries of salient features of CHAP-
SECTION 12.
MILITARY GEOGRAPHY
TER VI
A.
General
Y.
Comments on principal sources
B.?X.
Summaries of salient features of CHAP-
TER II
Y.
Comments on principal sources
SECTION 17.
SCIENTIFIC
SECTION 13.
TRANSPORTATION AND TELECOMMUNICA-
A.
General
TIONS
B.?X.
Summaries of salient features of CHAP-
TER VII
A.
B.?X.
General
Summaries of salient features of CHAP-
Y.
Comments on principal sources
TER III
Y.
Comments on principal sources
SECTION 18.
ARMED FORCES
SECTION 14.
SOCIOLOGICAL
A.
General
A.
General
B.?X.
Summaries of salient features of CHAP-
B.?X.
Summaries of salient features of CHAP-
TER VIII
TER IV
Y.
Comments on principal sources
Y.
Comments on principal sources
SECTION 15.
POLITICAL
SECTION 19.
MAP AND CHART APPRAISAL
A.
B.?X.
General
Summaries of salient features of CHAP-
A.
General
TER V
B.?X.
Summaries of salient features of CHAP-
Y.
Comments on principal sources
TER IX
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 1
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
Chapter I - Brief
OUTLINE GUIDE
The following outline guide indicates substance and general arrange-
ment. In preparation and typing of manuscript, Standard
Editorial Instructions are followed in detail.
A conventional CHAPTER I is a succinct analytical
summary of the salient basic intelligence aspects of the
NIS Area as a whole. It presents U, clear, concise,
over-all view of the principal factors concerning the
NIS Area under consideration and, while stressing
succinctness, contains sufficient detail to render it
adequate within itself to serve as the basis for initial
military and political strategic planning. More spe-
cifically, CHAPTER I accomplishes the :following:
Presents a clear view of the NIS Area concerned.
Not only presents the salient basic intelligence aspects of
the NIS Area concerned but also evaluates the sig-
nificance of these aspects.
Establishes the interrelationship of such salient aspects by
integrating in any one section those aspects of other
sections which ,serve .to enhance the meaningfulness of
the first.
JULY 1957
The presentation is made through the medium of
succinct textual discussions supplemented by compre-
hensive graphic aids wherever practicable. The text
may be used to interpret and augment intelligence por-
trayed graphically but does not repeat such intelligence.
CHAPTER I is prepared under the general direction of
the NIS Committee in accordance with allocations of
responsibility in the NIS Standard Instructions.
CHAPTER I is published as a complete chapter.
CHAPTER I is not produced until after the completion
of the basic research on and development of CHAPTERS
II-IX, inclusive. The approval date for all Sections
of CHAPTER I coincides with the month in which the
Chapter is scheduled for submission to CIA. Intelli-
gence based on information received since the publica-
tion of pertinent elements of CHAPTERS II?IX is
selectively integrated into CHAPTER I.
Master Index
CHAPTER I contains a Master Index. This Index
lists detailed topics contained in standard NIS sections
and supplements and serves as a guide for use in depth
of all components, other than CHAPTER I, of the NIS
concerned. The Index also indicates any special treat-
ment or omission of intelligence applicable to the NIS
under consideration.
Section 10. Introduction
This Section is the medium for explaining to the user,
among other items, the following:
1) The purpose of the NIS
2) The relation of CHAPTER 1 to the other NIS
Chapters
PAGE 2
3) The significant practices used in the NIS such as
standard names, standard base maps, and cross ref-
erences
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CHAP TER I
JULY 1957
Section 11
Significance of the Area
This Section is a synopsis of the area that shows its
relative importance in terms of geographic location,
natural and human resources, and national force. The
area is located in relation to such factors as international
traffic routes, regional political groups, and great power
centers. National force is assessed by means of an
appraisal of the moral, political, economic, technical,
and military influence the country exerts on other
countries. These characterizations are in general the
content of the first paragraph of SECTION 11.
The statements in the opening paragraph are sup-
ported by sufficient record of past events, interna-
tional influence of the nation, and international interest
CONFIDENTIAL
in the area to indicate the vitality and direction of
whatever forces are described in these statements.
Because the Section has no further formal outline and
synthesizes conclusions selected mostly from other Sec-
tions, the presentation is flexible and adapts to what-
ever content is dictated by the opening statement.
The Section depends upon the CHAPTER I Summary
Map and the global representation on the inside cover
and draws from sections of CHAPTER I and other Chap-
ters whatever conclusions are needed to complete the
composite statement of national influence and the his-
torical perspective of the area.
Sections 12 - 19
SECTIONS 12-19 are summaries of the corresponding
NIS Chapters, as follows:
SECTION
SECTION
12 Military Geography
13. Transportation and
munications.
SECTION 14. . Sociological
SECTION 15. . Political
SECTION 16. . ? Economic
SECTION 17. . ? Scientific
SECTION 18. . Armed Forces
SECTION 19 .. ? Map and Chart Appraisal .
. . . CHAPTER II
Telecom- CHAPTER III
CHAPTER IV
CHAPTER V
CHAPTER VI
CHAPTER VII
CHAPTER VIII
CHAPTER IX
SECTIONS 12-19, inclusive, present concise analytical
summaries of salient basic intelligence elements of the
area, selected from CHAPTERS II?IX, respectively.
While the discussion in each Section must be extensive
enough to insure clear presentation and explanation of
significant aspects, care must be taken to exclude non-
essential details. Each Section includes appropriate
evaluative and interpretive conclusions.
Each Section includes an Introduction Subsection,
called in most Sections "A. General"; and this is fol-
lowed by such other Subsections as may be selected for
orderly presentation and stress of component topics.
There should be a final Subsection, "Comments on
Principal Sources", except in SECTION 19, which does
not require such a Subsection.
A. General
This Subsection is an introduction rather than a
summary of what is included in the following Subsec-
tions. It has the same relationship to other Sub-
section topics in the CHAPTER I Section AS the appro-
priate Introduction Section has to other Sections in the
relevant Chapter. Essential background and identifi-
cation of functional aspects covered by the Section
CONFIDENTIAL
topic usually includes the following considerations,
stressed or minimized as appropriate to presentation of
the topic for each country:
1. Characterization and classification of the country
in terms of the functional aspect, together with some
evaluation that places the country in an international
setting and relates the functional aspect or system (as
in SECTIONS 13-18) to national needs. This appraisal
may take the form of a summary of strategic considera-
tions, a characterization of development and adequacy,
a statement on stability, or any combination of these
elements. The A. General of SECTION 12 here focuses
on the military aspects of geography; those of SECTIONS
13-18 (concerned with systems and organizations) on
appraisal of the vitality of those aspects and of their
adaptability to ordinary and extraordinary needs; and
that of SECTION 19 on availability and quality of maps,
charts, and aerial photography.
2. Historical background as appropriate, to furnish
perspective for the more important conclusions or
generalizations presented in the basic appraisal of the
country.
3. Coverage of any minor national entities or island
areas included in the NIS Area; or of any larger con-
sideration or national problem that cannot be con-
veniently summarized elsewhere.
B.?X. Summaries of salient basic intelli-
gence elements
In preparation for each of these Subsections, the
contributor consults the NIS Outline of the Chapter
being summarized as a checklist to insure consideration
of all topics. He selects only the most important topi-
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 3
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
CONFIDENTIAL
cal aspects and arranges these for efficient and logical
presentation under effective headings. The NIS Out-
line suggests, but does not prescribe, the Table of Con-
tents for CHAPTER I, where a Subsection may summar-
ize a single Section of the related Chapter or several
such Sections, as appropriate. Treatment is concise,
and topical aspects are allotted space in proportion to
their importance. Graphics are used wherever possible
to visualize the presentation and to save textual space.
Y. Comments on principal sources
The purpose of these comments is to evaluate briefly
the status of the entire field of basic intelligence of the
category treated in the Section. The evaluation, there-
fore, encompasses not only the intelligence contained
in the CHAPTER I Section of which Subsection Y is a
part but also the Chapter of CHAPTERS to
which the CHAPTER I Section is related. In view of
the inherent nature of CHAPTER IX and SECTION 19,
the latter has no Subsection Y.
Specifically, Subsection Y, stressing succinctness,
covers the following elements as they relate to the
entire field of basic intelligence under consideration:
1. Major sources of information on which the intelli-
gence is based. No detailed bibliography is desired.
Only general categories are indicated.
JULY 1957
2. Major gaps in information. While only gaps of
major significance are indicated, each indication is
specific enough to be reasonably definitive.
3. Assessment of the degree of credence which may,
in general, be accorded the basic intelligence available
in the field under consideration. Here, broad divisions,
determined as appropriate, of the field of basic intelli-
gence under consideration, are characterized as gener-
ally completely reliable, generally reliable, generally
fairly reliable, or generally doubtfully reliable. In
appropriate instances, differences in degree of relia-
bility between the intelligence contained in the CHAP-
T ER I Section and previously published related Sec-
tions of CHAPTERS II?VIII are pointed out and reasons
for the differences briefly explained.
4. Indication of general trends in the collection
effort pertaining to the basic intelligence field under
consideration. These trends are determined from the
viewpoint of historical perspective and indicated ac-
cordingly. For instance, it may be appropriate to
state that, at the beginning of the NIS Program, numer-
ous gaps existed in the field of a certain topic but that
these gaps have now been substantially, or completely,
filled; or that, at the beginning of the NIS Program,
important gaps existed in the field of a certain topic
and that many, or most of, these gaps remain. If, for
valid reasons, it is infeasible to make reasonable deter-
mination of these trends, this element of "Comments
on Principal Sources" may be omitted.
Summary Map
Each CHAPTER I includes a comprehensive map
presentation which condenses selected intelligence from
the general map coverage of the NIS Area. This
"Summary Map" normally consists of one fold-in
sheet inserted at the end of the Chapter, and normally
comprises the following elements:
1. A terrain and transportation map. This map is
of suitable scale and shows for the area the terrain
features; principal railroads, roads, inland waterways,
and airfields; ports; landing beaches; principal cities
and towns mentioned in the text; and a suitable map
legend.
2. Insets showing the following:
a. Population density and administrative divi-
sions.
PAGE 4
b.
c.
d.
e.
1.
Economic activity.
Land utilization.
Strategic areas and approaches.
Location and comparative areas.
An area brief which succinctly states selected
facts concerning the land, people, government,
economy, communications, and defense forces
of the area.
3. A "Summary map locator" printed on the apron
of the map. This consists of two parts: a) an alpha-
betical listing of the principal places and terrain fea-
tures mentioned in the text, together with the map
coordinates of each; and b) an alphabetical listing of
the principal airfields, together with the map coordi-
no tes of each.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
DONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NATIONAL INTELLIGENCE SURVEY
STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
CHAPTER II
MILITARY GEOGRAPHY
Section 20 Introduction
Section 21 Military Geographic Regions
Section 22 Coasts and Landing Beaches
Section 23 Weather and Climate
Section 24 Topography
Section 25 Urban Areas
CENTRAL INTELLIGENCE AGENCY
Office of Basic Intelligence
Washington, D. C.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957
Chapter II - Military Geography
OUTLINE
SECTION 20. INTRODUCTION
A. Location, size, shape, and boundaries
B. Dominant geographic elements
C. Strategic areas
D. Approaches and internal routes
SECTION 21.
MILITARY GEOGRAPHIC REGIONS
A. General
B. Regional analysis: Regions A, B, etc.
SECTION 22. COASTS AND LANDING BEACHES
A. General
1. Summary
2. Maps and charts
3. Criteria for beach selection
4. Major beach areas
5. Minor beach areas and landing places
6. Reliability index
7. Glossary
B. Coastal oceanography
1. Introduction
2. Tides and currents
3. Sea and swell, breakers and surf
4. Bottom sediments
5. Marine biology
C. Sector 1
1. Subsector 1-A
2. Subsector 1-B, etc.
D. Sector 2
E. Sector 3, etc.
X. Comments on principal sources
CONFIDENTIAL
SECTION 23. WEATHER AND CLIMATE
CONFIDENTIAL
A. General weather and climatic conditions
B. Weather and military operations
1. Air operations
2. Air-ground operations
3. Ground surface operations
4. Amphibious operations
C. Meteorological facilities and organiza-
tion
D. Climatic data tables
E. Comments on principal sources
SECTION 24. TOPOGRAPHY
A. General
B. Descriptive analysis
1. Landforms, relief, and drainage pat-
tern
2. Drainage characteristics
3. Water resources
4. Soils
5. Rock types
6. Vegetation
7. State of the ground
8. Culture features
9. Special physical phenomena
C. Military evaluation
1. Cross-country movement
2. Constructional aspects
3. Other military aspects
D. Comments on principal sources
SECTION 25. URBAN AREAS
A. General
1. Urbanization
2. Main characteristics of urban areas
B. Principal urban areas
1. Key strategic urban areas
2. Other selected urban areas
C. Comments on principal sources
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 1
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
OUTLINE GUIDE
The following outline guide indicates substance and general arrange-
ment. In preparation and typing of manuscript, Standard Editorial
Instructions arc followed in detail.
The SIX Sections of CHAPTER II cover the strategic,
regional, and topical aspects of the military geography
of the NIS Area. Clear distinction between these three
aspects of military geography is essential to the orderly
preparation of the3e Sections and to the efficient use
of the Chapter.
SECTION 20, INTRODUCTION, furnishes a strategic
appreciation of the NIS Area as a whole in relation to
its surroundings. The Section is a broad evaluation
and, although based in considerable part on SECTION
21, is much wider in tcope, including discussion of
interrelationships between regions, and evaluations of
external approaches, strategic areas, and internal routes.
It should contain one or more overall intelligence maps
depicting such essential elements as strategic areas,
coastal and other approaches, barriers to movement,
and corridors and passes favorable to movement.
SECTION 21, MILITARY GEOGRAPHIC REGIONS, is
an integration and analysis of the key military aspects
of SECTIONS 22 through 25. It presents for each regioix
the significant elements treated in these Sections in
terms of their combined effects on military operations,
avoiding overall strategic considerations on the one
hand and unnecessary repetition of topical information
on the other. Presentation may be by text, tables,
and maps. For each region, the text summarizes and
evaluates in terms of military significance the out-
standing military geographic characteristics of that
region; the text is supported by individual regional
tables, based on more detailed material in SECTIONS 22
;him( 1957
through 25, presenting the environmental charac-
teristics and military evaluation of the region and of
any subregions and/or distinctive areas into which it
is divided. Intelligence maps and other graphics
present military analysis of the environmental factors
of each region, subregion, or group of regions.
SECTIONS 22 through 25 (and SUPPLEMENTS II and
IV) comprise the detailed topical treatments of the
subject matter necessary for NIS purposes. Within
each topic or subtopic the material is organized on a
regional or locality basis, as for individual sectors or
subsectors of coasts, regions characterized by simi-
larities of climate, terrain, soil, or vegetation, and indi-
vidual urban areas.
The outline presented is designed to provide a basis
for appraisal of the military significance of the geog-
raphy of any NIS Area. It is intended to be sufficiently
flexible to be adaptable to any peculiar situation that
the authors of CHAPTER II may encounter.
Each topical heading in the outline must, however,
be considered by the authors. As indicated in the
guidance for each Section, adequate latitude is provided
to permit presentation of each topic in the clearest and
simplest form, where alternative forms of presentation
are practicable.
In the event that modification of the outline, or a
part thereof, is considered desirable for a particular
NIS Area, the proposed modification will not be made
without prior approval of the Chapter Coordinator.
Section 20. Introduction
This Section is designed to provide the reader with
a succinct evaluation of the external geographic rela-
tionships of the NIS Area and its dominantly significant
internal geographic characteristics. The Section is pre-
pared after SECTIONS 21 through 25 have been com-
pleted. It is not, however, an abridgement of these
Sections. Photographs of especially significant aspects
of military geography covered by SECTION 20 are
included as pertinent.
PAGE 2
A. Location, size, shape, and boundaries
The significant aspects of the location, size, shape,
and boundaries of the NIS Area as a whole are pre-
sented in integrated paragraphs without topical head-
ings, supported by 1) a map on which the NIS Area is
centered on an azimuthal projection and on which con-
centric circles of air distances are included and 2) a
map demonstrating the comparative areas of the NIS
Area and of the United States or North America.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 CHAP TER If
B. Dominant geographic elements
All facts of the environment as presented in SECTIONS
21 through 25 are considered by Army in preparing this
discussion, and those environmental elements that are
dominantly significant are treated in integrated state-
ments supported by one or more overall intelligence
maps and the minimum number of maps from SECTIONS
21 through 25 that are considered desirable to demon-
strate the significance of the selected factors.
C. Strategic areas
Each strategic area of the NIS Area is defined and
briefly described by Army on the basis of the applica-
bility of one or more of the following factors (or other
pertinent factors) which are of national or international
significance: critical and/or key industries (especially
military end-products plants); critical and other stra-
tegically significant mining developments and mineral
resources; key transportation and communications cen-
ters and facilities; military installations including key
offensive, defensive, and supporting facilities; popula-
tion concentrations (ethnic, religious, social, including
significant minorities) ; key terrain features (passes,
corridors, beaches, air-drop sites) ; food resources, in-
cluding production and storage centers; etc. Strategic
areas are delimited on a map with the approaches to
and internal routes of the NIS Area.
CONFIDENTIAL
Strategic, for the purposes of evaluating strategic sig-
nificance in the NIS Area, is defined as pertaining to
the implications of any of the above factors upon a
nation's developing and using political, economic, and
psychological means and/or armed forces during peace
or war to afford the maximum support to national
policies, to increase the probabilities and favorable con-
sequences of victory, and to lessen the chances of defeat.
D. Approaches and internal routes
Evaluations of the air, sea, and ground approaches
to the NIS Area as a whole are prepared by Air. Force,
Navy, and Army, respectively, and coordinated by
Army. Air approaches are presented on a sector basis.
All approaches are shown in suitable manner on a map
showing the strategic areas and internal routes of the
NIS Area. Internal routes are evaluated and selected
with respect to the strategic areas within this and ad-
jacent NIS Areas; first on the basis of current logistical
capabilities and second on the basis of potentialities
for logistical development. Routes lacking existing
transportation facilities capable of carrying military
traffic are evaluated similarly in relation to routes
having such facilities. All selected routes are delim-
ited and classified on the strategic areas map which is
supported by concise tabular or textual evaluation.
Section 21. Military Geographic Regions
This Section analyzes the NIS Area in terms of mili-
tary geographic regions. The military geographic
region as discussed in the NIS is a region in which the
combination of environmental conditions is sufficiently
uniform to permit, or to require, throughout its extent
the use of the same general mode of military opera-
tions or kinds of warfare and the same general types
of equipment and personnel. Minor areas in which con-
ditions significantly affect but do not prevent the basic
mode of military operations may be considered either
as military geographic subregions or as distinctive areas
within the military geographic region, e.g., a hill belt
M a large plain.
The ?military geographic regions and subregions for
each NIS are delimited on a map by the Army agency
responsible for production of SECTION 21. after topics
treated in SECTIONS 22 through 25 have been analyzed
sufficiently to permit fixing of boundaries. All CHAP-
TER II contributors concerned concur on regional and
subregional boundaries previous to any agency's ini-
tiating final production of SECTION 21 material.
CONFIDENTIAL
A. General
A military geographic regions map or maps showing
boundaries of the various regions, subregions, and/or
distinctive areas is included. The regional breakdown
is also presented as a list in the text or as a concise tabu-
lar summary. Introductory integrated text summarizes
significant aspects of each region as is necessary to re-
late the regions to the NIS Area as a whole and to anal-
ogous or comparable areas in North America. Pho-
tograph S and other graphics may be used for illustra-
tion.
B. Regional analysis: Regions A, B, etc.
A concise textual analysis and a tabular summary
of each region and its various subregions and/or dis-
tinctive areas are given. Each region appears as a
separate numbered heading. Intelligence-type maps
showing interrelated factors are presented for each
region, group of regions, or important part of a region.
The tabular summary of each military geographic
region, supporting the map presentation of the region
or several subregions, includes the topics shown in the
sample layout. Topics carry Subregion and Distinc-
tive Area headings internally as needed.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 3
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS JULY 1957
(Example)
FIGURE 21-2. ANALYSIS OF MILITARY GEOGRAPHIC REGION
A. ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS
La.ndforms, relief, and drainage patterns
Drainage characteristics
Weather and climate
Water resources
Soils
Rock types
Vegetation
State of ground
Culture features and towns
Coasts and landing beaches
Special physical phenomena
B. MILITARY EVALUATION
Cross-country movement
Constructional aspects: Airfields
Constructional aspects: Roads
Constructional aspects: Underground installations
Other military aspects
Operational experience
FIGURE 21-2. ANALYSIS OF MILITARY GEOGRAPHIC REGION (Continued)
INSTRUCTIONS
1) All data in this summary are presented in telegraphic
form. The above headings are used, and are reproduced on a
single-page format.
2) Data included directly under each topic concern those attri-
butes which are characteristic of the region as a whole.
3) Arrange subregions and/or distinctive areas in alphabetical
and numerical sequence under the appropriate topic heading
(i.e., Subregion A-1, Subregion A-2, etc.)
4) Treat content of all Environmental Factors and Military
Evaluation topics in definitive terms. Use salient statistics and
facts to categorize the subregional or distinctive area charac-
teristics when pertinent. A high degree of discrimination must
be exercised in the selection of data to be included in each topic.
Include only those essential elements treated in other sections.
PAGE 4
If a particular topic is not applicable for any subregion or dis-
tinctive area, the words "not applicable" are included in the
relevant space in the summary.
5) Under the heading Operational Experience include factual
statements on known types of military operations such 1LS air-
borne, amphibious, arctic, armored, cavalry, desert, infantry,
jungle, and mountain, conducted in the region, or identify the
region with a geographically analogous area for which types of
modern operations are known. Statements should particularly
bear on the extent to which specialized forces were employed in
operations and whether such employment was required by
environmental factors. If the success or lack of success of either
conventional or specialized types of operations in the region can
be definitely attributed to environmental factors, this should be
noted.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 CHAPTER II
Section 22. Coasts and Landing Beaches
CONFIDENTIAL
For NIS Areas with numerous beaches, Section 22 is supported by a Supplement II which contains
beach tables and illustrations
A. General
1. SUMMARY
General description of the entire coastal area of
study, including relations to major geographic regions
and to adjacent NIS Areas. State length of coast in
statute miles and refer by footnote to use of nautical
and statute miles.* Stress best and poorest sectors
and subsectors from point of view of amphibious opera-
tions; mention specific beaches or coastal stretches
that offer access to important routes inland.
* In text, distances are in statute miles unless nautical miles
are specifically indicated by "n.," as "14 n. miles."
Generalized statements of sea approaches and hydrog-
raphy. Define anchorage and port categories pertinent
to Area and include general statement on occurrence of
each category. Give brief shore and coastal terrain
description including mention of beaches, also type of
shore and terrain that extends into adjoining NIS
Areas. Give general discussion of transportation (land,
water, and air) with stress on principal means of
transportation and definition of categories, e.g., classes
of highways, etc., pertinent to NIS Area; also, climatic
discussion for Area, including items pertinent to amphib-
ious operations. Conclude with paragraph describing
Area coastal breakdown. Follow by tabular descrip-
tion of major coastal divisions, as in example below.
(Example)
FrouuE 22-1. SUMMARY OF COASTS AND LANDING BEACHES
SECTOR OR SUBSECTOR
SEA APPROACHES
BEACHES
COASTAL TERRAIN
(Geographic title of sector or
subsector, followed by lim-
iting coordinates in paren-
theses.)
(Characteristics and dangers
in offshore and nearshore
approaches; bottom slope;
bottom materials; surf;
tides; anchorages.)
(Number and general dimensions
of major beach areas; gradients;
material and firmness; general
statement for minor beach areas
and landing places.)
(Characteristics inland 15-20
miles or to first major bar-
rier; exits and communica-
tions inland.)
(Footnote referring to italicized terms)
2. MAPS AND CHARTS
Refer to maps, charts, and Sailing Directions used
and discuss any discrepancies involving coastal con-
figuration, coordinates, or distances.
3. CRITERIA FOR BEACH SELECTION
Discuss methods used for selecting beaches and
sources from which selection was made. Define cate-
gories such as Major Beach Area, Minor Beach Area,
Landing Place, Starred Beach.
4. MAJOR BEACH AREAS
Explain beach area numbering. Discuss headings
and terms used in tables, and types of information to
be included therein. Refer to Beach Profile Diagram.
a. BEACH NUMBER AND LOCATION ? How num-
bered in text, on location maps, on photos; how located;
reference to photos; reliability rating.
b. LENGTH AND USABLE LENGTH ? Definition of
usable and unusable stretches.
C. WIDTHS: AT L.W.; AT H.W. ? How measured;
reference to Beach Profile Diagram.
CONFIDENTIAL
d. GRADIENTS: L.W. TO H.W.; H.W. ZONE --
How determined; definition of terms to supplement
Beach Profile Diagram.
0. APPROACH ? Limits; bottom slopes; reference
to Beach Profile Diagram and gradient scale. Refer-
ence to Sailing Directions and other publications for
more complete information on nearshore and offshore
areas.
f. SURF AND TIDAL RANGE ? HOW surf is Computed;
sources of surf and tidal data.
g. MATERIAL AND FIRMNESS ? Discussion of beach
trafficability criteria; definitions of firm, soft, loose.
h. TERRAIN IMMEDIATELY BEHIND BEACH ? 15 to
20 miles inland, or to first major barrier or significant
change in terrain.
i. EXITS AND COMMUNICATIONS INLAND ? In addi-
tion to routes inland, include those parallel to shore.
Refer to appropriate NIS Sections for detailed data on
transportation facilities.
5. MINOR BEACH AREAS AND LANDING
PLACES
How described in tables and located on maps and
photos.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 5
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS JULY 1957
6. RELIABILITY INDEX
7. GLOSSARY
List of common terms relating to terrain features
and hydrography.
B. Coastal oceanography
1. INTRODUCTION
Summary discussion of bathymetry and sediments,
tides and currents, sea and swell, surf, and marine
biology.
Include note: Coastal oceanography covers the
marine environment affecting nearshore and amphibious
naval operations. Broadly speaking, this is the zone
in which oceanographic conditions are modified by
bottom and land configuration or surface runoff. The
oceanography and marine climatology for the open
ocean adjacent to this area are contained in NIS
2. TIDES AND CURRENTS
Include charts of cotidal lines, types of tide, tidal
ranges (including station values), typical tidal curves;
also, chart illustrating local currents.
3. SEA AND SWELL, BREAKERS AND SURF
Include histograms and/or roses for sea and swell
and for surf. Include textual discussion of method and
criteria used in computing surf.
4. BOTTOM SEDIMENTS
Include chart.
5. MARINE BIOLOGY
Descriptions and illustrations of dangerous marine
life such as crocodiles, poisonous snakes, poisonous or
aggressive fish; presence or absence of bioluminescence;
presence of algae that can conceal water hazards or
foul screws and rudders of landing craft.
6. SEA ICE
C. Sector 1
Coordinates of sector limits
(Reference to location maps, overall map, and gen-
eral small-scale USHO charts)
Sectors, no t exceeding nine in number and preferably
many fewer, are based on clear geographic divisions or
on major differences in coastal terrain. Because sec-
tors are basis for Section division of SUPPLEMENT II,
they should be as long as physical characteristics of
NIS Area will permit.
Sector general description begins without heading and
covers features common to whole sector in brief general-
ized statements. Include overall description giving
location, coastline: length, ? suitability for amphibious
operations, and reference to starred or best beaches.
PAGE 6
In succeeding paragraphs give brief r?m?on follow-
ing topics: Approaches, offshore and nearshore; an-
chorages and ports; shore and coastal terrain (including
number and types of beaches); cross-country move-
ment; urban areas; roads, railroads, inland waterways;
ah facilities; weather and climate; subsector break-
down, if used.
1. SUBSECTOR 1?A--STRETCH OF COAST OR
GROUP OF ISLANDS
Coordinates of subsector limits
(Reference to location maps and general medium-
scale USHO charts)
Subsectors are selected as logical coastal units in
which hydrographic or terrain conditions or both are
sufficiently uniform to permit generalization.
Subsector general description begins without heading
and should include features common to whole subsector.
Give location, length, suitability for amphibious opera-
tions, and reference to best beaches., Summarize ap-
proaches, major anchorages and ports, shore and coastal
terrain (including number and type of beaches), cross-
country movement, urban areas, roads and railroads,
inland waterways, and air facilities.
a. COAST Divide coast into segments based on
terrain or hydrographic differences. Segments are de-
scribed in accordance with following sample headings:
Coastal Segment [1], Point A to Point B (140 coast-
line miles, USHO large-scale charts ?)
General --
Approaches --
Anchorages --
Ports ?
Shore ?
Coastal terrain ---
Cross-country movement ?
Urban areas ---
Roads - -
Railroads -- --
Inland waterways
Air facilities ---
b. LANDING BEACHES ? Opening paragraph gives
general overall statement evaluating landing possi-
bilities, including number and location of beach areas,
comparison of the area with others, and significance of
stretch of coast.
Succeeding paragraphs cover in very general terms
topics treated in detail in beach tables, including sum-
mary of significant beaches.
Final paragraph gives generalized summary of minor
beaches and landing places. If beach and related hydro-
graphic data are presented entirely in Section 22 (with
no Supplement II), tabular descriptions for major and
minor beaches follow at this point, using the tabular
formats set forth, for .Figures 1.-1, 1-2, and 1-3 of the
Supplement IT Outline Guide. Otherwise, a? Supple-
ment II is provided and is referred to in a statement
such as: Tabular descriptions and illustrative material
for major and minor beach areas of this NIS. are con-
tained in Supplement IL
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 CHAP TER II.
If no beaches are identified for the sector or subsector
under discussion, include heading and statement as
follows:
"b. LANDING BEACIIES ? None described."
2. SUBSECTOR 1?B; etc.
D. Sector 2
E. Sector 3; etc.
CONFIDENTIAL
X. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
inform the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used are
indicated.
Section 23. Weather and Climate
A. General weather and climatic conditions
Discuss the general weather and climatic conditions
in their broad aspects, emphasizing those elements and
factors having significance in regard to high-level mili-
tary operational planning as specified by the various
agencies of the Department of Defense. Subdivision
of the NIS Area into militarily significant climatic
regions is desirable, depending upon the weather and
climatic conditions in the particular Area.
The Subsection emphasizes the processes which con-
trol climatic regimes and contains the bulk of general
climatic discussion. Include figures, photos, maps,
and those tables that are necessary to illustrate espe-
cially significant climatic factors. Illustrate destruc-
tive effects of weather and weather phenomena such
as dust storms, tornadoes, fog banks, etc.
B. Weather and military operations
1. AIR OPERATIONS (above friction layer)
Discuss climatic factors and conditions which affect
all types of aerial operations, e.g., cloudiness, visibility,
icing, turbulence, thunderstorms, winds and tempera-
tures aloft, dust and blowing sand in the upper -air,
and special upper-air weather phenomena. Tables to
contain data significant to aerial operation.
2. AIR-GROUND OPERATIONS (within friction
layer)
Discuss climatic factors- which affect radiological,
chemical, and biological warfare, control of atmospheric
contamination, parachute, aircraft landing, glider, and
similar operations which take place within the lower lay-
ers of the atmosphere. These conclusions result from
analyses of vertical temperature, moisture, density, and
wind structure as influenced, by topography and large-
scale meteorological conditions and their translation.
into microclimatic terms: i.e., distributions (local) of
wind, temperature,. humidity, -stability, fog, haze, etc.,
as functions of location and topography: Give full
CONFIDENTIAL
consideration to the periodic (diurnal and seasonal)
and nonperiodic variations in stability, visibility, tem-
perature, humidity, etc.
3. GROUND SURFACE OPERATIONS
Discuss briefly movement of equipment, mobility,
clothing, construction, storage, shelter, etc., in terms
of precipitation, temperature, floods, dry and wet
periods, etc., using illustrative tables when necessary
to emphasize important elements. Make reference to
SEcTroN 24 for the effect of climate on state of ground
and cross-country movement.
4. AMPHIBIOUS OPERATIONS
Discuss effects of coastal weather including surface
winds and their relation to swell and surf, cloudiness,
visibility, air and sea-water temperatures, and drift ice.
C. Meteorological facilities and organization
Discuss the meteorological facilities in the area, the
observational network, types of observation, equip-
ment, and personnel.
D. Climatic data tables
Tables to contain average and extreme climatic data
significant to all types of military operations within
the arca.
E. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing- the Section and thereby
inform the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide 'general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used
are indicated.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 7
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS JULY 1957
Section 24. Topography
This Section is a topical treatment for the NIS Area
as a whole of those environmental factors not treated in
SECTIONS 22, 23, and 25 of CHAPTER II and it is in-
tended that maps and tables be used to the practicable
maximum in presenting the information. Photographs
are used for illustrative purposes within the topical
scope of the Section. A reliability diagram accompan-
ies each topical map included in the Section.
A. General
Appraise briefly the relative significance of the ele-
ments which comprise the topography of the NIS Area
under discussion.
B. Descriptive analysis
Each of the subordinate topics treats in factual
terms descriptively and definitively those aspects of
the topic which are known to have military significance.
Statements on military interpretations or applications
are confined to Subsection 24, C. Subsection 24, B,
includes only such evaluations as are prescribed in the
following paragraphs. The discussion of each topic is
in proportion to its significance in the NIS Area relative
to the other topics treated in the Section. Seasonal
aspects are considered wherever significant. Tabular
presentation is used to a practicable maximum. A
map is prepared for each topic where appropriate.
1, LANDFORMS, RELIEF, AND DRAINAGE
PATTERN
Cover with an integrated discussion developed
around maps, supported by text and tables, treating
definitively the essential elements of the topic with
emphasis on the larger aspects of the patterns involved.
2. DRAINAGE CHARACTERISTICS
Include the essential following (or other pertinent)
data in their seasonal aspects for significant streams,
lakes, and other water features: depths, widths, banks,
bottom conditions, velocities, gradients, transparency
or turbidity, sedimentation, temperatures, and ice
conditions. Treat in tabular and graphic form sup-
ported by essential text.
3. WATER RESOURCES
Definitive information on quantities, qualities, avail-
ability, accessibility, and distribution of surface- and
ground-water supplies is presented in map(s), table(s),
and text. Data on qualities and quantities are selected
PAGE 8
in relation to all probable military uses of water and
not only with respect to potability.
4. SOILS
The treatment of soils is developed around a simpli-
fied soils map showing dominant soil units and sup-
ported by a table and text describing their physical
characteristics and evaluating their engineering prop-
erties.
b. ROCK TYPES
This topic is developed around a simplified geologic
map showing significant lithologic units and supported
by a table and ,text describing their physical charac-
teristics and evaluating their potential usefulness as
construction materials.
6. VEGETATION
Existing significant vegetation types are delimited
on a map supported by table(s) and text describing
physical characteristics such as heights, density of
stand, stem diameters, coloration, cultivation practices,
etc., and evaluating their potential usefulness as con-
struction materials and as sources of supplies, and their
sweep tibility to conflagration.
7. STATE OF THE GROUND
This topic is prepared by Army after SECTION 23 and
Subsections 24, B, 1, 2, 4, 5, and 6 have been com-
pleted. It is developed around maps supported by
tables and text and is a synthesis showing the seasonal
occurrence and characteristics of the ground when dry,
wet, frozen, and snow covered.
:3. CULTURE FEATURES
Cover with an integrated discussion of the location
and distribution of cultural objects which exist in
strEcient concentrations to possess significance in
planning of major military operations. Such features
as urban areas, mines, quarries, tombs, burial mounds,
dikes, ditches, transportation nets, hedge rows, ter-
races, etc., are evaluated and presented in map(s),
table(s), and photographs supporting the text.
9. SPECIAL PHYSICAL PHENOMENA
Such factors as permafrost, seismic disturbances,
and volcanic phenomena which are applicable and of
significance to the NIS Area are presented in map
and table form supported by an integrated textual
discussion. This discussion gives definitive informa-
tion on the phenomena within the Area; it is not
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 CHAPTER II
concerned with general or theoretical aspects of the
subject.
C. Military evaluation
1. CROSS-COUNTRY MOVEMENT
Evaluate all environmental conditions affecting
cross-country movement of military vehicles, equip-
ment, and personnel throughout the year.
2. CONSTRUCTIONAL ASPECTS
Evaluate the feasibility of constructing airfields,
roads, shelters, and underground installations during
the various seasons as affected by the collective environ-
mental factors. Specific military constructional prob-
lems other than those applicable to airfields, roads, and
underground installations are treated under such addi-
tional subordinate headings as are required.
CONFIDENTIAL
3. OTHER MILITARY ASPECTS
Evaluate military aspects of topography not subject
to discussion under Cross-country Movement or Con-
structional Aspects that are affected by environmental
topics treated in SECTION 24.
D. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
inform the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used
are indicated.
Section 25. Urban Areas
This Section is designed to be a digest of information
on the physical aspects of the urban areas in the NIS
Area supplemented by pertinent generalized comments
concerning their geographic, political, economic, and
military importance. Where the general composition
of the cities and towns in the area lends itself to com-
parison with the cities and towns in a geographic
area of the United States or with those of countries in
the same geographic, political, or economic group, such
comparison is desirable. Data are presented for the
NIS Area as a whole, except when such treatment might
be misleading for an included subarea. When the area
under consideration is divided into distinctive geo-
graphic, political, or economic subareas, the data may
be presented by appropriate subarea.
Tables and charts are utilized to a maximum to
supplement descriptive text. Town plans emphasizing
those natural and man-made features of the urban area
and its environs that are of primary military signifi-
cance are included. They supplement the text and
tabulated data. Each key strategic urban area is illus-
trated by suitable plans, either as functional overlays
on an aerial mosaic, or if no suitable mosaic is avail-
able, on a town plan that emphasizes adequately the
salient urban characteristics having military signifi-
cance. Photographs are used to support the text and
other graphics.
CONFIDENTIAL
A. General
Summarize the significant features affecting urban
areas collectively including a brief generalized treat-
ment of the major collective functions (industrial,
agricultural, mining, etc.).
1. URBANIZATION
a. PATTERN ? Ratio of urban population to total
populations; distribution of urban areas; effects of
ethnic and religious groupings where pertinent.
b. FACTORS AFFECTING URBANIZATION, AND
TRENDS? With respect to economic development (agri-
cultural, industrial, exploitation of natural resources).
NOTE Generalized statements with regard to population
trends are coordinated with the contributor for
CHATTER IV (SEcrroN 41).
2. MAIN CHARACTERISTICS OF URBAN
AREAS
Discuss typical militarily significant characteristics
of cities and towns by area or subareas, covering:
a. PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS ? Significant char-
acteristics of town construction as influenced by tradi-
tion, terrain, climate, etc.; of materials used and their
availability; of capacity to resist shock, inundation,
conflagration, etc.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 9
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
b. EXTERNAL COMMUNICATIONS-- Generalized
statements on principal types of intertown communi-
cations (rail, road, waterway, and air); their adequacy
and effect on the cities and towns of an area.
C. UTILITIES, SERVICES, AND FACILITIES -- Evalu-
ate the cities and towns of an area collectively with
respect to the extent of development generally (includ-
ing lack, prevalence, and adequacy) of those elements
of urban economy commonly classified as utilities,
services or facilities; such as water supply, sewerage,
sanitation (including public health conditions), electric
power, transit, telecommunications, storage, hospitals,
gas, refrigeration, etc.
d. PLANNING-- Programs for reconstruction in
war-devastated or other devastated areas; future plan-
ning and expansion programs.
NOTE Emphasis is given to the items discussed in 25, A,
2, a.
B. Principal urban areas
Principal urban areas include key strategic urban
areas and other selected urban areas (never more than
100) chosen for consideration because of their size and
their military, political, and economic importance.
These two categories of urban areas are discussed
in separate subsections as indicated below. (Army
submits lists of key strategic urban areas and other
selected urban areas through the CHAPTER II Coor-
dinator to the NIS Committee for transmission to
IAC agencies for concurrence and/or comment. In
the event of nonconcurrence(s) only or comment,
CHAPTER II Coordinator arranges a conference of IAC
agencies concerned to resolve differences and to obtain
a generally acceptable selection.)
Introductory text explains the method of treatment
of principal urban areas and highlights the most im-
portant of these areas and their military, significance
in the country's political and economic structure.
1. KEY STRATEGIC URBAN AREAS
Key strategic urban areas are those considered to
be of primary military, political, or economic signifi-
cance.
Introductory statement of the number of key stra-
tegic urban areas and their importance generally (rea-
sons for selecting).
The following indicates the preferred order of dis-
cussion in the detail required for individual key stra-
tegic urban areas.
a. URBAN AREA A ? Name to be in the spelling
approved by the Board on Geographic Names, fol-
lowed by variant names and spellings, in parentheses;
PAGE 10
JULY 1957
below the name, geographic coordinates, followed by
the figure number of the town plan in parentheses.
NOTE Normally, only one paragraph is required for each
of the subheadings, (1) to (5), following. If the
importance justifies, appropriate subparagraphs
may be used for expanded treatment. Appropriate
references are made to the accompanying illustra-
tive material.
(1) Significance ? Brief statements outlining
the significant facts about the urban area, covering:
its location (political and geographic); its population
(as of a stated date) and trend (only if significant); its
importance based upon its political, cultural, military,
and economic functions.
(2) Physical characteristics ? Generalized state-
ments covering: topography of the site (including
underlying earth structure) and natural landmarks;
general layout of urban area, shape, and dimensions
(illustrated by an annotated aerial photograph, by
town plans with suitable overlays showing functional
and structural patterns and features, and by photo-
graphs, if available); ratio of roof coverage to ground
area; street pattern (passability for military traffic,
width of streets, and clearances), crossings of natural
obstacles, and bypassing of town; predominating types
of construction and man-made landmarks, and heights
of buildings (by stories); other pertinent character-
istics.
(3) External communications ? Factual state-
ment of existing rail, road, water and air communica-
tions (including the location of airfields serving the
urban area); the adequacy of such communications
and their importance to the town. Details of road
widths, trackage, length of runways, etc., are not
required.
(4) Utilities, services, and facilities -- General
statements covering: water supply; sewerage system;
smitation (including public health conditions); electric
power; transit (streetcar, trolley bus, bus, and cab);
telecommunications; billeting capacity (public build-
ings, schools, institutions, barracks, etc.); storage
(open, closed, cold, petroleum, explosives); hospitals
(total bed capacity); and any other utilities, services,
or facilities.
NOTE Specific items are correlated and coordinated with
the producers of counterparts in other chapters or
sections.
(5) Important industrial and other installations?
Whenever possible the relative national or interna-
tional industrial or other importanee generally of the
urban area is indicated. Similarly,' the national or
international. importance of specific installations in
relation to their respective industries is indicated.-
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957
CHAPTER. 11 CONFIDENTIAL
b. URBAN AREA B
C. URBAN AREA C, etc.
2. OTHER SELEM'ED URBAN AREAS
Present information on other selected urban areas
in tabular form. The text provides an introduction
giving the number and general importance of these
areas. In the tabular presentation, towns are grouped
by subareas, if this is desirable. Appropriate column
headings are used for the following information:
Name, followed by variant
rentheses.
Geographic coordinates.
Population.
CONFIDENTIAL
names and spellings in pa-
Importance- ---a brief statement of the dominant facts on
which selection is based.
Remarks?other appropriate comment.
C. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
inform the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used are
indicated.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 11
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL
NATIONAL INTELLIGENCE SURVEY
STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
CHAPTER III
TRANSPORTATION AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS
Section 30 Introduction
Section 31 Railway
Section 32 Highway
Section 33 Inland Waterway
Section 34 Petroleum Pipeline
(Treated in Subsection 62, C and Supplement V)
Section 35 Ports and Naval Facilities
Section 36 Merchant Marine
Section 37 Civil Air
Section 38 Telecommunications
CENTRAL INTELLIGENCE AGENCY
Office of Basic Intelligence
Washington, D. C.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 CONFIDENTIAL
Chapter HI -Transportation and Telecommunications
OUTLINE
SECTION 30. INTRODUCTION
SECTION 31. RAILWAY
A. General
B. Characteristics of the rail network
1. General
2. Way and structures
3. Construction and maintenance
4. Traffic interruption factors
5. Fuel and water
C. Control, organization, and personnel
1. Control
2. Organization
3. Personnel
D. Operations
1. Operating factors
2. Traffic
3. Financial data
E. Equipment
1. General
2. Motive power
3. Rolling stock
4. Special equipment
F. Selected rail lines
G. Comments on principal sources
SECTION 32. HIGHWAY
A. General
B. Characteristics of the highway network
1. General
2. Roadway, structures, and facilities
3. Construction and maintenance
4. Traffic interruption factors
5. Development program
C. Control and organization
1. Governmental regulation
2. Principal carriers
3. Personnel
D. Operations
1. Operating factors
2. Traffic
3. Financial data
CONFIDENTIAL
E. Vehicles and equipment
1. General
2. Motor vehicles
3. Special equipment
4. Other
F. Principal routes
G. Highway technical data
H. Comments on principal sources
SECTION 33. INLAND WATERWAY
A. General
B. Characteristics of the waterway system
1. General
2. Waterway facilities
3. Construction and maintenance
4. Traffic interruption factors
5. Development program
C. Control and organization
1. Control
2. Principal carriers
3. Personnel
D. Operations
1. Operating factors
2. Traffic
3. Financial data
E. Craft and equipment
F. Individual waterways
G. Comments on principal sources
SECTION 34. PETROLEUM PIPELINE
(Treated in Subsection 62, C and Supplement V)
SECTION 35. PORTS AND NAVAL FACILITIES
When there is a Supplement I:
A. General
1. Ports
2. Naval facilities
3. Shipyards
B. Comments on principal sources
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 1
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS JULY 1957
When there is no Supplement I:
A. General
1. Ports
2. Naval facilities
3. Shipyards
4. Technical notes
B. Principal ports
C. Secondary ports
D. Minor ports
E. Naval facilities
F. Shipyards
G. Comments on principal sources
SECTION 36. MERCHANT MARINE
A. General
B. Organization
1. Ownership (government or private; if
private, include beneficial owner-
ship)
2. Administration
3. National policy
4. Foreign interests
5. Personnel and training
C. Composition
D. Shipping program
1. Construction program
2. Purchase or sale of vessels
3. Chartering of vessels
E. Normal shipping routes and ports of call
F. Operations and traffic
G. Comments on principal sources
SECTION 37. CIVIL, AIR
A. General
1. Domestic status
2. International aspects
3. Other general topics
B. Government control and policy
1. Administration
2. Support
3. Trends
C. _International relations
1. Affiliations
2. Air agreements
3. Foreign influence
PAGE 2
D. Civil air enterprises
1. Scheduled air carriers
2. Miscellaneous air carriers
3. Government and private operators
E. Civil aviation training
1. Preparatory
2. Air crew and ground personnel
F. Services and supplies
1. Maintenance installations
2. Aircraft and spare parts
3. Petroleum products
G. Civil air facilities
1. Airfields
2. Operational aids
H. Military potential
1. Aircraft
2. Personnel readiness,
3. Mobilization plans
I. Means of identification
J. Personalities
K. Comments on principal sources
SECTION 38. TELECOMMUNICATIONS
A. General
B. Administration and control
1. Governmental organizations
2. Commercial telecommunication or-
ganizations
C. Wire communication facilities
1. General
2. Telephone
3. Telegraph
4. International submarine cables
D. Radio communication facilities
1. General
2. Domestic radio
3. International radio
E. Broadcast facilities
1. General
2. Domestic radio broadcast
3. Wire program dissemination
4. International radio broadcast
F. Integration of facilities
G. Military appreciation and vulnerability
1. Military use of facilities
2. Vulnerability of facilities
II. Comments on principal sources
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 CHAPTER III
OUTLINE GUIDE
The following outline guide indicates substance and general arrange-
ment. In preparation and typing of manuscript, Standard Edi-
torial Instructions are :followed in detail.
Section 30. Introduction
This Section is an overall appreciation of the trans-
portation and telecommunication systems of the coun-
try or area under study.
It treats those general aspects which are necessary
to the proper concept of the subject as a whole and
which cannot be treated adequately elsewhere. It is
CONFIDENTIAL
prepared 3pon completion of the remaining Sections
of this Chapter so as to be able to present in a single
Section an integrated account of all phases of trans-
portation and telecommunications.
Material is presented in graphic form whenever
practicable.
Section 31. Railway
A. General
An appreciation of rail transportation in the country,
including relationship to other transportation, salient
characteristics, physical environmental factors, and
economic and logistical significance.
B. Characteristics of the rail network
1. GENERAL
A discussion of such basic factors as total route
mileage by trackage., gage, and ownership; pattern and
geographical distribution of the rail lines; density and
nature of traffic; connections and interchange with
adjacent countries, including any special interchange
equipment, requirements; general status and condition
of the railroads, including repair of war damage and
projected development.
2. WAY AND STRUCTURES
Characteristics of the fixed facilities and structures,
including general conditions affecting the right of
way and structures as reflected in grades, curves, and
characteristics of structures; general and detailed
standards for rail, ties, and ballast, and resultant axle-
load limitations; characteristics and comprehensive
statistics on bridges, tunnels, and similar track-support-
ing and track-sheltering structures; characteristics and
statistics on ferries; structural clearance, loading, and
equipment diagrams with supporting discussion of
standards and practices; characteristics of signal and
communications equipment and operations; general
CONFIDENTIAL
features of yards and terminals, with detailed data
(including diagrams or plans when available on major
yards and terminals); details of the nature and extent
of electrification, including characteristics of power
supply and installations.
3. CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE
Construction and maintenance policy, problems, and
procedures, including standards, organization, and
availability and quality of materials, equipment, and
labor; evaluative? discussion of heavy off-track con-
struction and maintenance equipment employed.
4. TRAFFIC INTERRUPTION FACTORS
A discussion of natural conditions, and of other
factors such as congestion points or operational bottle-
necks, which cause or might cause interruptions in
operations.
5. FUEL AND WATER
A general survey of fuel and water supply, including
such factors as characteristics and availability, treat-
ment required, and any special factors such as reliance
on foreign source of fuel supply.
C. Control, organization, and personnel
1. CONTROL
The development and present status of control and
ownership, and the nature and extent of governmental
control and regulation.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 3
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS JULY 1957
2. ORGANIZATION
Operational organization and administrative struc-
ture, supported as appropriate by selected organiza-
tional charts and diagrams.
3. PERSONNEL
A discussion of the number
ployees, the general level of
labor relations, and such aspects
and retirement provisions.
and allocation of em-
competency, training,
as pay rates and health
D. Operations
1. OPERATING FACTORS
Routine operating regulations and practices, in-
cluding train control; significant operating,. statistics,
with evaluative comment; significant or unusual
operating problems and practices.
2. TRAFFIC
A discussion of traffic conditions and trends, includ-
ing pattern of traffic and relative importance of freight
and passenger traffic; principal commodities carried
and any significant regional characteristics; selective
statistics for representative years on such factors as
freight tons, freight ton-miles, and other applicable
indicators of traffic volume and handling.
3. FINANCIAL DATA
A discussion of the financial position of the railroad
or railroads, including corporate or governmental
budget data, and significant statistics on incomes, ex-
penses, and general financial characteristics.
E. Equipment
1. GENERAL
An overall quantitative and qualitative survey of
the adequacy of existing equipment, domestic and
foreign sources of equipment, shops and repair facilities,
and interchangeability and other characteristics of
equipment.
2. MOTIVE POWER
Predominant types (including tabulated basic charac-
teristics and inventory of each type of locomotive),
PAGE 4
general condition of locomotives, and nature and source
of supply.
3. ROLLING STOCK
:Predominant types, general condition, and sources
of supply of freight and passenger rolling stock, with
tabulation of basic characteristics and inventory of
each type.
4. SPECIAL EQUIPMENT
Types, characteristics, and inventories of all special
equipment (including equipment discussed under Con-
struction and Maintenance).
F. Selected rail lines
A selection and analysis of the selected lines of major
importance for both economic and logistics purposes,
followed by a summary of the characteristics and
significance of each selected line in terms of the follow-
ing factors: Terminals, mileage, gages, and types of
power; economic and strategic importance; nature and
volume of traffic; brief geographic description of route;
important and/or unusual structures; rail, ties, ballast,
etc., as used on the line; axleload limit on line between
all major junctions; ruling grades both directions be-
tween all major junctions; minimum radii of curves
between all major junctions; maximum distance
between passing sidings; minimum length of passing
sidings; number and total length of bridges and tunnels;
tabulation of remaining facilities such as: yards,
enginehouses, fueling and watering facilities, other
facilities.
Cr. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
inform the user of the general credibility to be accorded
tho intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used are
indicated.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 CHAPTER III
Section 32. Highway
A. General
An appreciation of highway transportation in the
country, including relationship to other transportation,
salient characteristics, physical environmental factors,
significant historical developments, bottlenecks, and
economic and logistical significance.
B. Characteristics of the highway network
1. GENERAL
A discussion of such factors as total highway mileage
by classification, indicating correlation between surface
types and administrative classification; pattern and
geographic distribution; connections with adjacent
countries, numbering and marking system; density
and nature of traffic; present status and general condi-
tion of the network, and programs for highway de-
velopment in the country.
2. ROADWAY, STRUCTURES, AND FACIL-
ITIES
Detailed characteristics of surface types, base types,
and shoulder types; drainage characteristics and gen-
eral condition of all the highways by type or adminis-
trative designation; design and specification standards
of highways; characteristics and comprehensive sta-
tistics on bridges and tunnels, including design and
specification standards; characteristics and statistics
on ferries and fords; vehicle repair and fueling facilities,
types of fuels used, and domestic or import origin oT
fuels.
3. CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE
Construction and maintenance policy, problems,
and procedures in relation to character of terrain,
weather and climate, characteristics of original design
and construction, and present condition. Official atti-
tude toward highway construction and maintenance.
Frequency or cyclic period of road and structures
inspection, overhauling, repair, replacement, or recon-
struction. Construction and maintenance procedures,
including standards and specifications and such factors
as the sectionalizing of roads for maintenance and the
prevalence of hand as against mechanical methods.
Availability of necessary funds, and availability and
quality of materials, equipment, and labor.
Construction and maintenance equipment, including
the major construction and maintenance equipment
items used in highway work and the stations where
such equipment is assigned. Domestic availability or
CONFIDENTIAL
C ?NFU) E NTI AL
dependence on imports as a source of supply of heavy
and automotive construction equipment.
4. TRAFFIC INTERRUPTION FACTORS
A survey of critical points or features of the highway
system, with emphasis on existing or potential factors
which might adversely affect traffic.
5. DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM
New construction and improvement under way or
planned.
C. Control and organization
1. GOVERNMENTAL REGULATION
Major regulatory bodies having jurisdiction over
highways, specific functions of each, and where appli-
cable the relationship between these bodies and other
transportation agencies.
2. PRINCIPAL CARRIERS
Ownership, organization, and administrative struc-
ture of each principal carrier.
3. PERSONNEL
The number of operating personnel and employees
by department; personnel efficiency and training, labor
relations, and such aspects as pay rates and health and
retirement provisions.
D. Operations
1. OPERATING FACTORS
Operating regulations and practices for passenger
and freight traffic, significant operating statistics, and
significant or unusual operating problems and practices.
2. TRAFFIC
Traffic conditions and trends, including pattern of
traffic and relative importance of freight and passenger
traffic; principal commodities carried and any signifi-
cant regional characteristics; selective statistics for
representative years on such factors as freight tons,
freight ton-miles, and other applicable indicators of
traffic volume and handling, including flow charts and
flow breakdown by vehicle.
3. FINANCIAL DATA
Operating revenues, expenses, and ratios, including
governmental financial aspects.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL NIS STANDAI?D INST-I?UCTIONS
E. Vehicles and equipment
1. GENERAL
An overall quantitative and qualitative survey of
the adequacy of existing vehicles and equipment,
domestic and foreign sources of vehicles and equipment
or principal components, amounts and types imported
and exported, and vehicle standards.
2. MOTOR VEHICLES
A tabulation of the number, capacity, make and
year of vehicles by type.
3. SPECIAL EQUIPMENT
A tabulation of road construction and maintenance
equipment.
4. OTHER
A tabulation of any significant other types of equip-
ment, including animal-drawn vehicles when appro-
priate.
F. Principal routes
A selection and analysis of principal routes of major
importance for both economic and logistical purposes
followed by a summary of the characteristics and sig-
nificance of each principal route in terms of the follow-
JULY 1957
ing factors: route number and/or name; starting points,
terminals, and route mileage; principal intersections
and international connections; adequacy of clearance
from ports and principal cities; main thoroughfares
through and bypasses around large population centers
(by map); traffic flow; bottlenecks; fueling facilities;
general pavement data; bridges; tunnels; ferries; fords;
route logs; and special weather restrictions.
G. Highway technical data
An explanation of the special highway numbering
system used in SECTION 32, and tabular and other
presentations of detailed highway data.
H. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide au evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
inform the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection. effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used
are indicated.
Section 33. Inland Waterway .
A. General
An appreciation of inland waterway transportation
in the country, including relationship to other trans-
portation, salient characteristics, physical environ-
mental factors, and economic and logistical significance.
B. Characteristics of the waterway system
1. GENERAL
A discussion of such basic nation-wide features as
topography (watersheds, flood plains, banks, etc.), areal
distribution of navigable streams, climate and weather
conditions causing seasonal variations in water level
and freezing, mileage and limits of navigability, con-
nections with adjacent countries, density and nature
of traffic, and present status and general condition of
waterways.
2. WATERWAY FACILITIES
Characteristics of fixed facilities (locks, bridges,
dams, navigational aids), with summarizing statistics;
specification standards for structures; location of major
ports and cargo handled by type and tonnage (with
appropriate reference to SECTION 35 and SUPPLEMENT I).
PAGE 6
a. CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE
Construction and maintenance policy, problems, and
procedure in relation to terrain, weather and climate,
characteristics of original design and construction, and
present condition of waterway structures and stream
improvement works. Official attitude toward water-
way construction and maintenance. Discussion of
construction and maintenance procedures includes
standards and specifications, whether work is done by
governmental organization or private contractor, ayail-
ability of funds, equipment, Materials, and qualified
per3onnel. Now construction and improvements un-
derway or planned.
4. TRAFFIC INTERRUPTION FACTORS
A survey of critical points or features of the waterway
system, with emphasis on existing or potential factors
which might adversely affect traffic.
5. DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM
Now construction and improvements underway Or
planned for waterways and ports.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 CHAPTETI. III
C. Control and organization
1. CONTROL
Governmental control and regulations affecting the
waterways and the carriers.
2. PRINCIPAL CARRIERS
Ownership, organization, and administrative struc-
ture of each principal carrier.
3. PERSONNEL
Maintenance, operational, and carrier personnel in
terms of number, competency, labor relations,
rates, and health and retirement provisions.
pay
D. Operations
1. OPERATING FACTORS
Routine operating regulations and practices, signifi-
cant operating statistics and significant or unusual
operating problems and practices.
2. TRAFFIC
Traffic conditions and trends, including statistics for
passengers carried and cargo by commodities.
3. FINANCIAL DATA
Operating revenue and expenses of carriers, and gov-
ernmental budget data for waterways.
E. Craft and equipment
General survey of adequacy of craft, present con-
dition, fuel used, and facilities for repairing and con-
structing craft. Craft census by number, type (pas-
CONFIDENTIAL
CONFIDENTIAL
senger or cargo), propulsion (including horsepower for
tugs), capacity, condition, and other pertinent charac-
teristics. Special equipment used for construction and
maintenance on the waterways and at the ports.
F. Individual waterways
General discussion giving location, tributaries, entire
length and navigable length by craft (capacity or
draft), types of cargo moved with performance sta-
tistics. Physical characteristics such as banks, bottom,
seasonal variations (water level, currents, freezing,
-floods, etc.), and navigational hazards. Tabulation of
locks (location, dimensions, type of gates and how
operated, locking time), bridges (location, horizontal
and vertical clearance, moveable span), and other
structures such as clams, aqueducts, safety gates, tun-
nels, ferry crossings. Description of ports, giving total
wharfage with depths, storage facilities, mechanical
handling facilities, and repair facilities for craft, type
and tonnage of cargo.
G. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
inform the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used
are indicated.
Section 34. Petroleum Pipeline
(Treated in Subsection 62, C and Supplement V)
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 7
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
Section 35. Ports and Naval Facilities
(When there is a Supplement I)
A. General
1. PORTS
Comprehensive evaluative discussion covering:
Geography of area as it relates to the establish-
ment of ports.
Brief history of growth and development of
port system.
Areal distribution and grouping of ports as de-
termined by geographical, historical, eco-
nomic, and strategic factors.
Comparative analysis of ports, either by area
or individually, on basis of commercial
activity, military port capacity, and any
other pertinent factors if appropriate or
significant.
Enumeration of principal and secondary ports
and brief description of each including rela-
tive location, importance, principal charac-
teristics and activities, size and character of
harbor, port capacity, and port facilities.
Governmental control and administration where
applicable.
Alphabetical list of principal, secondary, and
minor ports (with coordinates).
Summary table of significant characteristics
and facilities of principal and secondary
ports using standard table with following
column heads and column lines:
NAME (coordinates)
HARD OR
Type
Fairway limitations
Largest vessel accommodated
Tides
Ice
BERTHS
Anchorage
Mooring:
Fixed
Free-swinging
Alongside
MECHANICAL HANDLING FACIIL1TIIS
Shore cranes
Floating cranes
Special handling equipment
STORAGE CAPACITY
General cargo
Bulk liquid storage
Bulk dry storage
Open stacking space
PAGE 8
'CLEARAN CE
Rail
Road
Other if applicable
ESTIMATED MILITARY PORT CAPACITY
NAVAL ACTIVITY
SHIPYARDS
:REMARKS
2. NAVAL FACILITIES
JULY 1957
General analysis covering:
Size, condition, and adequacy of naval establish-
ment.
Brief summary of organization into naval dis-
tricts and commands.
Brief description of principal naval bases and
summary of secondary bases and other
activities.
Alphabetical list of naval facilities (with co-
ordinates). Separate coastal and inland
facilities by means of headings.
3. SHIPYARDS
General analysis covering:
Extent and distribution of shipyard facilities.
Capability and size of yards.
Predominance of shipbuilding or ship-repairing
facilities.
Cross reference to Subsection 64, E for discussion
of economic aspects of shipbuilding and ship-
repairing industry.
List all shipyards by place (seaport or inland city),
with coastal and inland places under separate
heads. Arrange place names alphabetically
under each heading and give coordinates of each
place. List shipyards by category under name
of each place.
B. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
inform the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used
arc indicated.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 CHAPTER III
Section 35. Ports and Naval Facilities
(When there is no Supplement I)
A. General
1. PORTS
Comprehensive evaluative discussion cOvering:
Geography of area as it relates to the establish-
ment of ports.
Brief history of growth and development of
port system.
Areal distribution and grouping of ports as de-
termined by geographical, historical, eco-
nomic, and strategic factors.
Comparative analysis of ports, either by area
or individually, on basis of commercial activ-
ity, military port capacity, and any other
pertinent factors if appropriate or significant.
Governmental control and administration when
applicable.
Categories of ports and brief summary of
criteria used in classifying. Cross reference
to summary table of principal and secondary
ports.
Alphabetical list of principal, secondary, and
minor ports (with coordinates).
Summary table of significant characteristics
and facilities of principal and secondary ports
using standard table with following headings:
NAME (coordinates)
ITAan on :
Type
Fairway limitations
Largest vessel accommodated
Tides
Ice
BERTHS:
Anchorage
Mooring:
Fixed
Free-swinging
Alongside
MECHANICAL IIANDLING FACILITIES:
Shore cranes
Floating cranes
Special handling equipment
STORAGE CAPACITY:
General cargo
Bulk liquid storage
Bulk dry storage
Open stacking space
CLEARANCE:
Rail
Road
Other if applicable
CONFIDENTIAL
ESTIMATED MILITARY PORT CAPACITY
NAVAL ACTIVITY
SHIPYARDS
REMARKS
2. NAVAL FACILITIES
CONFIDENTIAL
General analysis covering:
Size, condition, and adequacy of naval estab-
lishment.
Brief summary of organization into naval dis-
tricts and commands.
Alphabetical list of naval facilities (with coordi-
nates).
3. SHIPYARDS
General analysis covering:
Extent and distribution of shipyard facilities.
Capability and size of yards.
Predominance of shipbuilding or ship-repairing
facilities.
Cross reference to Subsection 64, E for discus-
sion of economic aspects of shipbuilding and
ship-repairing industry.
Alphabetical list of category I and II shipyards
(with coordinates).
Alphabetical list of locations (with coordinates)
having facilities with capabilities less than
those of category II shipyards but engaged
in or capable of ship construction and/or
ship repair.
4. TECHNICAL NOTES
From this point on, this Subsection outline guide is identical
with Subsections C, D, E, and F, of Section I. Intro-
duction of Supplement I. However, heading designations
are dropped two levels, e.g., C. Berth-classification standards
becomes a. Berth-classification standards.
B. Principal ports
1. NAME OF PORT
(Coordinates, H.O. Chart No.)
From this point on, Subsection outline guide is identical with
Sections 2, 3, 4, 5., and 6 of Supplement I except that head-
ing designations are dropped one level, e.g., Section 3, Second-
ary Ports becomes C. Secondary Ports, and the final Subsec-
tion is Comments on Principal Sources.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 9
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
X. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
inform the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
A. General
JULY 1957
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used
are indicated.
Section 36. Merchant Marine
Give a brief summary of the merchant marine of
the country including: number of ships involved,
ownership, normal trade, place in the economy, general
policy, and adaptability for military use.
B. Organization
1. OWNERSHIP (government
vate, include beneficial ownership).
2. ADMINISTRATION
or private; if pri-
3. NATIONAL POLICY
To include subsidies, regulation, and international
relations of the merchant marine.
4. FOREIGN INTERESTS
5. PERSONNEL AND TRAINING
C. Composition
Number of ships by type (1,000 gross tons and up).
Name, speed, tonnage (GRT and DWT), size (length,
beam, and draft), type of power, type of fuel used,
daily fuel consumption, origin, year built, passenger
accommodations, crew strength, and special equip-
ment.
Any special modifications or readily adaptable com-
bat features, i.e., gun emplacements.
Detail to include an analysis of the fuel, speed, ton-
nage, and age groupings and any conclusions drawn
therefrom. A discussion of the availability of fuel, and
of the number and tonnage of the vessels from 500 to
1,000 gross tons.
D. Shipping program
1. CONSTRUCTION PROGRAM
a. FUNDS APPROPRIATED
b. SCHEDULE BY TYPES AND NUMBER
PAGE 10
C. SHIPYARD LOCATIONS
d. AVERAGE NUMBER OF SHIPYARD WORKERS
e. CAPACITY OF SHIPBUILDING INDUSTRY
f. KEELS LAID -- Details for approximately one
year together with long time general trends.
g. LAUNCHINGS (same explanation as f).
h. DELIVERIES (same explanation as f).
2. PURCHASE OR SALE OF VESSELS
List number and countries from and to which vessels
were sold, and new and former names for last year.
3. CHARTERING OF VESSELS
List number and countries from and to which vessels
were chartered for past year together with any signifi-
cant trends, either long time or recent.
K Normal shipping routes and ports of call
K Operations and traffi.c
Discuss generally the place of the merchant marine
in the economy of the nation including such iterns as
invisible income, exchange earned, percentage of
population dependent, and other related matters.
G. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
inform the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the information contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about Which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used
are indicated.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 CHAPTER III
Section 37. Civil Air
A. General
Overall discussion of civil aviation within and re-
lated to the subject nation, summarizing detailed
information of all topics, and generally in topical
sequence, appearing in subsequent paragraphs and
including:
1. DOMESTIC STATUS
Give a rosume of the development and present
characteristics of the national civil aviation effort,
with particular reference to its adequacy and effective-
ness in serving the transportation needs of the nation
and its capability for augmenting the military air
strength. State the total number of aircraft and avia-
tion personnel engaged in civil aviation, showing the
aircraft by types, and the personnel by category of
employment.
2. INTERNATIONAL ASPECTS
Outline briefly the position occupied by the nation
in world air transportation activities, with emphasis
on any important geographic relation to world air
routes, and/or any significant international civil avia-
tion affiliations.
3. OTHER GENERAL TOPICS
Other information which affects or applies to civil
air but which is not appropriate to any of the main
subsections.
B. Government control and policy
1. ADMINISTRATION
a. LAWS AND REGULATIONS ? Summarize the basic
law or laws governing civil aviation and discuss briefly
any significant provisions. Itemize any general regu-
lations which may have been adopted (i.e., those per-
taining to the registry of aircraft, the issuance of air-
worthiness certificates, the licensing of aviation per-
sonnel, the certification of airline companies, or other
general subjects). If air corridors have been prescribed
for use by foreign and/or national air carriers, give a
brief discussion and supplement the text with a map on
which the corridors are depicted. Indicate any further
special controls applicable to foreign aircraft operating
inside the nation.
b. CONTROLLING AGENCY ? Designate the govern-
ment agency (ministry, department or bureau) charged
with civil aviation and outline the functional organiza-
tion of the agency. Discuss briefly the effectiveness of
CONFIDENTIAL
CONFIDENTIAL
the organization, citing salient points of strength or
weakness. Supplement the text with an organization
chart reflecting the channels of authority.
2. SUPPORT
a. OWNERSHIP ? Discuss briefly the pattern of
ownership favored by the government for national civil
air enterprises, indicating the extent to which the fed-
eral and municipal governments, and/or private enter-
prises are permitted to participate. The degree of
foreign participation, if foreign investment is author-
ized, is specified. The extent to which national civil
air enterprises are permitted to invest in foreign aviation
enterprises likewise is specified.
b. SUBSIDIES ? Describe any financial aid ren-
dered civil aviation by the government, to include both
direct and indirect subsidies, indicating the method,
extent and purpose of such aid.
3. TRENDS
If applicable, state whether the policies adopted by
the government have fostered the operational capabili-
ties and effectiveness of civil aviation, referring briefly
to any future developments indicated.
C. International relations
1. AFFILIATIONS
Designate the international civil aviation conven-
tions to which the nation is signatory, and the inter-
national civil aviation organizations of which the
nation is a member. Where appropriate, describe
briefly the position taken by the government in regard
to civil air policies of other nations (such as the U.S.-
U.X. air policy).
2. AIR AGREEMENTS
ft. FOR1VIAL AIR TRANSPORT AGREEMENTS -- List
all formal air transport agreements and any interim
agreements (or tacit understandings) contracted by
the nation, and outline significant provisions. Discuss
any important departure from the U.S.-sponsored
Standard form of agreement.
b. FOREIGN AIR CARRIER OPERATIONS ? Indicate
the foreign scheduled air carriers conducting services
into the- subject nation under the agreements, supple-
menting the text where feasible with a map depicting
the services.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 11
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
3. FOREIGN INFLUENCE
Discuss briefly any significant influence exerted on
the national civil aviation effort by foreign nations,
organizations or individuals. The discussion includes
details of any specific foreign aid programs, such as
the U.S. Economic Cooperation Administration as it
relates to civil aviation. Any Communist influence
is specified.
D. Civil air enterprises
. SCHEDULED AIR CARRIERS
a. HISTORY ? Sketch briefly the history of each
national scheduled air carrier, indicating the relative
importance of the enterprises.
b. OWNERSHIP ? List the interests having finan-
cial investment in each carrier, showing percentage
participation, and commenting briefly on any foreign
participants. Specify any investment by the na-
tional air carriers in foreign aviation enterprises.
C. ORGANIZATION ? Discuss briefly the organi-
zational setup of the carriers, including management
and operations, and supplement the text with organi-
zation charts where appropriate.
d. OPERATIONAL STRENGTH ? Tabulate for each
airline company:
Name and headquarters
Capitalization (in U.S. dollar equivalent)
Operating base or bases
Number and type aircraft (operational and non-operational)
by base of operations
Number and nationality of personnel (flight, ground, other)
by base of operations
C. SCHEDULED AIR SERVICES ? Discuss briefly the
scope of the air services conducted by each carrier
(domestic and international). Show the services cur-
rently in operation on a route map, and itemize the
services on a table showing route terminals, ports
of call, and number of flights per week. Note any
significant charter-type services performed by these
carriers.
f. AIR CARRIER PERFORMANCE --- Indicate the gen-
eral effectiveness or the carriers in providing trans-
portation and comment briefly on such factors as ade-
quacy and proficiency of personnel, utilization rate,
accident rate, and adherence to schedules. Summa-
rize any expansion or retrenchment programs.
2. MISCELLANEOUS AIR CARRIERS
Comment briefly on the activities of non-scheduled
air carriers, charter, taxi, ambulance, crop dusting or
other special air services. If the activities are of suf-
ficient importance, present comparable data for the
special carrier as is presented for the scheduled car-
rier companies. Otherwise, show in tabular form:
Name and headquarters
Type of activity
PAGE 12
JULY 1957
Number and type aircraft (operational and non-operational)
Number and nationality of personnel (by category of em-
ployment)
3. GOVERNMENT AND PRIVATE OPERA-
TORS
List the government agencies, individuals and/or
private business enterprises (other than scheduled or
miscellaneous air carriers) owning civil transport
aircraft, showing the number and type of aircraft
owned by each, the number and employment of avia-
tion personnel, and the purpose for which the aircraft
are utilized.
E. Civil aviation training
1. PREPARATORY
Describe the attitude of the government toward fos-
tering civil aviation schools and clubs and/or other pri-
vate flying activities indicating whether sports flying
or :Dremilitary training is the primary objective. Dis-
cuss the extent to which these activities are supplying
the military air arm with trained or partially trained
personnel.
a. AVIATION SCHOOLS ? Give name and location
of all civil aviation schools, citing whether owned and
operated by the government or by private inter-
ests. Include a brief r?m?f the curriculum, the
instructor staff, the student body, the aircraft or
glider strength, other related school facilities and
equipment, and general effectiveness of the schools.
b. AERO CLUBS ? List all aero clubs, giving lo-
cation and ownership. Indicate membership, aircraft,
or glider strength, related equipment, and general
effectiveness of the clubs.
c. OTHER -- List and cite use of training type
aircraft and related equipment other than in military
use owned by the government or private interests
(other than schools or clubs).
2. AIR CREW AND GROUND PERSONNEL
Describe all training activities carried out by the
national scheduled, miscellaneous or other air opera-
tors. Give details of training programs under which
nationals are provided aviation training in foreign
states.
F. Services and supplies
1. MAINTENANCE INSTALLATIONS
Discuss briefly the maintenance installations owned
and operated by the government, the air operators
and/or other activities showing location, type of main-
tenance, standards of performance and adequacy and
proficiency of maintenance personnel. Give an over-
all estimate of maintenance capabilities. If perti-
nen t, indicate maintenance arrangements with foreign
nations and/or agencies.
CONFIDINTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-
JULY 1957
RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CHAP T
2. AIRCRAFT AND SPARE PARTS
Discuss briefly the origin of aircraft and spare parts,
indicating the general condition of aircraft and the
adequacy of spare parts stocks.
3. PETROLEUM PRODUCTS
State the supply position of civil air activity with
respect to aviation gasoline and lubricating oil (with
a cross-reference to Subsection 62, C, Petroleum, for
details).
G. Civil air facilities
1. AIRFIELDS
Discuss briefly on a broad rather than a detailed
basis the general adequacy of the airfields assigned for
civil aviation use. Include a reference to the Air fa-
cilities Subsection of SECTION 83, and a general dis-
cussion of ancillary facilities such as ground handling
and servicing equipment and terminal facilities. Cite
joint use of airfields by military and civil aircraft.
2. OPERATIONAL AIDS
a. AIDS TO NAVIGATION ? Discuss the aids to
navigation, equipment used, the operating agency, and
reliability of service including a reference to radio fre-
quencies of major airports.
b. AIRWAYS ? Discuss airways, flight traffic con-
trols along airways, and aviation communications fa-
cilities between ground stations. Broadly cover traffic
control in vicinity of airfields. Airways, where exist-
ent, may be schematically shown on a map or chart.
C. METEOROLOGICAL SERVICES ? Briefly summa-
rize meteorological services to aircraft.
d. AVIATION SCHOOLS AND AERO CLUB FACILITIES
AND EQUIPMENT
H. Military potential
1. AIRCRAFT AVAILABILITY
Recapitulate from Subsections D and E above the
total civil aircraft strength of the nation, showing
totals by types. Estimate for each type the percent-
age normally operational, discussing maintenance, per-
CONFIDENTIAL
ER III
CONFIDENTIAL
sonnel or other factors upon which the estimate is
based.
2. PERSONNEL READINESS
Recapitulate from Subsections D and E the total
number of pilots and other aviation personnel engaged
in civil air activities, showing totals by type of em-
ployment. Indicate the air reserve or other personnel
with military aviation training in each category.
3. MOBILIZATION PLANS
Discuss in detail plans for integrating civil air ac-
tivities into the military air arm.
I. Means of identification
Describe the markings, emblems or insignia used to
identify national civil aircraft or to distinguish major
individual owners; and uniforms and insignia worn in
any phase of the civil aviation effort. Black and white
page-sized drawings or photographs with color nota-
tions may be utilized.
J. Personalities
Name the important personalities connected with
'civil aviation including officials of the government,
the airline companies and any other important civil
aviation activity, showing the position held by each.
Supply a brief biographical sketch, to include aviation
experience and political affiliations of the leading per-
sonalities.
K. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
inform the user of the general credibility to be ac-
corded the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby pro-
vide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used are
indicated.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 13
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
Section 38. Telecommunications
A. General
Brief history of telecommunications including basic
concept and reasons (political, economic, military) for
development of telecommunication facilities
Overall coverage, adequacy, and capability of facili-
ties
Relative importance, geographic coverage, and princi-
pal function (domestic, international, private) of the
main elements of the telecommunication facilities
Relative rates of growth and general plans for
modernization and expansion of installations and
systems
Relationship between economy of the area and the
telecommunication facilities pattern
Domestic potential for production of telecommunica-
tion materials
Support provided by domestic research and develop-
ment
Import and export of telecommunication products
and raw materials necessary to the manufacture of
telecommunication products
Technical education facilities and availability of
engineers and skilled technicians
B. Administration and control
1. GOVERNMENTAL ORGANIZATIONS
Government organization administering and/or oper-
ating the national telecommunication facilities, its
functions, relationship to national government struc-
ture, location of major offices, names of key personnel
(include charts necessary to depict the flow of control
and the organizational elements)
Unusual government telecommunication regulations
and policies
Censorship policy and facilities
2. COMMERCIAL TELECOMMUNICATION
ORGANIZATIONS
Names, office locations, and operational areas of
companies owning and operating commercial and
private telecommunication facilities
Organizational or financial relationship to each other
or to foreign agencies
Names of key personnel, overall number of personnel
by skills (engineers, technicians, administrative, etc.),
relative efficiency, nationality and numerical adequacy
of personnel by company
PAGE 14
C. Wire communication facilities
1. GENERAL
JULY 1957
Brief synopsis of wire facilities, relationship to each
other (telephone, telegraph, submarine cable)
Adequacy for national and international service
requirements
Efficiency and dependability of service as indicated
by: traffic capacity vs. traffic loading; speed of service
rendered; type, quantity, and condition of equipinent
Rate of growth of usage and facilities (numbpr of
calls, number of telephone sets, number of toll cireuits,
etc.), presentation to be more graphic than textual
Geographic and meteorological conditions affecting
the construction, distribution, and operation of wire
facilities
2. TELEPHONE
a. DOMESTIC FACILITIES Discussion of the serv-
ice rendered by long-haul toll systems shown on
accompanying map:
Significance of the patterns of the various networks
Analysis of the service rendered by systems
Discussion of the local telephone plant facilities
Traffic capacities of circuits and exchanges providing
local and long-distance service
Operating condition of inside and outside plant
equipment
Microwave relay systems used for telephone service
Services offered by special and private networks
(utilities, railroads, pipelines, power companies, etc.)
Location and storage capacities of storage depots and
warehouses
b. INTERNATIONAL FACILITIES
Present and potential traffic capacities
Operating condition of lines and equipment
Significance of international transit routes
Significance of international border crossing points
3. TELEGRAPH
Same type of coverage as for telephone. If all tele-
phone and telegraph systems use joint facilities, Sub-
sections 2 and 3 may be combined.
4. INTERNATIONAL SUBMARINE CABLES
Discussion of submarine cable network shown on map
Analysis of service rendered by cables
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957
CHAPTER III
Present and potential traffic capacities, number of
circuits, types and condition of terminal equipment
Cable landing huts and terminals
D. Radio communication facilities
1. GENERAL
Principal networks and stations (include maps)
Type, adequacy, and efficiency of service as indicated
by: traffic capacity vs. traffic loading; speed of service
rendered; type, quantity, and condition of equipment
Call letter blocks, station designations, and codes
used
Spectrum use (frequency block assignments and
usage)
Availability of engineers and skilled technicians
Location, content, and storage capacities of ware-
houses
Significance of amateur operator and station potential
Geographical, meteorological, and propagation fac-
tors affecting the construction or operation of radio
facilities
2. DOMESTIC RADIO
Analysis of service rendered by stations and networks
Capability to accommodate centers of population
and geographic areas
ompi Rate of growth of usage and facilities (number of
messages, number of circuits, etc.), presentation to be
more graphic than textual
Operational condition of equipment
Primary power sources
Safety and special radio services (public safety, land
transportation, industrial, marine, aeronautical ground
facilities)
3. INTERNATIONAL RADIO
Location of control, transmitting, and receiving
facilities
Analysis of service rendered
Adequacy, efficiency, and dependability of service
Number of international circuits by typo of circuit
Present and potential traffic loading and capacity
Operating condition of equipment
Primary power sources
E. Broadcast facilities
1. GENERAL
Types of broadcasting systems in use (indicate on
map)
Relative sizes of networks and rate of growth
CONFIDENTIAL
CONFIDENTIAL
2. DOMESTIC RADIO BROADCAST (IN-
CLUDES AM, FM, TV)
a. PROGRAM DISTRIBUTION FACILITIES ? Present
and potential national coverage; approximate service
areas of stations and networks
Rate of growth (number of stations, number hours of
operation, total radiated power, average radiated
power, etc.)
Analysis of service rendered by stations and networks
Spectrum use
Operating condition and quality of equipment
Adequacy, efficiency, and dependability of service
Primary power sources
b. RECEPTION FACILITIES
Number, type, and distribution of receivers
Spectrum coverage
Rate of growth
Listening habits of population
3. WIRE PROGRAM DISSEMINATION
Size and distribution of wire broadcast networks
Types of transmission and reception equipment
Number of individual receivers and community re-
ceivers
Rate of growth of service
Types of programs and program material
4. INTERNATIONAL RADIO BROADCAST
Program transmission facilities
Present and potential world coverage
Rate of growth
Analysis of service rendered
Spectrum use
Operating condition and quality of equipment
Interconnection and operating agreements with
other nations
Adequacy, efficiency, and dependability of service
Primary power sources
Major aspects of monitoring, jamming, clandestine
operation, and Voice of America relay stations (when
applicable)
F. Integration of facilities
Integration of telecommunication facilities within
the nation including wire-to-wire, wire-to-radio, etc.
Integration of major domestic circuits with important
international arterial circuits, both internal and ex-
ternal
Importance of international circuits, gateways, and
interchange points with the nation
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 15
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL NIS STANDARD 'INSTRUCTIONS
G. Military appreciation and vulnerability
1. MILITARY USE OF FACILITIES
National policy concerning use of telecommunication
facilities by the military in peace and war
Reserve capacity available for military use
Capacity available by confiscation; policy on con-
fiscation
Adaptability of systems and facilities to military use
Relation of communication arteries to historic mili-
tary routes
2. VULNERABILITY OF FACILITIES
Physical and electrical features which contribute to
vulnerability or lack of vulnerability including critical
aspects of power and emergency power sources, and
aspects especially susceptible to damage by sabotage
PAGE 16
JULY 1957
:Potential bottlenecks ? points of heavy traffic hav-
ing ininimum rerouting potential in event service is
disrupted
Susceptibility of radio facilities to electronic warfare
H. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source ma-
terial used in preparing the Section and thereby inform
the user of the general credibility to be accorded, the
intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used
are indicated.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL
NATIONAL INTELLIGENCE SURVEY
STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
CHAPTER IV
SOCIOLOGICAL
Section 40 Introduction
Section 41 Population
Section 42 Characteristics of the People
Section 43 Religion, Education, and
Public Information
Section 44 Manpower
Section 45 Health and Sanitation
Section 46 Welfare
CENTRAL INTELLIGENCE AGENCY
Office of Basic Intelligence
Washington, D. C.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957
SECTION 40. INTRODUCTION
SECTION 41. POPULATION
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
Chapter IV - Sociological
OUTLINE
General
Size, composition, and geographic distri-
bution
1. Size and composition
2. Distribution and density
3. Pattern of settlement and urban areas
4. Internal migration
Population structure
Population change
1. Vital statistics
2. Immigration and emigration
3. Trends and projections
Population problems and policies
Reference data tables
Comments on principal sources
SECTION 42. CHARACTERISTICS OF THE PEOPLE
A. General
B. Physical characteristics
C. Languages
1. Distribution
2. Content and structure
3. Social significance
4. International ties
D. Social organization
1. Social structure
2. The family
3. The community
4. Social organizations and movements
5. The individual in the society
E. Social values, attitudes, and customs
1. Basic value system
2. Basic attitudes
3. Significant customs
F. Artistic and intellectual expression
G. Distinctive culture groups
H. Comments on principal sources
SECTION 43. RELIGION, EDUCATION, AND PUBLIC IN-
FORMATION
A.
B.
CONFIDENTIAL
General
Religion
1. Significance of religion in the country
2. Principal faiths
CONFIDENTIAL
C. Education
1. Education in the national life
2. The government and education
3. Educational system
4. General content of instruction
5. Noncurricular student activities
6. Educators
1). Public information
1. Communications development, use,
and control
2. Press and periodicals
3. Book publishing
4. Libraries
5. Motion pictures
6. Radio and television
7. Other means of communication
E. Comments on principal sources
SECTION 44. MANPOWER
A. General
B. Manpower resources
1. Total manpower resources
2. Labor force
3. Labor reserve
C. Labor legislation and agencies of govern-
ment
1. Basic labor legislation
2. Manpower planning
3. Forced labor
4. Labor agencies of government
1). Standards and practices of employment
1. Utilization of the labor supply
2. Income
3. Working conditions
E. Management
1. Characteristics of management per-
sonnel
2. Organization of management person-
nel
3. Management leadership
Labor
1. Organization of labor
2. Policies
3. Political ties
4. Leadership
0. Labor-management relations
1. Labor problems
2. Collective bargaining
H. Comments on principal sources
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 1
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS JULY 1957
SECTION 45. ITEALPH AND SANITATION
A. General
B. Factors affecting health
1. Topography and climate
2. Socio-economic pattern
3. Animal and plant life
4. Nutrition
5. Water
6. Waste disposal
C. Diseases
1. Diseases of man
2. Animal diseases
D. Medical organization and administration
1. Civilian
2. Military
E. Medical manpower
1. Personnel
2. Training
F. Medical care facilities
G. Medical supplies
H. Comments on principal sources
SECTION 46. WELFARE
A. General
B. Levels of living and social welfare
C. Social security and welfare aid
1. Social security
2. Public welfare service
3. Private welfare services
4. Leadership
D. Comments on principal sources
OUTLINE GUIDE
The following outline guide indicates substance and general arrange-
ment. In preparation and typing of manuscript, Standard Edi-
torial Instructions are followed in detai'.
Section 40. Introduction
This Section provides a concise synthesis of the gen-
eral character of the society, its civilization, and social
stability. The dynamic factors in the society and its
cohesiveness and flexibility in relation to social change
are pointed out briefly. This Section serves as a so-
ciological introduction to the country and to CHAPTER
IV, presenting a brief overview of the people and their
society, with such historical factors woven into the
text as necessary to explain or give perspective to pres-
ent-day social institutions, characteristics, and atti-
tudes.
The Section answers succinctly and in broad terms
such questions as the following, emphasizing wherever
possible the interplay of significant forces and factors
in shaping the society:
1) What are the main patterns and trends of social
life and social organization? Are they based primarily
on an agricultural or industrial tradition, on a
mixed or other type of economy, on abundance or
scarcity? Indicate the status of, and the relationships
among, the various classes, races, religions, nation-
ality or language groups.
2) What has been the effect of environmental fac-
tors (including locational, topographical, and climatic
factors as well as availability of natural resources) on
a) population composition, growth, and distribution,
PAGE 2
b) social organization, and c) cultural, including tech-
nological, development?
3) Is the society stable or unstable, is it confused,
disunited, or imbued with a sense of common destiny
and mission?
4) What are the dominant social motives of indi-
viduals? In broad terms what social values motivate
behavior and how do social institutions reflect these
values? Do the people have an individualistic or col-
lectivist bent or tradition?
5) Is there a dominant tradition of learning, philo-
sophical, scientific, or artistic? Are the people pre-
dominantly literate or illiterate? To what extent is
language a unifying factor or a barrier to unity and
strength?
6) What are the most powerful internal and external
forces molding public opinion and group behavior?
What is the pattern of public opinion formation and
of individual thought?
Such an evaluation should take into consideration
the homogeneity of the population, its age or youth,
its manpower resources, the attitude of the people
toward their cultural-political heritage, and the ade-
quacy of social institutions in meeting defined social
needs. The relation of the society to neighboring na-
tions, the U.S.S.R., and the United States, especially
in regard to cultural development, should be noted.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 CHAP TER IV
Section 41. Population
A. General
This Subsection provides an appropriate approach to
the material in the remainder of the Section. It in-
cludes a brief statement of the significant aspects of
population as a whole and its major segments, noting
the most important and distinctive demographic facts
as they relate to economic, political, and other major
problems of the country. It should not be merely a
digest of what follows.
B. Size, composition, and geographic distri-
bution
1. SIZE AND COMPOSITION
Give the total size of the population by the most
recent census or estimate. Compare with neighboring,
rival, or other countries as appropriate. Identify the
major segments, racial and/or ethnic, giving numbers
and regional distribution (with map if possible). Have
realinements of boundaries or migrations due to war or
economic or other disaster affected the composition of
the population? In a mixed population state defini-
tions used by the national census for identifying indi-
viduals with these segments (race, language, religion).
2. DISTRIBUTION AND DENSITY
Give data on the density of the total population of
the area as a whole and present a table of area and
population in the chief administrative subdivisions
(states, provinces, departments, etc.) with number of
persons per square mile, preferably accompanied by a
map of population density.
3. PATTERN OF SETTLEMENT AND URBAN
AREAS
Discuss the general pattern of settlement?orienta-
tion toward the sea, natural resources, river commerce,
industrial activities. Note characteristics of major
ethnic or other segments of the population in the pat-
terns of settlement. Give percentage of population
which is rural and urban as defined by the census of the
country under discussion. Is it concentrated in major
agglomerations or dispersed, and why? Note the ex-
tent to which the rural population is collected in
villages, hamlets, or in isolated households.
Tabulate population of major cities and the chief
metropolitan areas, including the total population of
each with the percentages of the significant ethnic or
other segments of the population. Comment on the
patterns of settlement of these segments in metropolitan
centers. Do population groups tend to be segregated,
CONFIDENTIAL
CONFIDENTIAL
live and work apart from other segments, or are they
interspersed in the community pattern?
4. INTERNAL MIGRATION
Discuss the role of internal migration in the distribu-
tion of the population. Indicate the chief origins,
destinations, and causes of internal migratory move-
ments, particularly rural-urban migration. Comment
on seasonal migrations. Note any marked differences
identified with the major segments of the population.
C. Population structure
Tabulate total population (in thousands) classified
by five-year groups (0-4, 5-9, 10-14 . . . 65 and over)
for males, females, and total as of postwar census or
estimate. Illustrate by using an age-sex profile. Is it
a young or old population? Point out any significant
excess or deficit of either sex and state ages. Discuss
age at first marriage and the proportion of unmarried
males and females. Is there a large unmarried or wid-
owed population arising from late marriage, war cas-
ualties, or other factors? Is there polygamy? Give
data on number of families or households by size. Give
similar data for significant segments of the population,
geographical, racial, or ethnic, and show their relation-
ship to the statistics for the nation as a whole.
Indicate the percentages of the total population in
working ages (e.g., 15-64) and in dependent ages (e.g.,
0-14 and 65 and over). Are there marked regional
urban-rural, or ethnic variations from the national
pattern? Do the statistics reflect the actual degree of
dependency on the population of working age, due to
such factors as years required for education, compulsory
retirement, etc.? Point out any significant variations
for major segments of the population. (Cross-refer to
SECTIONS 42 and 44 where pertinent.) Comment also
on the manpower available to the armed forces.
D. Population change
1. VITAL STATISTICS
Tabulate births, deaths, and excess of births over
deaths for postwar years. Show vital rates per 1,000
of the population for postwar years and such earlier
periods (e.g., averages for 1921-25, 1926-30, 1931-35,
and 1936-39) as are necessary to give proper perspec-
tive, preferably illustrated by a graphic. If possible
give infant mortality rates (infant deaths in first year
of life per 1,000) and comment on life expectancy. Are
there significant variations for major geographic or
ethnic segments of the population? Comment on the
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 3
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
major social, political, economic, environmental, and
mental and physical health characteristics affecting the
vital statistics.
2. IMMIGRATION AND EMIGRATION
If available, give table showing immigrants by coun-
try of origin and birth, and emigrants by chief country
of destination for postwar years and summary data for
prewar periods. Indicate the residue of migration as
measured by the number of foreign-born and the num-
ber of aliens and naturalized citizens. Discuss war
migration across national borders and other population
dislocations if any.
3. TRENDS AND PROJECTIONS
Cite the dates and figures for national census-taking
in the area. Compare the rate of growth with those of
neighboring or rival countries. Has the country been
a population vacuum (cf. France) or a source of out-
ward population pressure (cf. Germany and Japan)?
Give best available estimates for casualties of World
War II, or other hostilities since 1945, military and
civilian. What are the factors affecting growth and
the present trends?
Indicate prospective future population trends, during
the next 15 to 25 years, in size and structure of the
population, based on natality, mortality, and migration.
Comment on prospective changes in regional, urban-
rural, and ethnic composition.
E. Population problems and policies
What problems are presented by growth, decline, or
distribution of the population? Have these problems
particular significance for major segments of the popula-
JULY 1957
ticn? Note the attitudes of different groups of people
toward these problems if they are significant to national
stability. What policies have been proposed or adopted
by the government to affect the size, distribution, or
rate of growth of the population? Indicate migration
policies and discuss the present and prospective role of
migration and settlement in relieving population pres-
sure or in developing thinly populated areas. Has the
government adopted policies to increase the numbers
of marriages and births, such as family allowance, or is
encoura,gement given to practices of family limitation?
Cross-refer to SECTION 46 where appropriate, and to
other NIS areas where these problems and policies have
significant impact.
F. Reference data tables
This Subsection accommodates lengthy statistical
tables which provide data in addition to the shorter
tables interspersed in the text.
G. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
inform the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
prDvide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used are
indicated.
Section 42. Characteristics of the People
A. General
This Subsection provides an appropriate approach to
the material contained in the remainder of the Section.
It describes the crucial historical developments con-
ditioning the society. Those factors in the physical
environment which have contributed to the society's
distinctive cultural development are noted, pointing
out, for example, accessibility to hostile neighbors, or
natural features and resources such as mountain ranges
and oil deposits as in the case of Iran. Describe the
degree of racial and. cultural homogeneity and complex-
ity of the society. Indicate briefly the factors in the
society that have led to national strength or weakness,
national solidarity or disunity, as well as susceptibility
to foreign psychological influences and/or desire for
expansion of influence over other areas. The funda-
PAGE 4
mental ideological trends are discussed in relation to
the culture of the people. This Subsection is an ap-
proach to and not a digest of what follows.
B. Physical characteristics
Describe the distinctive physical characteristics of
the population. Include those characteristics which
are the result of climate, diet, health conditions, and
other environmental factors. Note the characteristic
physical differences among groups in the population
where significant. Include photographs of character-
istic physical types. How do these types compare with
native and alien concepts or stereotypes of them? To
the maximum extent use nontechnical language, es-
pecially avoiding extensive use of anthropological
terminology.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 CHAP TER IV
C. Languages
1. DISTRIBUTION
Designate the major languages and dialects com-
monly spoken in the country, showing the number of
speakers, their percentages of the total population, and
their geographical distribution. Illustrate with map
where possible.
2. CONTENT AND STRUCTURE
Discuss the major languages and dialects, including
vocabulary and structure, and covering the following
points: 1) mutual intelligibility; 2) adequacy for special
fields of knowledge, especially as compared with
English; 3) the extent to which, and internal and ex-
ternal sources from which, new elements are being
introduced into the language. What do the new
language elements suggest as to the cultural trend of
the society?
3. SOCIAL SIGNIFICANCE
To what extent are languages, dialects, or distinctive
pronunciations identified with social or ethnic groups,
and what is their prestige value (such as cockney or
Oxford English)? Discuss official policy in regard to
languages (e.g., for use in the schools, in the courts, on
the radio, and in the armed services). Comment on
the attitudes of each of the major linguistic groups
toward each other's language or dialect and their status
in relation to the nationally dominant group.
Discuss briefly characteristic patterns of communica-
tion and word usage. Are imagery and poetic or
formalized expressions characteristic of the conversa-
tion of the people? Are there variations in communi-
cation patterns between youth and their elders, men
and women, rich or poor, etc.? Is conversation a highly
developed technique? Comment on the significance of
gestures as auxiliary to or substitutes for language.
4. INTERNATIONAL TIES
Are the major language groups related to similar
groups across national boundaries? If so, comment
briefly on the relations of these peoples of common
language traits. Indicate the degree to which there is
a local knowledge of English, and other foreign lan-
guages and dialects. Note any significant attitudes
of the people toward these languages and dialects
which reflect a fundamental social sympathy or an-
tagonism.
D. Social organization
Describe briefly the composition of the total society
including major racial, ethnic, religious or other seg-
ments. Note briefly the historical factors which have
given rise to the present social group relations and
present trends. Include charts diagramming these
relationships where possible. Identify those groups
CONFIDENTIAL
CONFIDENTIAL
which have sufficient internal cultural differences from
the dominant society to be discussed in Subsection G.
Distinctive Culture Groups, below.
1. SOCIAL STRUCTURE
a. SOCIAL CLASSES ? Describe and analyze the
structure of the dominant society. Note the basis upon
which important social status distinctions are made.
Where there are clearly defined social classes, discuss
their relative size and geographic distribution. To
what extent do the various classes exercise leadership
or control over national life and in what way? (Cross-
refer to SECTION 59 and/or Key Personalities unit.)
What are the effects of social divisions upon national
solidarity? Are social distinctions relaxed in a national
emergency?
Is the society relatively dynamic or static? Note
the direction of change taking place in the organization
and traditional functioning of this society. What
changes are taking place in the size and composition of
the social classes. Point out the significance of changes
in social stratification as they affect political develop-
ment.
What is the importance of the individual's role in the
social structure? Indicate briefly the prestige factors
which determine the individual's relative place in the
society and the important influences of social status
which mold individual behavior. By what means can
the individual gain or lose social status? To what
extent may and do individuals move from one social
class to another? is there opportunity for change of
social status in the local community or must the indi-
vidual go outside of it to seek higher status? Are
changes taking place in the social structure which tend
to alter or reorient individual attitudes or behavior
such as a new stress on competition, new desires created
by education which the society does not satisfy, strains
of increased mobility on family ties, etc. Present the
main personality characteristics of the people, including
those characteristics which the society considers
especially desirable or undesirable.
Compare the roles of men and of women in the so-
ciety. Indicate the influence of sex differences on
patterns of social mobility, on the total impact of social
mores, on individual behavior, and on the structure of
social taboos and distinctions. Note distinctive be-
havior patterns of each sex toward the other.
b. SOCIAL GROUPS ? Note the relative importance
of major types of activities and groups in the function-
ing of the society. These may be tribal groups, kin
groups, economic groups, religious groups, language
groups, etc. If there are significant racial, ethnic, or
other segments of the society which, even though they
have acquired the major characteristics of the society,
are seen as having separate group identity, note: 1)
their size and distribution in relation to the dominant
group and to the society as a whole (cross-refer to
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 5
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
SECTION 41); 2) their distinctive features; 3) their place
in the social structure; 4) the degree of isolation main-
tained; 5) any special legal provisions made for them;
and 6) their significance to the national strength or
weakness. Summarize the distinctive social motiva-
tions of each such segment. What effect does member-
ship in these groups have on individual behavior and
personality development? For a discussion of social
organization and values of nationally important groups
of predominantly different culture? such as the Africans
in South Africa, cross-refer to Subsection G, below.
Does the society have a national power elite group or
groups distinct from the social classes? If so, note
whether their power is mainly political, economic, re-
ligious, intellectual, or social. Comment on each group
from the following viewpoints: usual background of the
elite membership, breadth of social base from which
members are recruited, their education, the ease of
admittance to the group, intragroup mores, nature and
type of influence, training and discipline, their custom-
ary means of acquiring information, interest in and
level of understanding of national and international
problems, basic attitudes and predispositions toward
the United States, U.S.S.R., etc., manner of exercising
influence and molding opinion, flexibility and account-
ability of the leaders and the response to them. ,Is
leadership considered a group or individual responsibil-
ity and prerogative? What behavior is expected of
followers? To what extent does the public support
them and by what means? Indicate probable future
trends concerning their effectiveness.
What is the typical motivation of individuals of the
elite group, to what extent are they satisfied or frus-
trated, and what Ere their vulnerabilities both as indi-
viduals and as a group under the impact of domestic or
foreigu pressures to which they are or may be subjected?
In particular, does the elite give expression to the ex-
pectations or needs of the society as a whole? What
combinations of power, either through overlapping
leadership or agreement on concerted action, are
apparent or likely to develop?
2. THE FAMILY
Explain the characteristic forms of family and kin-
ship groupings (whether single family, joint family,
clan, etc.). Note important intrafamily relationships
(including the status of the father and the mother in
the family, the relationships of sons and daughters with
their parents and of brothers and sisters to each other).
Discuss the prestige, privileges, and responsibilities of
women in the family. What is the place of old people
in the family? Note any significant prevailing pattern
of attitudes of adults in the family toward young people
and their contacts outside the family. Note the major
differences in the treatment of boys and girls in the
family and their distinctive rights and, responsibilities
in such matters as inheritance and family support.
PAGE 6
JULY 1957
Comment on the disciplinary training of children and
the processes and symbols of growth. Analyze the role
of the family as a basic unit of the society. To what
extent does the family as a group participate in com-
munity affairs? To what extent does family affiliation
determine social status? Are most marriages within
the community or with persons of other communities?
'VVhat is the domicile pattern? Compare the family
pattern and influence with that of the family in the
United States. Do family patterns differ significantly
for different segments of the population?racial reli-
gious, regional, urban, or economic? Are family patterns
changing; if so, in what direction and why? Special
attention should be given under this subtopic to mar-
riage and those distinctive processes of child-rearing
from birth to maturity which demonstrably form or
affect basic social attitudes. (See below, under Social
Values, Attitudes and Customs.)
3. THE COMMUNITY
Discuss the social structure in relation to the local
community. Do the villages, cities, and regions of the
country display distinctive spatial patterns, such as
the location of dwelling units in relation to areas of
work? Are there distinctive community patterns for
racial and ethnic groups in the society? For agricul-
tural and industrial centers? For rural and urban
areas? Illustrate with photos. At what level of de-
velopment are community facilities and services? Does
the community provide facilities for the customary
leisure-time activities? How do the physical charac-
teristics of these communities affect their social organi-
zation? Note characteristic community-type special
interest groups or organizations (cross-refer to SECTION
52 for local government). To what extent, and how,
are community patterns influenced by the national
government?
4. SOCIAL ORGANIZATIONS AND MOVE-
MENTS
Note extent to which the people seek self-expression
arid prestige through organized groups in the society
ar d are traditionally "joiners." Describe important
social organizations other than those formed on the
basis of social status or family or those political, eco-
nomic, labor, and military groups discussed elsewhere.
This discussion might include such organizations as
significant patriotic societies, veterans' organizations,
civic groups, secret societies, cooperatives (other than
those covered in SECTIONS 44, 46, and 61), lodges, busi-
ness and professional associations (not covered in
SECTIONS 43 and 44), women's organizations, youth
groups, sports and other special interest organizations
not covered elsewhere. Concerning each major organi-
zation indicate the size, geographic distribution, and
character of membership, stated objectives of organiza-
CONTFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957
CHAP TER IV
tion, and financial resources. A table listing these
organizations and giving the essential data on each
would be appropriate and valuable for those organiza-
tions not presented in detail elsewhere.
In some countries, there are social movements which
include several types of organizations; for example, the
labor movement, the missionary movement, or the
youth movement. Where such movements exist, de-
scribe the origin, causal conditions, goals, membership
and participation, directing leaders or agencies, and
activities. Describe the opposition to the movement.
If the movement is subversive in character, cross-refer
to SECTION 57.
What important factors determine status, prestige,
and leadership within each important organization and
movement? What are their professed or real aims?
Estimate the influence of eaeli as a center of group
action and its strength in attitude formation. How
are the attitudes of members molded? Comment on
the composition and distinguishing characteristics of
the leadership. Note attitudes and predispositions of
each group toward the United States, U.S.S.R. and
other bloc countries, neighbors, and other countries with
which the society has ties or influence. Does it exert
leadership in regard to major internal or foreign poli-
cies? What tools are used to influence the public?
Comment on the significant leaders of each group, with
cross reference to SECTION 59 or the NIS Key Per-
sonalities unit as appropriate.
5. THE INDIVIDUAL IN THE SOCIETY
Although the individual takes his values from his
social group, the complete picture of the individual
often does not emerge from such a social focus of
analysis. The individual as he conceives himself and
the manner in which be interprets his relations to others
are of additional importance. What traits in others
does he prize? Does he see others in antagonistic or
cooperative relation to himself? Are persons helping
him or hindering him in his achievement of aims?
What is his view of the basic nature of things, and how
does he feel he is personally involved? (Cross-refer to
SECTION 43.) What are the chief factors motivating
his behavior, such as religion, ancestry, social position,
wealth, desire for economic security? What are his
personal definitions of purpose? What does he feel
gives his life meaning? What goals does he seek? Does
he think in terms of a career? Of bettering himself?
What are the sources of his anxiety? What are his
primary frustrations? Does he think that social
changes are affecting his life? If so, how does he feel
about them? Does individual behavior in urban areas
differ markedly from that in rural areas? Is there
regional variation? Are there variations according to
social, economic, or occupational status?
CONFIDENTIAL
CONFIDENTIAL
E. Social values, attitudes, and customs
1. BASIC VALUE SYSTEM
Every society exhibits certain central themes which
become the basis for understanding behavior in all
areas of social life; for example, the American stress on
competition? the Burmese attitude toward after-life,
and the Chinese notion of filial piety. Describe briefly
the central values of the society, especially those de-
rived from religious and educational systems. (Cross-
refer to SECTION 43.) Are there competing values
which are in conflict? Point out within the framework
of the central value system, what the goals of the society
as a whole are?material property, peace, conquest,
preservation of the culture, racial superiority, propaga-
tion of a religion or ideology, etc.? Do the means of
achieving these accepted individual and collective goals
accord generally with democratic or authoritarian
standards? What are the characteristic fears both of
the individual and of the whole society associated with
the effort to achieve the respective goals? Indicate
briefly any significant similarities and contrasts in basic
values existing between the society concerned and the
United States or other countries with which the society
is intimately concerned.
Is the basic value system undergoing change and, if
so, what is the direction of this change, what are the
chief factors causing it, and how rapidly is it proceed-
ing? Is man's role conceived to be that of opposing,
accepting, or provoking social change; of accepting his
physical environment or changing it, for example,
through adoption of improved methods of production
or new modes of life such as urbanization?
What are the most effective sanctions motivating or
inhibiting behavior, such as prestige, material rewards,
ostracism, legal punishment, the outstanding beliefs,
traditions, myths and taboos, etc.? (Cross-refer to
SECTION 43 under Religion and/or to SECTION 54 under
the Penal System.) To what extent is deviant be-
havior from group norms tolerated?
Describe any significant rural-urban, ethnic, sex,
class, or racial group differences in basic social values
and motivations. Cross-refer to Subsection G. Dis-
tinctive Culture Groups, below. Indicate the extent
to which these differences threaten national solidarity.
2. BASIC ATTITUDES
Discuss under this subheading only the prevailing
and more lasting attitudes of the people, rather than
current public opinion. Identify the specific groups
whose attitudes are presented. Where possible, indi-
cate major group differences from national norms. The
attitudes discussed here are the deep-seated concepts
growing out of the basic value system. Cross-refer to
other Sections such as SECTIONS 53, 55, and 58, for atti-
tudes on specific national, domestic, and foreign con-
ditions or issues.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 7
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
a. TOWARD OWN SOCIETY ? Where specific data
are available, information on such questions as the fol-
lowing would be pertinent: What group attitudes
toward their own society and toward various classes
and/or groups in the society are developed by the cul-
ture and how are they molded? Note basic attitudes
and awareness of the people toward freedom or the.
subordination of the individual and the factors in the
social experience of the various groups which foster
this attitude. What is the attitude of the people
toward the responsibility of the society for the welfare
of its members? (Cross-refer to SECTION 46.) What
attitudes tend to divide the people into antagonistic
groups? Are the unifying attitudes basically strong
enough to prevent divisive attitudes from being a threat
to national solidarity?
Is there a clear and widely held concept of patriotism?
In what national achievements do the people take
special pride? What are the prevailing attitudes in
regard to aggrandizement of the nation? What are the
established nationat symbols (e.g., caricatures, slogans,
national anthem, flag), and what is their present effec-
tiveness as they operate on individuals or groups?
Comment briefly on the major social rituals such as
national holiday celebrations, and on the texts of
national songs or historical monuments and documents
reflecting important symbols of the nation. Note their
effectiveness in crystallizing thought and attitudes.
What symbols are currently used by the leadership?
On what motivations do they? play? What symbols
appeal most to each important social group, such as
intellectuals or labor? In order to illustrate group
attitudes, it is suggested that the following be exam-
ined briefly: The chief stereotypes of leaders and the
behavior such stereotypes evoke, using the great leaders
of the nation's past to illustrate. What emotions are
attached to structured positions in the nation such as
the crown, the governor-generalship, the presidency,
the prime-ministership, party presidency, etc.? Is the
people's attitude toward persons holding political office
characterized by a widespread feeling of cynicism, un-
questioning worship, confidence, or something else?
b. TOWARD OTHER SOCIETIES -- What are the
basic attitudes toward peoples of other societies and
other cultures?curiosity, fear, friendliness, respect,
indifference, hostility? How are these attitudes fos-
tered? Do the people consider their way of life su-
perior to all others, or to certain others, and if so, to
which others? Do they understand, like, or dislike,
Americans and American culture, and for what reason?
Other countries? Do any classes or segments in the
society identify themselves with foreign groups? In
general, what are their attitudes toward Soviet citizens,
nations, and culture or those of other Communist so-
cieties? What caricatures do they use to designate
foreigners? (Cross-refer to SECTION 55.)
PAGE 8
JULY 1957
Is there a prevailing attitude in favor of cooperation
with other nations in the achieving of common goals
and, if so, among what segments of the society is this
attitude most marked? How are these attitudes ex-
pressed? Cross-refer to CHAPTER V where appropriate.
C. TOWARD INTERNATIONAL CONFLICT ? What are
the marked attitudes toward war as an instrument of
foreign policy, toward military activities and traditions,
toward compulsory or volunteer military service, and
toward national defense (including civil defense)? Are
attitudes toward military service affected by the class
origins of the military leaders? Comment on the
morale of the civilian population during World War II
or more recent wartime conditions. Do veterans hold
a position of prestige in the society? Cross-refer to
SECTION 55 for attitudes on national policies.
3. SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMS
Describe briefly any unique or distinguishing customs
that have national significance, such as the tea cere-
mony of Japan, the autumn festival in China, or. the
sauna (steam bath) of Finland. What social values
are demonstrated in these customs? Who participates
in them? Have these customs been modified by urbani-
zation, industrialization, ideological pressures, war or
other changes?
F. Artistic and intellectual expression
Describe briefly present and past trends in outstand-
ing intellectual, literary, artistic, religious, and other
forms of expression. Is each form of expression
founded on well-developed native traditions or bor-
rowed?
Indicate the degree of popular appreciation of or
participation in the various types of artistic expression,
including a brief discussion of popular or folk music,
folk art, and folk theater (e.g., traditional pageants,
pantomimes, etc.). What are the common attitudes
toward cultural achievements and what is the effect
of these achievements on national traditions? What
symbols are traditionally used in artistic media to
evoke behavior in .the characteristic patterns described
in other parts of this Section and is this symbolism
static or in a state of flux? What are the extent and
pace of present-day changes? Do artists and intel-
lectuals enjoy prestige in the society? To what extent
are artistic forms and "schools of thought" (philo-
sophical, scientific, literary, etc.) important as express-
ing or determining the national outlook? Identify
important individuals and evaluate their work in this
regard. For detailed information on current artistic
and intellectual leaders, cross-refer to SECTION 59
and/or the Key Personalities unit where appropriate.
Intellectual and artistic organizations should be dis-
cussed here, with references to Social Organizations
and Movements (above) for details.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957
CIIAP TER IV
G. Distinctive culture groups
Identify each of the nationally important, divergent
groups?racial, ethnic, or other?which has its own
cultural values and characteristics. Note whether the
group is numerically greater or smaller than the domi-
nant group. Analyze in terms of its power relation-
ships and status in the society. Describe the salient
features of the social organization, social values, atti-
tudes and customs, artistic and intellectual expression
of each, covering the details included under Subsec-
tions D, E, and F above.
CONFIDENTIAL
H. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source ma-
terial used in preparing the Section and thereby in-
form the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby pro-
vide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used
are indicated.
Section 43. Religion, Education, and Public Information
A. General
This Subsection provides an appropriate approach
to the material contained in the remainder of the Sec-
tion. It includes a brief statement of the role and rela-
tive importance of religious, educational, and informa-
tional institutions in shaping the life and outlook of the
people. It is not a digest of what follows.
B. Religion
1. SIGNIFICANCE OF RELIGION IN THE
COUNTRY
a. RELIGION AND NATIONAL CULTURE -- Note the
most important religious faiths and their relative
significance. Describe the part religion plays in the
nation's culture and its effect on the value system.
Discuss the influence of religion on the social institu-
tions of the country. Estimate the importance, of
religion to the people as a whole and to various socio-
economic groups. Indicate the features of religion
which are important in the daily life of the people and
in their relations with other people. (Cross-refer to
SECTION 42.)
Estimate the influence of religious affinities and dif-
ferences on national unity and stability, including,
briefly, such historical background data as are necessary
to understand the present situation. Are there sym-
pathies or antipathies toward those of other sects or
faiths, or toward those of no faith? Are there ties
with those of similar faith in other countries? Discuss
the relation of organized religion to the political
objectives and procedures of the established regime.
Are the prevailing beliefs compatible with or influenced
by either Communism or Western democracy. When
pertinent, discuss the activities and influence of foreign
missionary work (Christian and other) in the society,
rioting the attitude of the government leaders and the
people toward these activities. Discuss any major
antiroligious movements or organized persecution of
CONFIDENTIAL
particular religious groups and note the nature of the
leadership in these activities. Do these leaders have
any significant foreign ties?
b. GOVERNMENT AND RELIGION - Indicate the
relationship between the government and organized
religion, including laws that pertain to the status and
activities of religious organizations, e.g., is there an
established church? Is religious liberty guaranteed
and if so, how (by constitution, law, international
treaty, etc.)? Note any divisions of the government
which have administrative or other responsibilities for
the activities of religious organizations, and for foreign
religious groups. Note the general reactions of religious
elements to them.
C. SIZE AND DISTRIBUTION OF RELIGIOUS MEMBER-
SHIP ? Give the number, percentage, and distribution
of inhabitants adhering to the principal faiths. Include
important sects. Illustrate with a map if possible.
-Indicate whether specific religious faiths are linked
with specific ethnic, linguistic, or racial groups.
2. PRINCIPAL FAITHS
a. [DESIGNATION] ? For each of the principal
faiths (for example, a. Roman Catholicism, b. Islam,
etc.) discuss the following topics:
(1) Organization ? Give a brief account of the
organizational structure of each major group, including
the relationship of all its recognized religious and lay
organizations, and the degree of responsibility assumed
by the parent body over their activities. Describe
any organizational ties with groups outside of the
country, e.g., with the Vatican or the World Council
of Churches.
(2) Activities and facilities ? Present briefly the
nature and extent of activities carried on by each re-
ligious group. If possible, state the objectives of these
activities. Note briefly the attitudes of the society
toward these activities. Comment briefly on the types
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 9
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CON-El DENTIAL NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
of facilities available for worship and other activities
such as the church buildings, wayside shrines and other
places of worship; schools and other plants and their
equipment; real estate and other material interests;
the finances of each religious group. Are these activi-
ties and facilities tax-supported and/or tax free?
(3) Leadership --Discuss the spiritual and lay
leadership, including educational qualifications and role
in the religious life of the community, position of re-
ligious leadership in the society, and relationship with
leaders of other religious groups. Include in the dis-
cussion of each a statement on the role of women.
Discuss also the extent of control exerted by the church
organization over its leaders and their nationally sig-
nificant attitudes or opinions on secular affairs. Coor-
dinate with SECTION 59 or Key Personalities unit.
(4) Tenets and practices ? For each of the prin-
cipal religious groups describe the traditional tenets
and practices which have special importance for the
society. To what extent is the:re controversy over
religious doctrines and what are the major points at
issue? Do deviations in the faith result in antagonism,
and, if so, what is their significance? Indicate the
extent to which formal church adherence and partici-
pation in other religious activities reflect religious
faith.
(5) Official attitudes ?Discuss significant offi-
cial positions taken by the various religious organiza-
tions on secular matters in general and toward specific
national and international political, social, and eco-
nomic problems. Note the influence such actions have
on national life.
C. Education
1. EDUCATION IN THE NATIONAL LIFE
a. EDUCATION AND NATIONAL CULTURE -- Discuss
the concepts and existing aspirations of the people in
regard to education, noting the general character of
available education, its thoroughness and effectiveness.
Provide a concise introduction to this Subsection by
describing those forces that left a lasting impression
on the educational system, such as government policy,
religious interests, or foreign influences. Indicate the
relative strength and the distinctive purpose and
characteristics of public and private education. Discuss
the extent to which the various segments of the society,
such as industry, philanthropic foundations, wealthy
individuals, etc., support education, noting the trends
and objectives of this support. Point up the role of the
educational system in social, political, and economic
life. Discuss such problems as its adequacy in meeting
the demands of national life, its impact on social
mobility, and its effectiveness in molding attitudes of
influential groups. Estimate the relative extent and
effectiveness of ideological indoctrination by the educa-
tional system (where indicated). Describe in general
terms its relation to informal educational influences
PAGE 10
JULY 1957
in the society (such as family, youth programs, military
training, or information media).
b. LEVEL OF LITERACY AND EDUCATIONAL ACHIEVE-
MENT ? Discuss the level of literacy and educational
achievement in the society as a whole, and with
reference to socio-economic classes and to women.
Discuss the size of enrollment at each educational level
and note the extent of educational opportunities in
relation to the extent of the school age population.
Note trends of educational development, including a
projection of the school population. Explain the extent
and effectiveness of efforts to reduce illiteracy and to
broaden educational opportunity, leaving the details
of an adult education program for discussion under
Educational System and under General Content of
Instruction, below.
2. THE GOVERNMENT AND EDUCATION
Where education is considered an appropriate func-
tion of government discuss the extent to which educa-
tion is the responsibility of central provincial and/or
loeal government. Comment on the nature, extent,
and purpose of government control over and aid to
public and private education, including such devices as
educational requirements for employment, provision
of educational grants, examinations for government
certification, etc. If there are any devices for controlling
the political loyalty of faculty and students these
should be noted. Are the political purposes of the
regime in power emphasized through public education?
The relation of laws and administrative action in con-
trol over education should be noted. Discuss also the
extent and nature of public influence over educational
policy at all levels.
a. LEGAL FRAMEWORK ? Note the constitutional
and legal provisions affecting education and the effec-
tiveness of their enforcement, including such factors as
guarantees of academic freedom, free and compulsory
education; language of instruction; control over text
books and content of teaching; and provisions con-
cerning religious education.
b. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION OF EDUCATION ? De-
scribe the position of public education in the govern-
mental structure, illustrating where practical with an
organizational chart (coordinate with SECTION 52).
Note the relation of the central government's division
of education with other levels of governmental respon-
sibility for education.
C. FINANCIAL SUPPORT AND FACILITIES ? Note the
nature, source, and extent of financial support and
expenditure and the adequacy of educational facilities
and equipment in relation to the size and distribution
of enrollment at each educational level.
d. FOREIGN EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMS -- Describe
the government's policy concerning participation in
the exchange of students, professors, and other edu-
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957
CHAPTER IV
cational personnel with foreign countries. Is the
government a recipient of foreign aid or does it con-
tribute to foreign educational programs? If so, de-
scribe the nature, extent and mechanisms of this educa-
tional activity, noting the other countries participating,
with the extent of exchange with each. If the United
States is a participant, note the amount of U.S. funds
invested in the program over a series of years and the
educational emphases. Note also the nature and ex-
tent of nongovernmental and educational aid to and/or
from abroad, as, for example, exchanges between uni-
versities, foundation aids, etc. Discuss their contri-
bution to the knowledge, educational program, and
attitudes of the people and their leaders. It is sug-
gested that the broad significance of the foreign educa-
tional activities in which the country participates be
discussed here, with reference to specific developments,
past and present, such as the Boxer Indemnity or the
Fulbright programs.
3. EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM
Describe, briefly, the general organization of educa-
tion, both public and private, from elementary schools
through universities, including provisions for adult
education, vocational and industrial training, and
graduate education. What is the role of research
institutions? Point out any notable inadequacies of
the educational system. Illustrate with charts showing
types of education provided at various age levels and
the number of students and teachers for each grade.
4. GENERAL CONTENT OF INSTRUCTION
Discuss the content of formal education at various
levels, its major emphases with past and present trends
(e.g., acquisition of formal knowledge or technical and
practical knowledge), and its effect.
it. GENERAL EDUCATION ? Describe the significant
content of education in the general schools at primary
and secondary levels, including the nature and extent
of preprimary training where pertinent. Discuss the
general methods and objectives of instruction and its
effectiveness. Note where available the percentage of
entrants who complete the course and the percentage
of graduates advancing to higher levels.
b. VOCATIONAL AND TECHNICAL TRAINING ? De-
scribe the apprenticeship system and vocational school-
ing to the extent that they are within the framework of
the educational system, and in particular cover methods
and conditions of instruction. Supply pertinent sta-
tistics, and evaluate technical and general effectiveness
of the system.
c. HIGHER EDUCATION ? Discuss the content of
higher learning, noting the methods and intellectual
level, orientation and degree of isolation from or
accessibility to world developments in scholarship,
degree of general training, role of faculties and students
in national life, and role of research in the educational
CONFIDENTIAL
CONFIDENTIAL
process. Discuss the nature of professional training
available and the quality of its discipline, noting the
requirements for legal recognition and practice in a
profession, if any, and the types of internship or
apprenticeship involved. Note the relation between
the professions and this training. Note the relative
prestige of various types of careers as factors in shaping
the development of education.
d. ADULT EDUCATION ? Discuss adult education
in the fields of both specific training and general educa-
tion, whether conducted within the educational system
or by private organizations, such as churches and labor
unions. In particular, describe participation, level of
instruction, credits, etc. Evaluate adult education in
relation to the regular educational system and the
general educational level.
5. NONCURRICULAR STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Discuss the extent to which the school authorities at
the primary, secondary, and university levels encourage
noncurricular activities by providing facilities, pro-
fessional guidance, and controls. Note the agencies
other than schools which provide trained personnel or
other assistance to the schools for specialized non-
curricular activities for students at different levels.
How well developed and important, for example, are
student publications and associations? Are there
student political, civil defense, military, or other
significant activities? Note the extent to which student
activities have social and political significance beyond
the school groups. To what extent have the student
activities been influenced by subversive elements? In
discussing student organizations of national importance
cross-refer to SECTION 42 for their relation to youth
movements; to CHAPTER V, SECTION 53, Political
Dynamics, and SECTION 57, Subversive; and to CHAP-
TER VIII, for military activities, as appropriate. Where
groups are essentially pressure groups or subversive in
nature they should be mentioned but detailed discus-
sion should be reserved for other appropriate Sections.
Are student activities of an international character
encouraged by educators? For example, foreign lan-
guage clubs, organized student vacation visits to
foreign countries and organized entertainment of
foreign students, fraternal association with or support
of foreign "sister institutions," etc., should be discussed,
noting specific programs, the countries preferred in
such activities, and the extent and nature of govern-
mental assistance provided for such noncurricular
activities. Note especially student activities in relation
to the United States and the U.S.S.R.
Is student leadership in noncurricular activities
democratically chosen or predominantly determined
by the student's social or political status or by the
school authorities? Is there any fraternal association
among student groups or leaders from different schools
(e.g., student editors, inter-collegiate sports, etc.), and,
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 11
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
if so, by whom is it fostered? Is there national interest
in any type of student association and in student lead-
ers? Is student participation in noneurricular activi-
ties a factor in later career development? Are alumni
groups well organized and do alumni ties have social
or political significance?
6. EDUCATORS
Discuss the level of competence of those responsible
for the administration and teaching at the various
levels of education, in both public and private schools.
Include not only the school administrators and teachers
but also national, provincial, and local officials charged
with the administration of education and the members
of boards of education or other policy groups.
Give the number of teachers in relation to the stu-
dent body, their general socio-economic level and other
background factors, their educational level, how they
are selected. How do their rates of pay compare with
those of other professional groups? Discuss their
prestige in the community; the degree to which they
support the regime in power; the habitual means for
acquiring information; awareness, interest, and level
of understanding of national and international prob-
lems; and prevailing attitudes toward the United States
and the U.S.S.R. Note any marked predispositions
and attitudes as a group. To what extent are teaching
appointments politically determined? Do teachers
have permanent job tenure and pension provisions?
Assess their role as molders of opinion within and with-
out the schools. 'What contribution do they make--
and how?to industry, labor, and government, and to
the formulation of national policy? Is there a marked
difference between characteristics of the teaching force
in rural and urban areas; in different sections of the
country; in different types of schools? Note the num-
ber of women teachers at each level and any special
limitations in their appointment, training, advance-
ment, or pay.
Discuss the adequacy of teachers at various levels
in relation to the prevailing concepts of pedagogy.
What special qualities are considered essential to a
good teacher and what provisions are made to incul-
cate these qualities? How large a proportion of the
teachers have training and/or experience abroad?
Does the educational system utilize this foreign experi-
ence and does it provide additional prestige and ad-
vancement for the teachers? To what type of foreign
training is greatest prestige attached?
Important teachers' associations or organized groups
should be identified with a description of each major
organization, including its size, geographic distribution,
level of teaching of its members, and other character-
istics of membership, objectives, finances, program
activities, influence over members, national meetings
or conventions, vulnerability to subversion, and char-
acter of leaders. Are these activities used by the
regime or its unofficial agencies for propaganda pur-
PAGE
JULY 1957
poses? If SO, cross-refer to SECTION 58. Insofar as
they serve as a pressure group, cross-refer to SECTION
58. Note the group's international ties, if any. In
some cases tabular presentation of these data may be
desirable.
D. Public information
This Subsection is designed to provide overall
presentation of the level of development of public
information. CHAPTER V, SECTION 58, Propagainda,
presents an integrated analysis of governmental and
nongovernmental action designed to influence behavior
and collective attitudes in support of national policies.
1. COMMUNICATIONS DEVELOPMENT, USE,
AND CONTROL
Describe briefly the level of development of mass
communication of ideas and information. Note the
principal and most popular media of communication
used, noting the extent and characteristics of their use.
What is the relative importance of other media, and the
chief purposes for which they are characteristically
used? For example, to what extent are word-of-
mouth (e.g. rumor, cafe talk, grapevine) and non-
written signals (e.g.. drums) used? What are the main
media used for dissemination of news and information
and transmission of messages? How extensively are
postal, telegraph, and telephone systems used? Are
they adequate? How are records kept and information
stored (e.g. archives, legends, etc.)? Are movies, radio,
and television well-developed means of communication?
Do the uses of different forms of communication
differ among social strata? What are the main barriers
to different types of communication within and be-
tween groups? Is any social significance attached to
different forms of communication? Note briefly the
medium in which people tend to place the most trust
and why. To what extent, and how, does government
use the various media of communication?
Is freedom of speech and of the press guaranteed
(see SECTION 51, Subsection D)? Discuss the degree of
responsibility assumed by the government in this field,
noting specific laws and/or administrative machinery
designed to control communication and all types of
public information and to protect guarantees of free-
dom. Note the extent of government financial support
of the various media. Note the overall extent of govern-
ment or other forms of censorship, control, or influence
over media including significant subversive or foreign
influence.
Note the nature and scope of important professional
groups in the communications field, such as editors,
publishers, writers, and producers. Give, in tabular
form, where suitable, location, size, character and
qualifications of members, .aims and objectives of
leadership, amount Of influence exerted, and orienta-
tion toward the United States and the U.S.S.R.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957
c A in E I? IV
2. PRESS AND PERIODICALS
Under this subheading should be noted the level of
development of the industry as a whole, the nature
and extent of the audiences reached, languages used,
the nature and source of content, the nature and in-
fluence of ownership and control in the industry,
including interlocking interests; sources of news; rela-
tive influence on public opinion; and the general char-
acteristics of the system of distribution. Note the
extent of use of foreign publications, those that are
most popular, the language in which written, the source
of origin, and agencies of distribution.
a. IMPORTANT INDIVIDUAL NEWSPAPERS ? Describe
important individual newspapers, using the tabular
form if suitable, and covering the following points:
name, location, language, frequency of publication,
circulation, audience reached, source of revenue, owner-
ship and control, political leanings, editorial policy
including general policy toward the United States and
the U.S.S.R., key editorial personalities, relative influ-
ence, physical plant, and estimates of the amount of
space given to national and international news and
other subjects.
b. PRESS SERVICES ? Describe the important do-
mestic and foreign press services available, including
U.S. agencies. Indicate the extent to which each
service is used; the type of news for which each is relied
upon; the accuracy and reputation of the service
(domestic only); the extent of coverage -provided; and
any outstanding editorial personalities.
c. PERIODICALS ? Describe and analyze generally
along the same lines as noted for newspapers above.
3. BOOK PUBLISHING
Describe and analyze the overall book publishing
industry in terms of total size of press runs and sales,
location, physical facilities, quality and type of output,
price structure, languages used, exports, markets
reached, ownership and control, political leanings, sub-
sidization, censorship, and influence.
a. PUBLISHING HOUSES ? Identify and describe
the principal book publishing companies, covering the
following points: name and location, ownership and
control, physical facilities, press runs and sales, and
significance. Use tabular form where suitable.
b. DISTRIBUTION ? Describe the distribution sys-
tem, giving the number and location of major whole-
salers or regional distribution points and retailers, and
include some information on the system with regard to
ownership and control, size of various establishments,
and evaluation of the medium.
C. FOREIGN PUBLICATIONS ? Comment 011 the ex-
tent of importation of foreign books, the type most
widely circulated, and special government regulations
concerning their importation and distribution.
CoNt'IntisitIAL
CONFIDENTIAL
4. LIBRARIES
Describe the system and general types of libraries,
covering: size and popularity, control, location, method
of operation, character of stock, and groups reached.
5. MOTION PICTURES
Briefly describe the industry and medium as a whole
covering such points as: audiences reached, languages
used, popularity of various types of films, both do-
mestic and foreign, and the audiences they most
appeal to; imports as compared with domestic produc-
tion; sources of foreign films; places and hours of show-
ing; extent of government censorship and control;
leading personalities; and general effectiveness as a
medium.
ft. DOMESTIC PRODUCTION ? Describe domestic
production facilities covering: number of companies
and location; volume and type of films produced; owner-
ship and control; sources of financing; physical plant
and facilities; sources of equipment; technical quality;
artistic quality; political orientation; and leading
actors, directors, and producers involved. Note foreign
investment, foreign technical assistance, and foreign
talent used in domestic production.
b. DISTRIBUTION ? Describe the distribution sys-
tem and the methods of exhibition, giving the number,
location, and capacity of theaters, and analyzing owner-
ship and control, technical equipment (size of pro-
jectors, screens, etc.) frequency of showings, and
prices.
C. FOREIGN FILMS ? Discuss the distribution of
foreign films including: the volume used (analyzed by
country of source), the channels of importation, the
major agencies of distribution, and government or
other controls. Note the relative screen time afforded
U.S. and non-U.S. films and estimate the long-term
effect of U.S. pictures on public attitudes and opinions.
6. RADIO AND TELEVISION
The physical plants, equipment, and technical
quality of radio and television stations are discussed
in Some detail in CHAPTER III, SECTION 38. Describe
here each overall medium, giving the number of broad-
casting networks and stations and their location with
relation to the potential audience and covering the
following: Languages used, general characteristics
of ownership and control, source of financing, source
of news, number of receivers by wave bands and
distribution, general characteristics and economic
status of listeners, estimated total size of audiences,
type of programs most popular, most favored listen-
ing hours, vulnerability of media to use for subersive
propaganda (cross-reference to SECTION 57), political
leanings, important personalities, and relative influ-
ence and effectiveness of medium. Also describe any
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 13
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL NIS STANDARD INSTI?UCTIONS
important managerial or professional groups and
organizations connected with the media.
Important individual networks and stations should
be described also with coverage of the following: name,
call letters, wave lengths, frequencies, power, and loca-
tion; ownership and control, source of revenue, program
schedules, types of programs with an indication of their
degree and source of popularity, languages used, hours
of broadcasting, political leanings, program personali-
ties, and relative popularity and influence. Note
which networks and stations are foreign-sponsored and
list the foreign elements involved.
7. OTHER ME ANS OF COMMUNICATION
Discuss other mass media of communications such
as public address systems, posters, pamphlets, leaflets,
wall newspapers, mobile theaters, balloons, etc., using
in general the criteria listed in the Subsections above.
Include also, where pertinent, information and anal-
JULY 1957
ysis of word-of-mouth, person-to-person communica-
tion (rumors, whispering campaigns, public meetings,
cafe talk, etc.), and indicate (if not already covered in
A. General above) to what extent informal word-of-
mouth communication supplements or contradicts the
regular mass media.
E. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
inform the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the, intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used
are indicated.
FIG URE 43-1. PRINCIPAL MEDIA OF (COUNTRY), (DATE)
NAME, PLACE, AND
FREQUENCY OF
PRODUCTION
LANGUAGE (8)
USED
CIRCULA-
TION OR
AUDIENCE
BEY PR )DUCTION
PERSONNEL
GOVERNMENT OR PHI-
VATE OWNERSHIP
COMMENTS
Section 44. Manpower
A. General
The purpose of this Subsection is to provide an ap-
propriate approach to a full consideration of the prob-
lem of manpower and its capabilities. It is not a
digest of what follows in the remainder of the Section.
How have the basic characteristics of the society
affected manpower utilization? Has it developed a
scientific maturity in the utilization of manpower and
the exploitation of its natural resources? What is the
dominant economic activity? Has the society a primi-
tive or mature economy? Is the society rigidly organ-
ized along economic lines or is there a fluid situation?
Analyze briefly the extent of opportunities_ for eco-
noinic advancement, utilization of specialized skills
and training, attitudes toward work (especially toward
manual work), the role of the individual in choosing
PAGE 14
his occupation, and the extent to which these factors
influence national attitudes or social unrest.
Describe briefly the extent and nature of the organi-
za-,ion of major business, financial, industrial, and other
management groups and of the cooperative and labor
organizations, indicating the status arid prestige of
such groups in the society. Do they work together
harmoniously or do they clash? Does this affect the
national strength and stability? Has the society had
experience in centralized governmental control of its
manpower resources in the past, and what is the situa-
tion today? What in general, is government policy
toward labor and labor-management relations? To
wl- at extent is forced or slave labor utilized and what
is its significance to the economy?
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CHAPTER IV CONFIDENTIAL
JULY 1957
B. Manpower resources
1. TOTAL MANPOWER RESOURCES
Describe briefly the total manpower resources of the
country, including not only the labor force (those cur-
rently engaged in economic activity including workers
who are unemployed, the armed forces, and other
governmental personnel) but also the labor reserve
(those able to work in time of crisis but not now in the
labor force). Of the total manpower resources, what
percentage is in the labor force? Note the size of
the labor force, indicating the number and/or percent-
age under 15 years of age, between 15 and 64, and over
65. Discuss also the size of the labor reserve. Note
the relationship to the nation's manpower of the balance
of the population (the residual population) who are
unemployable, as well as of the labor reserve. Esti-
mate the percentage of the total manpower resources
trained and/or experienced in the techniques of modern
industrialized production and services and of primitive
subsistence economy.
2 LABOR FORCE
What percent of the working-age group in the popu-
lation (conventionally defined as those aged 15 to 64
inclusive) are in the labor force? Comment in regard
to the age-sex distribution. Illustrate, if possible, by
a labor force pyramid superimposed on the population
pyramid (See SECTION 41). Note any significant
deviations from the overall pattern of economic par-
ticipation on the part of racial or ethnic minorities.
Show the trends and prospects for a change in the
size of the labor force (by sex), indicating how the size
of the labor force is affected by such factors as seasonal
changes, business and other conditions calling for
partial or full mobilization, and social, technological,
and structural changes. Note the significant changes
in definitions and enumeiative procedures which may
be reflected in the statistics presented.
a. COMPOSITION AND DISTRIBUTION ? Analyze the
characteristics of the labor force, pointing out trends
and factors of special importance to the develop-
ment of a modern industrialized economy such as the
general level of aptitudes and educational background
needed. Insofar as possible, compare with neighboring
or rival countries. Also show significant trends as
indicators of the various types of labor mobility (indus-
trial, occupational, status, and territorial). If appro-
priate, note the occupational specialization of minority
groups.
Show the industrial composition of the labor force
in tabular form, by sex if possible, commenting on the
significance of numbers engaged in the major sectors
of the economy: 1) agriculture, forestry and fishing;
2) mining, construction, manufacturing, and utilities;
and 3) the supply and service industries. Discuss the
role of mechanization and other factors necessary to
CONFIDENTIAL
an understanding of labor-force trends in the principal
industries of the country.
(1) Types of occupation ? For many countries,
the census data will show the distribution of the labor
force members not only by industries in which they are
engaged but also by occupational groups, i.e., the types
of work they do. Both types of information are de-
sired, with an appraisal of the extent to which certain
occupational groupings are concentrated in specific
industry groups. The data for each occupational group
in the table should show number of males and females,
and percentage of total labor force. Also analyze the
labor force as to the proportion of managerial, technical,
skilled, and unskilled workers, if possible with a break-
down for age and sex. Comment on the manner and
extent to which the mechanization of industries has
affected occupations, and on the established profes-
sions. (Cross-refer to SECTIONS 42 and 43 where perti-
nent.)
(2) Occupational status ? Analyze the distribu-
tion of the labor force in the following groups: 1) em-
ployers and the self-employed; 2) unpaid family
workers; 3) salaried employees; and 4) wage earners.
Analyze by industry groups with age-sex breakdown
where feasible. Note the extent of employment of
women, children under 15, and persons over 65. Note
the extent of family industries and the size of the
entrepreneurial class in relation to wage and salary
workers. Where possible, give data indicating the
trend in the movement of workers from one status to
another.
(3) Geographic distribution ? Indicate the sig-
nificant aspects of geographic distribution of the
workers, especially as to concentrations of types of
workers and skills in specific localities. If possible,
illustrate with a map showing the locations of major
types of industries including agriculture and the
approximate number of workers employed, indicating
whether these areas offer a variety of occupations (for
men; for women). Are there areas in which there is a
high degree of competition for certain types of skills or
for unskilled labor? Comment on the territorial
mobility of workers, distinguishing long-term tendencies
(cross-refer to SECTION 41 for immigration and emigra-
tion and internal migration) and short-term aspects
(such as co:mmuting, seasonal migrations, or employ--
ment in neighboring countries).
(4) Unemployment and underemployment Note
the number and proportion of the unemployed in the
labor force, if possible by regional sectors of the econ-
omy. These would include migrants, refugees, dis-
placed persons, workers laid off through cutbacks,
those in process of changing jobs, unpaid helpers
(usually family dependents), and victims of misfortune
(on relief). Note the extent of underemployment by
industry. Note the percentage of the personnel in
these categories available and qualified for work.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 15
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL NIS STANDAR!) INSTRUCTIONS
b. GOVERNMENTAL SERVICES PERSONNEL ? The
purpose of this topic is to appraise the importance of
governmental personnel in relation to the total labor
force. For some countries it will be useful to distin-
guish the public and private segments of the labor force,
with a breakdown of the public segment into such
categories as: armed forces, police and other para-
military services, administrative services, and other
public services and industries (such as teaching, com-
munications, mining, construction, manufacturing,
commerce, transport, etc.).
(1) Armed forces in relation to the .civilian labor
force ? What percentage of the population is in the
armed forces? Are there women in the armed forces
and for what type of work are they recruited? Do the
armed forces provide training in skills which are trans-
ferable to the civilian economy? Show the manpower
used in the armed forces, if possible, by means of an
age-sex pyramid superimposed on the total labor force
pyramid. Indicate what percentage of the population
is enrolled in the military reserve forces and would not
therefore be available to the civilian economy in case
of total mobilization. Indicate also, if possible, the
percentage of the civilian labor force which is composed
of veterans of the armed forces and the percentage of
these veterans which is enrolled in the military reserve
forces. How large a civilian force is employed by the
government to service the military and in what types
of work is it utilized? (Coordinate with CHAPTER
VIII.)
(2) Police and other governmental personnel ? In
some countries the support of governmental personnel
(including police) imposes a substantial burden on the
public. Is there a large police, fire-fighting, protective,
custodial, and industrial force maintained by the gov-
ernment? (Coordinate with SECTION 54.) If so, indi-
cate the size of this group and the percentage of the
total labor force it constitutes.
C. EXTENT OF FORCED LABOR ?In those areas
where forced labor -exists, present a quantitative anal-
ysis of the forced and/or convict labor population,
noting geographic distributions where possible. Re-
serve detailed discussion of forced labor for Subsection
C, 3 below.
3. LABOR RESERVE
Discuss briefly the characteristics and activities of
the labor reserve, pointing out skills and experience
which would be available in time of emergency. Note
the customs of the society which would condition the
full utilization of this potential; i.e., to what extent
and how are women educated and employed? Is there
a marked difference between men and women in the
training and experience they receive? What is the
attitude and practice of the society in regard to the
employment of children? Are there religious or social
taboos concerning types of employment for special
PAGE 16
JULY 1957
classes or groups in the population? Of the reserve,
how many, or what percentage, are now in technical
schools, colleges, or universities? Is the practice of
unpaid apprenticeship widespread? Comment on the
practices and policies concerning the utilization of
tl: ose over 65 years of age.
C. Labor legislation and agencies of govern-
ment
1. BASIC LABOR LEGISLATION
Discuss briefly the nature and scope of basic labor
legislation (with dates), such as the following: the
legal right to organize, strike, and bargain collectively;
wages, hours, and conditions of employment; the em-
ployment of women and children; the employment of
veterans; social insurance (cross-refer to SECTIONS 46
and 52). To what extent is labor legislation a political
issue? Comment briefly on the relation of existing
labor legislation to the actual conditions and demands
of labor.
2. MANPOWER PLANN ENG
Is there government policy-planning, guidance or
control (budgeting, etc.) of manpower utilization; of
turnover; of transfer between industries, etc.? Are
regulations enforced? Are there government manpower
controls over all labor or over important segments such
as those with scarce skills; or is there an entirely free
competitive labor market? Were there wartime man-
power controls? If so, comment on the organization of
manpower resources and the degree of public support.
How and to what extent do management and labor
participate in the formulation of government policy
ar d practices on employment?
3. FORCED LABOR
In those areas where it is the policy of the govern-
ment to use slave or forced labor, state the significance
of this source of manpower to the economy and its
potentials in case of war. Note the industries and
occupations most affected by the use of this type of
labor. (Reserve for SECTION 54 the discussion of
convict or forced labor under the penal system.) If
forced labor exists outside the penal system, discuss
work and living conditions. Mat are public attitudes
toward forced labor and what is the attitude of
organized labor?
4. LABOR AGENCIES OF GOVERNMENT
Comment briefly on the agencies of government de-
signed to work on problems of labor. (Cross-refer to
SECTION 52.) How do these agencies serve the interests
of labor and management? How effectively do they
protect the foreign employers (especially U.S. business)
and foreign workers? In this connection, a chart show-
ing the structure of the ministry or department of labor
and its enforcement agencies is desirable.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 19,57 CHAP TER 1V
Where suitable, also present the government ma-
chinery for the consideration of labor disputes such as
the labor courts and arbitration boards. (Cross-refer
to SECTION 52.)
D. Standards and practices of employment
1. UTILIZATION OF THE LABOR SUPPLY
Is there any centralized planning on the utilization
of the labor supply on the part of government, manage-
ment, or labor? Describe the overall pattern of prac-
tices and attitudes of workers and employers in regard
to the method and degree of employment.
a. UTILIZATION OF CAPABILITIES ? IS the labor
supply utilized to its fullest capacity? Are there im-
pediments to the free exercise of a worker's ability to
secure suitable employment such as social distinctions
based, for example, on class, family, race, or religion?
Can the worker become a manager or employer? State
whether any trades or other occupations are the special
province of any particular religious, ethnic, or other
groups. If so, indicate any institutional or other
handicaps to efficient development of the manpower
potential.
Discuss the training made available by management,
unions, and government for the worker's fuller develop-
ment of his capacities, including apprenticeship train-
ing, on-the-job training, union training, and vocational
training available in the schools and in adult education
programs, noting the nature and extent of these pro-
grams and the worker's utilization of them. (Cross-
refer to SECTION 43.) Is the economy sufficiently fluid
for the worker to move upward as he develops his
skills through training and experience?
b. PRODUCTIVITY ? Discuss the productivity of
labor in agriculture, industry, and other important
occupations, with special reference to human and
technological factors affecting output, e.g., ability and
willingness of labor to learn new techniques and adjust
to the demands of the work situation, quota system,
interchangeability of manual labor, managerial ability,
government and union restrictions, and incentives such
as high pay, job security, status factors, and other
benefits. How much do turnover, absenteeism, work
slowdowns, and other forms of worker resistance affect
production? Are they an indication of social unrest?
C. MOBILITY OF LABOR AND HIRING PRACTICES ?
Discuss methods of recruiting, systems of apprentice-
ship, labor contracts, conscription, etc. Can labor
move freely between geographic locations, from occupa-
tion to occupation, and from industry to industry?
How much and what kind of labor mobility is there;
e.g., primarily seasonal, or sporadic? Have well-
defined trends developed? Has this movement of labor
resulted in a condition of instability or growth?
CONFIDENTIAL
CONFIDENTIAL
d. UNEMPLOYMENT AND UNDEREMPLOYMENT ?
What are the causes of unemployment and underem-
ployment and what industries and occupations are most
affected? Identify that part of the labor force which
has the largest number available but not actively em-
ployed. Discuss technological unemployment. Do
technically trained or educated personnel experience
difficulty in securing employment because of the system
of recruitment such as the appointment of family con-
nections, political preference or preference for heads of
families? Discuss the special problems of youth in
competition with older workers; women; and racial or
other minority problems of employment. Discuss the
unemployed and underemployed from the standpoint
of sources of economic and social unrest. What is the
attitude of these groups toward the economic system
of which they are a part? Do they have assistance,
public or private? (Cross-refer to SECTION 46.) Does
their economic status create an element of instability
for the society as a whole?
Discuss underemployment and the industries in
which this is most prevalent. What are its causes?
To what extent and in what types of work are partially
disabled workers and convicts and prisoners employed?
2. INCOME
Describe methods of wage determination. Indicate
briefly trends of wage rates and real earnings and the
effects of these on government wage-price policy.
Where possible, show the range of wage rates paid
skilled, semiskilled, and unskilled labor, and of salaries
paid white-collar and professional workers. Specify
wage rates for both men and women; include also be-
ginners' pay and that for apprentices and young work-
ers.. Indicate "low-wage" and "high-wage" industries
and trends in the wage gap between them. In those
economies where compensation is paid wholly or partly
in kind, indicate nature of payment. What additions
to real income are derived from such items as social
services and family allowances, housing and purchasing
discounts, old age pensions, sickness insurance, etc.?
What is the attitude of workers toward the wage scale?
3. WORKING CONDITIONS
Indicate briefly the character of working conditions
in general and in important industries. To what
extent are working conditions controlled by the gov-
ernment? Is there a highly developed understanding
of industrial hygiene and occupational hazards and
are the workers insured against disaster? Are special-
ized clothing and safety devices required? If possible,
include pictures of typical working conditions in major
industries. To what extent are housing, stores, and
other community facilities and services provided or
controlled by management? Are the working condi-
tions and fringe benefits or lack of them a source of
employee discontent?
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 17
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
E. Management
1. CHARACTERISTICS OF MANAGEMENT
PERSONNEL
Evaluate owners and managers in business, industry,
and agriculture as a group. Does absentee ownership
create any manpower problems? Is corporate owner-
ship a characteristic of the economy? Is there a large
class of salaried top and middle management employed
by private industry and government? To what extent
are they trained in the methods of scientific manage-
ment? Discuss, for the several levels of management,
educational practices and information facilities, inter-
national ties and exchanges, especially with the United
States and the U.S.S.R. In addition to an overall
appraisal and description of the entrepreneurial and
management groups, such questions as the following
should be noted: the part management plays in na-
tional life; regard for the public interest as opposed to
personal interest; and predispositions and attitudes
toward the role of government and toward national
policies.
Include a brief description and analysis of U.S. and
other foreign industrial management activities in the
country in regard to information and training pro-
grams and, when significant, what the attitudes of the
people are toward such activities. (Coordinate with
SECTIONS 43, C and 58, D and cross-refer to avoid
extensive duplication.)
2. ORGANIZATION OF MANAGEMENT PER-
SONNEL
To what extent are employers and managers organ-
ized? List the major organizations with their constit-
uent members, giving the basis of the organization
and their separate and total membership. State the
objectives and structure of each organization and de-
scribe the way in which they operate. If any function
as ,pressure groups, coordinate with SECTION 53. Note
also professional and technical associations and analyze
the part they play in raising the standards of manage-
ment. Note the part they have played in the develop-
ment of national economic and political policies.
3. MANAGEMENT LEADERSHIP
Indicate the character and quality of the leaders of
business and industry as a group. What is their level
of education and ability? Comment on their standards
and practices from the standpoint of the effective
utilization of labor and of the welfare of the whole
society. (Correlate with SECTION 59 and/or the Key
Personalities unit.) Is there a close tie between mili-
tary, government, and industrial leadership? Note
the international ties of management and the part they
play in public policy.
PAGE 18
F'. Labor
JULY 1957
Describe the prevailing patterns of work, exclusive
of management and the armed services, indicating
whether these are in process of change and, if so, what
forces are precipitating such change. Is the work
which is necessary for the maintenance of the economy
done largely by a labor force highly specialized and
highly organized in unions, or by people working in
traditional family, clan, or caste patterns of associa-
tion? Are there any pronounced patterns of work
related to ethnic or political factors in the community
(e.g., as a result of colonialism)? If the economy is in
process of change from nonindustrialized agriculture,
crafts, or herding to modern industry, including mass
production, note the occupation(s), geographic areas,
and segments of the population most affected by the
change. What percentage of the civilian labor force
is working in occupations which are frequently union-
ized in industrial societies? Compare this number
with the actual extent of unionization.
1. ORGANIZATION OF LABOR
List the national federations of labor organizations,
each with its major constituents, showing the basis of
their organization (whether industry or occupation)
and their separate and total membership. Describe
briefly the characteristic structure, tactics, aims,
financial support, and major objectives of labor unions.
Do' the unions have any international affiliations?
2. POLICIES
Note, where pertinent, the policies of labor unions
in regard to such questions as:
The wage-price policy of the government
Efforts to increase productivity
Vocational training
The relocation of industry and land redistribution
The use of foreign labor
Foreign enterprise
National defense
3. POLITICAL TIES
Indicate briefly the political affiliations of organized
labor and the political role it plays. To what extent
and how does labor participate in the formulation of
national political and economic policies? Note the
reactions of various elements in the society to this
relationship. Has the government or any nonlabor
group established or sponsored any labor organizations?
If so, why? Note reaction of labor. Correlate this dis-
cussion of the political ties of labor with CHAPTER V,
particularly SECTIONS 53 and 55, to avoid extensive
duplication.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957
CHAP TER IV
4. LEADERSHIP
Are labor leaders well established and highly repre-
sentative of industrial and agricultural workers? Is the
labor movement an indigenous development or in-
spired and/or organized by outside interests? Comment
on the caliber of its leaders and their training for
leadership. What degree of control can or do the
leaders exercise over the rank-and-file? To what extent
does the opinion of the rank-and-file influence the
leaders? What is the attitude of organized labor and
labor leaders toward nonsupport and nonconformity
with union policies within the country? What is the
attitude of the public press and important elements of
the population toward them? Note the international
affiliations of the union leadership and the part they
play in public policy. Comment on specific leaders in
the labor movements. (Correlate with SECTION 59
and/or the Key Personalities unit.)
G. Labor-management relations
1. LABOR PROBLEMS
What is the customary relation between employer
and employee? Is large-scale employment a charac-
teristic of the country's economy or is it a characteristic
of only a special type of work or region? To what
extent do labor-management relations involve foreign
employers and/or foreign workers and what special
A. General
CONFIDENTIAL
significance does this have in interesting the govern-
ment in the problems of labor?
What are the specific sources of friction? What are
the causes of the problems requiring solution? What
are the prevailing methods for settling these disputes?
2. COLLECTIVE BARGAINING
Indicate the extent and character of collective bar-
gaining, the number and duration of strikes and lock-
outs, and the methods of dealing with industrial dis-
putes. Does the government play an important part
in this field? If so, how? Are there significant de-
velopments in organization for the settlement of indus-
trial disputes, as, for example, industrial councils and
boards, workshop organization and labor courts?
(Cross-refer to SECTION 52.)
H. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
inform the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used
are indicated.
Section 45. Health and Sanitation
This Subsection provides an appropriate introduc-
tion to a survey of the health conditions of the area
under observation in terms of both indigenous inhabit-
ants and alien personnel entering the area. It is
an evaluative overview of the content of the Section,
including an estimate of the state of health and public
sanitation as reflected in general morbidity and mor-
tality. The level of medical capabilities, both in
knowledge and techniques, as well as the readiness or
otherwise of government and private sources to supply
facilities is stressed. Political, sociological, and eco-
nomic factors bearing on the organization and adminis-
tration of public health and the implementing of
measures pertinent thereto are noted. Recent changes
in government are included but only as they affect
medical standards.
CONFIDENTIAL
B. Factors affecting health
1. TOPOGRAPHY AND CLIMATE
Include a brief account of the relationship of the
topography and climate of the area to the health of
man and animals.
2. SOCIO-ECONOMIC PATTERN
Give an evaluative summary of the living conditions
of the population, including subsistence problem areas
and group customs which are significant to health.
3. ANIMAL AND PLANT LIFE
Discuss insects and other types of animal life which
affect the health and well-being of man and animals.
This discussion (supplemented by tabular data) should
be related to health and working efficiency; it includes
vectors of disease, mechanical transmitters of disease,
pests, and harmful or injurious types.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 19
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
Give an evaluative summary of medically important
plant life, cultivated or wild, which has significance for
the well-being of the population at large. When
significant, toxic or noxious vegetation is to be included.
4. NUTRITION
Discuss the general nutritional status and dietary
level, including a brief summary of factors which in-
fluence the supply of food. Appropriate reference can
be made to SECTION 61, Agriculture, Fisheries, and
Forestry under Food Balance Sheet.
Discuss nutrition standards and any features such
as religious customs which create or influence dietary
habits. Discuss storage, distribution, and facilities for
refrigeration of food in relation to health. Discuss
existing conditions relative to the inspection of food,
such as meat, the pasteurization of milk, and the inspec-
tion and control of food stores and eating establish-
ments.
5. WATER
Discuss the adequacy and safety of the water supply
in relation to health, including its vulnerability to
contamination. Summarize the status of water dis-
tribution and purification, and formulate general con-
clusions as to the efficiency. Material will summarize
and not duplicate the detailed subject matter of NIS
CHAPTER II sections.
6. WASTE DISPOSAL
Discuss in general disposal facilities and practices
for human excreta, animal wastes, garbage, and rub-
bish. Material will summarize and not duplicate the
detailed subject matter of NIS SUPPLEMENT IV.
C. Diseases
Precede the discussion of specific diseases by an
evaluative statement as to the prevalence of certain
types of diseases, the recurrence of severe epidemics,
apparent immunities to certain diseases or extreme
susceptibility to others, or similar generalizations, giving
possible reasons for these or for any unusual trends.
Briefly discuss the adequacy of disease reporting in
the area.
1. DISEASES OF MAN
a. DISEASES PREVALENT AMONG THE POPULATION ?
Discuss the prevalence of all those diseases (including
communicable, deficiency, and mental) causing high
morbidity and mortality among the native peoples.
Indicate the control measures currently enforced.
b. DISEASES WHICH MAY AFFECT A MILITARY
FORCE AND OTHER NON-INDIGENOUS PERSONNEL ? Dis-
cuss those diseases which would be of particular concern
to a military force from the viewpoint of loss of man-
PAGE 20
JULY 1957
power. Cover logistical and other problems related
to the control or prevention of the disease. Inelude
discussion of diseases which might be introduced or
might be increased in incidence during war.
2. ANIMAL DISEASES
:Discuss prevalence and control of animal diseases
which affect domestic animals. Discuss those animal
diseases which can likewise affect man, including their
prevalence in men.
D. Medical organization and administration
1. CIVILIAN
a. ADMINISTRATION ? Describe the overall medi-
cal, dental, veterinary, and public health organization
and administration. This should begin with a pres-
en tation of the control and supervision of all types of
medical practice. Describe the medical organization
in any political subsections of the nation with relation
to the central government. Any national health
service, public or private, compulsory or voluntary,
should be discussed as to its organization, adminis-
tration, practice, and effectiveness.
b. LEGAL CONTROLS ? Discuss legal control and
pc) icy as they concern the practice of medicine, in-
cluding standards, licensing, control of narcotics,
mental diseases, and public health laws and regulations.
C. PROFESSIONAL MEDICAL ORGANIZATIONS ? De-
scribe any national and local professional and social
service organizations and their activities.
d. MEDICAL RESEARCH -- Summarize the status
of medical and related research, formulating conclu-
sions as to its value in contributing to the progress of
the nation in those fields.
B. INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE -- Discuss organization,
administration, types of service, extent of coverage,
and standards of industrial hygiene.
f. EMERGENCY MEDICAL SERVICES ? Discuss emer-
gency medical services for disaster relief, including the
medical aspects of civil defense. Organization, adminis-
traion, and scope of such services should be included.
2. MILITARY
"Describe the general organization and administration
of the medical services of the armed forces. This should
include a discussion of the command and staff struc-
tures within the medical services, the relation to other
staff agencies, and the civilian medical organization.
Cross-reference to NIS CHAPTER VIII sections should
be made.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957
CHAP TER IV
E. Medical manpower
1. PERSONNEL
On a quantitative and qualitative basis describe the
availability of civilian and military personnel, such as
physicians, dentists, veterinarians, and other associated
professional and scientific groups, including nurses,
subprofessional practitioners, and technicians. Discuss
factors which influence the availability of medical man-
power. Discuss the availability of all types of medical
personnel to the military in peace and war.
2. TRAINING
Describe the educational and training facilities,
policies, and programs for all types of medical personnel.
Indicate the degree of effectiveness in carrying out
medical training. Training facilities and procedures
utilized or maintained by the military forces should be
included. (Correlate with CHAPTER IV, SECTION 43.)
F. Medical care facilities
Evaluate the various types of civilian and military
medical care facilities which are used for the diagnosis
and treatment of diseases and injuries. Include public
and private hospitals, sanatoria, clinics, and dispen-
saries. Discuss the availability and adequacy of clinical
A. General
CONFIDENTIAL
diagnostic laboratories used in diseases of man and
animals.
G. Medical supplies
Discuss the availability, quality, and suitability- of
supplies used in medicine, dentistry, and veterinary
medicine. Include discussion of self-sufficiency of
pharmaceuticals and biologicals and the extent to
which deficiencies are met by imports. Describe the
manufacturing facilities for medical supplies and equip-
ment, the organization and location of the principal
establishments, and the quantity and quality of pro-
duction.
H. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
inform the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used
are indicated.
Section 46. Welfare
This Subsection provides an appropriate approach
to the material contained in the remainder of the Sec-
tion and is not a digest thereof. It contains a brief
statement of the level of public welfare and its relation-
ship to national strength or weakness and unity or dis-
unity. The prevailing attitudes of the people toward
governmental or private responsibility for improving
the public welfare and toward various needy and de-
pendent segments of the population, as well as the
dominant ideals of social welfare, are also dealt with
here. What are the general types of public and private
groups engaged in social welfare work? Note the tradi-
tional concept of the government concerning its re-
sponsibilities in the field of public welfare and indicate
recent trends.
B. Levels of living and social welfare
Describe the general material welfare of the popula-
tion as reflected in diet, clothing, housing (including
electrification, plumbing, and heating), health, educa-
tion, and recreation, and compare it with that of the
people of selected other countries including the United
CONFIDENTIAL
States. (Cross-refer to SECTION 45 for health and sani-
tation and to SECTION 43 for education.) Discuss
major class or regional variations in material welfare
and significant gaps between actual levels of living and
the country's existing standards of living. Are stand-
ards of living well defined for different social classes and
are the differences a source of resentment? Is any
group particularly affected by an adverse wage-price
relationship? Give particular attention to important
related social tensions.
Comment on the types and incidence of crime as
indicators of social problems. Note the extent of slums,
alcoholism, juvenile delinquency, prostitution, traffic
in women and children, the use of narcotics, begging,
vagabondage, and other adverse conditions recognized
in Western societies as social problems and briefly
examine the causal factors, e.g., are war, cataclysms,
technological innovations, or cultural or social changes
at the root of these problems? Discuss those social
situations which the society itself regards as threats to
its values or as having significant adverse effects upon
public welfare, or as making the society vulnerable to
subversive influences.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 21
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
C. Social security and well are aid
This Subsection deals with important public and
private practices, modern as: well as ? traditional, de-
signed to or having the effect of protecting and assisting
those in need of help.
1. SOCIAL SECURITY
Where pertinent describe the social security laws
and the extent of their operation, including unemploy-
ment and other social insurance, old age and invalidity
pensions and other forms of social security. Describe
briefly the origin and development of these laws and the
effectiveness of their operation. Discuss the .financial
support of the program. Cross-refer to SECTION 44 if
necessary. To what extent and in what way do political
leaders interest themselves in social security.
2. PUBLIC WELFARE SERVICE
For those countries having a public welfare service,
its origin, development, and present scope should 'be
briefly noted, together with -description of the govern-
ment agency charged with administrati-ve responsibility
for it, its place in the structure of government, and its.
financial support. Include the government program
for the provision of aid which may not be included
under social security, such as maternity aid, child
welfare services, aid to the aged and physically and
mentally handicapped, and provisions for emergency
relief. What is the public attitude. toward these
activities?
PAGE 22
JULY 1957
3. PRIVATE WELFARE SERVICES
Important private groups engaged in social welfare
work are identified and discussed. Give information
on each group concerning its objectives, its sources
of support, the type of personnel directing its activities,
and the public attitude towards its services. Indicate
briefly the nature of the work carried on and the loca-
tion of each organization's major endeavors.
In a society in which social welfare has not been
organized or is only partly provided through organized
agencies, describe the prevailing ways in which those
in need of help receive care, such as through the joint
family, the tribe, religious practices, etc.
4. LEADERSHIP
Describe the background and training of persons in
positions of leadership in the development of the social
welfare program. Is there a nucleus of professionally
trained personnel? What is the status of the social
worker in the society? Discuss social service training
fa 3ilities.
D. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
inform the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used
are indicated.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL
NATIONAL INTELLIGENCE SURVEY
STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
CHAPTER V
POLITICAL
Section 50 Introduction
Section 51 The Constitutional System
Section 52 Structure of the Government
Section 53 Political Dynamics
Section 54 Public Order and Safety
Section 55 National Policies
Section 56 Intelligence and Security
Section 57 Subversive
Section 58 Propaganda
Section 59 Biographies of Key Personalities
CENTRAL INTELLIGENCE AGENCY
Office of Basic Intelligence
Washington, D. C.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 CONFIDENTIAL
Chapter V - Political
OUTLINE
SECTION 50.
INTRODUCTION
SECTION 55.
NATIONAL POLICIES
A.
General
SECTION 51.
THE CONSTITUTIONAL SYSTEM
B.
Domestic policies
C.
Foreign policies
A.
General
D.
National defense policies
B.
Constitution
E.
Comments on principal sources
1. Origin and development
2. Principal features
C.
Constitutional pattern of government
SECTION 56.
INTELLIGENCE AND SECURITY
D.
Civil and religious rights and privileges
E.
Other important provisions of the con-
A.
General
stitution
B.
Services of intelligence and security
F.
Comments on principal sources
C.
Key officials
D.
Comments on principal sources
SECTION 52.
STRUCTURE OF THE GOVERNMENT
A.
General
SECTION 57.
SUBVERSIVE
B.
Central government
C.
Regional government
A.
General
D.
Local government
B.
Soviet and Communist subversive activ-
E.
Dependencies and associated states
ities
F.
Comments on principal sources
C.
Other subversive activities
D.
Comments on principal sources
SECTION 53.
POLITICAL DYNAMICS
SECTION 58.
PROPAGANDA
A.
General
B.
Political parties
A.
General
C.
Electoral procedures
B.
Domestic propaganda
D.
Pressure groups
C.
Propaganda directed abroad
E.
Comments on principal sources
D.
Propaganda by foreign countries
E.
Comments on principal sources
SECTION M.
PUBLIC ORDER AND SAFETY
A.
General
SECTION 59.
BIOGRAPHIES OF KEY PERSONALITIES
B.
Police system
C.
Penal system
A.
General
D.
Civil defense
B.
Individuals
E.
Comments on principal sources
C.
Comments on principal sources
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 1
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
OUTLINE GUIDE
The following outline guide indicates substance and general ar-
rangement. In preparation and typing of manuscript, Standard
Editorial Instructions are followed in detail.
Section 50. Introduction
This Section serves as a political introduction both
to the country and to the other Sections of CHAPTER
V, drawing upon chapter content to present a political
overview but avoiding a summary. it should show the
strategic significance of the political aspects of the
country and indicate, however briefly, the relative
significance of, and interrelationships among, those
specific aspects that are the subjects of SECTIONS 51-58.
Include a brief overall evaluation of the political
strength and international influence of the nation in
terms of degree of national unity, will to independence,
strength of purpose, fighting spirit, relative stability
and efficiency of the political system, locus of power,
the nature and significance of the relationships between
A. General
JULY 1957
the military and political systems, and basic objectives
of the government and the nation at home and abroad.
Where relevant, include brief reference to the develop-
ment and character of nationalism. (Correlate with the
discussion of basic attitudes in SECTION 42.)
Historical factors affecting present day political
attitudes and institutions should be woven into the
above discussion to the extent necessary to explain
these attitudes and institutions. (Political background
material in SECTION 50 should be so correlated with the
discussions in? CHAPTER IV, SECTION 40, and CHAPTER
VI, SECTION 60, that together they will give a rounded
picture of significant social, economic, and political
background on the area.)
Section 51. The Constitutional System
This Subsection provides an appropriate approach
to the description of the general nature of the constitu-
tional system contained in the remainder of the Section.
It notes briefly significant developments in the na-
tion's constitutional history, taking into account such
factors as traditional respect for and adherence to con-
stitutional processes and civil rights. The Subsection
also indicates the relationship between the constitu-
tional system and the degree of national political sta-
bility and efficiency. (Correlate all SECTION 51 mate-
rial with the Outline Guide for SECTION 52, which
covers in detail structure, organization, and function-
ing of the various branches and agencies of the govern-
ment at national, regional, and local levels.)
B. Constitution
1. ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT
Discuss briefly the origin and development of the
present constitution, including the political, economic,
and social groups dominant when the constitution was
adopted, the foreign influences present, and the extent
PAGE 2
to which it represented public opinion at the time of
adoption. Include an estimate of the current degree
of popular support of the constitution; note briefly
factors contributing to that support and those arous-
ing resentment.
2. PRINCIPAL FEATURES
The type of government for which the constitution
provides is defined and the salient features of the system
described, but only to the extent necessary to give the
reader a general understanding of the character of the
constitutional system. (Reserve detailed discussion of
these salient features for Subsections C, D, and E.)
The relationship between the principal provisions of the
constitution and actual practice is indicated in general
terms. Features which differentiate the constitution
from those of the past may be considered briefly. The
amending process and the interpretation of the consti-
tution by the various branches of government are dis-
cussed, particularly with regard to its flexibility in
terms of responsiveness to the popular will and the
degree to which it is susceptible to manipulation by
government officials.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 CHAPTER V
C. Constitutional pattern of government
Describe briefly the national pattern of government
established by the constitution, indicating the prin-
cipal powers of each branch of government, the rela-
tionships among the several branches, and the extent
to which pertinent constitutional provisions are ap-
plied in actual practice. Outline the constitutional
provisions determining the pattern of regional and
local government if this aspect is not covered ade-
quately under Principal Features above. (Reserve for
SECTION 52 the discussion of details of the constitution
pertaining to organization and functioning of the vari-
ous branches and agencies of the government at all
levels.)
D. Civil and religious rights and privileges
Give the constitutional and legal provisions and a
statement of the actual situation in respect to civil and
religious rights and privileges, considering especially
freedom of speech, press, radio, assembly, organization,
and religion. The civil and religious rights and privi-
leges of foreigners, particularly Americans, are exam-
ined and compared with those of nationals. With
respect to the suffrage, only law and practice concern-
ing the qualifications of electors such as age, sex, and
property, are considered. (Percentage of the popula-
tion excluded from voting and extent of actual partici-
pation in elections is reserved for SECTION 53.)
A. General
CONFIDENTIAL
E. Other important provisions of the consti-
tution (optional)
Describe in broad terms other important constitu-
tional provisions such as those relating to economic,
social, and military matters, if separate Subsection
treatment is deemed appropriate. (In some instances
a Subsection entitled "Economic and social provisions"
may be preferred.) Note any important differences
between constitutional provisions and actual practice.
(Avoid extensive duplication of detail on these pro-
visions that might more appropriately appear in other
Sections, e.g., in the Subsection on Labor in SECTION
44, or in SECTION 46, Welfare.)
F. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source ma-
terial used in preparing the Section and thereby inform
the user of the general credibility to be accorded the
intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used
are indicated.
Section 52. Structure of the Government
This Subsection provides an appropriate approach to
and framework for the treatment of material contained
in the remainder of the Section and should be brief.
It takes into consideration conditions, situations, and
practices which alter the structure or operation of gov-
ernment as provided for in the constitution. There is
an analysis of the relationship of the central, regional,
and local governments, indicating factors of strength
and weakness in this relationship. (Include an orienta-
tion map, showing administrative boundaries.) The
analysis might also indicate the extent to which the
framework for regional and local government differs
from that established for the nation as a whole. Indi-
cate the nature and degree of popular participation at
all levels of government and the extent to which govern-
ment officials are political leaders. Describe briefly
the general characteristics, qualifications, and perform-.
ance of the bureaucracy' .as a group. Note any signifi-
cant regional or other variations.
C olvl'intisrrIAL
B. Central government
Describe in detail and with the aid of appropriate
charts the legislative, executive, and judicial branches
of the government, including representative subdivi-
sions and agencies of each branch, and civil defense
agencies. This discussion includes basic legal pro-
visions (except those covered in SECTION 51) and
actual procedures of operation to the extent needed
to provide a clear understanding of the structure,
authority, functioning, and effectiveness of the central
government and its major agencies. Include character
of personnel, with specific reference to significant indi-
viduals where helpful (correlate with SECTION 59 or the
Key Personalities unit). : The material is presented in
such a way as to give the reader a clear conception of
the actual locus of power in formation and administra-
tion of public policy.
In discussing the Judicial organization and court
structure indicate the general character of the body of
law, 'written or unwritten, upon which the system is
based (reserve detailed discussion of the penal code and
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 3
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
crimind procedure for SECTION 54). Mention the
prosecuting agencies and court officials in the judicial
organization, indicating briefly the function of the most
important but reserving discussion of their roles in the
penal system for SECTION 54. Include also such
judicial and quasi-judicial bodies as labor and commer-
cial courts. In this and other Subsections avoid
excessive quotations from laws and regulations.
Any significant demands for change on the part of
influential groups, e.g., the military, are pointed out,
with cross-reference to SECTION 53 for details concerning
the group.
C. Regional government
Delineate the major political subdivisions, e.g., states
in the United States, and describe structural organiza-
tion and procedures of operation. It may be essential
to include some data of the type called for in Subsection
B in cases where an understanding of the nature,
effectiveness, and popular support of the regional gov-
ernments is necessary to an understanding of the
operations of the political system as a whole.
D. Local government
The considerations applicable in Subsections B and
C above are applicable here.
A. General
JULY 1957
E. Dependencies and associated states
Discuss types of dependencies (colonies, trust terri-
tories, protectorates), their governmental organization
and relation to the mother country, and the extent of
internal conflict and its domestic and international
implications. (Tabular treatment may be used to sup-
plement discussion.) Illustrate with map if appro-
priate. Describe the structure and internal relation-
ships of associations of states (e.g., British Common-
wealth of Nations, French Union, etc.) which have
grown out of previous colonial relationships. Where a
country has no dependencies, omission of this Subsec-
tion is appropriate and such lack of dependencies would
then be mentioned in Subsection A.
F. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
inform the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used are
indicated.
Section 53. Political Dynamics
This Subsection provides an appropriate approach
to the material contained in the remainder of the
Section, It outlines the salient features of the political
system, indicating the locus of power, the nature of
political leadership and the manner in which it is exer-
cised, the extent to which political power is used within
or outside of the constitutional system, and the degree
of governmental and constitutional stability and in-
4ability arising out of the political system. It dis-
cusses the development and extent of political aware-
ness among the people and indicates the degree to which
education and past experience prepare them for political
responsibility. Throughout, the Subsection relates
political surface phenomena to underlying social, eco-
nomic, and cultural forces, with cross-references to the
appropriate Sections in CHAPTER IV and CHAPTER VI.
In this connection indicate the political effects of such
social tensions as class struggles, labor-management
tensions, the aspirations of minority groups, religious
beliefs, and similar factors. While discussion of sub-
versive activities, whether by legal or illegal groups, is
reserved for this Chapter, SECTION 57, the effects of
PAOZ. 4
such activities on the country's political dynamics are
briefly described in this Subsection with cross-reference
to SECTION 57. Finally, the Subsection might compare
the system of political dynamics and its leadership with
those of the United States or other appropriate coun-
tries.
B. Political parties
This Subsection sets forth the constitutional and
legal provisions defining a party, regulating member-
ship, governing collection and expenditure of money,
and controlling campaigns. These provisions are com-
pared with actual conditions and significant proposals
for change.
The major existing legal parties are described?in-
cluding economic, social, and religious interests repre-
sented, internal organization, avowed program and
apparent real objectives, position on major issues of
national policy, attitudes toward the United States,
U.S.S.R., and other foreign nations, propaganda and
propaganda methods, finances, recruitment, rank-and-
file control, arid intraparty disputes that may affect
party orientation. Mention should be made of out-
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 CHAPTER '.V
standing national leaders, and their major influence on
party policies. (Correlate with SECTION 59 and/or the
Key Personalities unit.) The influence of the parties
in the formation of public opinion as well as their own
susceptibility to propaganda, both foreign and domestic,
and other vulnerabilities is analyzed. A brief account
of the history of political parties is included where neces-
sary to explain trends in political alignments and
objectives. There also is a comparison Of party
strength at the national, regional, and local levels.
Significant concentrations of strength are noted, and
an effort made to estimate the role played by each party
in regional and local government as well as in national
affairs. Include a brief evaluation of the .strength of
subversive groups in relation to other political group-
ings if subversive elements significantly affect the
country's political dynamics (reserve details on such
groups for SECTION 57). Legal quasi-political parties
or groups having political influence to an extent greater
than that normally attributed to pressure groups are
discussed here. Portray the distribution of the major
parties. Include the ratio of party strength to . the
population, urban and rural, and the extent and loca-
tion, indicating where there has been a significant turn-
over in party membership at any level. As appropriate
use graphics or tabular presentation.
C. Electoral procedures
This Subsection describes in detail the mechanics of
important elections, evaluating them as representative
procedures (coordinate with SECTIONS 51 and 52). -It
includes the important Constitutional and legal pro-
visions governing the character of the ballot, guaran-
tees of secrecy, accuracy of counting, and a discussion
of actual practices. It also notes any significant resent-
ment toward the electoral'. system or demands for
change. With respect to the suffrage, the groups ex-
chided, percentage of population ezcluded; and the
extent of actual participation are discussed in detail.
D. Pressure groups
This Subsection examines in detail the function of
pressure groups in the political system, the manner, in
which political pressure is exercised and its effect upon
the political process. It discusses the constitutional
and legal position with respect to lobbying, propa-
ganda', expenditure of money, and participation in
elections, as well as the extent :to which public opinion
sanctions, tolerates, or disapproves the ezerciSe of
political pressure by private groups. It identifies the
CONFIDENTIAL
CONFIDENTIAL
groups or organizations of major importance, indicating
for each the race, size, character, and distribution of
their membership, organization, financial resources,
habits, and relation (if any) to foreign governments.
When feasible, this information is presented in tabular
form. Give a brief analysis of the outstanding
national leaders and their major influence on the groups
with which they are associated. (Correlate with SEC-
TION 59 and/or the Key Personalities unit.) Apparent
objectives are briefly analyzed and an effort made to
estimate the influence of each group in national and
local affairs, and its overall ability to affect U.S. inter-
ests. The discussion brings out the position of these
groups on major issues of national policy, their attitudes
toward the United States, the U.S.S.R., and other
foreign nations, their propaganda and propaganda
methods, and the role they play in molding public
opinion, as well as their own susceptibility to propa-
ganda, both foreign and domestic. (Whenever appro-
priate, cross-refer to SECTION 58.)
The treatment of pressure groups differentiates be-
tween groups specifically organized for the purpose of
influencing government policies and activities other
than through elections or subversive action, and those
special-interest groups that are primarily organized for
other purposes but that may act as political pressure
groups when the occasion demands. Only the former
are given primary treatment in this Subsection; the
latter may include labor unions, employers' organiza-
tions, consumer cooperatives, veterans' groups, youth
movements, and similar organized groups whose mem-
bership, organization, finances, etc., have been dis-
cussed at length in other Sections of the NIS (notably
SECTIONS 42, 43, 44, and 46). They should be touched
upon here merely in connection with the issues on which
they become pressure groups, making cross-reference to
the appropriate NIS Sections for the primary treatment.
E. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
inform the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used are
indicated.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE_ .5
CONFIDENTIAL
A. General
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS JULY 1957
Section 54. Public Order and Sal ety
This Subsection provides an appropriate approach
to the material contained in the remainder of the Sec-
tion. It includes a brief discussion of the conditions
affecting the maintenance of public order and safety,
including public attitudes in general toward the admin-
istration of justice. The Subsection indicates any sig-
nificant aspects of the police and penal system as a
whole, Rich as size, adequacy, extralegal procedure, or
importance as a political, social, or economic force,
which distinguish it from those of other areas. (Treat-
ment of police, intelligence, and defense organizations
insofar as they are concerned primarily with defense
of the regime against political activities at home and
abroad aimed at its overthrow by unlawful means is
reserved for SECTION 56.)
B. Police system
A brief description is given of the organization and
operation of the police system, including a discussion
of the relation to other parts of the government. Also
describe briefly the criminological facilities (such as
fingerprinting and fingerprint files), techniques of riot-
control, organization and jurisdictions of forces for
suppression of crime (including traffic in narcotics), and
the extent of use of police informers. Mention briefly
such devices as police identity cards and registration
systems, if employed primarily for the maintenance of
public order and safety. Discuss fully the nature and
implementation of any civil defense functions that may
be assigned to the police. What are the attitudes of
the public toward the police system? What is the gen-
eral ability of the police to preserve order and safety?
Illustrate, where applicable, with recent incidents that
have left a mark on the minds of the people.
Discuss the police personnel with respect to honesty
and efficiency, the social base from which the person-
nel are recruited, the attributes of leadership, the type
of indoctrination and training received, relations be-
tween officers and men, intraservice rivalries, discipline,
incentives, and in general any factors affecting the
morale of the police, the spirit in which they approach
their task, and their loyalty to the government. The
social standing of the police and the extent to which
police officers can become national leaders are dis-
cussed.
PAGE 'El
C. Penal system
Give a brief description of the organization and op-
eration of the penal system including its basic position
in the legal system, relation to other parts of the gov-
ernment, honesty and efficiency of administration, and
the public attitude toward it. Indicate abuses of the
ethical principles set forth in the system of law, from
the standpoint of the society under discussion. This
Subsection includes a discussion of the criminal codes
and procedure, types of offenses and punishments, legal
or constitutional rights of the individual (with cross-
reference to SECTION 51, Subsection D), and the extent
to which these rights are respected in practice, the
incidence of crime, and the prison and reform system.
In discussing criminal procedure, briefly trace the prin-
cipal steps facing an offender from the time of accusa-
tion to imprisonment or appeal; avoid excessively tech-
nical treatment, stressing marked variations between
legal requirements and practice, and also differences
from U.S. procedures (correlate with SECTIONS 51 and
52). In discussing the rehabilitation of former crimi-
nals include women and juvenile delinquents. Explain
the differences, if any, in the handling of criminals and
others sentenced to forced labor for major or minor
criminal or political offenses.
In discussing the penal institutions, including forced
labor and concentration, camps, note the governmental
agency responsible for overall administration and con-
trol, and the component exercising local jurisdiction.
Depict by map, where feasible, the number and loca-
tion of penal institutions and camps. Give the name,
location, and size of each major institution, distribu-
tion of estimated total in such institutions by main
categories of inmates, such as political prisoners, crimi-
nals, ethnic groups, religious sects, foreigners, etc.
Where meaningful data are available note work condi-
tions, food, housing, guard system, physical and medi-
cal care available, life expectancy; also morale, effec-
tiveness of indoctrination system, policy in regard to
length of sentence, term of actual service, and screen-
ing for return to private life. Comment on the posi-
tion, rights, and penalties of families of forced laborers.
What are the restrictions placed on released prisoners?
(Correlate with SECTION 44.)
In countries where the courts serve primarily as in-
struments of the regime for the repression and control
of the population, detailed treatment of the judicial
structure may be presented here, or as a separate
Subsection of SECTION M2 rather than in SECTION 52.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 CHAPTER V
D. Civil defense
The Subsection presents an integrated survey of civil
defense, its organization, place in the governmental
structure, relationship with other pertinent public ac-
tivities, and other principal characteristics as discussed
elsewhere in CHAPTER V or other appropriate chapters,
to which cross-reference is made as appropriate. The
discussion includes plans or provisions for pertinent
types of emergency actions, and the extent of civil de-
fense instruction and facilities. (For an Area not war-
ranting a separate Subsection, civil defense is referred
to briefly in Subsection A. General of SECTION 54.)
A. General
CONFIDENTIAL
E. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
inform the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In
this connection, only the principal sources actually
used are indicated.
Section 55. National Policies
This Subsection provides an appropriate framework
for and approach to the material presented in the re-
mainder of the Section. It identifies briefly the funda-
mental political, psychological, economic, and social
factors necessary to understand national policies as a
whole?e.g., their origins and the major factors con-
ditioning their formulation and implementation, in-
cluding characteristics of individual policymakers if
helpful (with cross-reference to SECTION 59 and the Key
Personalities unit). In some instances, it may be
necessary to emphasize the impact of history upon the
development of national policies. This Subsection like-
wise notes the important interrelationships among
domestic, foreign, and defense policies, especially as to
cause and effect, disproportionate emphasis, and incon-
sistencies and conflicts. The popularity of national
policies as a whole and their significance to the political
system are also touched upon. Any significant differ-
ences in the extent of public awareness, interest, and
level of understanding of national, in contrast to inter-
national, problems and policies is noted. Detailed dis-
cussions of domestic, foreign, and defense policies are
left to the following Subsections.
B. Domestic policies
This Subsection provides a general statement on
domestic policy as a whole and an analysis of major
issues and individual policies that are fundamental to
the stability of government, that preoccupy public
opinion, or that strongly affect foreign and defense
policies. Where meaningful, include policy on domestic
use and control of nuclear power. Important domestic
issues or policies treated in detail elsewhere in the NIS,
especially in CHAPTERS IV and VI and in other Sections
of CHAPTER V, are discussed briefly here with appro-
priate cross-reference. Such discussions emphasize
CONIIDENTIAL
long-standing and probably continuing trends, and
include a brief consideration of the characteristic
political reactions of the people (such as mistrust of
power), the implementation of policies, and the effects
of domestic policies upon the political system. In
individual instances, it might be advisable to show the
extent to which the domestic policies are patterned
after or integrated with those of another government.
The attitudes of the principal opinion-forming elements
toward important individual issues or policies are dis-
cussed in some detail. Whenever such groups have
been given primary treatment in other Sections of the
NIS (e.g., political parties and pressure groups in SEC-
TION 53, social organizations in SECTION 42, religious
groups in SECTION 43, labor unions in SECTION 44) dis-
cussion here is brief and cross-reference is made to the
appropriate Section.
C. Foreign policies
This Subsection presents as concisely as possible the
important relations of the country to and its alignment
with individual countries and major power blocs, and
the principal objectives and policies of the country in
these relationships. Mention policy on international
use and control of nuclear power, if significant. Indi-
cate the extent of participation in international organi-
zations, and the extent of popular satisfaction with
foreign policies and their conduct. Discuss the organi-
zation and powers of foreign policymaking components
and their relations to other agencies of the government,
supplementing, as necessary, the treatment given in
SECTION 52. The Subsection treats such factors as
evidence of desire for rectification of borders, measures
for exchange of population, measures for expulsion of
ethnic groups, extent of adoption of immigration quotas,
and efforts to extend control over foreign areas. A dis-
cussion of major treaties and agreements of a strategic
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS JULY 1957
nature, particularly those affecting the United States,
is included. Discuss briefly the attitudes of govern-
ment leaders and various groups of the people toward
foreign nations (particularly the U.S.S.R., and the
United States and Americans) and toward international
organizations (especially the United Nations or regional
groupings for defense or other purposes), and toward
foreign investments and foreign aid and the causes
underlying these attitudes. Public attitudes and pop-
ular support for policy in this and the following Subsec-
tion are discussed primarily in relation to specific, cur-
rent issues, leaving the sociological and psychological
analysis of basic and more lasting attitudes to SECTION
42, to which reference is made. While the discussion
indicates whether the attitude of a group or of the pub-
lic at large on a specific issue is deeply rooted or of a
more ephemeral nature and whether it can more or less
easily be influenced by propaganda, it does not attempt
a detailed analysis of the processes of opinion formation
or of prevalent social values of the society.
D. National defense policies
This Subsection discusses the present defense policies
of major political importance, including civil defense,
and the influence of these policies upon domestic and
foreign policies (avoid duplication of discussion of
domestic and foreign policies, above). A discussion of
World War II policies and postwar changes may be in-
cluded to provide necessary perspective. The Subsec-
tion describes the role of the defense establishment and
of the armed forces in the government as far as it affects
A. General
defense policies. Differences in viewpoint between the
military establishment and the civilian policymaking
bodies which are significant in the formulation of de-
fense policies are pointed out. The Subsection also
discusses the influence upon defense policies of official
and popular reactions toward war, rearmament, and
compulsory military training. It identifies important
organized groups (such as veterans' organizations) that
seek to influence the government, the legislature, or
public opinion on issues of national defense. It esti-
mates the impact of action by these organizations on
specific policies, but leaves the primary treatment of
these groups to appropriate other Sections of the NIS,
such as SECTION 43, for religious, educational, and public
information organizations; SECTION 44, for management
and labor groups; SECTION 46, for social welfare bodies;
SECTION 53, for political pressure organizations; SEC-
TION 57, for essentially subversive groups; and SECTION
42, for organizations not otherwise classified.
E. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
inform the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used are
indicated.
Section 56. Intelligence and Security
This Subsection is designed to provide the back-
ground information which will serve as a framework for
the details in the remainder of the Section. It de-
scribes, with the aid of charts if appropriate, the
national structure of civilian and military organizations
concerned with internal security and the procurement
of intelligence on other countries, and discusses their
background and development, demarcations of foreign
and domestic responsibility, political aspects, and pro-
fessional standards. By way of background, enough
of the past is presented to convey a clear understanding
of the present services. As part of the explanation of
general intelligence and security structure, the man-
dates, legal powers, and/or de facto responsibilities of
the services are discussed. Discussion of political
PAGE 8
aspects above indicates how the services of intelligence
and security have been shaped or affected by the inter-
national position and subversive situation of the
country (as set forth in SECTION 57 and/or SECTION 50) ;
the discussion also evaluates the relationship of the
intelligence and security services to the government and
the attitude of the populace toward them. Reference
is made, if appropriate, to responsibility for censorship
of public communications and publications. Profes-
sional standards are discussed in terms of integrity,
efficiency, security, and morale and disciplinary meth-
ods. The discussion of standards includes the extent
to which they are met and the general effectiveness of
the services. A careful coordination with other perti-
nent Sections of CHAPTER V is necessary. Primary
treatment of police organizations mainly concerned
with public order and safety is reserved for SECTION 54.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 CHAPTEI? V CONFIDENTIAL!
B. Services of intelligence and security
This Subsection is designed to provide information
about the national services of intelligence and security,
both civilian and military, in appropriate detail. It
includes discussion of their functions, organization,
administrative practices, methods of operation, and
relationships with other services. The specific func-
tions of each service are explained in detail; and, so far
as possible, the relative order of significance of these
functions is indicated. The internal structure of each
service is explained, together with the responsibilities
of its subordinate units. Descriptions of complex
organizations are supplemented by charts. Adminis-
trative practices are explained in terms of the selection
and training of staff personnel, budgets and appropria-
tions, salaries, and records and files. The security
practices of each service are analyzed, both with respect
to physical security (classification, guarding, and con-
trol of classified documents, etc.) and security of per-
sonnel (clearances, indoctrination, security conscious-
ness, etc.). As elements of methods of operation,
practices regarding agents are discussed, as well as
techniques, available technical facilities, and devices
for security control of the population. Tho relation-
ships of each national service with the other national
services and with foreign (non-U.S.) services are
considered.
C. Key officials
This Subsection presents as concisely as possible the
background of key personalities of the agencies previ-
ously discussed, duly coordinated with SECTIONS 59 and
Key Personalities units of the NIS. The approach is
selective, with emphasis upon those elements of per-
sonal history that have specific bearing upon profes-
sional capabilities and characteristics.
D. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection is designed to aid in the evaluation
of text material. Any portions of the text derived
from covert information not originally produced by the
contributing agency is so indicated. Within the text,
material originally acquired by the contributing agency
and less than generally reliable is appropriately labeled.
This Subsection indicates, accordingly, that the ma-
terial not thus qualified in the text is considered gen-
erally reliable. If overt materials have been used to
any great extent in the Section, this fact is stated.
A bibliography of such sources may be included.
Section 57. Subversive
A. General
This Subsection provides an appropriate approach to
the material presented in the remainder of the Section.
It discusses the fundamental factors affecting subversive
?activities and capabilities in the country. Toward this
end it touches briefly on the underlying social, political,
diplomatic, religious, cultural, and economic factors
making for susceptibility or resistance to Communist
or other forms of subversion. Both vulnerabilities and
strengths are to be related to the social structure, cul-
tural values, social and political institutions, and eco-
nomic conditions as discussed in other Sections of
CHAPTERS IV, V, and VL give particular attention to
manifestations of social disunity.
The Subsection presents an overall picture of sub-
versive activities (both Conimunist and other) from
within or without the country directed against the
regime, characterizing the different types of subversion
and identifying the principal subversive groups and
target groups, especially those in the government and
among police and defense -forces. Note the overall
relative strength, discipline, and influence of sub-
versive groups. Review government policy with re-
spect to subversive activities, including constitutional,
CONFIDENTIAL
legislative, and administrative measures designed to
contain and control subversion, the policies and atti-
tudes of the country's political leadership, and the
effectiveness of police and security forces in dealing
with subversive activities. Whenever possible, the
Subsection concludes with an estimate of overall sub-
versive capabilities and an analysis of subversive
trends, particularly in the government and among
police and defense forces.
B. Soviet and Communist subversive activ-
ities
This Subsection includes a discussion of Soviet and
Communist subversive activities within and directed
against the country, with emphasis upon the activities
of 1) the Communist Party, 2) Communist or Com-
munist-dominated trade unions, and 3) Communist
front organizations, designed to appeal either to the
nation as a whole ("Peace" movement, Soviet Friend-
ship Societies) or to special groups in the population
such as veterans, students, youth, women, racial and
religious minorities, and intellectuals. Each organiza-
tion or group of importance is presented, with informa-
tion as to name, size, character of membership, tech-
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 9
CONK DENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS JULY 1957
niques of recruitment, affiliated national and inter-
national organizations, key figures, funds, aims, meth-
ods of operation (both overt and covert), propaganda
policies and techniques, utilization for the purpose of
espionage and sabotage or as a cover for paramilitary
activities, strength or weakness of Communist influence
within the groups, internal differences or rivalries among
the leadership, influence in national or local affairs, and
ability to affect U.S. interests. When feasible, such
information may be presented in tabular form. Dis-
cuss the significant history, covert apparatus, and
relationship of these organizations and groups to Com-
munist and Communist-influenced organizations out-
side the country. (Correlate with SECTION 53.) Note
the extent and manner in which subversive activities
are supported by economic, political, military, and other
action. Plans or potentialities for sabotage under war-
time conditions are considered, including infiltration of
civil defense organizations. The discussion throughout
indicates the extent to which Communism has suc-
ceeded in infiltrating the economic, social, political,
military, and cultural life of the country and has gained
control over key positions in government', the armed
forces, commerce, industry, transportation, and com-
munications. Whenever possible the reasons for failure
or success are explained.
C. Other subversive activities
This Subsection includes a discussion of all non-
Communist groups that threaten to overturn the exist-
ing order by extralegal means, including any under-
ground, guerrilla, or resistance movements. It pro-
vides detailed information on the origin and history,
political doctrine, aims and tactics, character of mem-
bership, organization, leadership, financing, methods of
operation, propaganda policies and techniques, affilia-
tions with other national and international organiza-
tions, and clandestine activities of each group and
attempts to estimate its subversive potential. The re-
lationship of such movements to the Communists is
noted, including Communist cooperation, support, or
opposition. The Subsection also includes the sub-
versive activities of representatives of non-Communist
countries directed against the country, reserving for
SECTION 58 primary treatment of their propaganda.
Special attention is given to any organized resistance to
military service, with statistics on evasion cases, if
available.
D. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
inform the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby pro-
vide general guidance for collection effort. In this con-
nection, only the principal sources actually used are
indicated.
Section 58. Propaganda
For the purposes of this Section, propaganda covers
1) governmental action to influence individual and
collective attitudes and behavior at home and abroad,
and 2) similar action within the area by significant
unofficial agencies formed for the purpose of conducting
propaganda on an international scale and constituting
an important adjunct to official propaganda, e.g.,
Radio Free Europe. Detailed treatment of the propa-
ganda of private groups is normally reserved for the
Sections in CHAPTERS IV and V containing the primary
treatment of these groups: religious and educational
groups in SECTION 43, labor and management groups in
SECTION 44, political and pressure groups in SECTION 53,
subversive groups in SECTION 57. Mass communica-
tion media and the extent of their use are discussed in
detail in SECTION 43, under Public Information.
A. General
This Subsection brings indperspective the categories
of propaganda contained in the remainder of the Sec-
tion. It gives an overview of the relative importance
PAGE 10
of the following elements of the propaganda effort: the
process of conscious manipulation of any or all means
of communication, the ideas and doctrines disseminated
by means of such manipulation, the plans and projects
as well as agents established or used to further such
ideas or doctrines, and the proportion of the national
budget spent on propaganda activities. It indicates
briefly the extent to which government propaganda at
home and abroad is supported or undermined by the
propaganda of domestic political parties or other un-
official groups (reserve discussion of the specific propa-
ganda of each such group for the Section in which it
receives primary treatment). The prevalent attitude
of the people toward propaganda is noted, i.e., resistance
toward or awareness of propaganda as such, both domes-
tic and foreign. Indicate the part played by important
educational, religious, and social groups and traditions
in shaping this attitude. This Subsection also discusses
the extent and aims of the nation's propaganda effort
abroad in relation to its regional and international
political and economic status.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957
CHAP TER V CONFIDENTIAL
B. Domestic propaganda
Explain overall domestic propaganda activity with a
general analysis of the governmental organization, ob-
jectives, major themes, content, method, effectiveness,
trends, and target groups. Include some general ob-
servations concerning the degree of susceptibility of
the target groups as a whole. Discuss the organization
and functioning of the major domestic propaganda
agencies and efforts in terms of the following criteria:
1) Identification and description of activity; any
international connections; approximate size of effort?
giving number of offices and personnel; source of funds;
level of expenditures; leadership in terms of general
background, connections, and ability of the key per-
sonnel as a group (include names of individual leaders,
if helpful); real source of sponsorship or control if other
than government, with an indication as to whether
target groups are aware of such control; and method of
operation, whether overt, clandestine, or both. Civil
defense propaganda is included when appropriate.
(Coordinate with SECTIONS 52, 59, and/or Key Person-
alities unit.)
2) Long- and short-range objectives and principal
themes utilized to achieve them, in relation to specific
target groups. Indicate the significance of these
groups, why they were selected as targets, and the
priorities assigned. (For primary treatment of such
groups correlate with other appropriate Sections such
as SECTION 42.)
? 3) Content in relation to specific themes. De-
scribe, wherever possible, specific message content used
to put themes across, such as use of slogans, e.g., "Asia
for Asiatics," catchwords, e.g., "Iron Curtain," and
symbols, e.g., "capitalism," etc.
4)_ Communication methods used. Describe in
some detail, where possible, the methods and media
used by the agencies concerned, covering the extent,
kind, and effectiveness of use of: press and periodicals,
books and libraries, information centers, exhibits,
posters, radio and TV, motion pictures, and person-to-
person communication, e.g., planted rumors, whispering
campaigns, lectures, paid agitators, etc. (Correlate
with SECTION 43, under Public Information.)
5) Effectiveness. Where possible, analyze the
effectiveness of coverage and the degree of penetration
of specific target groups.
C. Propaganda directed abroad
Deal fully with the domestic organization and func-
tioning of the major governmental agencies involved in
directing propaganda abroad, including headquarters'
organization, source and extent of funds, facilities, con-
trol, leadership, objectives, and nature and extent of
foreign influence on operations. Discuss from the same
standpoint the activities within the area of unofficial
CONFIDENTIAL
agencies, domestic or foreign, engaged in directing
significant propaganda abroad in support of the official
effort. A discussion and graphic presentation showing
the proportion of the national propaganda effort being
expended toward various countries or general geo-
graphic areas should be included. Target audiences,
organization and methods abroad, and effectiveness
will be dealt with in detail by the NIS on the recipient
country(ies) (see below, under Propaganda by Foreign
Countries) and will be treated here only to the extent
necessary to place in perspective the domestic opera-
tions involved in dissemination of propaganda abroad.
Full information should be given here, however, on
target audiences, organization and methods, and effec-
tiveness of propaganda directed to the United States.
D. Propaganda by foreign countries
Deal fully with the major efforts within the area of
both friendly and unfriendly governments, including
targets, audiences, organization, methods (such as
"friendship" campaigns, visits by official or unofficial
delegations, etc.) and facilities within the area for the
dissemination of their propaganda. Treat in the same
way the local activities of unofficial foreign agencies
which serve. as an important adjunct to the propaganda
of foreign governments. Assess the effectiveness of
each major propaganda effort in achieving its objec-
tives, except that of the U.S. Government (however,
data on the factually measurable response to U.S. efforts,
such as numbers using USIS libraries, may be included).
In NIS areas not under Communist control, indicate
the extent to which domestic Communist organizations
serve as vehicles for the dissemination of Soviet or
Soviet-bloc propaganda (reserve the primary discussion
of domestic Communist propaganda for SECTION 53 or
57). Organization and functioning in the countries of
origin of the major foreign agencies and groups involved
will be treated here only to the extent necessary to ex-
plain their operations within the recipient country,
detailed treatment being reserved for the NIS on the
originating countries (see above under Propaganda
Directed Abroad).
E. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
inform the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used are
indicated.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 11
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
Section 59. Biographies of Key Personalities
A. General
Point out briefly the general characteristics of the
group of personalities selected for treatment in this
Section, particularly with reference to political affilia-
tion, education and training, experience, religion, and
social status. Also note the nature and social status
of the groups through which the individuals rose to
power.
Indicate clearly the basis on which personalities were
selected for treatment in this Section. If the nation
produces few leaders or if there are few or many leaders
in certain fields such as labor, indicate the major factors
underlying this situation.
B. Individuals
This Section consists of individual studies of key
people who play or are likely to play vital roles in the
fields of politics, government, religion, education, art
and cultural activities, labor, business, or public infor-
mation. Each individual study covers the following
areas: 1) the subject's position, influence, and poten-
tialities in his respective field; 2) his or her personality
as revealed by significant attitudes and behavior, and
PAGE 12
JULY 1957
interests and aptitudes; 3) education and occupational
history; 4) group (fa,mily, class, racial, ethnic, national,
and other) affiliations; 5) religious background and
extent of participation in religious activity; 6) personal
accomplishments (publications, knowledge of languages,
etc.); 7) attitudes and predispositions toward the
United States, the U.S.S.R., and other countries and
toward major national and international problems; 8)
any significant personal interests or hobbies which
might have a bearing on accessibility and a determina-
tion of vulnerabilities; and 9) media habits.
C. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
inform the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used are
indicated.
Under Maintenance, SECTION 59 is generally superseded by Key
Personalities, in which all NIS biographical material is consoli-
dated.
CONFIDE NTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NATIONAL INTELLIGENCE SURVEY
STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
CHAPTER VI
ECONOMIC
Section 60 Introduction
Section 61 Agriculture, Fisheries, and Forestry
Section 62 Fuels and Power
Section 63 Minerals and Metals
Section 64 Manufacturing and Construction
Section 65 Trade and Finance
CENTRAL INTELLIGENCE AGENCY
Office of Basic Intelligence
Washington, D. C.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957
SECTION 60. INTRODUCTION
A.
B.
C.
D.
Chapter VI- Economic
Economic structure
Economic dynamics
Economic planning
Strategic aspects of the economy
OUTLINE
SECTION 61. AGRICULTURE, FISHERIES, AND FORESTRY
A. General
B. Agriculture
1. General aspects
2. Physical features
3. Land use
4. Size of farm holdings, tenure, and
labor
5. Production practices, equipment, and
supplies
6. Production and trade
7. Agricultural organizations, institu-
tions, and policies
8. Prospects for expanding production
C. Fisheries
1. Catch of fish and other aquatic prod-
ucts
2. Major fishing areas
3. Fishing operations
4. Utilization of catch
5. Foreign trade in fishery products
6. Ownership and control
7. Government and industry policies
D. Food balance sheet
E. Forests and forest products
1. The forest resources
2. Primary forest products industries
3. Supply position
4. Forest policies and programs
F. Comments on principal sources
SECTION 62. FUELS AND POWER
A.
B.
C.
CONFIDENTIAL
General
Solid fuels
Petroleum
1.. General
2. Strategic supply position
3. Exploration and development
'ONFIDENTIAL
? 4. Refining and processing
5. Transportation
6. Equipment and materials
7. Labor, finance, and government policy
8. Natural gas
D. Electric power
1. Role of electric power in the national
economy
2. Growth of electric power production
and capacity
3. Generating plant
4. Sources of energy
5. Transmission system
6. The coordinated or interconnected
systems
7. Consumption of electric energy
8. Organization of the electric power
industry
9. Future developments
Comments on principal sources
E.
SECTION 63:
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
MINERALS AND METALS
General
Iron ore
Iron, steel, and mill products
Nonferrous ores, metals, and alloys
Nonmetallic minerals
Construction materials
Comments on principal sources
SECTION 64, MANUFACTURING AND CONSTRUCTION
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
General
Industrial machinery and equipment
Vehicles
1. General
2. Civilian-type vehicles
3. Specialized military vehicles
Aircraft production
Shipbuilding
1. General
2. Production and repair activity
3. Economic resources and requirements
4. Shipyard facilities and production
methods
5. Future prospects of the industry
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 1
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL NIS STANDARD IN
F. Explosives (industrial and military)
G. Arms and ammunition (including ex-
plosive devices), fire-control equipment,
and bomb sights
H. Other military equipment and supplies
I. Telecommunications equipment
J. Chemical industries
1. General
2. Industrial chemicals
3. Chemicals used in agriculture
4. Synthetic rubber and fibers, and
plastics
5. Pharmaceuticals
K. Agricultural processing industries
L. Fibers, fabrics, and rubber
M. Construction industries
N. Other industries
0. Comments on principal sources
SECTION 65. TRADE AND FINANCE
JULY 1957
A. General
B. Business organization
C. Domestic trade and finance
1. Pattern of domestic trade
2. Domestic financial institutions and
their structure
3. Government finance and fiscal policy
D. International trade and finance
1. Balance of payments position
2. Foreign assets and liabilities
3. Government policies, practices and
institutions relative to international
trade and finance
4. Foreign trade organizations
E. Government wartime financing
F. Comments on principal sources
OUTLINE GUIDE
The following outline guide indicates substance and general arrange-
ment. In preparation and typing of manuscript, Standard Editorial
Instructions are followed in detail.
It is essential that analysts and editors be thoroughly
familiar with all of the following explanatory material,
even though they are concerned with only a portion of
the outline of the Chapter. Analysts should keep in
mind that the outline is meant to serve as a guide and ,
not as a hard and fast statute of requirements for every
Section. It is to be used flexibly, adapted to suit the
particular economic circumstances of each area, and
the analysis elicits those economic features and develop-
ments which are important to that area.
1) Purpose: The purpose of CHAPTER VI is to pro-
vide a concise but complete survey of the economic
structure, potential, and importance of the Area.
The various Sections of the Chapter provide, in the
aggregate, an integrated view of the economy, the
pattern and direction of its development and the capac-
ity of the economy to adjust itself to change.
2) Treatment: SECTION 60, which is designed to give
an overall evaluation of the economy, is to be treated
in the special manner described under SECTION 60
below. The other Sections deal with basic materials,
energy resources, industries, trade and finance, and
such related subjects as are essential to an evaluation
of the economy of the Area and of the manner in which
it functions.
PAGE 2
Each Section includes all the factual data needed
to support the analysis. Such data are set forth, so
far as possible, in statistical tables, on charts and maps,
and in tabulations. Text is used for the purpose of
singling out the more significant aspects of the statis-
tical and graphic material and of assembling data that
do not readily lend themselves to tabular and graphic
presentation, or where scantiness of data makes tabular
treatment more bulky.
The general or "A" portions of each Section indicate
the significant aspects of the subject under discussion
and consider them as they would affect the nation's
strength as an enemy, neutral, or ally. Special em-
phasis is given to such problems as self-sufficiency,
capacity to expand production and supplies, and direc-
tion and rate of economic development.
It is especially important that full footnotes be
carried in file copies of the final draft, indicating source
of data plus any other notes necessary for full under-
standing of any qualifications of the data. This is
important for the implementation of the maintenance
program and for further research. For the copies to
be submitted to CIA only the principal references and
explanatory notes are carried.
3) Visual presentation: Maps, charts, graphs, and
photographs are provided wherever they will serve in
lieu of text, or to summarize or clarify textual and
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957
CHAP TER VI
statistical matter. Appropriate reference regarding
such visual aids always appears in the text.
4) Use pattern: Major uses of items are shown quan-
titatively. This information is given for all consump-
tion including those items that are imported. In the
case of items that are used for one purpose which is
self-evident, the requirement for this information does
not of course apply.
5) Units of measure and value: See NIS Editorial
Instructions (E, 6, Statistical Data) for detailed rules.
CONFIDENTIAL
6) Years to be reported: Annual statistical data (by
calendar, crop, or fiscal years) are reported in accord-
ance with the practice in the Area. For the most
recent data, however, if not annual, reporting is in
the largest available fraction of a year. As a general
rule, figures for any significant span of years or an
average of such years will suffice for comparative pur-
poses. If data are taken from two or more sources,
care must be exercised to assure comparability; if data
are not comparable, appropriate footnotes explaining
the noncomparability will be included.
Section 60. Introduction
The purpose of this Section is twofold. Firstly, it
gives an integral view of the structure of the economy,
the pattern and direction of the development, and the
capacity of the economy to adjust itself to external or
internal political, economic, and social changes. Sec-
ondly, it serves as a frame of reference for proper
evaluation of the material, both factual and interpre-
tive, presented in the subsequent Sections of the
Chapter.
Detailed accounts of the component parts of the
economy are presented in the respective Sections of
this and other Chapters and Supplements. Here, the
significant aspects of each sector of the economy are
defined, and the part each sector plays in the total
economic scope and direction of the economic process
is assessed. The Section presents the overall produc-
tion or other figures needed to indicate the position
of any vital industries (such as-steel), both in structure
of the economy of the Area and in relation to world
production.
A. Economic structure
This Subsection describes in broad terms the main
structural features of the economy. It examines the
position and importance of the various sectors of
economic activity (including distribution and transpor-
tation) both in terms of their contribution to national
income and in relation to the country's resources and
to their potential development. It also considers em-
ployment patterns as bearing upon the above require-
ments. It notes the relation of the various sectors of
the economy to national stability.
It discusses types and rate of domestic capital
accumulation, recent pattern of utilization, and factors
stimulating or limiting capital formation such as pri-
vate or government investment policies, domestic and
foreign markets, foreign investments, etc. The discus-
sion, moreover, analyzes the nature of the economic
CONFIDENTIAL
development in terms of changes in the composition
of the gross product.
B. Economic dynamics
This Subsection is devoted to a definition and
analysis of the forces, including socioeconomic trends
and attitudes, which at present determine the orienta-
tion of the economy. The discussion examines the
technological advance of economic processes along with
other factors making for development of the various
sectors of the economy, as well as obstacles to develop-
ment, and factors making for recession or disintegra-
tion. It notes the effect, if any, of U.S. and other
foreign activities in the country which have significance
to the economy. It evaluates the competitive strength
of the economy in terms of productivity of labor,
degree of mechanization, etc., and appraises the
ability of the economy to make appropriate adjust-
ments to change, including changing patterns of world
trade. It also examines the role of the state in con-
trolling and influencing economic organization, activity,
and development and evaluates the significance of
entrepreneurial activities of the state.
C. Economic planning
This Subsection describes briefly the orientation of
current national policy and indicates the areas of
economic activity to which it applies, the scope and
orientation of long-range economic planning, and
examines critically the degree of disparity between
plans and economic capabilities of the area. It notes
important factors influencing economic planning and
development such as the ability and attitudes of the
economic elite, its political power and international
ties. It indicates how the government proposes to
finance the realization of its long-range economic plans,
and examines the extent to which such plans are being
realized. It discusses the nature and amount of
assistance, if any, from abroad in furthering plans.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 3
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS JULY 1957
D. Strategic aspects of the economy
In this Subsection discussion covers the problem of
the strategic supply position and economic war po-
tential, including the extent to which the country is
or can readily become self-sufficient in its Major re-
quirements and what conditions must be fulfilled in
order to increase the degree of self-sufficiency of the
area. The problems of self-sufficiency and economic
capacity for war are considered not only with respect
to available natural resources but also in relation to
existing manpower and its technical capabilities, and
in relation to available installations affecting produc-
tion. With respect to manpower, consideration is given
to conc][usions reached in CHAPTER IV on problems of
mobility, existing skills, adaptability of labor to new
productive processes, and feasibility of increasing the
labor force through mobilization of overage and under-
A. General
age laborers and women. With respect to the existing
productive plant, attention is given to the degree of
utilization of existing facilities. The analysis indi-
cates the causes of significant deficiencies or surpluses.
It also indicates the degree to which the economy is
vulnerable to military attack, in terms of dependence
on a particular sector of the economy or a particular
group of installations. ,In this connection it considers
conclusions reached in CHAPTER III with respect to
the transportation system and the manner in which it
affects the economic war potential of the area. Special
attention is given to the economy's vulnerability to
manipulation by foreign interests either through infil-
tration of the economy or external economic measures.
The Subsection notes the extent to which the nation is
able to or does carry on similar activity abroad (with
cross-reference to SECTIONS 57 and 58 if appropriate).
Section 61. Agriculture, Fisheries, and Forestry
This Subsection . gives a concise appraisal of the
agricultural sector of the economy. It defines the
position of agriculture, including primary processing,
in terms of its contribution to national income, as a
field of capital investment and source of employment.
It discusses briefly recent devel.opments or major
trends in land ownership and land use with particular
reference to production patterns and techniques.
The degree of the -country's self-sufficiency in food,
feed, and industrial crops is indicated, and the coun-
try's position as a market for and an international sup-
plier of agricultural commodities, including processed
products, is discussed briefly.
The Subsection summarizes current governmental
policies with respect to ownership and utilization of
land, agricultural production, and prices, as well as in
relation to international controls and agreements that
bear upon production, international prices, and allo-
cation of markets.
It indicates the relative importance of the fishing
industry in the national economy, and briefly describes
the organization of the industry and the manner in
which it is protected and regulated by the government.
It discusses in broad terms the position of the forest
industry in the national economy, with an indication
of the extent and distribution of forest resources.
Recent developments in the exploitation of resources
and government policies relating to the conservation
and national utilization of forest resources and to
primary processing activity are summarized, and the
PAGE 4
country's dependence upon foreign markets and sources
of supply is discussed.
B. Agriculture
1. GENERAL ASPECTS
This subtopic briefly indicates the general extent
and nature of agriculture including the relative im-
portance of the different types of farming such as self-
sufficiency, commercial, state or collective, cooperative,
quasi-feudal, and paternalistic. It mentions any social
and cultural attitudes which have a direct and signifi-
cant effect on agricultural production and practices or
on consumption. It also notes the extent of regional
and crop specialization versus mixed farming.
2. PHYSICAL FEATURES
This subtopic indicates the suitability of the country
for agriculture in terms of terrain, soil fertility, and
climate (temperature and precipitation). (Correlation
with SECTIONS 23 and 24, where weather, climate, and
topography are treated from the standpoint of military
operations.) The principal agricultural regions are
described.
3. LAND USE
The discussion covers the approximate amount and
percentage of the land area that is in agricultural use;
the relation of physical features to the pattern and
possibilities of land use; the uses of arable land (crop,
orchard, and rotation pasture and meadow land) and
its distribution among the major agricultural pursuits.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957
CHAPTER VI
4. SIZE OF FARM HOLDINGS, TENURE, AND
LABOR
This subtopic gives an overall statement in regard to
land ownership and size of operating units and farm
properties. It discusses prevailing systems of tenure
and the distribution of the farm labor force between
owner-operators, tenants, and hired labor. It indi-
cates types of labor contracts and the extent of unem-
ployment or underemployment of farm labor.
5. PRODUCTION PRACTICES, EQUIPMENT,
AND SUPPLIES
The discussion here covers production practices and
techniques with reference to intensity of farming,
multiple cropping and intercropping, crop rotation,
control of plant diseases and parasites, use of seed,
farm machinery and equipment, draft animals, and
fertilizers. It indicates the nature and need for clear-
ing, irrigation, draining, and terracing. Quantitative
data on principal types of farm machinery used are
included. Use and feasibility of tractors and combines
and other power equipment are indicated. As data
permit, the degree of self-sufficiency and foreign trade
in regard to farm machinery, chemical fertilizers, seed,
insecticides, and fungicides is discussed. Cross-reference
is made to SECTION 64, Subsections B (Industrial
Machinery), C (Motor Vehicles), and J (Chemical
Fertilizers) if these Subsections contain additional
information on sources of agricultural supplies.
6. PRODUCTION AND TRADE
This subtopic summarizes briefly total crop and live-
stock production and supply, indicating the relative
importance of products or product groups to the
economy and dependence on external trade for supply.
It accompanies this summary with a production and
net trade summary for a representative period or year,
showing amount available for domestic consumption.
a. MAJOR CROPS ? The following is discussed for
each of the major food, feed, and industrial crops: com-
parative importance in the agricultural economy, area
under cultivation and geographical location, total out-
put, yields, imports and/or exports, domestic consump-
tion, planting and harvesting dates, diseases, and
insect pests. Broad indication is given of the manner
in which crops move within the country from land or
storage facilities to processing centers and consump-
tion areas, or to export ports. Rice milling on farms
and other on-farm processing for household use are
discussed in detail here, cross-reference being made to
SECTION 64, Subsection K, for all other agricultural
processing industries, including commercial wheat and
rice milling. Farm and commercial storage and drying
facilities are discussed.
As much of the data as possible are presented in
tabular form or on maps.
CONFIDENTIAL
CONFIDENTIAL
b. LIVESTOCK AND LIVESTOCK PRODUCTS ? Num-
bers, products, and, if feasible, breeds, animal diseases,
and parasites are discussed here. If appropriate, the
geographical location and carrying capacity of grazing
areas are indicated; the scale of individual enterprises
and production methods are discussed. The supply
of livestock feed and feeding practices in both meat
and dairy products are discussed briefly.
Production of and trade in livestock products, in-
cluding movements of livestock and products to proc-
essing plants or the consumption markets and export
ports, are noted. As appropriate, cross-reference is
made to SECTION 64, Subsections K and L, for the com-
mercial processing of livestock products. Tables,
charts, and maps are used wherever possible.
C. MARKETING AND TRANSPORTATION ? An evalu-
ation is given here of the adequacy of transportation
and markets for agricultural products and the effect
on agriculture. Marketing and transportation facili-
ties needed for further development of agricultural
resources are indicated.
d. INTERNATIONAL TRADE IN AGRICULTURAL PROD-
UCTS ? The discussion here covers briefly agriculture's
contribution to total export and import trade and the
composition of agricultural trade. The major foreign
markets and sources of imports and the nature of trade
arrangements in agricultural products are indicated..
7. AGRICULTURAL ORGANIZATIONS, INSTI-
TUTIONS, AND POLICIES
a. AGRICULTURAL ORGANIZATIONS -- This subtopic
discusses farm operators' and workers' associations,
specialized producers' organizations, cooperatives, and
the organization and functions of the Ministry of Agri-
culture and other government agencies assisting
agriculture.
b. GOVERNMENT POLICIES ? The discussion here
covers such elements of trade and market policy as
price and production controls and guarantees, protec-
tion, and subsidies. Land reform and/or development
programs including foreign aid programs, if any, are
discussed, cross-reference being made to preceding sub-
headings as appropriate.
C. FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS AND SERVICES ? The
discussion here deals with sources and availability of
agricultural credit, the burden of taxation, and crop
and property insurance. The level and pattern, types,
need, and sources of agricultural investment are
indicated.
d. EDUCATION, RESEARCH, AND EXTENSION The
general level of literacy and education of the farm
population is indicated here. The extent of agricul-
tural education and of agricultural extension and re-
search activities is discussed briefly (correlation with
SECTION 43, Subsection C, Education). The ade-
quacy of professional and technical services such as
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
veterinary science, horticulture, agricultural engineer-
ing, and agronomy is indicated briefly.
8. PROSPECTS FOR EXPANDING PRODUC-
TION
This subtopic discusses the outlook for agricultural
production and productivity in the light of existing
and impending programs. The major factors limiting
expansion and the prospective relationship between
agricultural production and population growth are
indicated.
C. Fisheries
Whaling is included throughout this Subsection,
wherever it is of importance.
1. CATCH OF FISH AND OTHER AQUATIC
PRODUCTS
This discussion covers total annual production, with
tabulated data; seasons of abundance; trends in pro-
duction, and reasons for changes.
2. MAJOR FISHING AREAS
Discussion of significant aspects, such as accessi-
bility, with inclusion of appropriate map material.
3. FISHING OPERATIONS
a. METHODS? Types of gear used; advances in
introduction of new techniques; brief reference to
availability of materials for manufacturing netting,
rope, and other equipment, and plant facilities for
manufacturing gear and other fishing equipment.
b. FISHING VESSELS ? Types and numbers of
motorized and nonmotorized fishing craft; condition of
fishing fleet; programs for modernization of fleet; pro-
ductive capacity of fleet.
C. PERSONNEL ? Number employed full and part
time.
4. UTILIZATION OF CATCH
a. DISTRIBUTION OF CATCH ? Domestic consump-
tion, amounts marketed fresh, frozen, canned, salted,
dried, smoked, etc., methods of distribution with brief
. mention of availability of refrigeration and ice-making
facilities.
b. PROCESSING ? Types of processed products;
location, and number of processing installations; pro-
ductive capacity of installations; employment; avail-
ability of processing material (cans, salt, etc.).
C. MANUFACTURE OF BY-PRODUCTS ? Types of by-
products; location and number of plants; productive
capacity of plants; employment. Cross-reference is
made to SECTION 64, Subsection K to avoid duplication.
PAGE 6
JULY 1957
5. FOREIGN TRADE IN FISIIERY PRODUCTS
6. OWNERSHIP AND CONTROL
Brief description of concentration or spread of
ownership including ownership of vessels as well as
ownership or control of related industries and services
such as transport, refrigeration and canning.
7. GOVERNMENT AND INDUSTRY POLICIES
Current regulations for fisheries; international agree-
ments; programs for expansion; industry organization,
if any, with its policies and program.
D. Food balance sheet
The food consumption habits of the population are
discussed briefly: A food balance sheet for the area is
included. This Subsection summarizes the data on
production, trade in, and quantities available for con-
sumption, of all significant food products. It presents,
insofar as possible, a concise picture of the type of
products consumed, the proportion supplied from do-
mestic sources, the dependence upon outside sources,
and the surplus supplies of food products normally
available for export.
E. Forests and forest products
1. THE FOREST RESOURCES
The general extent and nature of the forest resources
are described here, indicating the relationship of total
and productive forest areas to total land area and other
classes of land use. A summary is given of the overall
forest situation, with emphasis on productive potential
as compared with actual forest products output and
requirements.
The geographic distribution of forests and their
general condition and accessibility are discussed. A
description is given of the major forest types and their
principal commercial timber species.
An analysis is given of the pattern of forest ownership
and the influence of ownership on forest condition.
The volume and accessibility of standing timber by
broad categories is indicated and the volume distribu-
tion appraised in terms of economic exploitation.
A comparison of the annual growth and cut of timber
is made and any imbalance as affecting present and
future self-sufficiency or deficiency in forest products
is evaluated.
2. PRIMARY FOREST PRODUCTS INDUS-
TRIES
The discussion here treats the establishment, de-
velopment, and potential of these industries in relation
to their raw material base and their present position
in the national economy.
A description is given of the individual industries,
such as timber extraction, lumber, plywood and ve-
neer, railway ties, pulpwood and woodpulp, fuelwood,
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957
CIIAPTEI? VI
other roundwood products, cork, naval stores, and
other nonwood products such as natural dyes and
tannins. Overall industry structure and location, in-
vestment, output, productive capacity, employment,
factors affecting production, power sources, equipment,
production techniques, and trade associations are
discussed.
Cross-reference is made to SECTION 64 for data on
synthetic dyes and for additional data on paper pulp
and other wood products including cork products.
3. SUPPLY POSITION
An analysis is made of the general position of the
area with respect to self-sufficiency or dependency in
forest products and overall wood balances in terms of
roundwood equivalents. The discussion indicates
trends and patterns as concerns consumption of and
requirements for principal wood and nonwood forest
products.
The foreign trade in forest products, with emphasis
on products of strategic importance, is examined.
A. General
CONFIDENTIAL
4. FOREST POLICIES AND PROGRAMS
An outline is given of the basic national policies,
and the principal laws and regulations affecting for-
estry, forest industries, and foreign trade in forest
products are described.
The organization, administration, and efficiency of
the forestry agencies and the status of forestry educa-
tion are discussed.
Current public, private, and cooperative forestry
programs, including research, are examined.
F. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
inform the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used
are indicated.
Section 62. Fuels and Power
Discuss the position of the fuels and power industry
in the national economy.
Discuss the supply and use patterns of various forms
of energy, including the conversion of coal to coke and
related products, manufactured gas, and petroleum
substitutes. Comment upon the interchangeability of
fuels in terms of the area's requirements and economic
activities. Indicate the country's dependence upon
foreign sources of supply. Relate the country's do-
mestic resources and their development to future
requirements.
Include in this Section: 1) a table showing in calories
equivalents consumption of primary fuels (coal, oil,
natural gas, hydroelectric power); 2) a table showing in
calories equivalents consumption of all fuels by major
consumer classes.
B. Solid fuels
The following outline insofar as applicable is to
be used for each of the fuels to be discussed. The
principal categories of fuels are treated separately:
coal and lignite; peat; fuelwood and charcoal. Discus-
sion of coal is to include the broad aspects of conver-
sion of coal to coke and related products, manufactured
gas, and petroleum substitutes; this discussion is not
CONFIDENTIAL
to approach the depth of detail and technical aspects
contained in the Subsections on petroleum, iron and
steel, explosives, chemicals, and rubber. Appropriate
cross reference is made to these Subsections.
Discuss production and consumption trends, and
domestic use pattern.
Analyze the competitive position of the industry in
the world market and conditions affecting foreign
trade and indicate the country's dependence upon
foreign sources of supply.
Describe in general terms the nature, extent and
location of deposits and indicate factors affecting
exploitation, such as accessibility, capital requirements,
and manpower.
Discuss government policies with respect to develop-
ment of reserves, exploitation of available deposits,
utilization of foreign capital, and foreign competition.
?Discuss production in the more important individual
mines. Indicate factors affecting operation of the
mines, such as degree of mechanization, manpower,
transportation, availability of fuel, by-product opera-
tions, etc.
Present in tabular form: 1) location of mines, grade
and extent of deposits, type of operation, production
capacity, manpower, ownership, remarks on extent of
mechanization; 2) annual production by regions and/or
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 7
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL NIS STANDAI?1) INST1?UCTIONS
mines; 3) annual consumption by consumer; 4) fin-
ports and exports by countries; 5) stocks.
C. Petroleum
Throughout this Subsection, cross reference to Sec-
tions of SUPPLEMENT IT wherever appropriate.
1. GENERAL
a. SUMMARY -- Overall petroleum supply and de-
mand situation.
Analysis of principal aspects of the industry in-
cluding development pattern and reserve position.
b. STRATEGIC SIGNIFICANCE ? Asset or liability
position petroleum-wise to the United States.
C. INTERNATIONAL SIGNIFICANCE ? Importance as
a world source of, or world market for, crude and re--
fined petroleum products.
Influence of the world petroleum situation, in both
strategic and economic terms, on the area's petroleum
activity and development.
d. DOMESTIC SIGNIFICANCE -- Degree of self-suffi-
ciency or import dependence for crude and petroleum
products, as well as technical personnel, equipment,
and supplies for the petroleum industry.
Importance of the industry to the overall domestic
economy.
Importance of the industry as a source of govern-
ment revenue and foreign exchange.
Domestic requirements demand on foreign exchange
assets.
e. GEOGRAPHIC AND TRANSPORTATION ASPECTS --
Indicate the geographic dispersion of producing areas,
refineries, consuming centers, export and import ports,
as well as transportation pattern and facilities, and
discuss their general effect on petroleum industry de-
velopment.
f. GENERAL VULNERABILITY OF PETROLEUM IN-
DUSTRY INSTALLATIONS
Producing fields
Refineries and processing plants
Pipelines
Storage
Terminals and docks
g. EXPANSION OR CONTRACTION ? Discuss any
probable expansion or contraction of exploration, pro-
duction, processing and consumption, including the
effect of labor-management relationships, with respect
to crude petroleum, natural gas, natural gas liquids,
and substitute liquid fuels.
2. STRATEGIC SUPPLY POSITION
Crude petroleum and liquid hydrocarbon substi-
tutes?production for representative periods. Discuss
trends.
PAGE. 8
JULY 1957
Refined products?production for representative pe-
riods. Discuss trends.
Imports of crude oil and refined products for latest
year available, showing principal products and coun-
tries of origin. Discuss trends. Indicate briefly manner
and extent trade is affected by foreign exchange, tariffs,
quotas, and other trade restrictions.
Exports of crude oil and refined products for the
latest year available, showing principal products and
country of destination. Discuss trends. Indicate
briefly the manner and extent trade is affected by
foreign exchange, tariffs, quotas, and other trade
restrictions.
Consumption of refined products for the latest year
available, showing principal refined products and major
consumer interests. Discuss trends. Also discuss
adequacy of supply and indicate, if deficiencies exist,
the probable effect on industrial expansion and the con-
duct of military operations.
3. EXPLORATION AND DEVELOPMENT
Discuss the significant historical and technological
aspects, as well as present pattern, of exploration and
development, giving a succinct appreciation of the
country's petroliferous character. State the amount
of reserves, indicating their relative importance to
world reserves. Indicate the proved reserves by main
fields. With respect to concessions, summarize the
development to date, indicating areas, concessionaires,
and terms of important concessions.
4. REFINING AND PROCESSING
Brief historical background, including war damage
and restoration. General pattern and present relative
significance of crude oil refining, natural gas liquids
processing, and synthetic liquid fuels manufacture.
Present in tabular form names, location, type, capacity,
ownership, and operators of existing and proposed
refineries. Relative adequacy to meet peacetime
domestic requirements. Succinct discussion of future
plans and factors affecting them. Potential importance
in event of a wartime emergency.
5. TRANSPORTATION
General appreciation of overall petroleum trans-
port, storage, and terminal facilities, including extent,
purpose, capacities, relationship to adjacent countries,
and other geographic considerations, as well as to other
means of transport and relative adequacy for peace-
time requirements. Describe the principal pipelines,
indicating the location, length, size, capacity, and date
of construction. A short account of significant his-
torical and geographical aspects, including war damage
and restoration, and a brief discussion of probable
development. Where pertinent, comparisons to United
States facilities are made for general orientation and
appreciation.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 ? CHAP TE V I - CONFIDENTIAL
6. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
Summarize the domestic capabilities for the manu-
facture of equipment and supplies required by the
petroleum industry for exploration, production, refining
and processing, and distribution, indicating the degree
of self-sufficiency. Where deficiencies exist, indicate
source of import.
7 LABOR, FINANCE, AND GOVERNMENT
POLICY
Indicate the availability, relative importance, effi-
ciency, political complexion, and political influence of
the petroleum labor force.
Examine the extent of capital investment in, or
control over, the various components of the industry,
by nationality and ownership, indicating overall rela-
tionship of foreign to local capital investment. De-
scribe the organizational pattern and external control
exercised over foreign oil companies. Evaluate briefly
the nature and extent of the domestic capital market
for petroleum industry investment. Discuss factors
affecting foreign capital investment in the industry,
such as the relationship of risk to return and the limi-
tations placed on the transfer abroad of capital and
earnings.
Discuss, analyze, and evaluate government policy
and basic or pertinent laws relating to the petroleum
industry, indicating particularly their relative influence
on the operations of foreign oil companies. Indicate
and evaluate the degree of control over oil industry
operations exercised by government organizations.
8. NATURAL GAS
Discuss the relative importance of the natural gas
industry to the economy of the country, indicating
reserves, production, and describing briefly the distri-
bution system. Discuss the extent of use for industry,
space heating and light, repressuring of oil fields, for
the production of natural gas liquids, as well as the
amount flared.
D. Electric power
1. ROLE OF ELECTRIC POWER IN THE NA-
TIONAL ECONOMY
Discuss extent to which population and industry
are served with electricity, for example, percentage to
total of households having electricity, of population
living in electrically lighted homes, of farms electrified,
and percentage of electric power employed in industry
related to total motive power employed in industry.
Discuss share of electric power industry in the na-
tional income, number of employees in the electric
power industry, and share of total capital assets em-
ployed in the electric power industry.
2. GROWTH OF ELECTRIC POWER PRODUC-
TION AND CAPACITY
Present and discuss summary data showing growth
of electric power production and capacity related to
population; distribution of electric power capacity and
production, by type of generation, for the country as
a whole; and distribution of electric power capacity
and production by major regions or systems.
3. GENERATING PLANT
Present and discuss summary data showing extent
to which plant capacity and production may be con-
centrated in a small number of large plants or dis-
tributed among a large number of small plants.
Describe major or special hydroelectric plants or
developments. Where water power constitutes an im-
portant source of energy for the production of electric
power, either potential or developed, discuss extent
to which these resources have been developed. If
possible, develop summary information of the follow-
ing type:
Location of undeveloped water power:
REGION
NUMBER
OF
SITES
ESTIMATED
AVERAGE
ANNUAL
OUTPUT
ESTIMATED
INSTALLED
CAPACITY
Discuss accessibility of these resources to load
centers.
Give specific references to important studies which
have been made pertaining to power development of
the country's water resources.
Describe major thermal plants. Discuss extent to
which location may be influenced by supply of fuel,
availability of cooling water, consumption centers,
defense considerations.
Tabulate significant generating station statistics.
4. SOURCES OF ENERGY
Discuss relative importance of various sources of
energy in the production of electric power and extent
to which average annual fuel rates per kwh. production
reflect increases in efficiency of steam generation or
lack of modernization.
Discuss source of fuel, whether imported or indig-
enous, and, if imported, availability of foreign ex-
change for purchase of fuel.
5. TRANSMISSION SYSTEM
Describe important transmission networks. Discuss
extent to which system serves to transfer power from
fuel and hydro sources to load centers; to interconnect
isolated communities and large population or industrial
centers; to provide emergency supply for normal facili-
ties out of service; to reduce reserve requirements; or
to eliminate inefficient plants.
I'mn 9
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NIS STANDARD
Discuss principal connections with other countries
and present summary data showing transfer of power
across international boundaries related to total pro-
duction or consumption.
6. THE COORDINATED OR INTERCON-
NECTED SYSTEMS
Describe present organization, arrangements, or
agreements for integrating interconnected facilities.
7. CONSUMPTION OF ELECTRIC ENERGY
Discuss the utilization of electric energy within the
area and tabulate electric energy consumption by class
of use, by number of customers, if available, and by
percent of total consumption and of annual kw.-hr.
consumption by each class. Analyze the relationships
disclosed in these computations.
Discuss present limitations in the use of electricity.
8. ORGANIZATION OF THE ELECTRIC
POWER INDUSTRY
Present and. discuss summary data showing distri-
bution of electric power production and capacity by
class of ownership such as industrials, private utility
corporations, state-owned monopolies, distribution co-
operatives, etc.
Discuss extent to which industry is government-
owned, regulated, or operated.
Discuss extent to which production, transmission,
and distribution facilities are unified, or extent to
which production, transmission, and distribution facili-
ties are separately owned or operated.
Describe any central organizations that may exist
for planning and developing a national power policy or
program.
Discuss extent to which foreign capital may be
employed in this industry and its effect upon the in-
dustry's operating policies and practices.
PAGE 10
INSTRUCTIONS JULY 1957
9. FUTURE DEVELOPMENTS
Describe important programs for the expansion of
electric power and show the effect of these programs
upon present capacity and production.
Describe any factors which may encourage or limit
the future of this industry such as unsatisfied demand,
shortage of capital, lack of resources, legislation, etc.
Attach a system map showing geographic location
of generating stations. In addition, show principal
transmission lines and substations by which these
plants are interconnected and by which energy is trans-
mitted to areas of consumption. Show construction
planned or in progress, as well as present capacity.
Statistical and operating data are to be shown in the
form prescribed in the example tables for FIGURES
62-1 through 62-9 on the following pages. Where
information is not available according to the required
standards, submit the best information available with
explanation of deviations from these standards. Data
in tables, FIGURES 62-7 through 62-9, are to be fur-
nished for the most recent period. Data in tables,
FIGURES 62-1 through 62-6 are to be furnished for
several years so that long-time trend analyses may be
developed.
E. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
inform the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used
are indicated.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CHAPTER VI
JULY 1957
CONFIDENTIAL
(EXAMPLES)
FIGURE 62-1. INSTALLED CAPACITY OF GENERATING FIGURE 62-2. ELECTRIC POWER PRODUCTION AND
PLANTS AND PRODUCTION CAPACITY
(By type of prime mover) (By major regions and systems)
TYPE OF PRIME MOVER
UTILITIES
Privately
owned
Publicly
owned
Industrials
Hydro:
No. of plants
Capacity (kw)
Production (kwh)
Steam:
No. of plants
Capacity (kw)
Production (kwh)
Internal combustion:
No. of plants
Capacity (kw)
Production (kwh)
REGION OR SYSTEM
CAPACITY
PRODUCTION
kw
kwh
FIGURE 62-3. ELECTRIC UTILITY CONSUMPTION OF
MAJOR FUELS
TYPE OF FUEL
PRODUCTION
CONSUMPTION
kwh
tons
FIGURE 62-4. ENERGY TRANSFERRED ACROSS INTERNATIONAL BOUNDARIES
(List receipts and deliveries separately)
ITEM NO.
TRANSFERRED FROM
TRANSFERRED TO
POINT OF TRANSFER
(e)
ANNUAL KWH
TRANSFERRED
(0
Company or
agency
(a)
Country
(b)
Company or
agency
(c)
Country
(d)
FIGURE 62-5. ELECTRIC POWER CONSUMPTION
CLASS OF USE (STJCII
AS RESIDENTIAL;
COMMERCIAL, INDUS-
TRIAL, ETC.)
NO. OF CUS-
TO MERS (IF
READILY
AVAILABLE)
% OF
TOTAL CON-
S UMPTION
ANNUAL
CONSUMP-
TION
kwh
FIGURE 62-6. ELECTRIC ENERGY USED IN
INDUSTRIAL OPERATION
(In kilowatts)
MAJOR CLASS OF IN-
DUSTRY
GENERATED
P URCHASED
CONSUMED
FT G URE 62-7. GENERATING STATION STATISTICS FOR PLANTS OF .... KILOWATTS OR OVER
(OPERATING, UNDER CONSTRUCTION, OR PLANNED AS OF ...)
(List plants under subheadings for industrial or public utility; privately or publicly owned; steam, hydro, or internal combustion.)
MAP REF.
NO.
NAME AND LOCATIONOPERATOR*
OF PLANT
TYPE
INSTALLED
CAPACITY
ANNUAL PRO-
DUCTION
REMARKS
(Including condition of
plant, generator voltage,
phase and frequency, etc.)
* If the operator is not the same as the owner, or if control is held in another corporation, explain.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 11
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL NIS STANDARD
FIGURE 62-8. SIGNIFICANT TRANSMISSION
STATISTICS
INSTRUCTIONS JULY 1957
LINE FIGURE 62-9. SIGNIFICANT SUBSTATION STATISTICS
'HANGES UNDER
CHANGES UNDER
IN SERVICE
WAY OR
IN SERVICE
WAY OR
PLANNED
PLANNED
Name of operator and owner
Name of operator or owner
Line designation
Name and location of substa-
tion
From
Character of substation
To
Voltage
Voltage
Capacity
Operating
No. of transformers
Designed
Nature of change
Pole length of line
Date of change
Number of circuits
Start
Type of construction
Completion
Nature of change
Date of change
Start
Completion
Section 63. Minerals and Metals
A. General
Discuss -briefly the position of the area's mineral
and metal industries in the national and world econ-
omies. Analyze the relative importance of the industry
in terms of its contribution to the national income, as
an employer of labor, and as an investment area.
Discuss the size of the industry in terms of the
country's requirement and in relation to foreign demand
for the industry's output.
Indicate the salient characteristics of the indus-
try such as: extent of reserves, locational and trans-
portation factors; dependence upon foreign sources for
supplies and equipment; productive potential; degree
of integration of the industry; technological aspects of
production; ownership; international agreements; gov-
ernment policies.
B. Iron ore
Discuss production and consumption trends, and
domestic use pattern.
Analyze the competitive position of the industry in
the world market and conditions affecting foreign trade,
and indicate the country's dependence upon foreign
sources of supply.
Describe in general terms the nature, extent, and
location of deposits, and indicate factors affecting
exploitation, such as accessibility, capital require-
ments, and manpower.
Discuss government policies with respect to de-
velopment of reserves, exploitation of available deposits,
utilization of foreign capital, and foreign competition.
PAGE: 12
Discuss production in the more important individual
mines. Indicate factors affecting operation of the
mines, such as degree of mechanization, manpower,
transportation, availability of fuel, byproducts, etc.
Tables, maps, and graphics: Give in tables and,
where practicable, in graphic form, the following:
1) location of mines, grade and extent of deposits, type
of operation, production capacity, manpower, owner-
ship, remarks on extent of mechanization; 2) annual
production by regions, fields and/or mines; 3) imports
and exports by countries; 4) stocks..
C. Iron, steel, and mill products
This Subsection includes primary processing, which
is defined as including production of the following:
pig-iron, ingots, castings, finished hot-rolled products
(plates, sheets and strip, strip and sheet for cold re-
duced black plate and tin plate, hoops and cotton ties
and baling bands, bars, structural shapes, rails, splice
bars and tie plate bars, skelp, blanks or pierced billets,
wire rods, rolled forging billets, blooms and billets for
export, car wheels); further finished steel mill products
(cold finished and tool steel bars, cold rolled sheets and
strip, tin and terne slate, galvanized terne sheets,
finished black slate, tie plates, wire, woven wire fence,
bale ties, fence posts, nails and staples, pipe and tubes).
Discuss briefly productive capacity of the industry
and indicate current output, including data on lime-
stone and metallurgical coke (with cross-reference to
Subsection 62, B). Examine current production pat-
tern. Discuss the ability of the industry to meet
domestic requirements for particular steel products
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 CHAPTER VI
and the extent of imports. Examine competitive
position of industry, government policies affecting
operation of industry, efficiency of operations, etc.
Discuss factors affecting production of the industry
as a whole and of major individual plants such as
degree of mechanization and efficiency of operations
with respect to supply of raw materials (including ferro-
alloys), fuel, transportation, manpower, markets, etc.
List in tabular form individual plants giving name,
location, productive capacity, number and type of
furnaces, number and type of finishing installations,
output by products, operating and beneficial owner-
ship.
List in tabular form annual production, consumption
including use pattern, imports and exports by coun-
tries and principal types of products.
List in tabular form annual consumption and source
of major raw materials: iron ore, ferroalloys, scrap,
fluxes, and fuels.
D. Nonferrous ores, metals, and alloys
Textual analysis and discussion are by Subsections
similar to those indicated above for Subsection B, Iron
Ore. Only those ores, metals and alloys of economic
or strategic importance are treated. A checklist is pro-
vided below. This Subsection includes the processes
through smelting, refining, and forming metal into
basic shapes.
In treating the processing industries, data are also
given on annual? consumption and use pattern, includ-
ing scrap.
Data for ores are given in terms of specified content
or of the metal content of the ore, in accordance with
U.S. Bureau of Mines practice in the "World Review"
section of the Minerals Yearbook.
The following list serves as a guide for selecting the
products of importance in the area. Others not on
the list are treated if their importance warrants.
METALS AND ORES
Aluminum
Copper
Lead
Magnesium
Nickel
Tin
Zinc
Cold
Platinum and allied
? metals (iridium,
osmium, palladi-
um, rhodium, ru-
thenium)
Silver
Radium
Thorium (Monazite)
Uranium
Antimony ?
Arsenic
CONEMENTrAL
Beryllium
Bismuth
Boron
Cadmium
Chromium
Cobalt
Columbium
Lithium .
Manganese ?
Mercury
Molybdenum
Selenium
Tantalum
Tellurium ..
Thorium,:
'Titanium
Tungsten
Vanadium
Zirconium
ALLOYS
Brass
Bronze
Bearing metal
Monel metal
Nichrome
Nickel silver
Stellite
Solder
E. Nonmetallic minerals
CONFIDENTIAL
Textual analysis and discussion are by Subsections
similar to those indicated above for Subsection B,
Iron Ore. Only those materials of economic impor-
tance ?are treated. A checklist is provided below.
Except for fertilizer minerals, which are covered in
Subsection 64, J, this Subsection includes primary
processing as well as mining.
In treating the processing facilities, data are also
given on annual consumption, including use pattern.
The following list serves as a guide for selecting the
products of importance in the area. Others are treated
if their importance warrants.
Asbestos
Barite
Bentonite
Celestite
Chalk
Clays
Corundum, emery,
and artificial abra-
sives
Cryolite
Diamonds
Feldspar
Fluorspar
Graphite
Helium
Iodine
Kyanite
Limestone
Magnesite
Mica
Nitrates
Phosphate rock
Potash
Pyrite
Quartz crystals
Salt
Sapphire and
ruby
Sulfur -
Talc -
F. Construction materials
Discuss the position of the country's basic products
which comprise the major materials used in construc-
tion, exclusive of lumber, plywood, structural iron
and steel, and asphalt, which are treated in detail
in other Sections of CHAPTER VI. This Subsection
is devoted mainly to cement and other construction
materials such as sand, aggregate, glass sand, building
stone, brick, cement, structural glass, lime, gypsum
and roofing materials.
Examine the importanee. in the economy of the in-
dustry Producing these materials and indicate its
capacity to meet domestic requirements. Examine
the size of the industry in terms of production, capital
investment and in relation to markets. Discuss pro-
duction trends including technological advances. Indi-
cate problems confronting the industry with respect
to raw materials, location, domestic and foreign com-
petition, and government policies and contracts.
(Tables: Production and consumption including use
patterns where possible, imports and exports by coun-
tries of origin and destination, stocks, etc.)
. 'List in table name, location, output, capacity, equip-
ment, 'number of employees, ownership of major indi-
vidual ?plants. .Indiente factors affecting production
of individual: plants such as efficiency of operation,
availability of. fuels, adequacy of transportation, effi-
ciency of labor, plans for expansion, ability to meet
foreign competition, etc.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAO 1$
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS JULY 1957
G. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
inform the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
A. General
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used
are indicated.
Section 64. Manufacturing and Construction
Review the salient features of the country's manu-
facturing and construction industry, including owner-
ship, degree of integration, government policies, and
international agreements. Discuss the position of the
industry within the country as an employer of man-
power, a sector for investment and a contributor to
national income. Indicate the degree of dependence
of the industry on foreign sources for raw materials and
equipment, components, and finished products. Dis-
cuss the competitive position of the industry in domestic
and in foreign markets. Describe the general level of
technological progress, including the degree of depend-
ence on foreign technicians. Evaluate the capacity of
the manufacturing industry to meet normal require-
ments arid potential increased demands.
B. Industrial machinery and equipment
Under this heading the following manufactures are
to be included: agricultural machinery and equipment
(including tractors); machine tools; electrical ma-
chinery and equipment; general purpose machinery
(e.g., engines, turbines, conveyors, pumps, cranes, etc.) ;
specialized equipment (e.g., coal mining machinery,
metallurgical equipment, construction machinery, etc.) ;
precision and machine building instruments; railroad
motive power and rolling stock production and repair
1) Examine the importance of the industry in the
economy and indicate its capacity to meet domestic
requirements. Examine the size of the industry in
terms of total production, capital investment and in
relation to markets. Discuss production trends in-
cluding technological advances. Indicate problems
confronting the industry with respect to raw materials,
location, domestic and foreign competition, and govern-
ment policies and controls. (Tables: Total production
and consumption including use pattern where possible,
imports and exports by countries of origin and destina-
tion, stooks, etc.)
PAGE 14
2) List name, location, output, capacity, equipment,
number of employees, and ownership of principal plants.
Indicate factors affecting production of individual
plants such as efficiency of labor, ability to meet foreign
competition, plans for expansion, etc.
C. Vehicles
This Subsection discusses all civilian and military
vehicles (with the exception of rail vehicles and agricul-
tural tractors). Nonmotorized vehicles are treated
only in countries where they play an important role.
Manufacture and distribution are discussed as a sub-
sector of the economy, with special consideration for
past, present, and future contributions to military po-
tential. Whenever applicable, production of military
vehicles is separated from that of purely commercial
ones. For countries not producing complete vehicles
or engaging in extensive assembly the discussion is
modified; special attention is given to the volume and
sources of imports of complete vehicles, components,
and spare parts. Civilian types discussed include pas-
senger cars; trucks; highway tractors, trailers, and
semi-trailers; buses, including trolley buses; and motor-
cycles, scooters, and other small motorized vehicles.
Military vehicles include tanks, armored cars, self-pro-
pelled artillery, armored personnel carriers, and other
transportation vehicles designed specially for cross-
country or combat use.
1. GENERAL
An evaluative summary of the production, assem-
bly, import, and export of civilian and military vehi-
cles, including domestic and international significance,
use patterns, sources of raw and finished materials, un-
usual characteristics of products or industrial and mar-
keting practices, industrial organization, government
policies, and factors affecting past and potential war-
time conversion. Attention is given in free countries
to the historical development of the industry, and in
totalitarian countries to the planners' objectives for
the industry.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
'Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 CHAPTER VI
2. CIVILIAN-TYPE VEHICLES
a. DOMESTIC IMPORTANCE OF THE INDUSTRY A
description of the relative importance of the industry
as 1) a contributor to Gross National Product, 2) an
employer of labor, 3) an absorber of new investment,
and 4) an earner of, or drain on, foreign exchange.
b. ECONOMICS OF THE INDUSTRY A discussion
of 1) the sources of raw materials, components, and
accessories, 2) significant production methods and capa-
bilities, and 3) the internal and external competitive
situation. The discussion includes an overall evalua-
tion of equipment, the use of specialized machine tools,
degree of automation, research activities, any signifi-
cant geographic characteristics of the industry, and an
explanation of government controls as they affect
competition, costs and earning, and export or import
of automotive products.
C. USE, PRODUCTION, AND SUPPLY PATTERN ? A
survey, with appropriate SECTION 32 coordination and
cross-reference, of the role of civilian-type vehicles in
the country's transportation of passengers and goods,
indicating the adequacy of types and volume produced
or imported in meeting demands under usual?and
significant abnormal?conditions, the average age of
vehicles and fluctuations thereof, the means devised to
mobilize the vehicle fleet for military purposes, and
past experience and plans for conversion to military
production. Detailed statistics on production, im-
ports, exports, scrapping, and the total vehicle regis-
tration are given.
d. PRINCIPAL PRODUCERS ? A survey, with exten-
sive tabulated data, of each of the principal producers
in terms of their plant facilities, categories and volume
produced, and significant past history of the organiza-
tion. Separate tables list 1) producers and assemblers
of motor vehicles, and 2) producers of important com-
ponents and accessories, giving location of head office
and all significant plants, number of employees, rela-
tive importance in the industry, sources of materials
and power, and the volume by type of all vehicles pro-
duced. The tables also include all available informa-
tion on the potential capacity of each producing unit
and any important factors limiting actual or potential
output.
3. SPECIALIZED MILITARY VEHICLES
A survey, when appropriate for the country and with
SECTION 81 coordination and cross-reference, of the
production of specialized military vehicles in the terms
of Subsection C, 2 above, as appropriately modified for
these specialized end products. This includes, when
available, statistics on any unissued specialized mili-
tary vehicles moth-balled or stockpiled (i.e., vehicles
not included in SECTION 81).
CONFIDENTIAL
CONFIDENTIAL
D. Aircraft production
See Subsection C.
Discuss jet and conventional aircraft production
separately. The following classification of aircraft
type is used:
Fighter
Attack
Bomber
Helicopter
Transport
Trainer
Liaison and Light Civilian
Other Types
a) Analyze current status of aircraft industry?
final assembly, airframe, engine, and propeller plants?
and compare present total production with that
achieved in World War II. Indicate dependency on
foreign design and patents. Show military reserves
and present strength, or indicate by cross-reference
that these data may be found in SECTION 83, Air Forces.
b) Describe the dependence of the aircraft indus-
try on foreign and domestic sources of raw materials,
semi-manufactured products, and component parts.
c) List the location and physical characteristics of
major plants producing aircraft and principal com-
ponents, indicating the quantity and nature of products.
The above outline is for those countries which pro-
duce aircraft or do extensive assembly. For countries
not in either of these categories, discuss, if possible, the
prospects of existing repair facilities or other installa-
tions developing into aircraft production or assembly.
If appropriate in this connection, mention in general
terms the country's potential with respect to the quality
of its labor force and managerial class, the investment
climate, attitude or policy of government toward estab-
lishment of an aircraft industry, conditions of auxiliary
services needed by such an industry (transportation,
fuel, and power), and availabilities of raw materials.
For all countries for which data are available, give
imports and exports of aircraft and parts, by unit and
type (also, if possible, by value). Cross-refer to CHAP-
TER III, SECTION 37, and CHAPTER VIII, SECTION 83,
for number and types of civilian and military planes,
respectively, in the country.
E. Shipbuilding
1. GENERAL
A summary of the development of the industry, its
general significance as an element of the economy and
the type of shipbuilding traditionally emphasized.
A somewhat brief discussion of a) background of in-
dustry, b) treaty or other restrictions imposed, c) rank
as a shipbuilding nation, total annual cost of ship re-
pairs, effects of foreign competition, value and number
of units imported or exported, d) location of major
yards, and material supply problems as affected by
geographic factors, e) position in the economy, contri-
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 15
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NIS STANDARD INSTIeUCTIONS JULY 1957
bution to Gross National Product, importance as .an
employer and sector for investment, total capital in-
vestment, f) pattern of ownership, g) government policy
and control, including subsidies, and II) training and
research.
2. PRODUCTION AND REPAIR ACTIVITY
A summary of production of both naval and mer-
chant ships (oceangoing, coastal, inland waterway) in-
cluding current production, relation between planned
and actual production, average time between keel
laying and launching and between launching and com-
missioning, amount or value of repair work by major
yards and type of ship, evaluated maximum production
capacity. Construction by yard for each type of ship
for the most recent 5-year period and a meaningful pre-
war period are tabulated.
3. ECONOMIC RESOURCES AND REQUIRE-
MENTS
A discussion, supported by statistics as appropriate,
of consumption of materials, raw materials or com-
ponent shortages and alleviation by import, significant
past problems of procurement. Principal suppliers of
major components (steel, marine diesels and turbines,
armament, and navigation equipment) are located by
map, with cross reference to Subsections 63, C, 64, B,
and 64, G, as appropriate.
A discussion of manpower employed in shipyards as
a percent of total labor force and in terms of require-
ments for current operation, the effect of nationality
or racial problems and unionization on labor availability
or productivity, wage structure, with table comparing
wages of shipbuilding industry with other heavy
industries.
4. SHIPYARD FACILITIES AND PRODUC-
TION METHODS
A summary of yards by categories with comments
on production difficulties common to all yards, areal
distribution of construction capacity with reference to
location map, and details of shipyard facilities of major
yards in tabulation or text as appropriate. If tabu-
lated, principal yard features are: name and location,
types of ships and other items produced, building ways
or sites, drydocks, shops, number of employees, and
other pertinent data under Remarks such as tie-in with
component or materials manufacturing plants.
A discussion of production methods, success of lead-
ing producers, seasonal changes in production, and
adaptability of industry and major yards, to change to
different types of ship construction. Cross-reference
to SECTION 35 and/or SUPPLEMENT I.
5. FUTURE PROSPECTS OF THE INDUSTRY
General observations on future of the industry, its
expansion potential, and probable production trends.
PAGE 16
F. Explosives (indUStrial and military)
This Subsection discusses industrial and military ex-
plosives, including rocket propellants', conforming as
appropriate to the specifications for Subsection 64, C.
The manufacture of explosives is treated as separate
from the chemical industry only if it is actually so
organized, and in general is considered as beginning at
the point where Ordinarily available commercial chem-
icals begin to be differentiated into explosives or
intermediates.
Industrial and military explosives normally are
treated separately, following, as appropriate for the
country, an introductory summary of the development,
characteristics, and economic or strategic significance
of related industry. The discussion of industrial ex-
plosives is largely in terms of normal supply and
demand. In the more comprehensive discussion of
military explosives the emphasis is on the adequacy of
the country's supply of its peacetime armed forces
requirements, and on the capabilities of the entire
chemical industry for meeting the country's own mili-
tary explosives requirements and .probable obligations
to others in time of war. The sources of explosives
constituents as received by the explosives plants, and
vulnerability of supply, including reliance on foreign
sources for constituents or more primary raw materials,
are discussed. Chemically related explosives are dis-
cussed as a group as far as is consistent with the overall
objective of providing detailed information on the
wartime supply position of as many finished military
explosives as possible.
Principal producers are listed in a table generally
similar to that for Subsection 64, C, with inclusion
under Remarks of information on the sources of each
plant's principal materials and the destination to which
its explosives are shipped for loading or storage. When
the information will result in little or no duplication,
the table is separated into producers of industrial and
military explosives.
G. Arms and ammunition (including ex-
plosive devices), fire-control equipment, and
bomb sights
This Subsection conforms as appropriate to the
specifications for Subsection 64, C. Manufacture of
the specialized items listed below is 'treated as a sepa-
rate industry only if it is so organized in a normal
commercial sense.
The emphasis is on the country's supply of its peace-
time armed forces requirements, and on the capabilities
of the country's entire industry for meeting the nation's
own munitions requirements and probable obligations
to others in time of war. The sources of principal com-
ponents, and vulnerability of supply, including reliance
on foreign sources for components or more primary raw
materials, are factors considered in the objective of
providing detailed information on the wartime supply
position of munitions.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 CHAPTER VI CONFIDENTIAL
Manufacture and supply of civilian arms and ammu-
nition are discussed only if they have special signifi-
cance, but the capabilities of such producers are con-
sidered in assessing the country's overall munitions
potential.
. Principal munitions producers are listed in a table
generally similar to that for 64, C.
Following a general introductory summary, the dis-
cussion is in terms of the following categories:
1. Weapons ? Revolvers and other pistols; submachine
guns, carbines, rifles, and shotguns; ground, AA, and air
machine guns; rocket launchers and recoilless weapons;
mortars; artillery of all types, including field, tank, anti-
tank, AA, coastal, and naval.
2. Aiming and fire-control devices -- Both optical and
electrical aiming and fire-control devices for the weapons
listed above; bomb sights.
3. Ammunition ? Ammunition for the weapons listed
above, including complete rounds and also all com-
ponents.
4. Explosive devices Hand grenades; rifle grenades;
land and sea mines; bombs; torpedoes; depth charges.
5. Missiles.
H. Other military equipment and supplies
This Subsection discusses military items in terms of
the five categories below, conforming as appropriate
to the specifications for Subsection 64, C. Manufac-
ture of these items is treated as a separate industry only
if it is so organized in a normal commercial sense.
The emphasis is on the country's supply of its peace-
time armed forces requirements, and on the capabilities
of the country's entire industry for meeting the nation's
own munitions requirements and probable obligations
to others in time of war. The sources of principal com-
ponents, and vulnerability of supply, including reliance
on foreign sources for components or more primary raw
materials, are factors considered in the objective of
providing detailed information on the wartime supply
position.
Principal producers are listed in a table generally
similar to that for 64, C.
Following a general introductory summary, if ap-
propriate, the following are discussed:
1. Chemical-, biological-, and radiological-warfare materiel.
2. Military engineering equipment (bridges, camouflage,
? infrared, topographical).
3. Instruments, gauges, and servo-motors of special mili-
tary interest.
4. Quartermaster-type supplies including equipment neces-
sary for POL distribution, personal military equipment
and remount equipment.
5. Optical and photographic equipment of military value.
I. Telecommunications equipment
Telecommunications equipment includes all types
utilizing electric or electronic, acoustic, or visual
means for the transmission of signals, signs, or images
of any kind. The telecommunications-equipment man-
ufacturing industry includes all industrial facilities
producing equipment such as wire, radio, electronic,
CONFIDENTIAL
and other signal equipment or components?used for
the transmission of aural, visual, or control signals.
Following a general introductory statement, includ-
ing strategic significance and relative importance in
the economy, a discussion of each of the following four
categories:
1. Wire equipment and related components (includes tele-
phone; telegraph, landline and submarine; wire and cable)
2. Radio equipment and related components (includes com-
munications, broadcast, television, tubes, batteries, etc.)
3. Electronics equipment and related components (includes
radar, navigational aids, telemetering, guidance and con-
trol, etc.)
4. Other signal equipment and related components (includes
visual, aural, etc.)
A discussion of each category includes a summary of
its development, government policies and controls,
international relationships and competitive situation,
amount and quality of labor, present and potential
military production, and dependence on imported com-
ponents or materials.
A tabulation of plants, showing location, ownership,
size, and principal types and quantities of equipment
produced.
J. Chemical industries
This Subsection covers heavy chemicals for indus-
trial use, chemical fertilizers, and chemical plastics (un-
fabricated).
1. GENERAL
2. INDUSTRIAL CHEMICALS
The following list of chemicals, essentially raw mate-
rials and intermediates for the chemical industry, serves
as a guide for selecting those of importance in the area
to be treated in this Subsection. Others not on the list
are treated if their importance warrants.
Sulfuric acid
Alkali group (caustic soda, chlorine, soda ash, salt cake, bleach-
ing powder, hydrochloric acid, fluorine, metallic sodium)
Solvents, such as alcohols, acetone, etc.
Synthetic ammonia and nitric acid
Calcium carbide and industrial gases
Dyes and pigments (coal tar and other organic dyes, chromates,
red lead, lithopone, titanium dioxide)
Other coal tar products (do not treat ammonium sulfate)
Phosphorus and phosphates (except fertilizers)
Bromides and tetraethyl lead
Plastics raw materials (acetic acid, phenol, urea, formaldehyde,
plithalic and maleic anhydrides, butadiene, styrene, acryloni-
trile, nylon sal t, plasticizers and accelerators, purified cellu-
lose, carbon black)
3. CHEMICALS USED IN AGRICULTURE
a. FERTILIZERS
(1) Nitrogenous (including ammonium sulfate
from coke ovens)
(2) Phosphatic
(3) Potassic
b. INSECTICIDES, FUNGICIDES, ETC.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE J7
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS JULY 1957
4. SYNTHETIC RUBBER AND FIBERS, AND
PLASTICS
Et. SYNTHETIC RUBBER
b. PLASTICS (POWDERS AND PELLETS FOR MOLDING,
CASTING, AND LAMINATING; SHEETS, RODS, TUBES, AND
FILM)
C. SYNTHETIC FIBERS (MANUFACTURE OF RAYON,
NYLON, ETC. FILAMENT AND STAPLE FIBER. NO WEAV-
ING)
5. PHARMACEUTICALS
K. Agricultural processing industries
The following major types of agricultural processing
plants are to be considered: tobacco, meat packing,
beverages, canneries, sugar mills and refineries, and oil
processing plants. In certain areas other categories of
installations are important and are given separate
treatment.
Commercial rice milling (milling for sale) in either
rural or factory-type mills is treated here, where spe-
cific information is given on location of individual
plants, capacity, output, employment, and ownership.
Among the dairy products, only dried and canned
milk are discussed here. Detaileel information is given
on output of the industrialized sector of the animal
slaughtering and meatpacking industry, including the
number, location, size, and capacity of the industrial-
ized plants.
Detailed data are given here on oil mills, output of
oils, and trade by country of origin and/or destination.
If fish canning is an important inanufacturing activity
in the area, this Subsection includes a brief summary of
the value of output, employment, and capital invest-
ment, with cross-reference to SECTION 61, Subsection C.
See also Subsection B, 1) for additional requirements.
With respect to industries having strategic signifi-
cance (normally fats and oils, meats, sugar, and flour),
this Subsection lists in table form the information on
the principal plants called for in Subsection B, 2. For
principal plants of nonstrategic industries, normally
described in a separate tabulation, only name, location
size (preferably in terms of production or capacity),
and age and/or degree of obsolescence are included;
size and age (or degree of obsolescence) are normally
indicated in a "Remarks" column.
L. Fibers, fabrics, and rubber
The following items are treated here: natural fibers
and textiles (spinning and weaving stage); synthetic
fibers (weaving stage only); natural rubber (processing
stage); rubber products, both natural and synthetic,
such as tires, shoes, etc? ; paper and pulp; and leather.
PAGE 18
Treatment includes only factory consumption of raw
cotton and wool (import data are briefly summarized,
with cross-reference to 'SECTION 61). Supplies of raw
fibers are also discussed in general terms here as a
problem in textile production. Tanneries and leather
products plants other than shoe factories are treated
as one subtopic; data on tannery consumption of hides
and skins are included. Shoes of all types are treated
as a separate subtopic here. Production and consump-
tion data for paper pulp are also covered.
See also Subsection B., 1) for additional requirements.
Treatment includes data on principal plants, as
called for in Subsection K. Mills making pulp usable
for manufacture of explosives or rayon are indicated.
M. Construction industries
This Subsection treats major construction firms or
industries interested and utilized in residential, com-
mercial, industrial, and public works construction.
Construction materials are treated in other Sections of
CHAPTER VI and appropriate reference is made in this
Subsection.
See Subsection C.
Discuss briefly and in general major categories of
construction, number of major firms involved, and
adequacy and availability of skilled and semi-skilled
labor and equipment necessary for the industries con-
cerned. Discuss growth of these industries, adequacy
to meet present requirements and their ability to
expand.
Tabulate major construction firms, their location,
types of construction each firm is interested in, and
amount of skilled and semi-skilled labor employed.
List outstanding and highly qualified personalities
in the construction industry and note their special
interests.
N. Other industries
This Subsection treats two types of industries not
treated elsewhere. First, those industries that are
important in the economy of the area are examined in
detail according to requirements set up in B, 1); re-
quirements for data on principal plants are those called
for in Subsection K. Industries employing less than
5% of the manufacturing labor force are normally
omitted.
The second type of industries are those residual
miscellaneous industries that are treated briefly to
round out the overall analysis of the manufacturing
sector of the economy. Fabricated plastics are covered
here, if appropriate. Also furniture (treating lumber
as part of raw materials consumption of the industry);
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 CH AP T E I? V I CONFIDENTIAL
soap and glycerine; paints, varnish, and lacquer. There
are no special requirements for this discussion.
0. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
A. General
inform the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used are
indicated.
Section 65. Trade and Finance
Indicate the principal features of the country's do-
mestic and foreign trade and the part it plays in the
national economy. 'Discuss the country's currency and
banking systems, and organization of public finances.
Note significant changes in the country's balance of
payments, especially during and since the war. Point
out whether the country normally has an import or
export surplus, and what is its debtor-creditor position
(foreign assets and liabilities). Discuss the country's
position in international markets. Describe the gov-
ernment's policy in the fields of domestic and foreign
trade and finance.
B. Business organization
Discuss the juridical forms of business ownership.
Indicate degree of interlocking financial relationship
and dispersion of ownership.
C. Domestic trade and finance
1. PATTERN OF DOMESTIC TRADE
1) Describe the place of wholesale and retail trade
in the national economy, showing its contribution to
GNP, number of persons employed as percent of total
labor force, etc.
2) Describe briefly the structure of the trade chan-
nels (wholesale and retail), with special emphasis upon
trade practices, ownership (private, state, cooperative),
nature and degree of specialization.
2. DOMESTIC FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
AND THEIR STRUCTURE
Under each of the following principal topics include
relevant statistical data as much as possible in tabular
form.
a. BANKING AND CURRENCY SYSTEM ? Describe
the banking system indicating the kinds of banks and
their role in financing private industry and trade, agri-
culture and government. Describe briefly the central
bank institution and discuss its role in the economy and
CONFIDENTIAL
government operations. Discuss flexibility of currency
system and ability to meet changing economic require-
ments. Describe briefly the currency system of the
country indicating the kinds of currency used, the
amounts outstanding, name of the issuing authority.
Explain the degree to which the currency is tied to gold
or to some other foreign currency, such as sterling or
dollar.
b. INSURANCE COMPANIES AND OTHER FINANCIAL
INSTITUTIONS (CREDIT UNIONS, ETC.) ?Describe briefly
major features and operations.
C. SECURITY MARKETS ? Describe briefly major
features emphasizing role in providing and channeling
investment funds.
d. COMMODITY MARKETS ? List and briefly discuss
the size, operations and government regulations re-
lating to the major commodity markets.
3. GOVERNMENT FINANCE AND FISCAL
POLICY
Under each of the following principal topics include
relevant statistical data as much as possible in tabular
form. In all cases compare with prewar base year and
indicate trends.
a. PUBLIC EXPENDITURES (NATIONAL BUDGET) ?
Analyze budgets to determine, where possible, the
distribution of public expenditures on a functional as
well as organizational basis with special emphasis on
national defense and scientific development, and ade-
quate attention to welfare and economic development.
Indicate the size and function of local budgets.
b. REVENUE ? Describe briefly the tax systems
and other sources of revenue of both national and inter-
mediate governments. Analyze adequacy to meet
revenue requirements and social and political factors
which condition revenue patterns.
C. GOVERNMENT DEBT Indicate the size of gov-
ernment debt, internal and foreign, and trace the trends
during recent years. Discuss any particular problems
that have arisen in connection with this debt, especially
those involving servicing the foreign debt.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PA G E 19
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS JULY 1957
d. GOVERNMENT MONETARY AND FISCAL POLICIES ?
Describe briefly the government's fiscal and monetary
policies. Specifically, consider the effect on monetary
availabilities and purchasing power (and through them
on the levels of national income) of the following
policies:
Government surpluses and/or deficits
Public revenue system
Public expenditure pattern
Management of the public debt
Central bank policies, such as limitations on amount of
issue, regulation of interest rates, reserve requirements,
open market policies, etc.
O. GOVERNMENT POLICIES TOWARD RESTRICTIVE
TRADE PRACTICES Examine government policies to-
ward cartels, monopolies, other restrictive trade prac-
tices, and toward cooperatives.
D. International trade and finance
Under each of the following principal topics include
relevant statistical data as much as possible in tabular
form.
1. BALANCE OF PAYMENTS POSITION
a. OVERALL ? Discuss in overall terms the bal-
ance of payments of the country indicating the net debit
or credit position, the principal debit and credit items
or groups of items and. the principal debit and credit
countries or monetary groupings. Indicate the extent
to which commodity trade, other current accounts, and
capital and monetary gold movements affect the bal-
ance of payments. Where significant, analyze the
triangular or multilateral aspects of the balance of pay-
ments. Indicate changes in the pattern of the balance
of payments during and since World War II. Draw up
balance of payments statements for a typical prewar
year and one or more postwar years according to the
presentation adopted by the International Monetary
Fund.
b. CURRENT ACCOUNT
(1) Commodity trade ? Show the relationship
of the country's total foreign commodity trade to world
trade and to its own national income. Describe the
extent to which the country is dependent upon either
imports or exports. Set forth the pattern of the coun-
try's foreign trade by commodity, by country of origin
or destination, by quantity, value, and percentage
distribution and variation. Indicate the more signifi-
cant changes that have taken place in the preceding
decade. Specify the countries and commodities upon
which the foreign trade of the country is particularly
dependent. Include a table of foreign trade showing
by commodity, where data permit, the following:
1) volume, 2) value, 3) percentage distribution, and
4) country of origin and destination. If possible these
should be given for different years in order to show
fluctuation. These data should also be presented in
graphic form when possible.
PAGE 20
(2) Other current items ? Discuss the pattern of
current accounts, analyzing the significance of the major
invisible items, shipping, insurance, interest, tourism,
noncompensated remittances, etc.
C. CAPITAL AND GOLD MOVEMENTS ? If the move-
ments of capital and monetary gold need analysis in
greater detail than in Subsection D, 1, a, it should be
presented here.
2. FOREIGN ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
Discuss the country's position in recent years as an
international debtor or creditor. Taking into con-
sideration government and private investments, gold
and foreign exchange holdings, etc., list the principal
debtor or creditor countries, and indicate amounts out-
standing. Analyze the nature and magnitude of any
intergovernmental loans or grants. Indicate the
amount of foreign investment within the country by
industry group and by investing country. Indicate
the amount of investment abroad by industry group
and country, of investment. Evaluate the role of
foreign assets or debts as they would affect wartime
and other extraordinary foreign expenditures. Describe
changes in holdings of foreign exchange and gold during
recent years and examine their effect upon foreign trade
and international payments.
Draw up a table of estimates of the country's private
and government assets or investments in foreign coun-
tries and of foreign countries' assets or investments in
the subject country, showing gross values outstanding
as of the end of recent fiscal or calendar years. Data
are shown by classes of property, investment, or claim
by foreign countries or areas in which country's assets
or investments or its obligors are located, or which own
or hold assets or investments in the country, or obliga-
tions of the country. The country's estimated total
net creditor or debtor position is given, as well as its
net position with regard to particular classes of assets
or with individual foreign countries or areas.
The type of data and table intended can be judged
by referring to the following:
Debtor and Creditor Countries: 1938, 1944 by Cleona Lewis,
published by the Brookings Institution, Washington,
D. C., 1945. The 1938 estimates cover all countries of
the world for which data were available, but list only
long-term, not short-term, assets.
U.S. Treasury Department, Office of the Secretary, Census
of American Owned Assets in Foreign Countries, 1947,
Table I, p. 9, Table III, p. 17, and Table VI, p. 26.
'U.S. Treasury Department, Office of the Secretary, Census
of Foreign Owned Assets in the United States, G.P.O., 1945,
Washington, D. C., Table IV, p. 18, Table V, p. 19,
Table VII, p. 22.
U.S. Department of Commerce, The Balance of Payments
of the United States, 1949-1951, G.P.O., Washington, D. C.,
1952, pp. 162-163, "Table 41--International investment
position by type of investment and area, year ends,
1947-51."
Where data are not available indicate by appropriate
entry in the table.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957
CHAPTER VI
3. GOVERNMENT POLICIES, PRACTICES
AND INSTITUTIONS RELATIVE TO INTER-
NATIONAL TRADE AND FINANCE
Discuss the nature, extent, and effectiveness of gov-
ernment controls on foreign exchange and foreign trade
and their relationship to each other. Indicate to what
extent these controls are permanent or of an emergency
character. Discuss the purpose of such controls and
the extent to which they modify the trade pattern.
Discuss governmental policy, practices and institu-
tions in respect to the following matters:
a. COMMERCIAL POLICY AND STATE INTERVENTION
IN INTERNATIONAL TRADING
Tariffs, subsidies and incentives
Quantitative restrictions
State trading, bulk buying, bilateral agreements, etc.
Relations with international trade organizations
b. INTERNATIONAL FINANCE
Foreign exchange rates--Indicate changes that have
occurred in country's exchange rates during recent years;
account for such changes by reference to inflationary
policies, occupation by foreign powers, deliberate eco-
nomic warfare, etc.
Participation in international payments and clearance
arrangements, e.g., IPU?
Relations with international financial institutions, e.g.,
IMF?
Controls and safeguards affecting international invest-
ment?
CONFIDENTIAL
CONFIDENTIAL
4. FOREIGN TRADE ORGANIZATIONS
Discuss briefly the nature of foreign trade organiza-
tions, including cartels, which control the movement of
goods. Indicate the extent to which such organiza-
tions influence the volume and character of the foreign
trade.
E. Government wartime financing
Discuss the manner in which the government financed
its expenditures during the recent war, in financing its
domestic and foreign procurement. Indicate major
developments since the outbreak of World War II that
affect its ability in this regard.
F. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
inform the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used are
indicated.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 21
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL
NATIONAL INTELLIGENCE SURVEY
STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
CHAPTER VII
SCIENTIFIC
Section 70 Introduction
Section 71 Electronics
Section 72 Air, Ground, and Naval Weapons
Section 73 Atomic Energy
Section 74 Biological Warfare
Section 75 Chemical Warfare
Section 76 Miscellaneous Scientific
CENTRAL INTELLIGENCE AGENCY
Office of Basic Intelligence
Washington, D. C.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957
Chapter VII- Scientific
OUTLINE
SECTION 70. INTRODUCTION
A. Development and evaluation of scien-
tific effort
1. General structure of the scientific
effort
2. Current trends
3. Evaluation
B. Organization for research
1. Governmental organization
2. Armed forces
3; Academies and higher educational
institutions
4. Privately-owned research organiza-
tions
C. Education, training and procurement of
scientific personnel
D. Appropriations
1. Public and private funds allotted for
research and development
2. Prizes, awards, and scholarships
E. Comments on principal sources
SECTION 71. ELECTRONICS
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
L.
General
Radio communications
Communications equipment other than
radio
Navigation aids
Radar
Infrared
Acoustics
Vacuum tubes
Components and special devices
Electronic countermeasures
Personalities
Comments on principal sources
SECTION 72. AIR, GROUND, AND NAVAL WEAPONS
A.
B.
CONFIDENTIAL
General
Aircraft and aircraft armament
1. General
2. Airframes
3. Aircraft propulsion
CONFIDENTIAL
4. Aircraft ordnance
5. Other aircraft equipment
6. Personalities
C. Guided missiles
1. General
2. Guidance and control
3. Propulsion
4. Aerodynamics and structure
5. Warheads and fusing
6. Organization for research and develop-
ment
7. Installa dons
8. Personalities
D. Antiaircraft weapons and equipment
1. General _
2. Guns and ammunition
3. Unguided rockets
4. Fire control equipment
5. Personalities
E. Ground weapons and equiprnent
1. General
2. Combat vehicles
3. General purpose vehicles
4. Artillery
5. Infantry weapons
6. Mines and mine clearance equipment
7. Stream crossing equipment
8. Special arctic equipment
9. Other
10. Personalities
F. Naval weapons
1. General
2. Hull designs
3. Ship propulsion
4. Underwater ordnance
5. Surface ordnance
6. Personalities
G. Comments on principal sources
SECTION 73. ATOMIC ENERGY
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
General
Organization
Appropriations
Scientific training program
Personalities
Research facilities
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 1
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL NIS STANDARD INSTRUCT IONS JULY 1957
G. Supporting industrial firms E. Personalities
H. Sources and production of basic ma-F. Comments on principal sources
terials
I. Production of reactive materials
J. Applications SECTION 75. CHEMICAL WARFARE
K. Comments on principal sources
A. General
? B. Capabilities, organization and policies
for research and development
SECTION 74. BIOLOGICAL WARFARE
C. Research, development and field testing
D. Installations
A. General
E. Personalities
B. Capabilities, organization and policies F. Comments on principal sources
for research and development
C. Research, development and field testing
D. Installations SECTION 76. MISCELLANEOUS SCIENTIFIC
OUTLINE GUIDE
The following outline guide indicates substance and general arrange-
ment. In preparation and typing of manuscript, Standard Edi-
torial Instructions are followed in detail.
The following is intended to serve as a general
instruction for the production of CHAPTER VII. Rele-
vant features contained herein, modified to conform
with the area being covered, are included with the
finished CHAPTER VII to serve as a guide for the reader.
CHAPTER VII (SCIENTIFIC) iS devoted to the relatively
permanent and fundamental aspects of scientific re-
search and development in the subject area. Material
contained in the Chapter should be adequate to provide
key scientific intelligence analysts with a basis for pre-
paring estimates for such bodies as the National Se-
curity Council, the Research and Development Board,
the Joint Chiefs of Staff, and the National Security
Resources Board, and for departmental planning
components.
Since science enters strongly into present-day mili-
tary planning connected with the national security,
CHAPTER VII places emphasis on the military aspect
of scientific research and development. It is recog-
nized, however, that much of the advance in military
technology generates from nonmilitary laboratories
and that the entire scientific base of a country con-
tributes to a certain extent to the military potential of
the country. CHAPTER VII therefore also covers sub-
jects which have no direct military application but
which are of significance.
The particular area covered by CHAPTER VII, of
course, influences the volume and scope of the textual
presentation. For example, treatment concerning the
PAGE 2
U.S.S.R. is only complete when full coverage is provided
for salient contributions of U.S.S.R. satellite nations.
A clearer understanding of the purpose of CHAPTER
VII is provided by consideration of its relationship with
certain other Chapters of the. overall NIS presentation.
Generally speaking, CHAPTER VII covers scientific re-
search and development through the prototype stage
of materiel, whereas CHAPTER VI (EcoNomic) deals
with the manufacture of materiel and CHAPTER VIII
(ARMED FORCES) with the quality, quantity, and char-
acteristics thereof. CHAPTER IV (SOCIOLOGICAL) deals
with the educational system as a whole and with the
educational level of the population whereas CHAPTER
VII deals with educational institutions and learned
societies which are engaging in scientific research.
Since it is recognized that essentially all aspects of
atomic energy and biological warfare, including the
manufacture and capabilities thereof, fall within the
field of scientific intelligence, all such aspects are re-
spectively treated in SECTIONS 73 (ATOMIC ENERGY)
and 74 (BIOLOGICAL WARFARE) and no aspect is treated
ill CHAPTER VI Or CHAPTER VIII. Manufacture of
chemical warfare materiel is, however, treated in
CHAPTER VI and the quality, quantity, and charac-
teristics of such materiel in CHAPTER VIII.
Because the overall field of scientific research and
development is not static, the lino of demarcation be-
tween basic and current scientific intelligence is not
always clear cut. This line may be particularly hazy
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 CHAPTER VII
in the subjects of research and development programs
as such programs, if handled with normal efficiency and
force, are likely, in their progress, to generate from day
to day new facts of interest. It is the intent that
CHAPTER VII provide comprehensive coverage of sig-
nificant research and development programs. How-
ever, that coverage should be limited to the origin,
objectives, history, general progress and an indication
of basic trends (avoiding estimates and opinions re-
served for other types of intelligence production) of
the programs as of the time of writing. Also, it must
be recognized that the inclusion of a mass of ephemeral,
as opposed to fundamental, details may require too
frequent revision of the Chapter and may tend to con-
CONFIDENTIAL
fuse or even mislead the reader. In view of the fore-
going, good judgment is required to. determine which
details are to be included and which are to be excluded.
However, the nature of scientific research and develop-
ment is such as almost uniformly to require protection
of them by the most nearly impervious counterintelli-
gence screen that the country in which they are being
conducted is able to erect. Hence, the amount of
detail concerning them is more likely to be little than
great. Therefore, in the preparation of the text fre-
quent acute problems of selectivity are not anticipated
and, in any event, it is desired to err on the side of in-
cluding too many details rather than too few.
Section 70. Introduction
A. Development and evaluation of scientific
effort
1. GENERAL STRUCTURE OF THE SCIEN-
TIFIC EFFORT
Cover the history and tradition of scientific research
and development in the subject area. Refer to the
position of science and show clearly the governmental
attitude toward scientific research. Include references
to social and economic positions enjoyed by scientists
in the subject area. Evaluate briefly scientific scholar-
ship. (Individuals are covered in appropriate Sections.)
2. CURRENT TRENDS
State the field or fields of endeavor in which notably
outstanding work is done, or is likely to be done. Out-
line capabilities and potentialities of converting research
and development in case of war. Give outstanding
contributions to scientific theory and to applied re-
search (reference other Sections of this Chapter).
3. EVALUATION
Present an evaluation of scientific scholarship and
the levels of achievement in pure and applied science.
Cover the various factors and aspects of the scientific
effort in terms of their strengthening or weakening this
effort. Include considerations relating to scientific
organization, political control, scientific philosophy,
technical resources, etc.
B. Organization for research
Provide identification of the main organizations and
types of organizations; their interrelationship and
coordination; whether planned or spontaneous. Pre-
sent the relative significance of each organization or
group of organizations of a given type. Indicate how
CONFIDENTIAL
research projects originate and are sustained. Refer to
cooperation and the dissemination of ideas. Cover
planning.
1. GOVERNMENTAL ORGANIZATION
Cover the structure for controlling, supervising, or
advising scientific research and development outside
the armed forces.
2. ARMED FORCES
Describe research organizations within the armed
forces and research organizations controlled or super-
vised by or for the armed forces.
3. ACADEMIES AND HIGHER EDUCATIONAL
INSTITUTIONS
Describe organizations that are actively engaged in
or fostering research, with significance and relation to
the governmental organization. (Mention only higher
educational establishments which have outstanding
reputations in scientific fields.) Cover briefly out-
standing types of research accomplishment. There
should be extensive cross-referencing to CHAPTER IV,
where the basic education system is covered. Close
coordination should be established with the Depart-
ment of State, which is the agency responsible for
CHAPTER IV.
4. PRIVATELY-OWNED RESEARCH ORGAN-
IZATIONS
Describe industrial organizations engaged in re-
search, the type, caliber and significance of this re-
search. Cover the relationship with government
organization, if evident. Include foreign affiliations,
if any. There should be extensive cross-referencing to
CHAPTER VI and Close liaison established with the
Department of State.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 3
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
C. Education, training and. procurement of
scientific personnel
Discuss the training of scientists, particularly in the
higher schools and in postgraduate work. Make an
attempt to evaluate academic standards.
D. Appropriations
1. PUBLIC AND PRIVATE FUNDS ALLOTTED
FOR RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
Refer to public and private funds allotted for re-
search and development, indicating how funds are
allotted among various fields, organizations, and/or
scientists.
JULY 1957
2. PRIZES, AWARDS, AND SCHOLARSHIPS
Cover prizes, awards, and scholarships for scientific
research and development.
E. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
inform the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used are
indicated.
Section 71. Electronics
A. General
Contains a brief discussion of the capabilities of the
subject nation in electronic research and development.
If sufficiently outstanding, mention is made of govern-
mental support of research or training of electronic
personnel. Aid, such as Lend-Lease, ECA support,
or outright sale of electronic equipment or information,
that has been supplied from other countries is men-
tioned. The outstanding research laboratories and
developmental establishments are discussed briefly.
B. Radio communications
Contains a general discussion concerning the types
of equipment being developed, its modernity, indica-
tions of the development of unusual types of radio
apparatus, and the adequacy of the equipment sup-
plied. A general discussion of the probable tactical
application of radio communications may be included,
but a detailed list of specific equipment is not desired.
C. Communications equipment other than
radio
Contains a general discussion concerning the types
of equipment being developed, its modernity, indica-
tions of the development of unusual types of communi-
cations apparatus in this category, and the adequacy
of the equipment supplied.
D. Navigation aids
Contains a general discussion of the types of elec-
tronic navigational aids being developed by the subject
nation, such as radar, radio beacons, direction-finding
stations, etc.
PAIGE 4
E. Radar
Contains a general discussion of the important types
of radar and radar recognition (IFF) equipment being
developed by the subject nation.
F. Infrared
Contains a general discussion of the important in-
frared development under way in the subject nation.
G. Acoustics
Contains a general discussion of the important types
of underwater sound devices with mention of other
acoustic developments of significance.
H. Vacuum tubes
Contains a discussion of the capabilities of the sub-
ject nation in the design of all types of vacuum tubes.
Mention is made of the characteristics of any special
types that are being developed, and of unusual appli-
cations of those developments.
I. Components and special devices
Briefly discuss the various types of components,
special electronic devices, and laboratory equipment
not covered by the preceding paragraphs.
J. Electronic countermeasures
Contains a brief discussion of ECM techniques which
have been devised by the subject nation, together
with a description of the important equipment planned
C ONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 CHAPTER VII
to implement those techniques. An important part
of this Subsection is the assessment, whenever possible,
of the susceptibility of the nation's electronic devices
to countermeasures.
K. Personalities
Provide a listing, with specialties and other pertinent
information, of the outstanding personalities in the
program.
CONFIDENTIAL
L. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
inform the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used
are indicated.
Section 72. Air, Ground, and Naval Weapons
A. General
Summarize the overall capabilities of the subject
country on research and development in regard to air,
ground and naval weapons and other materiel referred
to throughout this Section. When so desired in the
preparation of this Subsection, it may be broken down
into further divisions to specifically refer to individual
items such as guided missiles, naval weapons, etc.
The summary shall include an indication of the prin-
cipal conclusions reached.
B. Aircraft and aircraft armament
1. GENERAL
Evaluate the overall research and development
capabilities of the subject country in the field of air-
craft and aircraft armament, and summarize the prin-
cipal conclusions.
2. AIRFRAMES
a. ORGANIZATION FOR RESEARCH AND DEVELOP-
MENT ? A general picture is desired of military and
civilian organizations which supervise, advise, control,
or ?conduct significant research and development of
airframes.
b. INSTALLATIONS? Describe briefly airframe re-
search, development, and test facilities and indicate
their effect on research and development capabilities.
c. BASIC TRENDS ? Discuss basic research and de-
velopment trends in design aspects of military and
civilian aircraft types; avoid reference to specific items
currently under development and limit the discussion
to continuing basic projects.
3. AIRCRAFT PROPULSION
Follow the guide outlined in Subsection B, 2 above;
include design aspects of reciprocating, jet, turboprop,
and rocket powerplants.
CONIIIDENTIAL
4. AIRCRAFT ORDNANCE
Follow the guide outlined in Subsection B, 2 above;
include aircraft machineguns, cannon, rockets, bombs,
bombsights, etc.
5. OTHER AIRCRAFT EQUIPMENT
Follow the guide outlined in Subsection B, 2 above;
include such equipment as pressurization, oxygen and
ejection systems, etc.
6. PERSONALITIES
Include brief biographic data on key personnel
which provide insight into research and development
capabilities. (Cross-reference personnel concerned with
any other of the subjects covered by this Section.)
C. Guided missiles
1. GENERAL
Evaluate the overall research and development capa-
bilities of the subject country in the field of guided
missiles, and summarize the principal conclusions.
2. GUIDANCE AND CONTROL
Discuss research and development trends in guid-
ance and control; in general, limit the discussion to
continuing projects, but refer to specific items currently
under development where indicative of trends.
3. PROPULSION
Follow the guide outlined in Subsection C, 2 above.
4. AERODYNAMICS AND STRUCTURE
Follow. .the guide outlined in Subsection C, 2 above.
5. WARHEADS AND FUSING
Follow the guide outlined in Subsection C, 2 above.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL NIS STANDARD IN
6. 0:R,GANIZATI0N FOR RESEARCH AND DE-
VELOPMENT
A general picture is desired of military and civilian
organizations which supervise, advise, control, or con-
duct significant research and development.
7. INSTALLATIONS
Describe briefly research, development, test facilities,
and proving grounds and indicate their effect on the
missile program.
8. PERSONALITIES
Include brief biographic data on key personnel which
provide insight into research and development capa-
bilities. (Cross-reference personnel concerned with
any other of the subjects covered by this Section.)
D. Antiaircraft weapons and equipment
1. GENERAL
Evaluate the overall research and development
capabilities of the subject country in surface-launched
antiaircraft weapons (excluding guided missiles), and
summarize the principal conclusions.
2. GUNS AND AMMUNITION
a. ORGANIZATION FOR RESEARCH AND DEVELOP-
MENT -- A general picture is desired of military and
civilian organizations which supervise, advise, control,
or conduct significant research and development per-
taining to guns and ammunition, including fusing.
b. INSTALLATIONS ? Describe briefly research, de-
velopment and test facilities and indicate their effect
on research and development capabilities.
C. BASIC TRENDS ? Discuss basic research and de-
velopment trends in design aspects of antiaircraft gun
and ammunition types; avoid reference to specific
items currently under development and limit the discus-
sion to continuing basic projects.
3. UNGUIDED ROCKETS
Follow the guide outlined in Subsection D, 2 above;
include design aspects of unguided rockets and asso-
ciated equipment of the "Taifun" types.
4. FIRE CONTROL EQUIPMENT
Follow the guide outlined in Subsection D, 2 above;
include design factors relative to unique electronic
and mechanical antiaircraft fire control systems and
associated equipment.
5. PERSONALITIES
Include brief biographic data on key personnel which
provide insight into research and development capabil-
ities. (Cross-reference personnel concerned with any
other of the subjects covered by this Section.)
PAGE 6
JULY 1957
E. Ground weapons and equipment
1. GENERAL
Evaluate the overall research and development
capabilities of the subject country in the field of ground
weapons and equipment and summarize the principal
conclusions.
2. COMBAT VEHICLES
a. ORGANIZATION FOR RESEARCH AND DEVELOP-
MENT A general picture is desired of military and
civilian organizations which supervise, advise, control,
or conduct significant research and development of
combat vehicles, including self-propelled guns.
b. INSTALLATIONS ? Describe briefly combat Ve-
hicle development and test facilities and indicate their
effect on research and development capabilities.
C. BASIC TRENDS Discuss basic research and de-
velopment trends in design aspects of combat vehicles;
avoid reference to specific items currently under de-
velopment and limit the discussion to continuing basic
projects.
3. GENERAL PURPOSE VEHICLES
Follow the guide outlined in Subsection E, 2 above;
include design aspects of unique development relative
to powerplants, transmission and traction devices.
4. ARTILLERY
Follow the guide outlined in Subsection E, 2 above,
including field and antitank artillery, howitzers, ground
support rockets, and mortars together with associated
fire control equipment and ammunition, but excluding
antiaircraft weapons covered in Subsection D above.
5. INFANTRY WEAPONS
Follow the guide outlined in Subsection E, 2 above,
including small arms, machineguns, antitank rifles,
grenades, bazookas, etc., and associated ammunition.
6. MINES ANI) MINE CLEARANCE EQUIP-
MENT
Follow the guide outlined in Subsection E, 2 above,
including mines and associated fuses, actuating and
control devices, as well as Idetection and clearing
equipment.
7. STREAM CROSSING EQUIPMENT
Follow the guide outlined in Subsection E, 2 above
including bridging in general as well as assault boats
and other associated equipment.
8. SPECIAL ARCTIC EQUIPMENT
Follow the guide outlined in Subsection E, 2 above,
including shelter, clothing, rations, vehicles, fuels and
lubricants and other unique special equipment or
materiel.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 CHAPTER VII
9. OTHER
Follow the guide outlined for Subsection E, 2 above,
in discussing any other ground weapons or equipment.
10. PERSONALITIES
Include brief biographic data on key personnel which
provide insight into research and development capabil-
ities. (Cross-reference personnel concerned with any
other of the subjects covered by this Section.)
F. Naval weapons
1. GENERAL
Evaluate the overall research and development
capabilities of the subject country in the field of naval
weapons and equipment and summarize the principal
conclusions.
2. HULL DESIGNS
a. ORGANIZATION FOR RESEARCH AND DEVELOP-
MENT ? A general picture is desired of naval and
civilian organizations which supervise, advise, control,
or conduct significant research and development of
ship hull designs.
b. INSTALLATIONS ? Describe briefly hull design
research, development and test facilities and indicate
their effect on research and development capabilities.
C. BASIC TRENDS ? Discuss basic research and
development trends in design aspects of naval vessels;
avoid reference to specific items currently under de-
velopment and limit the discussion to continuing basic
projects.
CONFIDENTIAL
3. SHIP PROPULSION
Follow the guide outlined in Subsection F, 2 above;
include design aspects of turbine, jet and closed-cycle
powerplants.
4. UNDERWATER ORDNANCE
Follow the guide outlined in Subsection F, 2 above;
include such weapons as mines, torpedoes, depth
charges, ahead-thrown weapons, water-penetrating
rockets and their launchers, fire control systems, etc.
5. SURFACE ORDNANCE
Follow the guide outlined in Subsection F, 2 above;
include anti-surface-vessel offensive weapons and as-
sociated fire control and target designation systems.
6. PERSONALITIES
Include brief biographic data on key personnel which
provide insight into research and development capabil-
ities. (Cross-reference personnel concerned with any
other of subjects covered by this Section.)
G. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
inform the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used are
indicated.
Section 73. Atomic Energy
A. General
A brief summary of the overall capabilities in the
field of atomic energy.
B. Organization
Details of governmental organizations for the control
of atomic energy activities including the names of
people in important positions.
C. Appropriations
A summary of appropriations for atomic energy
research, development, and production, and for labora-
tory maintenance, construction, or expansion.
CONFIDENTIAL
D. Scientific training program
A summary of government and privately-sponsored
programs designed to increase the numbers of tech-
nically-trained personnel in this field.
E. Personalities
A listing with specialties and other pertinent informa-
tion, of the outstanding personalities in the program.
F. Research facilities
Descriptions of principal facilities, government and
private, engaged in research and development in the
field of atomic energy, discussing the physical size, the
organization, equipment available, and usual types of
research undertaken.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 7
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFID NTIAL NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
G. Supporting industrial firms
Industrial firms capable of, or known to be, furnish-
ing major support to an atomic energy project, but
not covered under H or I.
H. Sources and production of basic materials
Location of mines and processing plants and de-
scription of processes involved from raw material to
end product for such essential materials as uranium,
thorium, heavy water, beryllium, pure graphite, pure
calcium, magnesium, lithium, etc.
I. Production of reactive materials
Plants and equipment actually engaged in the pro-
duction of reactive materials on other than a laboratory
scale including description of processes and equipment
and total production.
JULY 1957
J. Applications
Estimate of capabilities for various applications,
apparent and/or announced, of the atomic energy
program, such as weapons, power, isotopes for medical
research, or basic research.
K. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
inform the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used
are indicated.
Section 74. Biological Warfare
A. General
Summarize the following topics: the overall capa-
bilities of the subject country in the BW field; the
general historical background of its BW activities;
the attitude of the government and people toward the
development of this program; the general organization
and control of BW activities and the priority estab-
lished in relation to other scientific programs; and the
general plans and preparations for future use of and
defense against BW. This brief statement or summary
reflects the conclusions reached by the following Sub-
sections, including the industrial potential of the
country to produce agents and materiel for warfare.
B. Capabilities, organization and policies for
research and development
The purpose of this Subsection is to assess the capac-
ity and effectiveness of the directional and supervisory
forces existing in the country, as well as to show the
extent of the current scientific and technical effort
bearing on BW, and the feasibility of conversion to a
military effort in case of total war. This topic covers
an organizational outline or summary of the interre-
lationships of the following: top-level government
administration; research institutes and applied research
laboratories under direct governmental control; field-
testing stations; and nongovernmental activities, in-
cluding university and industrial laboratories wherein
pure and applied research may be deemed to support
the governmental BW, program. (Details listing facili-
PAU.E. 8
ties and personnel of specific installations to be dis-
cussed in Subsections D and E.)
Give the current capabilities of the subject nation
in respect to BW research and development; the policies
of that government governing the control, develop-
ment, and exploitation of BW, and funds allocated for
basic and applied BW research and development.
C. Research, development and field testing
This Subsection is directed toward research and de-
velopment of BW agents; new material and techniques
for dissemination; and new materials or techniques
for detection, identification and protection. (Lists of
installations and personalities are given in Subsections
D and E.) It is suggested that the subject matter be
treated as follows:
1) Discuss the research program on developmental
BW agents and list those that have been studied or
tested.
2) Discuss pilot stage of developing BW agents and
any evidence of full scale production, stockpiling, field
testing and standardization of materiel so produced.
3) Discuss raw materials, new developments in
processes, requirements for special materials and equip-
ment for the production of BW agents and materiel.
This Subsection might also well include any known
plans for the production of such materials that may be
presumed to be under consideration. Critical short-
ages of these, or recognized inability to produce, are
pointed out.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957
CHAPTER VII
4) Discuss research and development programs di-
rected toward the production of new and improved
materials, techniques and equipment for defensive BW,
e.g., detection (materiel and techniques); impermeable
clothing or impregnated fabrics; filters; paper for
filters; charcoal and other absorbents; masks; shelters;
decontaminants; prophylactics (immunization, etc.);
treatment of man, animal or plant victims (antibiotics,
drugs, antidotes, isolation, killing or destruction, etc.)
(References can be made to appropriate medical and
public health Sections of the NIS for details.)
5) Present similar information as in Subsection C,
4 concerning research and development on types of
equipment and methods for the dissemination of BW
agents and field testing of any equipment produced
through pilot plant operation, e.g., such as: generation
or dispersal by explosive charges, special propellants
and aerosol bombs; dispersal of liquids and solid masses
by nozzles and other devices; and simplified methods
of dissemination, special munitions, etc.
6) Present studies leading to more adequate assess-
ment of the relative effects or requirements in combat
or strategic bombing of a) BW vs. HE and others, and
b) the different BW disseminating methods or muni-
tions under specific micrometeorological and clima-
tological conditions. Any meteorological studies spe-
cifically directed toward BW are included.
A. General
D. Installations
CONFIDENTIAL
Give exact locations, descriptions, and brief state-
ment of activities of known and suspected BW research
installations and pilot plants; plants for production of
BW agents; and munitions still in development and
testing installations and areas. Available information
on special equipment and other facilities of these in-
stallations are described also.
E. Personalities
Give the full names, positions and brief biographies
(include accomplishments) of the principal personali-
ties (scientists and administrators) involved in BW
research and development.
F. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
inform the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used
are indicated.
Section 75. Chemical Warfare
Summarize the following topics: the overall capa-
bilities of the subject country in the CW field; the
general historical background of its CW activities; the
attitude of the government and people toward the
development of this program; the general organization
and control of CW activities and the priority estab-
lished in relation to other scientific programs; and the
general plans and preparations for future use of and
defense against CW. This brief statement or sum-
mary reflects the conclusions reached by the following
Subsections, including the industrial potential of the
country to produce agents and materiel for warfare.
(The details of chemical industries, etc., are given in
CHAPTER VI.)
B. Capabilities, organization and policies for
research and development
The purpose of this Subsection is to assess the capac-
ity and effectiveness of the directional and supervisory
forces existing in the country, as well as to show the
extent of the current scientific and technical effort
CONFIDENTIAL
bearing on CW, and the feasibility of conversion to a
military effort in case of total war.
This topic covers an organizational outline or sum-
mary of the interrelationships of the following: top-
level government administration; research institutes
and applied research laboratories under direct govern-
mental control; field-testing stations; and nongovern-
mental activities, including university and industrial
laboratories wherein pure and applied research may
be deemed to support the governmental CW program.
(Details listing facilities and personnel of specific instal-
lations are discussed in Subsections D and E.)
Give the current capabilities of the subject nation
in respect to CW research and development; the policies
of that government governing the control, develop-
ment, and exploitation of CW, and funds allocated for
basic and applied CW research and development.
C. Research, development and field testing
This Subsection is directed toward research and de-
velopment of new CW agents, smokes, incendiaries,
flame warfare materials; new materials or techniques
for dissemination; and new materials or techniques for
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 9
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
C ONFID ENTIAL NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
detection, identification and protection. (Lists of
installations and personalities are given in Subsections
D and E.) It is suggested that the subject matter be
treated as follows:
1) Discuss the research program. on new or develop-
mental CW agents and list those that have been studied
or tested. (New CW agents shall be understood as
those not to have been developed beyond the pilot
plant stage, or those for which full schedule produc-
tion has not been established on a firm basis as, for
example, the German nerve gases, in the case of intelli-
gence pertaining to the U.S.S.R.)
2) Discuss pilot stage of developing new CW agents
and any evidence of full scale production, stockpiling,
field testing and standardization of materials so
produced.
3) Discuss raw materials, new developments in
process, requirements for special alloys, materials and
equipment for the production of new CW agents and
materiel. This Subsection might also well include
any known plans for the production of such materials
that may be presumed to be under consideration.
Critical shortages of these, or recognized inability to
produce, are pointed out.
4) Discuss research and development of flame war-
fare materials, incendiaries and smokes (fuels and
materiel).
5) Discuss research and development programs
directed. toward the production of new and improved
materials, techniques and equipment for defensive
CW, e.g., detection (materiel and techniques); im-
permeable clothing or impregnated fabrics; filters;
paper for filters; charcoal and other absorbents; masks;
shelters ; decontaminants; treatment of casualties (oint-
ments, antidotes, etc.).
6) Present similar information as in Subsection
C, 5 concerning research and development on new
types of equipment and methods for the dissemination
of CW agents and field testing of any equipment pro-
duced through pilot plant operation, e.g., such items
JULY 1957
as generation or dispersal by explosive charges, special
propellants, aerosol bombs, and special heat generators;
dispersal of liquids and solid masses by nozzles and
other devices; and simplified methods of dissemination,
special munitions, etc.
7) Present studies leading to more adequate assess-
ment of the relative effects or requirements in combat
or strategic bombing of a) CW vs. HE and others, and
b) the different CW disseminating methods or muni-
tions under specific micrometeorological and clima-
tological conditions. Any meteorological studies specifi-
cally directed toward CW are included.
D. Installations
Give exact locations, descriptions, and brief state-
ment of activities of known and suspected CW research
installations and pilot plants; plants for production of
CW agents and munitions still in development; and
testing installations and areas. Available information
on special equipment and other facilities of these
installations are described also.
E. Personalities
Give the full names, positions and brief biogra-
phies (include accomplishments) of the principal
personalities (scientists and administrators) involved
in CW research and development.
F. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
inform the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby pro-
vide general guidance for collection effort. In this con-
nection, only the principal sources actually used are
indicated.
Section 76. Miscellaneous Scientific
As a general overall requirement for each Area, all
phases of relatively permanent and fundamental
aspects of scientific research and development, through
the prototype stage, which are not otherwise covered
in the NIS text but which have potential military
PAGE 10
significance, are considered for inclusion within this
Section. Final determination as to whether or not
certain subjects will be discussed depends upon their
importance within the particular area and the avail-
ability of production manpower.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL
NATIONAL INTELLIGENCE SURVEY
STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
CHAPTER VIII
ARMED FORCES
Section 80 Introduction
Section 81 Ground Forces
Section 82 Naval Forces
Section 83 Air Forces
CENTRAL INTELLIGENCE AGENCY
Office of Basic Intelligence
Washington, D. C.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 CONFIDENTIAL
Chapter VIII- Armed Forces
OUTLINE
SECTION 80. INTRODUCTION
A. General
B. Structure of armed forces
1. Composition
2. Top control
C. Size of armed forces
D. Position of armed forces in the nation
1. Legal basis
2. Traditions
3. Political influence
4. Fiscal control
E. Manpower
1. Available manpower for armed forces
2. Quality of manpower
3. Conscription
SECTION 81. GROUND FORCES
A. General
B. Administrative organization
1. Army high command
2. Territorial organization
3. Arms and services
C. Tactical organization
1. General
2. Higher headquarters
3. Staff organization
4. Combat units
5. Service units
D. Order of battle
1. Strength
2. Dispositions
E. Strategy and defenses
1. Strategic problems and doctrines
2. Permanent fortifications
F. Tactics
1. Basic tactical doctrines
2. Special operations
G. Personnel
1. Ranks
2. Pay
3. Procurement and terms of service
4. Quality factors
H. Reserve and mobilization system
1. Reserve system
2. Mobilization system
3. Mobilization potential
CONFIDENTIAL
I. Training
1. General
2. Preinduction
3. Individual
4. Unit, combined, and maneuvers
5. Reserve
6. Schools and installations
J. Logistics
1. Classification of materiel
2. Procurement
3. Peacetime storage and issue
4. War supply and movement
5. Maintenance
6. Evaluation
K. Materiel
1. Ordnance
2. Signal
3. Quartermaster
4. Engineer
5. Chemical
6. Medical
L. Personalities
1. Biographical sketches
2. List of personalities
M. Quasi-military and other ground forces
N. Comments on principal sources
SECTION 82.
NAVAL FORCES
A. General
B. Organization
? 1. Naval high command
2. Naval districts (zones or activities)
3. Naval communications network
4. Forces afloat
5. Other naval organizations
C. Strength and disposition
1. Ships
2. Personnel
D. Policy and doctrine
1. Naval strategic concepts
2. Doctrine
3. Naval budget and appropriations
4. Construction and development pro--
grams
5. Naval relationships with other coun-
tries
6. National attitude toward the navy
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
E. Personnel
1. Corps and services
2. Rank and rates
3. Procurement
4. Conditions of service
5. Uniforms and insignia
F. Reserve and mobilization system
1. Ships
2. Personnel
3. Merchant marine and other auxiliary
forces
4. Adequacy of mobilization system
G. Training
1. General
2. Facilities
3. Officer
4. Enlisted
5. Shipboard
6. Fleet and force
7. Reserve
H. Logistics
1. Procurement
2. New. construction, repair and mainte-
nance
3. Centers of supply
Ship design and characteristics
1. Design of ships
2. Strategic characteristics
Materiel
1. General
2. Characteristics
Personalities
1. Biographical sketches
2. Flag and ranking officers
Comments on principal sources
I.
J.
K.
L.
SECTION 83.
A.
B.
C.
PAGE 2
AIR FORCES
Strategic significance
1. Air value of the area
2. International position of the air force
3. Role of air force in national politics
Historical development
Mission and doctrine
1. Mission
JULY 1957
2. Development of doctrine
3. Doctrine of employment
D. Organization
1. Position in government and defense
structure
2. Air high command
3. Major commands/components
4. Composition of operational commands
5. Territorial organization
E. Operational systems of major striking
forces
F. Personnel
1. Procurement
2. Conditions of service
3. Characteristics
4. Morale factors
G. Training
1. General
2. Preparatory
3. Preoperational flying
4. Ground personnel
5. Schools for advanced military
6. Operational
7. Reserve
8. Foreign air programs
H. Logistics
1. Supply
2. Maintenance
3. Relationship of requirements to pro-
duction
4. Appraisal of the logistical system
I. Reserve and mobilization
1. Reserve
2. Mobilization
J. Air facilities
1. General
2. Historical development
3. Distribution
4. Projected development
K. Means of identification
1. Aircraft markings
2. Unit identification
3. Uniforms and insignia
4. Rank
5. Awards and decorations
L. Comments on principal sources
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957
CHAPTER VIII
When there is a Naval Air Arm contribution, Section 83 is pre-
sented as Part 1-Air Force; Part 2-Naval Air Arm; Part 8-Com-
ments on Principal Sources (covering the entire Section and replacing
Subsection L above). Following is the outline for Part 2-Naval Air
Arm:
A. Historical development
B. Strategic significance
1. General
2. International position of naval avia-
tion
3. National stature of naval aviation
C. Doctrine
1. Mission
2. Development
3. Strategic concepts
D. Organization
1. Naval organization
2. Operational commands
E. Operational procedures
F. Personnel
1. Procurement
2. Morale
G. Training
1. General
2. Preoperational flying
3. Ground personnel
4. Schools for advanced military
A. General
CONFIDENTIAL
5. Operational
6. Reserve
7. Foreign air programs
H. Logistics
1. Supply
2. Maintenance
3. Foreign sources of supply
4. Appraisal of the logistical system
I. Reserve and mobilization
1. Reserve
2. Mobilization
J. Air facilities
1. General
2. Distribution
K. Aircraft carriers
L. Means of identification
1. Aircraft markings
2. Unit identification
3. Uniforms and insignia
4. Rank
5. Awards and decorations
OUTLINE GUIDE
The .following outline guide indicates substance and general arrange-
ment. In preparation and typing of manuscript, Standard Editorial
Instructions are followed in detail.
Section 80. Introduction
Assess the armed forces in general terms, including
their relative international position in terms of strength,
and state of materiel and training. Continue with a
discussion of trends, international commitments, gen-
eral strategic plans, etc., making the General Subsec-
tion a balanced synthesis of the General Subsections of
SECTIONS 81, 82, and 83. Where considered significant
in terms of resistance potential, indicate current atti-
tudes toward compulsory military service and mobiliza-
tion in times of national emergency.
CONFIDENTIAL
B. Structure of armed forces
1. COMPOSITION
Indicate briefly the components of the armed forces
with their correct nomenclature, including pertinent
subordinations and any militarized police forces, etc.
2. TOP CONTROL
Explain the overall political and military control of
the forces, with a simple chart to appear on the bottom
half of the first page. Both chart and text should show
in their proper relationships: (a) the Chief of State,
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 3
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
with his proper military title (Supreme Commander,
etc.) ; (b) any top policy-making body, such as a National
Security Council, with its composition and purpose.
indicated in the text; (c) the Cabinet members or other
political echelons through whom the chain of command
or administrative control passes; (d) coordinating
bodies such as Joint Chiefs of Staff; (e) the highest
purely military echelon for control of each component;
and (f) on a level at the bottom, the components them-
selves. Broken lines may be used to show administra-
tive, as distinct from operational, control. In a separate
paragraph, if pertinent, state how long the present
system has been valid and indicate the nature of the
change from any recent previous organization. Indi-
cate any important change in the top control structure
to be effected in time of war. If the chart includes a
Joint General Staff or other important agency which
will not be described in detail under SECTIONS 81, 82,
or 83, its composition and functions should also be
described in a separate paragraph. Explain briefly the
methods of coordinating the armed forces components
and resolving differences among them.
C. Size of armed forces
Discuss the relationship of armed forces strength to
total population, indicating significant trends in total
armed forces strength and in the proportions among the
components. Insert a table showing the total personnel
strength and that of each component, with appropriate
footnotes to account for changes in nomenclature or
subordination, for various dates. As a minimum, the
following should be included: 1913, World War I peak
(if country was a belligerent), a typical year in the
1920's, the prewar normal (usually 1 July 1937), World
War II peak, 1 January of each postwar year, quarterly
for the past three or four quarters, and the cut-off date.
D. Position of armed forces in the nation
1. LEGAL BASIS
Cite the legal basis (provision of Constitution, basic
military law, etc.) for the existence, character, top
control, and overall structure of the armed forces.
Include dates of pertinent legislation and any signifi-
cant historical development of the legal status- of the
military establishment or its components.
2. TRADITIONS
Indicate briefly the warlike, pacifist, militarist,
apathetic, or other character of the traditions and
proclivities of the nation. Cite past wars (victories
and defeats) which have contributed to the present
attitude of the people toward war and military or naval
affairs. Indicate the prestige, or lack thereof, of the
armed forces and their components and the existence
of any militarist or warlike section of the population.
Mention past and present foreign influences, if perti-
nent.
PAGE 4
JULY 1957
3. POLITICAL, INFLUENCE
Discuss the political forces or groups within the
country which effectively control the armed forces.
Indicate whether the country is ruled by a military
dictator or a dictatorial minority or whether constitu-
tional guarantees prevent the misuse of military power.
Discuss any influence of the military on political
affairs. Indicate any factionalism? favoritism, or polit-
ical intrigue within the military. Indicate the loyalty
of the armed forces (officers and enlisted personnel)
to the regime and any measures taken to insure such
loyalty (political commissars, appointment of trusted
commanders). Discuss infiltration of subversive in-
fluences.
4. FISCAL CONTROL
Describe in a short paragraph the manner in which
funds are allocated to the armed forces and who con-
trols the pursestrings. Give, in tabular form, actual
or estimated budgetary figures, broken down by main
components, for several recent, wartime, and prewar
fiscal years, indicating the proportion of the total
budget allotted to military purposes and any concealed
items. (Figures should be given in dollars, with foot-
notes or a separate column indicating the rate or rates
of exchange used.) Discuss briefly trends in the budget
and its adequacy.
E. Manpower
1. AVAILABLE MANPOWER FOR ARMED
FORCES
Give statistics on the total number of males by
five-year age groups from 15 to 49 as of the first day
of the year of publication or a more recent date if im-
portant changes have occurred. Indicate how many
of the total in each group are regarded as fit for mili-
tary service. If pertinent, show the depletion of fit
manpower by war casualties. Give the size of the
annual class reaching military age and the average
number of men actually inducted annually.
2. QUALITY OF MANPOWER
Discuss the strengths and weaknesses of the man-
power from the military point of view, including such
factors as physique, intelligence, education, amena-
bility to hardship, aptitude for the use and care of
modern equipment, response to discipline, attitude
toward military service, and general morale and loyalty
factors. If pertinent, indicate the composition of the
military manpower by race, religion, or other cate-
gories and the varying suitability of different elements
in the population to military service. Differentiate
between the manpower as a whole and that section of
it which is drawn upon for the armed forces.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957
3. CONSCRIPTION
CHAPTER VIII
a. LEGAL 'BASIS ? State how long compulsory
military service has been on the statute books and to
what extent it has been and is now universally, equi-
tably, and efficiently enforced. Cite the basic military
service law and executory regulations now in effect
and include popular acceptance thereof or resistance
thereto. Give the total period of military liability
and the prescribed period of service for each component
of the armed forces or category of personnel. Indicate
what proportion of each of the main components of
the armed forces is obtained by voluntary recruitment.
If pertinent, mention any prospects of future change
in the system.
b. GENERAL SYSTEM ? State what agency or
agencies administer the conscription system and how it
is organized territorially. Indicate the method of
designating age classes (i.e., by year of birth or by year
of normal induction). Give the age, time of year, and
procedure for each step in the operation of the system
(initial registration for military service, initial medical
A. General
CONFIDENTIAL
examination and classification, selection of men for
callup, consideration of applications for deferment,
allocation to main components, actual callup, actual
reporting for duty). If appropriate, indicate what
minority groups (political or religious) are discrimi-
nated against during selection for callup.
C. STANDARDS OF FITNESS AND DEFERMENT ? In-
dicate in general terms the standards of physical fitness
applied. List the fitness categories. Cite any actual
figures on fitness or acceptance rates which may be
available. Indicate the rules applied in granting de-
ferments or exemptions for occupational, educational,
or hardship reasons and the number of men affected.
d. PRESENT STATUS ? Indicate what age class Or
classes are at present performing compulsory military
service and the dates or prospective dates or schedules
of callup and discharge of these and adjacent classes.
Give the size of each class affected. Estimate the
current composition of the armed forces by age classes
or age groups.
Section 81. Ground Forces
In the form of a brief, overall appraisal of the ground
forces as a fighting machine, cite several of the most
salient points of strength and weakness as to personnel,
materiel, organization, and efficiency which will be
more fully developed in subsequent Subsections. Give
any indications from past development and perform-
ance which will provide the necessary historical per-
spective, and indicate briefly the long-range and short-
range trends. Mention significant foreign influences,
and relate the whole discussion to the strategic position,
problems, and capacities of the country.
B. Administrative organization
1. ARMY HIGH COMMAND
a. STRUCTURE ? Explain briefly the overall organ-
ization of the army, including the main subdivisions
of the War Ministry and the chain of command to the
territorial headquarters and field forces. Insert one
or more charts showing all known or significant high
command agencies in their proper relationships; pay
careful attention to exact nomenclature. State what
changes in the high command structure are contem-
plated in case of war.
b. FUNCTIONS ? Describe in some detail the in-
ternal organization and functioning of each main
bureau and staff division shown in the above charts,
using appropriate subheadings
CONFIDENTIAL
2. TERRITORIAL ORGANIZATION
Describe the division of the country into military
districts, regions, corps areas, etc. Explain the func-
tions of such subdivisions (recruitment, local defense,
training, replacement, administration, tactical com-
mand). List them, showing their headquarters loca-
tions and any subareas. Include an outline map
showing their boundaries and headquarters (or show
thorn on the Order of Battle map under Subsection D
below and refer to it).
3. ARMS AND SERVICES
Explain the concepts and nomenclature used in
dividing army personnel and troop units into branches
of service. Do not include "services" which are purely
high command agencies. List the arms and services
which are represented by actual troop units or by dis-
tinctive insignia, giving in parentheses their designa-
tions in the language of the country.
C. Tactical organization
1. GENERAL
Describe briefly the overall organization of the army
into tactical commands and basic tactical units, indi-
cating any contemplated differences between peace
and war.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PA GE 5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL NIS STANPAI?D INSTI?UCTIONS
2. HIGHER HEADQUARTERS
Give the actual organization (peace and war) of the
higher tactical echelons above division. For each
such echelon explain the nomenclature and state the
type of operational mission or administrative function
for which it is designed. Indicate what units are
usually subordinate to it.
3. STAFF ORGANIZATION
Give available data, with a chart if appropriate, on
the organization and functioning of field staffs.
4. COMBAT UNITS
Describe, under appropriate subheadings and with
accompanying charts, the detailed organization, in-
eluding known or estimated 11/0 strengths and allot-
ments of weapons and vehicles, of the various types of
divisions and smaller independent combat units. The
description of each unit should be carried down to the
smallest elements (rifle squad, tank platoon, etc.).
Indicate the tactical mission and roles of each unit
described. Explain carefully any differences in nomem-
clature from U.S. usage.
5. SERVICE UNITS
Describe briefly the organization of engineer, signal,
supply, and other service units, including one or more
charts if needed.
D. Order of battle
1. STRENGTH
a. PERSONNEL ? Give any available statistics or
estimates breaking down the total personnel strength
of the ground forces functionally (major components,
branches of service, officers and enlisted men, cadres
and conscripts, age classes, auxiliaries, colonials, racial
or linguistic elements). Figures should be current as
of the cut-off date.
b. UNITS ? Give in tabular form the current
number of armies, corps, divisions (by type), .and inde-
pendent smaller combat units (by type).
C. ARMAMENT ? Give in tabular form estimates of
the total number of each type of tank, artillery piece,
and mortar prescribed under Tables of Equipment and,
in a parallel column, the total number in possession of
the country. For each type, indicate in parentheses
the country of origin.
2. DISPOSITIONS
a. GENERAL ? Describe briefly the general dis-
position of forces at home and abroad, with strength
figures by major area, and indicate any significant
concentrations.
b. DETAILED ? For countries which are regularly
covered in the Order of Battle Summary, state approxi-
mately as follows: "For detailed identifications and
PAGE 6
JULY 1957
locations of units of the Blank ground forces see the
latest issues of the quarterly Order of Battle Summary
of Foreign Ground Forces, published by the Office of the
Assistant Chief of Staff, Intelligence, Department of the
Army. Current major dispositions as of (cut-off date)
are shown on the map(s) in FiduRE(s) 81?." For all
other countries, give a complete Order of Battle.
?E. Strategy and defenses
1. STRATEGIC PROBLEMS AND DOC-
TRINES
Without going into a detailed strategic analysis,
indicate briefly the strategic military problems of the
nation in the light of position, terrain, economic,
political, and other pertinent factors. Discuss the
manner in which the leaders of the nation, and spe-
cifically the military planners, appear to contemplate
meeting these problems. Show how the present organ-
ization and disposition of forces and the mobilization
plans fit in with these strategic problems and plans.
Summarize the concepts of "Principles of War" and
the established strategic doctrines of the country, in-
cluding any pertinent reference to military literature,
historical background, past campaigns, and foreign
influences.
2. PERMANENT FORTIFICATIONS
a. GENERAL SYSTEM ? Describe the overall plan
of permanent fortifications as it fits into the strategic
concept. Indicate any lessons from the past, current
trends, or future plans.
b. LAND FORTIFICATIONS ? Describe in detail, with
subheadings if necessary, the location, purpose, charac-
teristics, and manning of each frontier or internal forti-
fied area, fortified line, or fortress town. Insert a map
if appropriate, using standard of special symbols.
C. COASTAL DEFENSES ? Describe in detail, with
subheadings if necessary, the location, purpose, charac-
teristics, and manning of coastal fortified areas, harbor
defenses, minefields, warning systems, and static
coastal batteries. Include data on map of land
fortifications, or insert a separate map if necessary.
F. Tactics
1. BASIC TACTICAL DOCTRINES
Discuss the basic tactical doctrines for the ground
arms, such as attack, defense, reconnaissance, with-
drawal, artillery support, use of cavalry and tanks, use
of field fortifications and obstacles, and close combat.
,Point out any differences in concept or emphasis from
U.S. doctrine. Cite the manuals in which such doc-
trines are formulated, with brief quotations if pertinent.
Explain the tactics and technique down to an appro-
priate level (depending on the size of the army). Dis-
cuss current trends in tactical doctrine and technique.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 CHAPTER VIII
2. SPECIAL OPERATIONS
Discuss tactical doctrines for special operations such
as night fighting, street fighting, winter and arctic
warfare, mountain warfare, jungle warfare, desert
operations, airborne operations, amphibious operations,
and infiltration and partisan methods. Relate the dis-
cussion to the existing or contemplated special forms
of tactical organization.
G. Personnel
1. RANKS
Describe the rank structure of the army, indicating
any differences from United States practice in the
nomenclature, status, and functions of the various gen-
eral officer, officer, and enlisted ranks. Distinguish
between any noncommissioned ranks held by conscripts
and those held by career or long-service personnel.
Explain any special categories such as warrant officers
or military "officials." Indicate the use, if any, of
alternate designations of rank for personnel in various
branches of service ("gunners" for artillery privates,
etc.). Insert a table showing for each rank, starting
with the highest, the designation in the language of the
country, the literal translation, and the nearest U.S.
equivalent.
2. PAY
Describe briefly the system of pay and allowances
for the" different categories of military personnel, point-
ing out the differences from U.S. standards both as to
the general level (in light of living costs) and as to
relative rates for the upper and lower ranks. Insert a
fourth column in the table of ranks (referred to above)
giving the basic annual rate of pay in dollars, with a
footnote to indicate the rate of exchange used.
3. PROCUREMENT AND TERMS OF SERVICE
Describe, under suitable subheadings, the methods
of procurement and the terms of service for officers
(active and reserve), noncommissioned officers, privates,
and any other categories. For privates, refer to the
conscription system described in SECTION 80, E, 3, and
describe the additional procedures for voluntary recruit-
ment and reenlistment in the army. For each category,
indicate the machinery in the high command and
throughout the army for control of personnel (assign-
ment, transfer, efficiency reports, promotion, leave and
furlough, hospitalization, discharge).
4. QUALITY FACTORS
Without unduly duplicating the general discussion of
national manpower as a whole contained in SECTION
80, E, 2, describe the effectiveness of personnel actually
serving in the ground forces, emphasizing points of
strength and weakness. Include a discussion of morale,
discipline, esprit de corps, any traditional rivalries be-
tween units or ethnic groups, etc. Indicate specifically
CONFIDENTIAL
CONFIDENTIAL
the quality of military leadership from the highest to
the lowest level.
H. Reserve and mobilization system
1. RESERVE SYSTEM
Give the categories and exact nomenclature of all
reserve organizations and reserve groupings, with the
functions of each. Explain the system of classification
and record-keeping for reserve personnel (officer and
enlisted) and the manner in which they are recalled to
service for refresher training. Estimate the total num-
ber of trained reserves by age groups and other cate-
gories and the total additional number of untrained
reserves.
2. MOBILIZATION SYSTEM
Describe the system for callup of reserves, readying
of existing units for combat, and activation of new units
under general mobilization. Indicate what will be the
limiting factors in mobilization for the foreseeable
future, such as trained personnel, cadres, or reserves of
arms and equipment.
3. MOBILIZATION POTENTIAL
In light of the discussion under Subsections 1 and 2
above, estimate the actual mobilization potential of
the ground forces for M plus 30, M plus 180, and other
appropriate periods, showing in parallel columns the
number of personnel and of divisions and other major
units for each such period.
I. Training
1. GENERAL
Characterize the quality and effectiveness of the
overall training system, emphasizing its strengths and
weaknesses and current trends. Indicate the influence
and effectiveness of any foreign military missions.
2. PREINDUCTION
Describe the system of preinduction training or mili-
tary education, including any government-sponsored
or private organizations for encouraging youths to take
an interest in military affairs and any program of
physical conditioning in the schools under army
sponsorship. Indicate trends.
3. INDIVIDUAL
Describe the schedules and methods for basic, ad-
vanced, and specialized individual training of enlisted
personnel in the principal branches. Describe the
organization and functioning of training units, training
centers, or similar installations. Explain briefly the
replacement training system in time of war. In sepa-
rate paragraphs, describe the training schedules and
methods for NCO and officer candidates and the school-
ing given officers as their careers progress. Indicate
any practice of sending military students abroad.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 7
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09
NIS STANDARD
4. UNIT, COMBINED, AND MANEUVERS
Describe the methods of unit training in the various
branches, the methods of combined training (infantry-
artillery or other combat teams), and the schedule,
scope, and character of maneuvers.
5. RESERVE
Indicate the schedule and character of refresher
training for reservists. Describe the training system
for reserve officers (ROTC type, etc.).
6. SCHOOLS AND INSTALLATIONS
a. SYSTEM ? Describe the general plan, control,
and efficiency of the army school system and of any
other training installations.
b. LOCATION LIST ? List all army schools and other
training installations, showing the exact name (English
translation followed by vernacular designation in paren-
theses), location, character, capacity, etc., of each.
The list should be arranged according to level.
J. Logistics
1. CLASSIFICATION OF MATERIEL
Indicate the manner in which equipment and sup-
plies are grouped into classes for logistic purposes.
2. PROCUREMENT
Describe the machinery for the planning and control
of procurement of the various classes of materiel, in-
cluding design, placement of orders, acceptance, and
testing. Show the role played by any other govern-
ment agencies (Ministry of Supply, etc.) and indicate
to what extent equipment is produced domestically by
private industry or government arsenals and to what
extent it is imported.
3. PEACETIME STORAGE AND ISSUE
a. SYSTEM ? Explain the system of storage and
issue for various classes of materiel in the zone of the
interior.
b. INSTALLATIONS List all known depots and
other storage installations for materiel, giving pertinent,
facts regarding each. Insert a map if warranted.
4. WAR SUPPLY AND MOVEMENT
Explain the machinery for requisition and supply of
various classes of materiel in time of war, using charts
if necessary. Characterize the efficiency of the supply
system. Give any available data on unit movement
requirements and unit resupply requirements under
varying conditions.
5. MAINTENANCE
Describe the system for maintenance and repair of
equipment in the field in peace and in war. Charac-
terize the efficiency.
PAGE 8
/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
INSTRUCTIONS JULY 1957
6. EVACUATION
Explain briefly the system for evacuation of equip-
ment and of personnel, including the handling of cap-
tured materiel and of prisoners of war.
K. Materiel
1. ORDNANCE
For each category of ordnance equipment, arranged
under subheadings appropriate to the country, include
both a discussion and a table of characteristics. The
discussion should in each case describe the general
situation of the army with regard to the quality and
quantity of the category of materiel in question; review
the indications of the presence, recent acquisition, or
contemplated development or purchase of various spe-
cific items; evaluate each of the more important items
believed to be on hand; and indicate the probable
future trend. The table of characteristics should be
so designed as to provide, in compact form, the most
pertinent comparative data for judging the effective-
ness of each item listed. (The table of characteristics
may be omitted and any pertinent data incorporated
in the text if the subject or the amount of material
available does not lend itself, to tabular presentation.)
2. SIGNAL
a. GENERAL ? Characterize the general situation
of the army with regard to quality and quantity of
signal equipment.
b. ET CETERA -- For each category of signal equip-
ment, arranged under subheadings appropriate to the
country, give a discussion and, if appropriate, a table
of characteristics as indicated under Ordnance above.
3. QUARTERMASTER
a. UNIFORMS ? Describe briefly the principal types
of uniforms as to general appearance, color, material,
manner of wearing, headdress, footgear, etc. Include
illustrations.
b. INSIGNIA ? Describe briefly the principal in-
signia of rank, branch of service, and specialty.
Illustrate.
C. DECORATIONS ? List the principal decorations,
indicating the method of awarding them and the man-
ner of wearing. Include illustrations if appropriate.
d. INDIVIDUAL EQUIPMENT ? Describe briefly the
principal types of individual equipment other than
uniforms and insignia.
C. ORGANIZATIONAL EQUIPMENT ? Describe briefly
other types of quartermaster equipment, arranged
under appropriate subheadings.
4. ENGINEER
a. GENERAL ? 'Characterize the general situation
of the army with regard to quality and quantity of
engineer materiel.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 CHAPTER VIII CONFIDENTIAL
b. ET CETERA ? For each major category of engi-
neer equipment, arranged under subheadings appro-
priate to the country, give a discussion and, if appro-
priate, a table of characteristics as indicated under
Ordnance above.
5. CHEMICAL
? a. GENERAL Characterize the general situation
of the army with regard to quality and quantity of
chemical materiel.
b. ET CETERA ? For each major category of chem-
ical materiel, arranged under subheadings appropriate
to the country, give a discussion and, if appropriate, a
table of characteristics as indicated under Ordnance
above.
6. MEDICAL
Characterize the general situation of the army with
regard to quality and quantity of medical equipment,
facilities, and supplies. Using appropriate subhead-
ings, describe the principal specific categories or items.
Emphasize aspects having a bearing on the combat
effectiveness of the army under varying conditions.
L. Personalities
1. BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCHES
Give brief sketches of the outstanding personalities
in the army and other ground force organizations, each
one to include full name, date of birth, rank, present
position, past career, and special aptitudes, attitudes,
or traits of character.
A. General
2. LIST OF PERSONALITIES
List all important military personalities (including
those covered under 1 above), in alphabetical order, for
each of the higher ranks, giving for each individual the
full name (with surname in capital letters), age, rank,
and present position.
M. Quasi-military and other ground forces
Describe, under suitable subheadings, all ground-
force organizations other than the army which have a
military or quasi-military mission connected with
national, local, internal, frontier, or colonial security.
For each such organization indicate its full name, char-
acter, mission, top control, high command, relationship
with the army in peace and war, administrative or
other subdivisions, source and terms of service of per-
sonnel, and general disposition. ? Also include a brief
discussion or characterization of its armament, mobility,
training, tactics, and logistics.
N. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
inform the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide ?general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used are
indicated.
Section 82. Naval Forces
Briefly present an appraisal of the naval forces and
their combat potential, emphasizing the salient points
of strength and weakness as to organization, personnel,
materiel, and policy 'which will be more fully detailed
in subsequent Subsections. Include features of past
development and historical background only as they
relate to, or indicate trends in, policy. Comment
briefly on ship and personnel strength for significant
dates, as appropriate. Mention foreign influence in-
cluding that of foreign navies on organization, strategy,
and other matters as appropriate. Discuss and corre-
late the naval problems of the country with its strategic
position, economic status, political conditions, etc?
CONFIDENTIAL
B. Organization
1. NAVAL HIGH COMMAND
a. STRUCTURE ? Indicate the position ? and rela-
tionship of the navy with the national defense estab-
lishment, making appropriate reference to Subsection
80, A. State briefly the overall command and adminis-
tration of the navy, including the main subdivisions of
the Navy Department, or Admiralty, and the chain of
command to naval shore establishments and forces
afloat. Insert one or more organization chart(s) de-
picting the proper position of the naval bureaus, agen-
cies, and other authorities. Exact nomenclature is
desired on diagrams with proper explanation in terms
of U,S. equivalents (when possible) in the text.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 9
CONFID ENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
b. FUNCTIONS ? Describe as necessary and in
detail the more important departmental and staff com-
ponents of the naval establishment.
2. NAVAL DISTRICTS (ZONES OR ACTIVI-
TIES)
Locate the limits, and describe the command and
administration of naval areas, or activities. Empha-
size points of relationship with command, administra-
tive, technical, and financial authorities in the Navy
Department, and, if applicable, with other service or
civilian authorities.
3. NAVAL COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK
Describe the, naval communications organization and
show naval communications facilities on map or chart.
Discuss briefly the dependence on, or use by the navy
of, communications facilities not controlled by the navy.
4. FORCES AFLOAT
Describe the tactical and administrative organiza-
tion of the forces afloat to include shipboard organiza-
tion. Discuss relationship with naval headquarters,
other commands, and shore support activities.
5. OTHER NAVAL ORGANIZATIONS
Describe other naval or quasi-naval organizations
not covored elsewhere such as coast artillery, coast
watchers, coast guard, naval infantry, marine corps,
naval defense corps, and amphibious organizations.
Show the relationship with naval authorities or activi-
ties. If such organizations are not under naval juris-
diction, or if they are more properly included in other
NIS Sections, make appropriate reference. Subhead-
ings (5, a, b, c, etc.) may be added according to
requirements.
C. Strength and disposition
1. SHIPS
Descri.be briefly the current dispositions of ships
citing reasons therefor; indicate the proportion of active
ships to those laid up, or in reserve. Augment the
general remarks by a tabular summary of names, types,
and status of combatant and auxiliary naval vessels.
2. PERSONNEL
Describe the general disposition of naval personnel
showing the proportion ashore and afloat. When
possible augment by tabular summary with a break-
down of strength by rank and rate.
D. Policy and doctrine
1. NAVAL STRATEGIC CONCEPTS
Discuss the basic political, economic, and military
factors which influence naval thinking and strategic
concepts. Examine and present the problems con-
fronting the naval staff and administrative authorities
PAGE 10
JULY 1957
in the execution of naval plans and policy. Indicate
the capabilities of the navy to accomplish the mission
n,nd objectives with available forces, and bring out any
other pertinent factors which relate to the subject.
2. DOCTRINE
Summarize the established naval doctrine of the
country with reference as necessary to historical back-
ground, influence of foreign elements, past war ex-
perience, etc.
3. NAVAL BUDGET AND APPROPRIATIONS
Comment on the adequacy of the navy appropria-
tions to maintain, operate, train, and develop the navy.
4. CONSTRUCTION AND DEVELOPMENT
PROGRAMS
Discuss the naval building program and moderniza-
tion of naval ships with pertinent remarks concerning
the estimated dates of 'completion of such programs.
Cite any economic? fiscal, or political factors which
affect the program, especially those which might cause
abandonment or suspension of construction. Describe
generally developments of naval facilities, and equip-
ment. Research and other activities should be in-
cluded only to the extent that they do not encroach on
CHAPTER V11..
5. NAVAL RELATIONSHIPS wrni OTHER
COUNTRIES
Discuss naval alliances, agreements, and other fac-
tors affecting international naval relationships, particu-
larly emphasizing the influence of such relationships on
policy and planning. Discuss fear of or hostility to
other national navies with the effect on naval planning.
6. NATIONAL ATTITUDE TOWARD THE
NAVY
Describe the national attitude toward the navy, par-
ticularly by organized political parties or groups, and
indicate, if appropriate, the extent of influence that the
navy has with the current regime.
E. Personnel
1. CORPS AND SERVICES
Explain the concepts and nomenclature used in
dividing naval personnel into branches, with the re-
sponsibilities, duties, and limitations of authority of
each branch.
2. RANK AND RATES
Explain the rank and rate structure, and show the
nearest equivalent in the U.S. Navy, with appropriate
comments of differences that exist. Discuss the com-
mand or administrative authority of each rank, and
describe any limits of rank of various branches (Ex-
ample: In the Dutch navy the highest rank of medical
officers is captain).
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957
CHAPTER VIII
3. PROCUREMENT
Describe in summary form the procurement of officer,
volunteer, and conscript personnel. Give qualifica-
tions required for officer candidates. If specialist per-
sonnel are obtained by special arrangements, so note,
or describe.
4. CONDITIONS OF SERVICE
a. OFFICERS ? Describe the conditions of service
of officers, including promotion and retirement systems.
Generally indicate whether service conditions affect
morale, lower standards, etc.
b. ENLISTED ? Describe the conditions of service
of enlisted personnel (volunteer or career), including
advancement in rate, and pension plans, and indicate
whether the service conditions are conducive to good
morale.
C. CONSCRIPT ? Describe the conditions of service
of enlisted personnel (conscript).
5. UNIFORMS AND INSIGNIA
Present, preferably by illustrations, the uniforms and
insignia of officers and enlisted personnel, with further
descriptions in the text if required.
F. Reserve and mobilization system
1. SHIPS
Discuss the recommissioning of ships, inactive or
reserve for combat or other war duties with appropriate
remarks concerning material condition and other fac-
tors which will affect the rate of activation.
2. PERSONNEL
Discuss the naval reserve organization, and the sys-
tem and schedule of mobilization of reserve and auxil-
iary personnel. Estimate the total number of reserves
by age groups, with appropriate remarks on the effec-
tiveness of the personnel.
3. MERCHANT MARINE AND OTHER AUX-
ILIARY FORCES
Summarize augmentation of the navy in war by the
merchant marine, fishing industry, and other existing
marine activities with reference to other NIS Sections
as appropriate.
4. ADEQUACY OF MOBILIZATION SYSTEM
Comment on the adequacy of effectiveness of the
mobilization system.
G. Training
1. GENERAL
Discuss the quality and effectiveness of the overall
training system of officers and men, emphasizing the
strength or weakness of training procedures in theory
CONFIDENTIAL
CONFIDENTIAL
and practice. Indicate the influence of foreign naval
missions on training.
2. FACILITIES
List and locate, preferably in tabular form, all estab-
lishments devoted to training of naval personnel, to-
gether with a brief description of the curriculum.
3. OFFICER
a. BASIC ? Describe the basic training of officers.
b. ADVANCED ? Describe the advanced training
of officers.
c. SPECIALIST ? Describe the specialist training
of officers.
4. ENLISTED
a. BASIC ? Describe the basic indoctrination of
enlisted men.
b. SPECIALIST ? Describe the specialist training
of enlisted men.
5. SHIPBOARD
Discuss practical and theoretical training on ship-
board (except when a ship is moored school ship utilized
for space accommodation).
6. FLEET AND FORCE
Give the scope and schedule of fleet and force train-
ing, together with pertinent observations on effective-
ness.
7. RESERVE
Discuss the adequacy, extent, and methods employed
in training reserve personnel.
H. Logistics
1. PROCUREMENT
Describe the system of procurement and supply of
naval materiel. Show the role played by joint defense
activities and other government agencies (Ministry of
Supply, etc.) Indicate the dependence on foreign
sources for weapons and other materiel, and mention
the country of origin of such imports.
2. NEW CONSTRUCTION, REPAIR AND
MAINTENANCE
Describe the policy in effect for the construction of
naval vessels, and for their repair and maintenance
noting the dependence on foreign yards, if applicable.
Also show the division of work between naval yards
and private yards with remarks concerning efficiency
and capabilities. Make reference as applicable to other
Sections of the NIS (Shipbuilding, etc.).
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 11
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS JULY 1957
3. CENTERS OF SUPPLY
List all known depots and other storage installations
for materiel, giving pertinent facts regarding each.
Insert a map if warranted.
I. Ship design and characteristics
1. DESIGN OF SHIPS
Discuss naval ship design in relationship to strategic
and tactical requirements. Make appropriate com-
ments regarding adequacy or inadequacy of design and
construction for operations or employment in certain
areas (North Atlantic, Arctic, Tropical, etc.). -
2. STRATEGIC CHARACTERISTICS
Present in tabular form the strategic characteristics
of both combat and auxiliary vessels.
J. Materiel
1. GENERAL
Discuss service materiel qualitatively, emphasizing
the important characteristics of ordnance, torpedoes,
electronics, etc., and explain abbreviations and/or sym-
bols that are not self-explanatory in the tabular sum-
maries. Show dependence on foreign sources for
procurement of materiel or components when appli-
cable. Include any aspects which might affect naval
operations. Refer to CHAPTER VII for developmental
programs of materiel.
2. CHARACTERISTICS
a. GUNS AND AMMUNITION ? Tabular summary of
characteristics of guns and ammunition.
b. TORPEDOES ? Tabular summary of character-
istics of torpedoes.
C. MINES ? Tabular summary of characteristics
of mines.
d. ANTISUBMARINE WEAPONS ? Tabular summary
of characteristics of ASW weapons.
C. ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT ? Tabular summary
of characteristics of electronic equipment.
f. COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT ? Tabular sum-
mary of characteristics of communication equipment.
K. Personalities
1. BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCHES
Biographical data on selected flag officers or senior
officers of importance.
2. FLAG AND RANKING OFFICERS
List of all flag and senior officers of importance with
command at time of preparation.
L. Comments o:n principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
inform the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used are
indicated.
Section 83. Air Forces
(When there is a Naval Air Arm contribution, Section 88 is pre-
sented as Part 1----Air Force; Part 2?Naval Air Arm; and Part 3--
Comments on Principal Sources, which covers the entire Section
and replaces Subsection L.)
A. Strategic significance
1. AIR VALUE OF THE AREA
Assess the significance of the area in terms of those
relatively permanent factors that affect its ability to
support air operations. Among such relatively perma-
nent factors, consider the following: strategic location,
air facilities in being, manpower, technological develop-
ment, logistic resources (to include transportation, air-
craft industry, petroleum, ports), and political stability.
Relevant factors should be noted and briefly character-
ized rather than described in detail,
PAGE 12
2. INTERNATIONAL POSITION OF THE AIR
FORCE
a. INFLUENCE OR DEPENDENCE ON OTHER AIR
FORCES ? Note briefly any influence or dependence on
other air forces by the air force of the area; point out
any major foreign influence that has affected the air
force and may still be present.
b. INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS ? Cite those ill-
ternational agreements or international organizations
to which the area may be a party that affect its employ-
ment of air power and note briefly its obligations in
each case.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 CHAPTER VIII
C. INTERNATIONAL ROLE OF THE AIR FORCE ? Eval-
uate briefly the role played by the air force in its general
geographic region and/or on the world scene, noting its
relative position vis-a-vis other air forces as appropriate.
This evaluation should be made from a historical point
of view, pointing up the significance of the air force in
its region and/or in the world during the last five years.
3. ROLE OF AIR FORCE IN NATIONAL POL-
ITICS
Comment briefly on the domestic position of the air
force in the area, particularly on its influence or de-
pendence on domestic political developments. Men-
tion any significant subversive influences.
B. Historical development
Narrate the history of the air force, relating it to the
growth of the national air power. Describe the origin
and development of the air force, giving data on per-
sonnel and aircraft strengths at selected intervals.
Include a discussion of the importance of military air-
craft and weapons development. Describe trends of
governmental appropriations and favor, noting particu-
larly the relationship of the air force to other armed
services. Assess the air force's role in military history
in general and evaluate its actual performance and ac-
complishments in combat (e.g., World War II). Make
reference to important historical events or figures that
shaped the growth of the air force and show, if pertinent,
how original or significant contributions made by the
country to general aeronautics have influenced the
development of its air force. This Section should pre-
sent an integrated historical analysis of the air force
and should stress those factors that are most essential
to an understanding of its contemporary position and
role.
C. Mission and doctrine
1. MISSION
State the mission of the air force as conceived by the
nation.
2. DEVELOPMENT OF DOCTRINE
Discuss the basic political, economic, geographic and
military factors which influenced the development of
concepts for the military strategy involved in the em-
ployment of air forces. Point out the principal sources
of the major ideas reflected in the doctrine of the air
force and note the degree of acceptance of the doctrine
by the other military services and the national govern-
ment, particularly in the last five years.
3. DOCTRINE OF EMPLOYMENT
a. TACTICAL ? Describe the official dectrine per-
taining to the employment of aircraft and equipment
in independent operations in support of ground and
naval forces.
CONFIDENTIAL
CONFIDENTIAL
b. STRATEGIC ? Describe the official doctrine per-
taining to the employment of aircraft and equipment in
the accomplishment of the strategic mission.
c. AIR DEFENSE ? Describe the official doctrine
pertaining to the employment of the elements of the air
defense system (AC&W, aircraft, ground to air weap-
ons) in the accomplishment of the air defense mission.
D. Organization
1. POSITION IN GOVERNMENT AND DE-
FENSE STRUCTURE
Describe the position of the air force within the gov-
ernment, noting its place within the appropriate min-
istry and its relationship to the other military services.
Mention any provisions for top-level interservice
coordination. Outline the top-level command chan-
nel, indicating any differences between wartime and
peacetime command lines; comment on military-
civilian relationships. Include organization charts.
2. AIR HIGH COMMAND
a. GENERAL ? Describe briefly the organizational
concepts underlying the organization of the air force,
such as clear separation between operational and ad-
ministrative functions, and/or utilization of the com-
mand and staff system, explaining carefully the basic
administrative terms employed by the air force (e.g.,
air staff, operational control). Comment on the rela-
tive stability or instability of the air force organization.
b. TOP-LEVEL ORGANIZATION ? Describe, illustrat-
ing with organization charts, the top-level organization
of the air force, distinguishing among commands, serv-
ices, and staff organizations where feasible. Under an
appropriate subheading, describe in detail the functions
and responsibilities of the headquarters staff organiza-
tion or its equivalent. In all cases use exact nomen-
clature; where English equivalents are used, give the
foreign term in parentheses the first time reference is
made.
3. MAJOR COMMANDS/COMPONENTS
Describe the functions, responsibilities, and organiza-
tional structure (both headquarters and field) of each
of the principal commands and services of the air force.
These should include such organizations as the tactical
air command, strategic air command, air defense com-
mand, anti-aircraft command, and air transport com-
mand, training command, and supply services. These
commands and services should be described under sep-
arate subheadings and the text should be supplemented
by organizational charts.
4. COMPOSITION OF OPERATIONAL COM-
MANDS
Describe in detail the structure and composition of
all !operational echelons, such as: air force ? wing ?
group ? squadron. Include summarized tables of
organization in narrative or chart form as appropriate.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 13
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
5. TERRITORIAL ORGANIZATION
Describe the geographical zones, such as area com-
mands or air regions, into which the country is divided
for air force administrative and operational purposes
and list their headquarters locations. Explain the
functions of these zones (e.g., recruitment, air defense,
training). Provide an outline map unless the bound-
aries coincide with major political subdivisions.
E. Operational systems of major striking
forces
Describe the operational systems of the major strik-
ing forces of the air force, making reference to organiza-
tion charts provided in Subsection I) insofar as possible.
Include such forces as the tactical air organization or
their equivalents and describe their operational systems
under separate subheadings. The description should
indicate how they actually function; this can be done
by describing the normal sequence of events affecting
the operation of the organizations and the relation of
the organizations to other command elements. De-
scription of combat tactics may be included if appro-
priate and if the importance of the air force warrants.
F. Pe rsonnel
1. PROCUREMENT
Describe the method of recruitment, pointing out
voluntary and/or compulsory features. Describe pro-
cedures for selection of air force personnel, including
candidates for officer or specialized NCO training, from
the national manpower pool.
2. CONDITIONS OF SERVICE
Describe in such detail as necessary policies and pro-
cedures relating to food, clothing, housing, leave,
health and welfare facilities; recreation, sports, and
other non-duty activities; nature of rank and grade
structure, promotion system, terms of service for volun-
teers, conscripts and career officers, and criteria for
retirement; pay rates, allowances, incentive bonuses,
and retirement, disability, and survivor's benefits, other
fringe benefits; incentives for career development, re-
enlistment, awards for outstanding or prolonged effec-
tive service, special accomplishments, or heroism.
3. CHARACTERISTICS
Describe the basic characteristics of personnel that
may affect the stability or possible expansion of the air
force, including such factors as: regionalism and ethnic
groups, literacy and mechanical aptitudes, physical
vigor, class distinctions, and loyalty to the regime.
4. MORALE FACTORS
Assess the morale of air force personnel, explaining
instances where the level of morale varies radically in
different groups on the basis of rank, assignment, loca-
tion of duty or other conditions. Compare standard
PAGE 14
JULY 1957
of air force morale with the morale of members of other
services and with that of the civilian population where
applicable, including effect of civilian morale on air
force personnel in instances where living- standards and
political structures may influence the effectiveness of
the air force. Review the morale situation during the
past five years.
G. Training
1. GENERAL
Describe very briefly the training system as a whole,
naming the principal schools or types of schools; use a
flow chart to illustrate their interrelation and to show
the normal progression of students. Assess the general
adequacy of the training system.
2. PREPARATORY
Assess the military significance of the pre-military
aviation training received in public and private schools,
aero clubs, and para-military organizations. (Cross-
reference to SECTION 37.)
3. PREOPERATIONAL FLYING
a. PILOTS -- Describe the schools for pilot train-
ing, including entrance requirements, length of course,
flying and, ground curricula, facilities and equipment.
Point out areas of major emphasis. Note whether the
schools have met operational requirements, giving out-
put data for significant periods.
b. OTHER AIRCREW ? Follow guide under 3, a
above, insofar as applicable.
4. GROUND PERSONNEL
Describe schools for ground personnel, including
entrance requirements, length of course, curricula,
facilities, and equipment. Describe any other training
programs, such as apprenticing or on-the-job training.
Note whether the ground training system has met oper-
ational requirements, giving output data for significant
periods.
5. SCHOOLS FOR ADVANCED MILITARY
Describe the entrance requirements, curricula, dura-
tion, facilities and equipment, and annual output of
the schools which provide advanced military education
for selected personnel.
0. OPERATIONAL
Describe the operational training, the system and
its control, indicating the provisions for particular
types of training as well as participation in maneuvers
and joint exercises.
. 7. RESERVE
Describe training system for reserve force.
CONFIDE NTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957
CHAPTER VIII
8. FOREIGN AIR PROGRAMS
Describe the nature and scope of training given to,
or received from, other countries.
H. Logistics
1. SUPPLY
a. CONTROL AND PLANNING ? Describe the meth-
ods by which the overall supply program is established
and the controls exercised by higher headquarters.
b. SYSTEM IN OPERATION ? Describe the proced-
ures and channels for procurement, requisition, distri-
bution, and storage of supplies. (Use flow charts to
illustrate.)
C. BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND HIGHER HEADQUAR-
TERS REQUIREMENTS
(1) Tables of equipment -- Present in table form
if possible, in such detail as importance of the air force
warrants, the non-expendable items of supply required
by basic components; include aircraft, motor vehicles,
starter carts, tractors, ordnance, and the like.
(2) Expendable supplies -- Present in table form
if possible, in such detail as importance of the air force
warrants, the requirements for such expendable items
of supply as aviation fuel in tons or gallons per aircraft
per mission; motor fuel in gallons per mile per vehicle;
rations in pounds per man per day; munitions in pounds
of ammunition and bombs per aircraft per mission.
2. MAINTENANCE
a. CONTROL AND PLANNING ? Describe the meth-
ods of control and planning for maintenance of aircraft
and associated equipment, including such means of
control as log books, technical orders, publications,
control inspections.
b. SYSTEM IN OPERATION ? Describe the proced-
ures employed at all echelons, including inspection
cycles and types of maintenance performed at each
organizational level. (Illustrate with flow chart.)
C. EFFECTS OF CLIMATE ON MAINTENANCE ? Dis-
cuss effects of extreme ranges of temperatures, humid-
ity, winds, and other natural phenomena as appropriate
on aircraft maintenance.
3. RELATIONSHIP OF REQUIREMENTS TO
PRODUCTION
Discuss the ability of the country to provide for its
aviation needs, particularly in the fields of aircraft and
engines, aviation fuel, and aviation electronics, from its
own resources. Identify the principal foreign sources
of supply and note the degree of dependence upon such
sources.
CONFIDENTIAL
CONFIDENTIAL
4. APPRAISAL OF THE LOGISTICAL SYSTEM
a. EFFECTIVENESS OF THE SUPPLY SYSTEM ? Dis-
cuss the basic strengths and weaknesses of the system,
assessing its general effectiveness, and noting such
factors as its flexibility, expandibility and efficiency.
b. EFFECTIVENESS OF THE MAINTENANCE SYSTEM ?
See Guide for 4, a above.
I. Reserve and mobilization
L RESERVE
a. RESERVE CATEGORIES ? Note the various cate-
gories and give exact nomenclature of all reserve organ-
izations and reserve groupings with functions of each.
b. CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM ? Outline the system
of classification and record-keeping for reserve per-
sonnel (officer and airmen).
C. RECALL PROCEDURE ? Outline the manner in
which reserves are recalled to service for refresher
training.
d. SIGNIFICANT PAST TRENDS ? Review briefly the
growth or decline of reserve strengths in the past five
years, noting reasons for any significant changes.
2. MOBILIZATION
a. PERSONNEL ? Outline the mobilization proced-
ures, including the schedule for calling up various cate-
gories of reserves and other personnel. Note whether
reservists and others are called up as individuals or as
members of designated units. Describe plans for
formation of new units and the integration of the re-
serve and mobilized personnel with the regular forces.
Include description of plans for mobilization of civil
air personnel as such. (Firm, long-range plans for
mobilization in terms of total number of units expected
to be activated may also be included.) Describe briefly
procedures followed in World War II or other recent
conflict if appropriate.
b. EQUIPMENT ? Describe existing plans for aug-
menting air force materiel by removing equipment from
storage and commandeering civilian resources, such as
civil aircraft and civil air facilities. Describe briefly
procedures followed in World War II or other recent
conflicts if appropriate.
J. Air facilities
1. GENERAL
Summarize the air facility system for the NIS Area,
in quantitative and qualitative terms. Give an ap-
praisal of the system's capability to support air oper-
ations. Indicate the potential for expansion of the
system. Discuss generally the characteristics, i.e.,
runways, parking and dispersal areas, radio aids, light-
ing, repair and maintenance facilities, fuel, refuelling
/4/equipment and storage facilities, housing accommoda-
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 15
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
tions and transportation for logistical support. Refer
to the pertinent volume of "Airfields and Seaplane Sta-
tions of the World" published by D/I USAF?ONI for
current status and evaluated data.
2. HISTORICAL DEVELOPMENT
Summarize development of the air facility system
up to present time, including consideration of such
factors as temporary foreign military development of
facilities during World War II, peculiar transport as-
pects of area, influences of topography and climatology
on construction, domination of military as contrasted
with civil air considerations, special international air
route significance. Discussion should cover develop-
ment of runways, parking and dispersal areas, radio
aids, lighting, repair and maintenance facilities, etc.,
and should include information on the development of
air facility construction techniques. Characteristics of
typical air facilities may be illustrated by suitable
photographs or diagrams.
3. DISTRIBUTION
Discuss the distribution pattern of the NIS Area,
identifying major airfield complexes and their impor-
tance in the overall airfield picture. Draw attention
to areas where for significant reasons air facilities are
inadequate or do not exist. Include general discussion
of potential airfield development, including considera-
tion of former airfield sites, logistics, and requirements
for such additional facilities. Show the name and loca-
tion of air facilities on a location map, using standard
symbols for all airfields and seaplane stations.
4. PROJECTED DEVELOPMENT
In those NIS Areas where airfield construction has
been definitely programmed, a description of the pro-
jected development program should be furnished. (No
attempt should be made to forecast estimated future
developments in this Subsection.)
K. Means of identification
1. AIRCRAFT MARKINGS
Describe the markings used by the air force to iden-
tify aircraft nationality, such as roundels and fin
flashes, and illustrate them. The illustrative sketch
may consist of the markings only, provided that the
PAGE 16
JULY 1957
text gives their location on the aircraft. Describe other
markings on aircraft (excluding unit insignia) and ex-
plain their significance?e.g., painting of all trainer
types a certain color, or the use of camouflage.
2. UNIT IDENTIFICATION
Describe the system used by the air forces to identify
units and indicate where unit identifications appear on
aircraft and on uniforms. Note any differences be-
tween peacetime and wartime practices?e.g., use of
codes in wartime. If unit insignia other than number
or letter combinations are used, furnish sketches of
those of the principal units.
3. UNIFORMS AND INSIGNIA
Describe and illustrate by sketches the principal
types of officer and airmen uniforms, noting color, gen-
eral styling, and kind of material used. Describe and
illustrate branch or category insignia and their use,
including in particular air crew insignia.
4. RANK
List each rank in the air force, starting with the
highest, giving its exact designation in the language of
the country, the literal translation, and nearest USAF
equivalent. Explain any unusual or special categories.
Illustrate the rank insignia and indicate in the text
where rank insignia appear on the uniform, referencing
as applicable the sketches of uniforms provided for
Subsection K, 3.
5. AWARDS AND DECORATIONS
Illustrate and describe the significance of the princi-
pal air force awards and decorations.
L. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
inform the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used
are indicated.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957
CHAPTER VIII
PART 2-NAVAL AIR ARM
PART 2, SECTION 83, is suggested for Use by the
analysts when writing on those countries which have
naval air arms, and is to be included only where ap-
propriate. The development of this Part should in-
clude pertinent treatment of the air force as necessary
to cover any role or capability in support of naval
operations. Reference should be made to the Air
Force (redesignated PART 1, in such cases), and SEC-
TION 82, Naval Forces, wherever practicable to avoid
unnecessary duplication.
A. Historical development
Narrate the history of naval aviation, relating it to
the growth of aviation and sea power in the nation.
Describe the origin and development of naval aviation,
giving data on personnel and aircraft strengths at se-
lected intervals. Include a discussion of the develop-
ment of naval aircraft and related weapons. Assess
naval aviation's role in military history in general and
evaluate its actual performance and accomplishments
in combat. Make reference to important historical
events or personalities that shaped the growth of naval
aviation and show, if pertinent, how original or sig-
nificant contributions made by the country to world
aeronautics have influenced its development. This
Subsection should present an integrated historical
analysis of naval aviation and should stress those fac-
tors that are most essential to an understanding of its
relationship to naval and air warfare.
B. Strategic significance
1. GENERAL
Discuss significant factors of the Area that influenced
the development of naval aviation.
2. INTERNATIONAL POSITION OF NAVAL
AVIATION
a. INFLUENCE OR DEPENDENCE ON OTHER AIR
FORCES ? Note briefly any influence or dependence on
other air forces, and point out any relationship with
other nations that has affected or is affecting naval
aviation.
b. INTERNATIONAL &GREE MENTS -- Cite those in-
ternational agreements or international organizations
to which the Area may be a party that affect its employ-
ment of naval air power and note briefly its obligations
in each case.
C. INTERNATIONAL ROLE OF NAV AL AVIATION ?
Evaluate briefly the role played by naval aviation in
its general geographic region and/or on the world scene,
CONFIDENTIAL
CONFIDENTIAL
noting its relative position vis-a-vis other naval air
forces as appropriate.
3. NATIONAL STATURE OF NAVAL AVIA-
TION
Comment briefly on the relative importance of naval
aviation to the navy, the air force, the army and to the
nation, particularly in relation to budgetary considera-
tions and political influence.
C. Doctrine
1. MISSION
State the mission of naval aviation.
2. DEVELOPMENT
Summarize and analyze the basic factors that in-
fluenced the development of present concepts for the
military strategy involved in the employment of naval
aviation.
3. STRATEGIC CONCEPTS
Discuss the official doctrine pertaining to strategic
and tactical employment of naval aircraft and equip-
ment to support the mission, and relate this doctrine to
the employment of other forms of military power and
the overall strategy of the nation.
D. Organization
(Refer to SECTION 82 for high level organization and
command.)
1. NAVAL ORGANIZATION
a. ORGANIZATIONAL CONCEPTS ? Discuss briefly
the organizational concepts underlying the structure of
naval aviation and its relationship to the naval
organization.
b. NAVAL AVIATION STRUCTURE ? Describe, illus-
trating with charts, the organization of naval aviation,
including such reference to higher organization as
necessary. Set forth the command and administrative
responsibilities and any peculiarities of the organization
that are necessary to provide for cooperation with other
forces.
2. OPERATIONAL COMMANDS
Describe in detail the structure and composition of
all naval aviation operational organizations and their
relationship to higher command ashore and afloat.
Include summarized tables of organization in narrative
or chart form as appropriate.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 17
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL N / 8 STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
E. Operational procedures
Describe briefly the standard operating procedures
and combat tactics of naval air forces in such naval
roles as: fast carrier striking forces; attack of naval
targets; anti-submarine or hunter/killer operations;
aerial tilinelaying; amphibious operations; escort of
convoy; patrol and reconnaissance; and protection of
surface fleets against air attack.
F. Personnel
1. PROCUREMENT
Refer to SECTION 82 but point out any major differ-
ences of standard for procurement that differ from those
prescribed for naval line personnel.
2. MORALE
Assess the morale of naval aviation personnel, par-
ticularly as compared with other naval personnel and
with air force personnel.
G. Training
1. GENERAL
Describe briefly the training system as a whole, in-
eluding the naval line indoctrination; name the princi-
pal schools or types of schools; use a flow chart to illus-
trate their interrelation and to show the normal pro-
gression. Assess the general adequacy of the training
system.
NOTE Follow the outline for PART 1 for the remainder of
this Subsection but omit Subsection 0, 2 (prepara-
tory training).
H. Logistics
1. SUPPLY
Point out wherein the aviation supply system differs
from the naval line system; if applicable, show the de-
pendence or reliance on the air force procurement
system.
PAGE 18
JULY 1957
2. MAINTENANCE
Follow the outline for Part 1 but omit Subsection
II, 1, e, with reference to PART 1.
3. FOREIGN SOURCES OF SUPPLY
Identify the principal foreign sources of supply and
note the degree of dependence upon such sources.
4. APPRAISAL OF THE LOGISTICAL SYSTEM
Follow guide for PART 1.
I. Reserve and mobilization
Same as PART 1.
J. Air facilities
1. GENERAL
Same as PART 1.
2. DISTRIBUTION
Same as PART 1 (Subsection J, 3, Distribution).
Include reference to projected development as con-
tained in PART 1, Subsection J, 4.
K. Aircraft carriers
Describe briefly the existing aircraft carriers by class
(CVA, CVL, CV3); and appraise their suitability for
support of the assigned mission. Include projected
building or modernization programs. If significan t,
include information on seaplane tenders.
L. Means of identification
Same as PART 1 except uniforms and insignia; rank
and awards and decorations may be omitted if covered
in SECTION 82.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NATIONAL INTELLIGENCE SURVEY
STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
CHAPTER IX
MAP AND CHART APPRAISAL
Section 90 General
Section 91 Selected Maps, Charts, and Plans
Section 92 Indexes of Mapping Data and Coverage
CENTRAL INTELLIGENCE AGENCY
Office of Basic Intelligence
Washington, D. C.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957
CONFIDENTIAL
Chapter IX - Map and Chart Appraisal
OUTLINE
SECTION 90. GENERAL
A. Development and extent of mapping,
charting, and related activities
1. Mapping and charting
2. Surveys
3. Aerial photography
B. Major deficiencies in mapping and chart-
ing
1. Published maps and charts
2. Mapping and charting data
C. Programs under way or projected
SECTION 91. SELECTED MAPS, CUARTS, AND PLANS
A.
B.
General
Physical maps, navigation charts, and
maps and plans of urban areas
1. General
2. Topographic maps
3. Specialized physical maps
4. Terrain-evaluation maps
5. Air and air-facility charts
6. Sailing, general, and coast charts
7. Coastal oceanographic charts
CONFIDENTIAL
8. Climatic maps
9. Maps and plans of urban areas
C. Transportation and communication maps
and charts
1. General
2. Railroad maps
3. Road maps
4. Inland-waterway maps and charts
5. Port and harbor charts and plans
6. Air-transport maps
7. Telecommunication and postal maps
8. Pipeline maps
D. Sociological, political, and economic maps
1. General
2. Sociological maps
3. Political maps
4. Economic maps
E. Special armed-forces maps and charts
1. General
2. Ground-forces maps
3. Naval-forces maps and charts
4. Air-forces maps and charts
F. Terrain models
SECTION 92. INDEXES OF MAPPING DATA AND COV-
ERAGE
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 1
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL ATIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
OUTLINE GUIDE
The following outline guide indicates substance and general arrange-
ment. In preparation and typing of manuscript, Standard Editorial
Instructions are followed in detail.
This outline for NIS CHAPTER IX is designed to
provide a basis for the discussion of mapping, charting,
surveying, and aerial-photography programs and the
appraisal of all types of maps,' charts, and terrain
models that are available, for any MS Area. Many
of the NIS Areas have no adequate mapping and
charting programs or are not satisfactorily covered by
maps and charts of various types. . For this reason, it
is desirable that the outline be kept' flexible enough to
be adapted to. any unusual situatidnI that authors of
CHAPTER IX may encounter.. Every, heading in the
outline, however, must be considered by the authors
and be retained without revision unless changes are
first approved by the Chapter Coordinator. The
examples given below illustrate the type of changes in
the outline that are legitimate: 1) for some areas Sub-
section 91, C, 8, Pipeline Maps, is not applicable, and
'JULY 1957
the heading will be omitted; and 2) for areas without
a coastline the heading 91, B, 6, Sailing, General, and
Coast Charts, is not pertinent and will be deleted.
Maps prepared for other NIS Chapters will be in-
cluded in the recommendations and appraisals in
CHAPTER IX, SEcTroiN 91, only if the Sections for which
the maps were prepared have been published.
Historical maps will not be recommended or evalu-
ated unless they contribute in some important manner
to an understanding of the current situation. For
example, a map of 1850 international boundaries will
be discussed only if current territorial claims are based
on 1850 boundaries.
Approved BGN spellings will be used for all place
names in CHAPTER IX except those that appear in the
titles of maps, books, or other publications cited.
Preface to Chapter IX
The preface of CHAPTER IX is a-short Guide to Users
prepared by the Chapter Coordinator. In the Guide,
the Coordinator will note:
The structure of CHAPTER IX?its division into 1) a general
analysis of the mapping situation of the NIS Area, 2)
recommendations and appraisals of the best maps avail-
able for specific uses, and 3) indexes of mapping data and
map and chart coverage.
PAGE 2
That only the best maps pertaining to each topic have been
included.
That the omission of a topic usually covered by maps indi-
cates that maps on this topic are either unsatisfactory or
not available.
The research cutoff date for each major topic in CHAPTER IX.
Terms having special significance or meaning as used in
Chapter IX.
Other information needed for an understanding of the
specific CHAPTER IX under consideration.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 CIIAPTEI? IX
Section 90. General
A. Development and extent of mapping,
charting, and related activities
Describe the development and extent of the mapping
and charting of the NIS Area and the surveys and
aerial photography that supply basic mapping and
charting data.
1. MAPPING AND CHARTING
Give briefly the history and current status of map-
ping and charting within the NIS Area and note the
contributions of other countries to the Mapping. pro-
gram.
2. SURVEYS
Discuss the geodetic, hydrographic, and oceano-
graphic surveys of the NIS Area that have resulted in
basic mapping and charting data. Since these sur-
veys aro not covered elsewhere in CHArTER IX, it may
be necessary to consider some of them in greater detail
than other topics in SECTION 90. Geodetic surveys,
in particular, are basic for estimating the reliability of
many maps mentioned in CHAPTER IX.
CONFIDENTIAL
3. AERIAL PHOTOGRAPHY
Describe the aerial photography for the NIS Area
and indicate the availability of the photography and
the completeness of area coverage.
B. Major deficiencies in mapping and chart-
ing
Discuss deficiencies in the mapping and charting
situation on the basis of mapping data and of published
maps and charts.
1. PUBLISHED MAPS AND CHARTS
Note inadequacies in published maps and charts for
each category of maps in SECTION 91,
2. MAPPING AND CHARTING DATA
Note especially inadequacies in 1) geodetic, hydro-
graphic, and oceanographic surveys, and 2) aerial
photography.
C. Programs under way or projected
Describe briefly the mapping and charting programs
being undertaken or planned for each category of maps
and charts. Designate the deficiencies noted in Sub-
section 90, B that will be eliminated or reduced.
Section 91 Selected Maps, Charts, and Plans
SECTION 91 will include recommendations of the best
maps, charts, and plans for each subject mentioned in
the outline. Justify all recommendations on the basis
of accuracy, adequacy of detail and presentation,
utility, and availability. When appropriate, include
comparisons of items based on adequacy of subject and
areal coverage, emphasizing major limitations or
deficiencies. Obsolete or other unselected maps may
be mentioned under any topic if the contributing agency
considers it necessary to warn users against specific
widely used or apparently unauthoritative maps.
The recommendations will be followed by citations
and descriptions and appraisals of individual items.
Each contributing agency will number consecutively,
beginning with number 1, all items referred to in its
contribution.
The citation will include: Exact title of map or map
series underlined (with English translation in paren-
theses without underlining if title is in foreign language)
CONFIDENTIAL
or supplied title in brackets without underlining;
numerical scale (and vertical exaggeration, when appro-
priate); authority, preceded by nationality in brackets
if non-U.S.; date; language, if not English; graticule
(and projection and/or grid); library call number and/or
distribution number of producing agency. Security
classification and control.
The description and appraisal will be in telegraphic
English and will consist of three parts under the
following headings: 1) Coverage, giving areal coverage
and the identification of sheets, if applicable; 2) Charac-
teristics, including data shown, source material, and
method of preparation; and 3) Evaluation, in terms of
accuracy and value for specific purposes.
- If a map citation does not fit the standard pattern,
the contributor may consult the Coordinator as to the
form to be used or may follow the pattern set for a
similar citation in a recently completed CHAPTER IX.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 3
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL
NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS JULY 1957
The Coordinator may also be consulted concerning the
content of the description and appraisal.
Each terrain model (plastic, plaster, or rubber) is
given an item number. Citations will be identical to
those for maps, except for the inclusion of a Vertical
exaggeration immediately following the horizontal
scale.
Include a list of foreign-language authorities men-
tioned in SECTION 91 and their English translations.
A. General
The Coordinator will prepare a brief introduction to
the Section as a whole.
B. Physical maps, navigation charts, and
maps and plans of urban areas
1. GENERAL
Make a general statement on the adequacy of con-
tent and completeness of areal coverage of physical
maps, navigation charts, and maps and plans of
selected urban areas.
2. TOPOGRAPHIC MAPS
Recommend and appraise the best topographic maps
available in selected scale ranges and the best English-
language map series obtainable in quantity in each
scale range.
3. SPECIALIZED PHYSICAL MAPS
Recommend and appraise the best maps or charts
for geology, landforms, drainage characteristics, water
resources (including water-supply facilities), soil, nat-
ural vegetation, state of the ground, and geophysical
phenomena.
4. TERRAIN-EVALUATION MAPS
Recommend and appraise the best maps for cross-
country movement, suitability for construction (air-
fields, roads, and underground installations), and
other military purposes such as concealment, cover,
airborne operations, amphibious operations (including
landing beaches).
5. AIR AND AIR-FACILITY CHARTS
Recommend and appraise the best charts for air
navigation; the most useful charts for plotting and
planning purposes; and the best charts showing air
distances, air targets, and the locations and details of
aerodromes, airports, and seaplane bases and adjacent
facilities.
6. SAILING, GENERAL, AND COAST CHARTS
Recommend and appraise the best hydrographic
charts in the following categories: 1) sailing?for fixing
the mariner's position when approaching the coast
from the open sea or for sailing between distant ports
PAGE 4
on the same coast; 2) general--for coastwise naviga-
tion outside the outlying reefs and shoals; and
3) coast--for inshore navigation, entering bays and
harbors, and navigating large inland waterways.
Appraisals may be in tabular form. Recommend and
appraise also the best interpretive hydrographic charts.
7. COASTAL OCEANOGRAPHIC CHARTS
Recommend and appraise the best available coastal
oceanographic charts that show depth and relief of
ocean floor, currents, sea and swell, temperature, dis-
tribution and movement of sea ice, salinity, density,
bottom sediment, transparency and color, acoustics,
marine biology, diving and submerged operating con-
ditions for submarines, and tidal characteristics and
ranges. Deep-sea charts, such as those included in the
NIS on Ocean Areas will be recommended and ap-
praised ill CHAPTER IX only if they show coastal
oceanographic information.
8. CLIMATIC MAPS
Recommend and appraise the best available maps
showing climatic classifications; distribution of cli-
matic elements; extremes of climatic elements and
their frequency; dates of killing frosts, freezing, and
thawing; paths of storms; growing season; and human
heat stress. Include maps of flying weather; instru-
ment, closed, and contact conditions; and other combi-
nations of elements such as those necessary for low-
level visual bombing, incendiary bombing, and chemi-
cal, biological, and radiological warfare.
9. MAPS AND PLANS OF URBAN AREAS
Make a general statement on the availability of
maps and plans of selected urban areas. Annotated
aerial photomosaics, tourist maps, zoning maps, and
local transport maps will not be discussed unless they
provide the only coverage or supplementary coverage
for one or more of the urban areas. Recommend and
appraise the best maps and plans available for the
"principal urban areas" designated in NIS CHAPTER II
and for other urban areas. The selected urban areas
to be discussed in CHAPTER IX will be agreed upon by
the Chapter Coordinator and the contributor during
the early stages of Chapter preparation. Appraisals
may be presented in tabular form.
C. Transportation and communication maps
and charts
1. GENERAL
Make a general statement on the adequacy of con-
tent and the completeness of areal coverage of maps
and charts for the various aspects of transportation
and communication.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CHAPTER IX
JULY 1957
2. RAILROAD MAPS
Recommend and appraise the maps, including topo-
graphic map series, that show most completely and
accurately the existing railroad lines, and the best
special railroad maps showing gage, number of tracks,
electrification, capacity, traffic (volume and length of
haul), railroad administrative districts and centers,
yards, repair shops, bridges, tunnels, and other instal-
lations.
3. ROAD MAPS
Recommend and appraise the maps, including topo-
graphic map series, that show most completely and
accurately the existing roads, and the best special road
maps showing jurisdictional classification, type of
surface, width, condition, capacity, and amount of
traffic.
4. INLAND-WATERWAY MAPS AND CHARTS
Recommend and appraise the best maps and charts
of rivers, canals, lakes, and inland-waterway harbors.
Place special emphasis on navigability, dockage, clear-
ance, and sedimentation. Also include maps dealing
with channel depths, currents, heads of navigation,
seasons of navigation, and traffic.
5. PORT AND HARBOR CHARTS AND PLANS
Recommend and appraise the best charts and plans
showing details of ports and harbors, and charts and
plans showing ports in terms of importance, physical
situations, types, facilities, and capacities. Include
coverage for principal and secondary ports selected for
CHAPTER III. Appraisals may be presented in tabular
form.
6. AIR-TRANSPORT MAPS
Recommend and appraise the best maps of com-
mercial air routes and air traffic.
7. TELECOMMUNICATION AND POSTAL
MAPS
Recommend and appraise the best special maps and
topographic map series showing telegraph and tele-
phone nets and stations; radio broadcasting stations,
networks, microwave nets, and distribution of receiving
sets; and postal routes and post offices.
8. PIPELINE MAPS
Recommend and appraise the best maps, including
topographic map series, that show pipelines.
D. Sociological, political, and economic maps
1. GENERAL
Make a general statement on the adequacy of con-
tent and completeness of areal coverage of maps for
the various topics included in Subsection 91, D.
CONFIDENTIAL
CONFIDENTIAL
2. SOCIOLOGICAL MAPS
Recommend and appraise the best maps showing
1) the distribution and density of population; 2) the
composition and characteristics of population accord-
ing to race, nationality, language, and religion; and 3)
health, including incidence of disease, birth and death
rates, and health facilities.
3. POLITICAL MAPS
Recommend and appraise the best maps of inter-
national boundaries, territorial waters, major and
minor civil-division boundaries, political problems (in-
cluding disputed areas), relative strength of political
parties, election districts, and results of elections.
4. ECONOMIC MAPS
Recommend and appraise the best maps on the
following subjects: 1) agriculture, fishing, and for-
estry?agricultural regions, land use, production, soil
productivity, distribution of crops and livestock, fish-
eries, and forests and forest products; 2) fuels and
power?solid fuels (nature, extent, and locations of
deposits; ownership, locations, and production of indi-
vidual mines), petroleum (producing areas, refineries,
and consuming centers), natural gas, and electric
power; 3) minerals and metals?iron ore (nature,
extent, and locations of deposits; ownership and loca-
tions of mines; production by regions, fields, and/or
mines); nonferrous ores, metals, and alloys; nonme-
tallic minerals; and construction materials (exclusive
of materials covered elsewhere in this Subsection); 4)
manufacturing and construction?industrial machinery,
vehicles, aircraft production, shipbuilding, explosives,
chemical, agricultural-processing, and other industries;
and 5) commerce and trade?flow of commerce, cen-
ters of trade, and exports and imports.
E. Special armed-forces maps and charts
1. GENERAL
Make a general statement concerning the types of
armed-forces maps available, and compare the various
types as to adequacy. Include only maps pertaining
to the armed forces of the NIS Area.
2. GROUND-FORCES MAPS
Recommend and appraise the best maps showing
size, composition, disposition, and territorial organiza-
tion of ground forces; permanent fortifications (land
and coastal defenses); and depots and other storage
installations for materiel.
3. NAVAL-FORCES MAPS AND CHARTS
Recommend and appraise the best maps and charts
that show naval districts, zones, or activities; strength
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL
NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS JULY 1957
and disposition of ships and personnel; and depots and
other storage installations for materiel.
4. AIR FORCES MAPS AND CHARTS
Recommend and appraise the best maps and charts
that show air commands and units; disposition of per-
sonnel units and equipment; and locations of staff and
command schools. Air-facility charts are recom-
mended under Subsection B, 5.
F. Terrain models
Recommend and appraise the best terrain models
(plastic, plaster, or rubber) that cover the NIS Area
or any part of it.
Section 92. Indexes of Mapping Data and Coverage
SECTION 92 should include the graphics prepared to
illustrate SECTIONS 90 and 91, with a short introduction
concerning their use.
Graphics may be prepared to illustrate the following:
1. Extent, density, and type of available and existing
control.
2. Extent and type of aerial-photography coverage.
PAGE , 6
3. Projected coverage of significant mapping programs.
4. Topographic map series at selected scales; if practicable,
include sheet lines.
5. Aeronautical chart coverage.
6. Hydrographic chart coverage.
7. Urban area coverage.
8. Area and subject coverage of maps on other topics when
advisable.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL
NATIONAL INTELLIGENCE SURVEY
STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
NIS ON OCEAN AREAS
MARINE CLIMATE AND OCEANOGRAPHY
Section 1 Introduction
Section 2 Marine Climate
Section 3 Oceanography
CENTRAL INTELLIGENCE AGENCY
Office of Basic Intelligence
Washington, D. C.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 CONFIDENTIAL
NIS on Ocean Areas
Marine Climate and Oceanography
SECTION 1. INTRODUCTION
SECTION 2. MARINE CLIMATE
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
OUTLINE
Climatic controls
Surface winds
Surface air temperatures
Precipitation
Cloudiness
Visibility and fog
Special weather phenomena
Weather and military operations
Map and chart appraisal and comments
on principal sources
1. Map and chart appraisal
2. Comments on principal sources
SECTION 3. OCEANOGRAPHY
A.
B.
C.
D.
Tides
General circulation
Sea and swell
Sea water characteristics
1. Physical properties
a. General
b. Sector 1
(1) Temperature
(2) Salinity
(3) Density
(4) Relative buoyancy
(5) Electrical conductivity
(6) Color
(7) Transparency
c. Sector 2
2. Ice
3. Sound conditions
a. Sonar
b. Solar
E. Marine geology
1. General
2. Bathymetry
3. Bottom sediments
a. Type and distribution
b. Thickness
4. Geophysics
a. Gravity
b. Seismology
c. Magnetic anomalies
F. Marine biology
1. Fouling
2. Borers
3. Algae
4. Bioluminescence
5. Dangerous animals
6. Human survival in water
7. Sonic animals
8. Deep scattering layer
G. Map and chart appraisal and comments
on principal sources
. 1. Map and chart appraisal
2. Comments on principal sources
OUTLINE GUIDE
The following outline guide indicates substance and general arrange-
ment. In preparation and typing of manuscript, Standard Edi-
torial Instructions are followed in detail.
The NIS on Marine Climate and Oceanography di-
vides the world sea areas into ocean basins. These
ocean basins am further subdivided into Parts, each
of which is comparable to a Chapter in the other NIS.
Each Part consists of three Sections; however, the pro-
duction unit is the Part.
CONFIDENTIAL
Ocean Basins are designated as follows:
NIS 104
MS 105
NIS 106
NIS 107
Atlantic ,Basin 12 Parts
Pacific Bain 12 Parts
Indian Basin 4 Parts
Arctic Basin 1 Part
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE, 1
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
Section 1. Introduction
Brief synopsis and overview treatment of only the
most significant aspects of location, size, shape, general
climatic and oceanographic conditions, as they affect
the Area's strategic potential, both offensive and de-
A. Chmatic controls
JULY 1957
fensive. The treatment, is not confined to boundaries
of the NIS Area when proper appreciation requires
overlapping into an adjacent area.
Section 2. Marine Climate
Discuss and identify the climate and climatic con-
trols of the NIS Area, including general circulation and
pressure distribution, air masses and fronts, land and
maritime influences, and energy exchange.
B. Surface winds
Discuss and show by use of wind roses or other
graphic means by months the distribution of wind
force and direction.
C. Surface air temperatures
Discuss and show by graphic moans by months the
mean, mean maximum, mean minimum, absolute maxi-
mum, and absolute minimum temperatures and/or
percentile cutoff points of the temperature distribution
(normally 5 percentile) for maximum and minimum
temperatures. Discuss or show by graphic means by
months the frequency and distribution of temperatures
below freezing and the occurrence of snow.
D. Precipitation
Discuss and show by graphic means by months the
distribution, amount, and frequency of precipitation of
all types.
E. Cloudiness
Discuss and show by graphic means the distribution
and frequency by months of low cloud amount (when
data are available) and total cloud amount. Discuss
the dominant types and their causes. (When appro-
priate, cloudiness may be treated in combination with
precipitation in Subsection D, above, under the revised
heading, Precipitation and Cloudiness.)
PAGE 2
F. Visibility and fog
Discuss and show by graphic means by months the
distribution and frequency of reduced visibility. Dis-
cuss and/or show by graphic means the distribution and
frequency of fog.
G. Special weather phenomena
Discuss and/or show by graphic means the occur-
rence of tropical and extratropical cyclones, squalls,
waterspouts, thunderstorms, and any other phenomena
of special importance or peculiar to the given NIS Area.
H. Weather and military operations
Discuss the effects a weather and climate of the
Area on air and surface military operations.
I. Map and chart appraisal and comments
on principal sources
1. MAP ANI) CHART APPRAISAL
An itemized discussion of the principal marine
climatic charts of the Area.
2. COMMENTS ON PRINCIPAL SOURCES
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source ma-
terial used in preparing the Section and thereby inform
the user of the general credibility to be accorded the
intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used
are indicated.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 NIS ON OCEAN AREAS
Section 3. Oceanography
A. Tides
A discussion of tidal progression, tidal ranges, and
tidal effect on moored mines; one or more charts to be
included showing corange lines, cotidal lines, and effect
on moored mines.
B. General circulation
A discussion of the general circulation of surface and
subsurface currents illustrated by means of current
vectors or streamlines, depending on data available.
One or more charts to be included according to seasonal
change or other variation in the circulation pattern.
Consideration is given to problems peculiar to the
passage of straits, with special attention to surface and
subsurface currents. Further reference is made to
peculiar navigational features, meteorological features,
and other features which would affect passage, although
such material might be included elsewhere in the NIS
on Ocean Areas.
C. Sea and swell
A discussion of the distribution of wave heights due
to sea and swell and also the directions of the sea and
swell by month or season. The distribution of the
directions of sea and swell is shown to eight points of
the compass by means of roses and the distribution of
wave heights by histograms.
D. Sea water characteristics
1. PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
a. GENERAL ? A discussion of the general physi-
cal properties of the NIS Area illustrated by charts of
isolines of temperature, salinity, and density, a chart
of relative buoyancy, a diagram of electrical conductiv-
ity, and a chart of color and transparency. Number
of charts to be included is determined by seasonal
changes or other variations of the physical properties.
b. SECTOR 1 ? (Sector breakdown is made on the
basis of variations within the NIS Area and the pres-
ence of isolated water bodies within the Area. The
number of sectors varies from one NIS to another.)
(1) Temperature ? A discussion of the tempera-
ture structure of the sector, illustrated by isoline charts
in vertical planes.
(2) Salinity ? A brief discussion of the salinity
of the sector, illustrated by isoline charts in vertical
planes.
CONFIDENTIAL
CONFIDENTIAL
(3) Density ? A brief discussion of the density
of the sector, illustrated by isoline charts in vertical
planes.
(4) Relative buoyancy ? A brief text describing
the relative buoyancy at various depths in the sector,
illustrated by vertical isoline charts.
(5) Electrical conductivity ? A brief discussion
of the electrical conductivity of the sea water of the
sector, which may or may not be illustrated by a chart
of maximum and minimum conductivities, dependent
upon the amount of variation of this property.
(6) Color ? A brief discussion of the water
color of the sector.
(7) Transparency ? A brief discussion of the
visual transparency of the water.
c. SECTOR 2 (same subheadings as for Sector 1)
2. ICE
Description of ice conditions in the area with refer-
ence to the temperature charts. If the ice conditions
are sufficiently complicated, the position of various
kinds of ice is shown by isoline charts for average and
severe winters.
3. SOUND CONDITIONS
a. SONAR ? A discussion of sound ranging, detail-
ing echo and sound ranges in the Area. Tho text is
illustrated by bar or other types of diagrams of ranges
over various types of bottoms.
b. SOFAR ? A brief discussion, without illustra-
tion, stating whether or not a sofar channel exists in
the Area, and at what level it is likely to be found.
E. Marine geology
1. GENERAL
A general discussion of the geological structural
features of the Area and the mode of formation of the
various sea sectors.
2. BATHYMETRY
A discussion of the type and distribution of topo-
graphic features illustrated by bathymetric charts.
3. BOTTOM SEDIMENTS
a. TYPE AND DISTRIBUTION ? This part of the
text is illustrated by a bottom sediment chart or refers
to existing H.O. bottom sediment charts.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 3
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS JULY 1957
b. THICKNESS ? Text may or may not be illus-
trated by charts and diagrams, depending on the con-
tinuity of the available data.
4. GEOPHYSICS
a. GRAVITY ? A discussion of the gravity anom-
alies of the Area, illustrated by charts of observed free
air and isostatic gravity values.
b. SEISMOLOGY ? A discussion of earthquakes,
volcanoes, and tsunamis, illustrated by charts of
seismic belts.
C. MAGNETIC ANOMALIES ? A discussion of mag-
netic anomalies, illustrated by chart of positive and
negative magnetic values.
F. Marine biology
I. FOULING
A discussion of fouling in the Area, with emphasis
on seasonal variation of attachment and distribution,
illustrated by a chart or table if the data are adequate.
2. BORERS
A discussion of the marine boring organisms of the
Area, with emphasis on distribution and seasonal
variatio:ns of attack.
3. ALGAE
A description of the forms of algae and other marine
plants found and the water depths to which they extend.
4. BIOLUMINESCENCE
A discussion of the likelihood of occurrence and in-
tensity of bioluminescence and the marine organisms
causing the phenomenon.
PAGE 4
5. DANGEROUS ANIMALS
A short description of the outstanding dangerous
marine animals, with mention of distribution and
method of attack.
6. HUMAN SURVIVAL IN WATER
A brief discussion and chart of the length of time a
human can survive largely immersed in the sea.
7. SONIC ANIMALS
A brief discussion Of distribution and concentration
of sonic marine animals.
8. DEEP SCATTERING LAYER
A brief discussion of the occurrence of the deep sound-
scattering layer, describing records of the depth and
location of deep scattering.
G. Map and chart appraisal and comments
on principal sources
I. MAP AND CHART APPRAISAL
An itemized discussion of the principal oceanographic
charts of the Area.
2. COMMENTS ON PRINCIPAL SOURCES
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source ma-
terial used in preparing the Section and thereby inform
the user of the general credibility to be accorded the
intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used are
indicated.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL
NATIONAL INTELLIGENCE SURVEY
STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
SUPPLEMENT I
PORTS AND NAVAL FACILITIES
Section 1 Introduction
Section 2 Principal Ports
Section 3 Secondary Ports
Section 4 Minor Ports
Section 5 Naval Facilities
Section 6 Shipyards
CENTRAL INTELLIGENCE AGENCY
Office of Basic Intelligence
Washington, D. C.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 CONFIDENTIAL
Supplement I Ports and Naval Facilities
OUTLINE
SECTION 1. INTRODUCTION
A. List of ports, naval facilities, and ship-
yards
B. Classification of ports, naval facilities,
and shipyards
C. Berth-classification standards
1. Anchorage berths
2. Fixed berths
a. Commercial wharves and fixed moor-
ings
b. Naval wharves and fixed moorings
D. Estimated military port capacity
E. Port administration
F. Explanatory notes
1. Units of measure
2. Railroad gage
3. Port plans
4. Cross-reference
5. Glossary
SECTION 2. PRINCIPAL PORTS
A?X.
Name of port
1. Introduction
2. Harbor
3. Landing facilities
4. Storage facilities
5. Clearance facilities
6. Supplies and utilities
7. Trade of port
8. Port operations
9. Port administration
CONFIDENTIAL
10. Estimated military port capacity
11. Naval facilities
12. Shipyards
13. Port development
Y. Comments on principal sources
SECTION 3. SECONDARY PORTS
(Including comments on principal sources
SECTION 4. MINOR PoriTs,
(Including comments on principal sources)
SECTION 5. NAVAL FACILITIES
A.. Coastal naval facilities
B. Inland naval facilities
C. Comments an principal sources
SECTION 6. SHIPYARDS
A. Coastal shipyards
1. Category I and II shipyards
2. Category III shipyards
B. Inland shipyards
1. Category I and II shipyards
2, Category III shipyards
C. Comments on principal sources
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 4
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
OUTLINE GUIDE
The following outline guide indicates substance and general arrange-
ment. In preparation and typing of manuscript, Standard Edi-
torial Instructions are followed in detail.
Section 1. Introduction
A. List of ports, naval facilities, and ship-
yards
List all ports alphabetically, indicating name, coordi-
nates, and classification.
List all naval facilities alphabetically, indicating
name, coordinates, and type. Separate coastal and
inland facilities by means of shoulder heads.
Alphabetical list of category I and II shipyards
(with coordinates).
Separate coastal and inland yards by shoulder heads.
Alphabetical list of locations (with coordinates)
having facilities with capabilities less than those of
category II shipyards but engaged in or capable of
ship construction and/or ship repair. Separate coastal
and inland locations by shoulder head.
B. Classification of ports, naval facilities,
and shipyards
Give criteria used in classifying ports into principal,
secondary, and minor.
State basis on which naval facilities have been
classified.
Give standards used in grouping shipyards, both on
basis of ship-repair and shipbuilding capability, into
category I, II, and III.
C. Berth-classification standards
1. ANCHORAGE BERTHS
Whenever possible or appropriate the capacities of
anchorages at the various ports are estimated in terms
of free-swinging anchorage berths, classified as follows:
Class I: Min. dimensions-- diam. 800 yd., depth 38 ft.;
representative vessels accommodated---type, battleship,
aircraft carrier, heavy cruiser; max. length 1,000 ft.
Class II: Min. dimensions?diam. 500 yd., depth 30 ft.;
representative vessels accommodated?type, ocean-type
cargo vessel, light cruiser; max. length 600 ft.
PAGE 2
JULY 1957
Class III: Min. dimensions?diam. 300 yd., depth 20 ft.;
representative vessels accommodated?type, destroyer,
coaster; max. length 350 ft.
NOTE When berths are laid out in depths of water that
have exceeded the above minimums, with greater
scopes of chain being required, larger berth diam-
eters are used.
2. FIXED BERTHS
a. COMMERCIAL WHARVES AND FIXED MOORINGS ?
Berthing capacities of the principal dry-cargo wharves
and of fixed moorings are given in terms of six standard
general-cargo berths, classified as follows:
CLASS OF
BERTH
BERTH DIMEN-
SIONS
: REPRESENTATIVE VESSELS ACCOM-
MODATED
i
Length
Depths
ft.
ft.
A
565
31--30
Large ocean-type cargo vessel (C4,
C3)
460
29--23
Standard ocean-type cargo vessel
(VC2, EC2, C2, Cl?B)
350
22-18
Small ocean-type cargo vessel
(Cl?M)
D .....
250
17
Standard coaster-type cargo vessel
(N3?S)
200
l3
Small coaster-type cargo vessel
100
7
Lighter
Berthing capacities of petroleum wharves and off-
shore-pipeline berths are given in terms of five standard
tanker berths, classified as follows:
CLASS OF
BERTH
T?A
T?B
T?C
T? D
T?E
BERTH DIMEN-
SIONS
Length Depth
ft.
600
525
450
250
175
REPRESENTATIVE VESSELS ACCOM-
MODATED
ft.
34
31
26
14
9
'Large ocean-type tanker
Standard ocean-type tanker (T2)
'Small ocean-type tanker
Standard coaster-type tanker
Representative sound-and-river-
type tank barge
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957
SUPPLEMENT I CONFIDENTIAL
b. NAVAL WHARVES AND FIXED MOORINGS ? Berth-
ing capacities of the wharves and fixed moorings used
primarily by naval vessels aro given in terms of U.S.
naval vessel berths, classified as follows:
BERTH DIMEN-
CLASS OF BERTII SIONS
Length Depth
TYPE VESSEL ACCOMMODATED
ft. ft.
BB (lg.) 890 38
BB (med.) 680 38
CVA (1g.) 970 37
CVA (med.) .... 900. 32
CVL 685 29
CVE 560 32
CA 675 27
CL 610 26
DD 395 20
DE 310 15
SS 315 18
AM 225 12
AMS 145 10
PT 105 7
AO (1g.) 555 33
AO (med.) 525 32
AOG 315 17
Battleship (Iowa class)
Battleship (South Dakota
class)
Large aircraft carrier (Mid-
way class)
Medium aircraft carrier
(Essex class)
Light aircraft carrier (Saipan
class)
Escort aircraft carrier (Com-
mencement Bay class)
Heavy cruiser (Baltimore
class)
Light cruiser (Cleveland
class)
Destroyer (Gearing class)
Destroyer escort (Buckley
class)
Submarine (Balao class)
Minesweeper (Raven class)
Motor minesweeper
Motor torpedo boat
Oiler (Cimarron class)
Oiler (Pecos-Suamico class)
Gasoline tanker (Patapsco
class)
D. Estimated military port capacity
The estimated military port capacity is the maximum
amount of general cargo?expressed in long tons?that
can be unloaded onto the wharves and cleared from
the wharf aprons during a period of one 24-hour day
(20 effective cargo-working hours). The estimate is
based on the static cargo-transfer facilities of the port
oxisting at a particular time and is designed for com-
parison rather than for operational purposes. Factors
and conditions controlling the estimation of port capac-
ity are as follows:
1) A factor of 1.2 ton per linear foot is applied to all
wharfage suitable for the discharge of general cargo,
either directly or by means of lighters, that has along-
side depths of 7 feet or more. In the case of wharfage
suitable for general-cargo transfer but with alongside
depths of less than 7 feet the factor of 1.2 ton per linear
foot is appropriately reduced. In determining the
amount by which the factor is reduced, the datum to
which the depths are referred and the heights of the
various tidal rises are given due consideration.
2) For the purposes of the port-capacity estimate
all such wharfage with alongside depths of less than 18
feet is treated as lighter wharfage. To be fully utilized,
CONFIDENTIAL
such wharfage must be within a practicable distance
of and be served by a sufficient number of the following:
Anchorage berths--Suitable anchorage areas are meas-
ured in terms of Class II berths only, and a factor of 600
tons is assigned to each berth.
Free-swinging mooring berths--Only berths capable of
accommodating ocean-type vessels (comparable to a Class
II anchorage berth) are used, and a factor of 600 tons is
assigned to each berth.
Fixed-mooring and alongside offshore-discharge berths?
Only Class A, B, and C berths (capable of accommodating
ocean-type vessels) are used. A factor of 600 tons per
berth is assigned to Class A and B berths, and a factor of
400 tons per berth is assigned to Class C berths.
If there are not enough such berths, the value given
the lighter wharfage is reduced to correspond to the
discharge capacity of the available berths.
3) The estimate assumes the utilization of all wharf-
age that is suitable for the transfer of general cargo
regardless of its normal use; e.g., this includes naval
wharves and any wharves normally used for a special
purpose but suitable for the discharge of general cargo.
4) Wharf aprons must have sufficient width for
cargo to be landed and cleared without unnecessary
delay. In computing the discharge capacity of any
wharf with an apron not meeting this requirement, the
factor of 1.2 ton per linear foot is reduced to a value
representing the effective discharge capability of the
wharf. An open pier must have sufficient width to
permit sustained discharge and clearance at the normal
rate from both sides of the pier if the factor of 1.2 ton
per linear foot is to apply to both sides; if this require-
ment is not met, the factor applied to one side is ap-
propriately reduced or alongside offshore-discharge
berths (fixed berths A, B, and C) are assigned to that
side.
5) Allowances and adjustments in the estimate com-
pensate for certain static conditions that would seri-
ously retard unloading operations, including such im-
pediments as faulty wharf layout, poor condition of
wharf, and inadequate clearance potential from a
particular wharf.
6) The estimate assumes that the unloading of ships
is by ship's gear only (both alongside and in the stream),
but that lighters are discharged by mobile or other
light cranes.
7) The estimate assumes that adequate labor, steve-
dore gear, harbor craft (lighters and the means of
moving them), and cranage for the discharge of lighters
are available.
8) The estimate makes no allowance for such vari-
ables as adverse sea and weather conditions, enemy
interference, or civil requirements.
9) The estimate is given in terms of maximum
capacity, with a supplementary statement indicating
the amount of cargo that would be discharged directly
alongside and the amount that would have to be light-
ered. If naval wharfage is used in obtaining the
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 3
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL NIS STANDARD IN
maximum capacity, a supplementary statement is
made indicating the amount of cargo that would be
discharged at such wharfage.
10) Because the estimate is for a period of one day
only, clearance from the port as a whole is not incor-
porated as a factor.
11) The estimate cannot be projected beyond a
single day by straight multiplication.
E. Port administration
Whenever the/ports of. a country come under the
jurisdiction of a national government department the
administration of ports on the national level. is nor-
mally described in SECTION 1., and the description of. the
administration of each individual port on the local
level is carried in the -study of the port.
F. Explanatory notes
1. UNITS OF MEASURE
Statement concerning use.
JULY 1957
2. RAILROAD GAGE
Give the standard gage for the country and also
any -other gages that serve the various ports.
3. PORT PLANS
Make statement such as the following: The port
plan provides a graphic representation of the port,
showing the relationship of its component parts and
the locations of the principal port facilities. Although
the port plan carries depth patterns, it is in no sense a
navigational instrument and should not be used as a
chart. The port plans in this Supplement have been
based on the best charts and plans available and have
been amended from the most recent photography and
reports. Dimensions and scales represent close ap-
proximations.
4. CROSS-REFERENCES
Point out topics which receive additional treatment
in other Sections of the NIS. Provide appropriate
cross-references for each subject.
5. GLOSSARY
List with English equivalents of foreign generic
terms used in Supplement.
Section 2. Principal ports
A-X. Name of port
(Coordinates, H.O. Chart No.)
1. INTRODUCTION
General summary
Relative location
Importance (strategic and/or economic)
Historical background
Principal characteristics and activities of port (imclude
types of cargo handled and annual volume of trade)
Summary of harbor
Position and layout
Largest vessel that can be accommodated in port
Anchorage
Summary of capacity
Estimated military port capacity
Berthage
Summary of Port facilities
Wharves and wharf facilities (mechanical handling facili-
ties, transit sheds, rail and road clearances, utilities)
Storage and specialized terminal facilities
Clearance facilities
Shipyard facilities
Summary of naval facilities
Type
Function
Components
Summary of port development
PAGE 4
2. HARBOR
a. 'SUMMARY - Brief general overall picture of
harbor including:
Location in relation to town and coast
General form and type
Framework and component parts
Aids to navigation
Pilotage
Shores adjoining harbor
b. PROTECTION - Summary of protective system
as a whole: Analysis of component parts of principal
protective system covering:
Position
Shape and alinement
Dimensions
Construction
Brief analysis of auxiliary or inner protective
works .
C. HARBOR DIVISIONS - Description of each di-
vision covering:
Relative position
Use
Dimensions
Defined channels
Turning basins
Berths
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 SUPPLEMENT I
d. FAIRWAY LIMITATIONS
(1) Approach -- Brief summary indicating char-
acter of approach and limitations, if any.
(2) Entrance ?Describe briefly (if harbor has
defined entrance); give controlling dimensions.
(3) ?Harbor
e. SILTING AND DREDGING ? Liability to silting
and dredging requirements of all navigable fairways
and berths.
f. ANCHORAGE ? Indicate the location of anchor-
ages (any area customarily used for anchorage or
specifically reserved for that purpose and in any way
associated with the port) and cover each in terms of:
Depths
Bottom sediments (evaluation of holding qualities)
Evaluation of each anchorage area in terms of protection
from sea and weather
Number and location of free-swinging berths by classes
when anchorage is such that a vessel berthed there would
be,considered to have entered the port and the number of
berths falls within the limit set in the anchorage berth
classification standards.
If in estimating military port capacity the berths used to
serve the lighter wharfage of the port are insufficient or
are entirely lacking, areas that appear to be suitable for
anchoring may be described as anchorages, but it must
be made clear that they have been determined from an
interpretation of the chart and not from evidence that
ships actually anchor there.'
g. MOORING BERTHS
(1) Fixed
Location and layout
Number, types, sizes, and capacities of berths
Functional summary of berths
(2) Free-swinging
Location and layout
Capacity
h. HYDROGRAPHIC AND WEATHER CONDITIONS
Tides
Depths and heights
Adverse conditions affecting port operations
i. DEFENSES
(1) Summary general comprehensive
picture of port defense system showing. ,pattern of
organization, authority, and, operation. .
(2) Entrance control post ? Details of command
post for coordination and operation of military elements
of the harbor defense system.
(3) Detection units ? Details of magnetic loops,
sonic listening devices, and other detection devices.
-
(4) Nets and booms Locatiop, types, layout
and construction of nets, booms and other barrier
devices.
(5) Mines ? Location and details of defensive
mines in harbor approaches and entrance.
CON.F.IDENT AL
CONFIDENTIAL
(6) Patrol operations ?Details of patrol ac-
tivity in harbor and its approaches; identification and
functions of vessels assigned to harbor defense and
patrol duties.
(7) Shore batteries ?Brief summary of shore
batteries in vicinity of port intended for use against
surface craft.
(8) Antiaircraft defense ?Brief summary of
antiaircraft defense organization and facilities.
3. LANDINC+ FACILITIES
a. WHARVES AND LANDINGS
(1) Principal wharves and offshore-pipeline berths
Principal wharves
Total wharfage
Total berthage
Largest vessel that can be accommodated alongside
Wharf distribution
Wharf evaluation
Wharf construction:
Generic types
Construction
Decking and apron
Condition
Wharf, ancillary facilities:
Rail facilities on wharf
Clearing roadways
Transit sheds
Mechanical handling facilities
Utilities
Cross reference to table of wharves.
Table of wharves
Offshore-pipeline berths
() Supplemental wharves and landings
Summary (1. or 2 sentences)
List of supplemental wharves and landings
b. MECHANICAL HANDLING FACILITIES
(1) Cranes ? Summary of shore cranes; indicate
general types and capacities; divide cranes into cargo,
shipyard, and miscellaneous categories; cross reference
to table of shore cranes.
Table of offshore cranes.
Floating cranes.
(2) Stevedore gear ? Availability of stevedore
gear: carriers, forklifts, jitneys, wharf trucks, portable
conveyors, etc.
(3) Special handling equipment ?Summary
statement of special cargo-handling equipment (coal
and ore loaders, grain unloaders, industrial track, pipe-
lines, etc.) indicating types numbers and uses.
,
C. HARBOR CRAFT ? General statement of extent
and adequacy of service fleet.
Details of craft .(arrange by type) :
, Tugs and launches
Breakdovvn by classes (seagoing and harbor). Give type
of power, horsepower, and any special equipment such
as salvage and firefighting equipment; indicate operat-
ing ranges of seagoing salvage tygs
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 5
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
(b) COAL -- Summary of facilities directly
associated with port operations; include total capacity
(in round figure), and general location of installations.
Cross-reference to table of bulk terminal facilities.
Cross-reference to details of special handling equipment.
(C) (NAME OF COMMODITY OR MISCELLANE-
OUS) -- Scope, detail, and arrangement similar to that
for "Coal" and "Grain"; cover such commodities as
ore, lumber, etc.
C. OPEN STACKING SPACE ? Summary sentence on
availability of open space in waterfront area suitable
or reserved for storing general cargo, indicating if
served by rail and/or road. List of specific sites
covering:
Location
Size
Lighters
Breakdown by capacity and type (self-propelled or dumb).
Give numbers (in round figures or general terms), con-
struction, capacity, draft loaded, and type of power if
self-propelled
Bunkering and watering craft
Details of each craft:
Name, type, capacity, equipment, delivery rate, whether
privately or governmentally owned
Dredging equipment
Details of each craft:
Name, type, capacity in terms of operating depth and
cubic yards per hour (include hopper barges)
Miscellaneous craft
Details of miscellaneous harbor service craft such as fire-
boats, icebreakers, ferries, piledrivers, etc. Cover sig-
nificant characteristics of each in detail comparable
to above
4. STORAGE FACILITIES
a. GENERAL CARGO STORAGE
(1) General Summary of all transit sheds,
warehouses, and covered storage buildings directly
associated with port operations; give general location
of facilities and total capacities (in round figures) of
transit sheds, warehouses, and covered storage build-
ings. Cross-reference to table of covered storage.
Table of covered storage.
(2) Refrigerated ? Summary of facilities asso-
ciated with port operations; include total capacity (in
round figures). Cross-reference to table of refrigerated
storage installations.
Table of refrigerated-storage installations. For each
installation show:
Name
Location
Use
Machinery and equipment
Daily ice-making capacity
Storage capacity (breakdown by controlling temperatures)
Remarks
b. BULK CARGO STORAGE
(1) Liquid
(a) PETROLEUM -- Summary of facilities in
port including total capacity and breakdown by prod-
uct, and general location of installations. Cross-ref-
erence to table of petroleum storage terminals.
Table of petroleum storage terminals.
(b) (NAME OF COMMODITY OR MISCELLANE-
OUS) ? Scope, detail, and arrangement similar to that
for "Petroleum"; cover such commodities as molasses,
vegetable oils, wine, etc.
(2) Dry ? Table of bulk terminal facilities.
(a) GRAIN ? Summary or facilities directly
associated with port operations; include total capacity
(in round figure) and general location of installations.
Cross reference to table of bulk terminal facilities.
Cross reference to details of special handling equipment.
PAGE 6
JULY 1957
5. CLEARANCE FACILITIES
a. RAIL
(1) Lines clearing port ? Identification of each
line and brief summary of each:
Number of tracks
Gage
Connecting points
Distances
(2) Rail facilities in port ?Summary of port
rail network; include the following:
Connecting line to port area from main terminal point
Bridges and ferries forming integral part of port network
Trackage in port area
Railroad yards
Cross reference to' table of railroad yards
Table of railroad yards
b. ROAD
(1) Roads clearing port ? Identification of prin-
cipal routes and brief summary of each:
Construction
Width
Connecting points
Distances
Condition
(2) Streets in port ?
quacy in relation to port ope
C. INLAND WATERWAY
route clearing port and brief
General analysis of ade-
ration.
? Identification of each
summary of each:
Type
Connecting points
Distances
Controlling dimensions '
Craft in service .
d. PIPELINE ? Identification of pipelines clearing
port and brief summary of each:
Commodity carried
Size
Connecting points
Distances
Capacity
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957
6. SUPPLIES AND UTILITIES
SUPP=LEMENT I
a. PETROLEUM -- Summary statement on avail-
ability of bunkers including types of fuel and stocks
maintained, methods of supply and extent of facilities;
if port has no petroleum barges and capacity of largest
bunkering berth is less than capacity of largest along-
side berth in port, give dimensions of largest bunkering
berth.
b. COAL ? Summary statement of availability of
bunkers including quality of fuel and stocks main-
tained; methods and rates of supply; and extent of
facilities.
C. WATER ? Summary statement on availability
of water to ships; methods of supply and extent of
facilities; quality of water; type and adequacy of port
supply; if port has no water barges and capacity of
largest watering berth is less than capacity of largest
alongside berth in port, give dimensions of largest
watering berth.
d. ELECTRICITY ? General summary covering:
Characteristics of service currents distributed in port area
Adequacy of supply for port operations
State if current is produced locally, taken from a grid sys-
tem, or both
Wharf outlets
C. PROVISIONS AND CHANDLERY ? Brief summary
of availability.
7. TRADE OF PORT
a. SHIPPING ? Summary of volume of shipping
calling at port; analysis of trends and significance; cross
reference to table and graph of shipping.
Table and graph of shipping.
b. COMMERCE ? Summary of volume of cargo
handled through port and analysis of trends and sig-
nificance of passenger traffic; enumerate principal
receipts and shipments; table and graph if appropriate.
8. PORT OPERATIONS
a. CARGO HANDLING ? General analysis of opera-
tional factors related to cargo-handling procedure and
potential. These may include:
Average cargo tonnage handled, daily and monthly
Average cargo-handling rates, hourly and daily
Ratio of receipts to shipments
Ratio of bulk cargoes to general cargoes
Ratio of cargo worked alongside to cargo worked in stream
(lightered from vessels at anchor or moorings)
Average vessel turn-around
Prevailing methods of cargo transfer and regulations affect-
ing
Fish landed from fishing craft
Cargo transferred over wharves from one part of port to
another
Limiting factors (actual or potential)
CONFIDENTIAL
CONFIDENTIAL
b. LABOR ? General analysis covering such fac-
tors as:
Size of normal stevedore force
Adequacy of force for normal port operations
Efficiency of stevedore personnel
Availability of labor reserve
Political orientation
9. PORT ADMINISTRATION
Analyze pattern of ownership, authority, and opera-
tion of port.
Discuss official services such as quarantine, customs,
security organization, and free-port zone.
10. ESTIMATED MILITARY PORT CAPACITY
Include cross-reference to standard formula for com-
puting port capacity, SECTION 1 of Supplement or
Explanatory Notes.
11. NAVAL FACILITIES
a. SUMMARY ? General summary covering:
Location
Type
Function
Components
Base development
b. HARBOR
C. BASE COMPONENTS
(1) Landing facilities ?Brief summary and
cross reference to Subsection 3, Landing Facilities, for
principal treatment.
(2) Shipyard component ?Brief summary and
cross reference to Subsection 12, Shipyards, for princi-
pal treatment.
(3) Ordnance component
(a) MANUFACTURING FACILITIES ? Analyze
type of manufacturing and give details of plant includ-
ing: current activity and capabilities; identification of
buildings and facilities; size, construction, and principal
equipment of each building.
(b) ASSEMBLY AND MAINTENANCE FACILITIES ?
Analyze type of operations performed and give details
of plant including: current activity and capabilities;
identification of buildings and facilities; size, construc-
tion, and principal equipment of each building.
(4) Supply component
(a) MATERIAL STORAGE AND SUPPLY ? Analyze
activities and give details of facilities including: use,
construction, capacity, and principal equipment of each
building; indicate in general terms stocks of materiel
normally maintained.
(b) PETROLEUM STORAGE AND SUPPLY ? Brief
summary of facilities and supply. Cross reference as
appropriate to Subsection 4, b, Petroleum Storage; 6, a,
Petroleum Supplies; and table of principal wharves.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 7
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
(C) ORDNANCE STORAGE AND SUPPLY -- Iden-
tification of buildings and facilities and details of edeli:
use, construction, capacity. -
Indicate normal stocks of ordnance maintained.
(5) Communications component ? General an-
alysis of organization and function of communications
activities.
For each facility or installation (radio station, relay
station, message center, etc.) cover such details as
type, construction, dimensions, layout, and equipment.
(6) Training component ? Gen(3ral analysis of
mission, organization, and functions of each training
activity.
Identification and description of facilities including
school buildings and quarters, instruction. shops, prac-
tice equipment, etc.
(7) Medical component -- General description of
medical facilities including hospitals, dispensaries, etc.
(8) Administrative component -- General analy-
sis covering tables of organization of base as a whole
and of each component activity.
(9) Miscellaneous component --- Detailed descrip-
tion of all special miscellaneous activities not included
in above components.
d. BASE UTILITIES
(1) Housing 'facilities ? Identification and de-
tailed description of barracks, quarters, and ancillary
installations.
(2) Transportation facilities
(a) CLEARANCE --- Brief summary of rail and
road facilities clearing base indicating connecting points
with main rail lines and roads.
(b) FACILITIES IN BASE -- Summary analysis
covering layout and construction of streets; details of
vehicles and vehicle-service facilities; layout of railroad
trackage; details of railroad equipment. .
(3) Base communications -- Summary analysis
of internal communications facilities.
('4) Water? Summary analysis covering: source,
quantity, and quality of supply; details of transmission;
purification, storage, and distribution.
(5) Electricity ? Summary analysis covering:
sources of supply; type and capacity of base power
plants; details of generating equipment and transform-
ers; characteristics of current as produced and dis-
tributed.
(6) Fire protection ? Summary analysis cover-
ing: equipment and alarm system; fire mains and
pressures.
(7) Recreation facilities ? Brief summary. .
(8) Disciplinary facilities -- Brief summary
PAGE 8
JULY 1957
e. BASE DEFENSES
(1) Protective construction and concealment ?
General analysis covering: dispersal of base units;
sandbagging, bombproof construction; subterranean
shelters, depots, and cornmunication centers; camou-
flage,. natural shelter, decoys, and smoke screens.
(2) Chemical warfare defense ?Brief summary
of procedures and equipment for individual and collec-
tive protection and decontamination.
(3) Internal security Brief summary covering:
sentry and guard organization ,and associated installa-
tions such as guardhouses, walls or fences, lookout
towers, etc.; measures governing entry and exit of per-
sonnel and control within base.
12. SHIPYARDS
. a. SUMMARY -- General summary of available .ship-
building and ship repair facilities and . capabilities of
port. Indicate size of largest vessel that can be re-
paired as limited by largest underwater repair facility,
and the largest dry-cargo ship that could be built.
b. CATEGORY I AND II SHIPYARDS
(1) Name of yard ? Brief summary covering:
Location
Ownership
Layout
Activities
Capabilities
(a) FACILITIES
1) Shipbuilding Installations
a) Shipbuilding ways -- Brief summary
of direct-launching shipbuilding ways; cross reference
to table of shipbuilding ways.
Table of shipbuilding ways.
b) Shipbuilding docks ? Brief summary
of shipbuilding clocks; cross reference to table of ship-
building clocks.
Table of shipbuilding docks.
c) Shipbuilding sites
2) Drydocking Installations -- Brief sum-
mary of drydocks and marine railways; indicate capac-
ity of each significant facility; cross reference t?o Sub-
section f. Details of Drydocking Installations.
3) Fitting-Out and Repair Berths ? Brief
evaluative summary of fitting-out and repair berths;
list standard berths provided; when applicable cross
reference to table of principal wharves.
4) Shops ? Evaluative summary of shop
facilities.
Table of shops.
5) Cranes ? Brief evaluative summary of
cranage; cross reference to table of shore cranes.
Table of shore cranes.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957
SUPPLEMENT I
(b) SERVICES
1) Utilities ? Brief summary of availabil-
ity, sources, adequacy, characteristics, and distribution
of the following:
Electric power
Steam
Compressed air and industrial gases
Water
2) Fire Protection ? Summary analysis
covering: equipment and alarm system; fire mains,
hydrants, and pressures; automatic extinguishing sys-
tems; fire-fighting force.
3) Security ? Brief summary covering:
sentry and guard organization and associated installa-
tions such as guardhouses, walls or fences, lookout
towers, etc.; measures governing entry and exit of
personnel and control within yard.
(C) PERSONNEL
1) Management ? Analysis of pattern of
management, including historical background if neces-
sary for clarity, and estimate of professional com-
petence.
2) Labor ? Brief summary of number,
categories, and quality of employees.
(d) OPERATIONS
1) Ship construction
2) Ship repair
3) Materials
a) Procurement
b) Storage facilities
(e) PRODUCTION
C. CATEGORY III SHIPYARDS ? Treat in same man-
ner as category I and II shipyards when appropriate,
scope of treatment depending on size of yard and extent
of information.
d. AUXILIARY REPAIR FACILITIES
C. SALVAGE FACILITIES
CONFIDENTIAL
I. DETAILS OF DRYDOCKING INSTALLATIONS
(1) Graving docks ? Summary of graving docks
in port giving number and distribution.
Cross reference to table of graving docks.
Table of graving docks.
(2) Floating drydocks ? Summary of floating
drydocks in port giving number and distribution.
Cross reference to table of floating drydocks.
Table of floating drydocks.
(3) Marine railways ? Summary of marine rail-
ways in port giving number and distribution.
Cross reference to table of marine railways.
Table of marine railways.
13. PORT DEVELOPMENT
Detailed description of projected harbor works and
port improvements.
Y. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby in-
form the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby pro-
vide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used
are indicated.
Section 3. Secondary Ports
A-X. Name of port
Describe secondary ports in the same manner as
principal ports, the treatment being indicated by the
outline guide in SECTION 2, Principal Ports.
Y. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
CONFIDENTIAL
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
inform the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used are
indicated.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 9
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
Section 4. Minor Ports
Tabulate pertinent details of minor ports (those not
treated in SECTION 2 or 3 but having some significance
or potential utility) using standard table with follow-
ing headings:
Name (coordinates)
Harbor:
Fair way limitations
Tidal rises
Ice
Currents
Anchorage
Landir.g facilities
Wharves
Supplemental landings
Mechanical handling facilities
Harbor craft
Storage and utilities
Clearance
Rail
Road
Inland waterway
Shipyards
Remarks
JULY 1957
Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used ill preparing the Section and thereby
inform the user of the general credibility to be ac-
corded the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby pro-
vide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used
are indicated.
Section 5. Naval Facilities
General analysis of naval establishment covering
size, adequacy, and organization into districts or com-
mands and distribution and overall condition of vari-
ous activities.
A. Coastal naval facilities
Tabulate significant characteristics of naval activi-
ties using standard table with following headings:
Location
Type of facility and mission
Compo Rents
Capabilities and functions
Cross-reference to SECTIONS 2 and 3 for detailed des-
cription of activities.
PAGE 10
B. Inland naval facilities
1. NAME OF PLACE (COORDINATES)
NOTE From this point, this outline guide is identical with
items a, b, c, d, and e, of 11. Naval Facilities, SEC-
TION 2. If facilities are small and of relatively little
importance they may be tabulated in the same fashion
as coastal naval facilities in Subsection 5, A.
C. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby in-
form the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate, those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby pro-
vide general guidance for collection effort. In this con-
nection, only the principal sources actually used are
indicated.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957
SUPPLEMENT I
Section 6. Shipyards
General analysis of shipyards of area covering extent
and distribution of shipyard facilities, capability and
size of yards, and predominance of shipbuilding or
ship-repairing facilities. Cross-reference to Subsection
64, E for discussion of economic aspects of shipbuilding
and ship-repairing industry.
A. Coastal shipyards
Cross-reference to SECTIONS 2 and 3 for detailed de-
scription of yards.
1. CATEGORY I AND II SHIPYARDS
Tabulate significant characteristics of each yard
using standard table with the following headings:
Name
Shipbuilding installations:
Shipbuilding ways
Shipbuilding docks
Shipbuilding sites
Drydocking installations:
Graving docks
Floating drydocks
Marine railways
Fitting-out and repair berths
Shops
Cranes
Utilities
Labor
2. CATEGORY III SHIPYARDS
Tabulate significant characteristics of each yard
using standard table with the following headings:
Port (coordinates)
Name and location in port
Activities
Facilities:
Shipbuilding ways
Drydocking facilities
Shops
Cranes
Wharves
Utilities (water, electricity, compressed air, etc.)
Employees (number and categories)
CONFIDENTIAL
B. Inland shipyards
CONFIDENTIAL
1. CATEGORY I AND II SHIPYARDS
The remainder of this topic is identical with 12, b of
Section 2, Supplement I, except that heading desig-
nations are raised one level.
2. CATEGORY III SHIPYARDS
Tabulate significant characteristics of each yard
using standard table with the following headings:
Port (coordinates)
Name and location in port
Activities
Facilities:
Shipbuilding ways
Drydocking facilities
Shops
Cranes
Wharves
Utilities (water, electricity, compressed air, etc.)
Employees (number and categories)
NOTE If importance of yard and scope of information war-
rant, individual yards may be treated in the same
fashion as category I and II inland yards.
C. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
inform the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby pro-
vide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used
are indicated.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PACE 11
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL
NATIONAL INTELLIGENCE SURVEY
STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
SUPPLEMENT II
COASTS AND LANDING BEACHES
CENTRAL INTELLIGENCE AGENCY
Office of Basic Intelligence
Washington, D. C.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957
CONFIDENTIAL
Supplement II- Coasts and Landing Beaches
OUTLINE
(Each Section covers a single sector)
SECTION 1.
SECTOR 1
SECTION 2.
SECTOR 2
SECTION 3.
SECTOR 3 (NO SUBSECTORS)
A.
Subsector 1?A
A.
Subsector 2?A
A..
Coast
1. Coast
1. Coast
B.
Landing beaches
2. Landing beaches
2. Landing beaches
B.
Subsector 1?B
X.
Subsector 2?X.
1. Coast
1. Coast
2. Landing beaches
2. Landing beaches
X.
Subsector 1?X.
OUTLINE GUIDE
The following outline guide indicates substance and general arrange-
ment. In preparation and typing of manuscript, Standard Edi-
torial Instructions are followed in detail.
Note for publication: Information in this Supplement is pre-
sented as a detailed treatment of individual beach areas which
are referred to in SECTION 22. The beach information in the
Supplement is intimately related to the coastal and oceanographic
information in SECTION 22 and should be used in conjunction
with that Section.
Section 1. Sector 1
Coordinates of sector limits.
(Reference to location map, overall map, and general small-
scale USHO charts.)
Text of Sector 1 and Subsectors 1?A, 1?B, etc., is
identical with that of SECTION 22 except for necessary
changes in headings and in figure numbering to fit
SUPPLEMENT II Outline and designations.
As in SECTION 22, if no beaches are identified for the
sector or subsector under discussion, include beading
and statement as follows:
CONFIDENTIAL
"b. LANDING BEACHES ? None described."
If tables of major beaches and/or minor beaches are
used, the sequence is as follows:
"b. LANDING BEACHES ?" (Text from SECTION
22, followed by table of Major Beach Areas and table
of Minor Beach Areas, as figures, in that sequence.
See examples.)
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 1
C 0 NI' I D E NT IAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS JULY 1957
(Example)
FIGURE 1-1. MAJOR BEACH AREAS OF COASTAL SUBSECTOR 1?A
Beaches physically most suitable for landing are marked with a star (*)
(Left-hand page)
BEACH NUMBER AND
LOCATION
LENGTH AND USABLE
LENGTH
WIDTHS: AT LW.;
AT II.W.
GRADIENTS: L.W. TO
H.W. : H.W. ZONE
APPROACHES
(Number, geographic loca-
tion, coordinates, refer-
ence to photos, reliabil-
ity)
(Length in statute miles or
yards; shape; termina-
tions; separations; inter-
ruptions; usable length)
(Widths in yards)
(Approx. values, for
example 1 on 10
to 1 on 25)
(Offshore and nearshore dan-
gers, depths, nearshore
bottom slopes, anchorages,
bottom material, currents)
NOTE
Beach lengths and distances along the coast and inland are expressed in statute miles; distances across water are expressed
in nautical miles except when referring to beach locations.
(Right-hand page)
SURF AND TIDAL RANGE
MATERIAL AND FIRMNESS
TERRAIN IMMEDIATELY
BEHIND BEACH
EXITS AND COMMUNICATIONS
INLAND
(Average seasonal values of surf;
average maximum tidal ranges)
(Kind of material; firm,* soft,
etc.)
(Characteristics to 15 to 20
miles inland or to first
major barrier)
(Exits to coastal routes and
routes leading inland)
For definition of terms see Subsection A, General of SECTION 22.
(Example)
FIGURE 1-2. MINOR BEACII AREAS OF COASTAL SUBSECTOR 1?A
NUMBER AND LOCATION
REMARKS
(Number, geographic location, coordinal.es,
reference to photos, reliability)
(Length; shape and material; width; offshore, and nearshore approach; terrain back-
ing beach; exits)
If unusually full description of one or several selected
beaches is given because available information is ex-
ceptionally complete and beach areas are of importance
warranting such amplified treatment, this detailed
presentation appears in SUPPLEMENT II as a third type
of table following whatever other beach tables may be
present. Entry for such beach in the table of major
beach areas includes only beach number, location, and
reference to table of Significant Beach Areas. See
example.
(Example)
FIGUAE 1-3. SIGNIFICANT BEACH AREAS OF COASTAL SUBSECTOR 1?A
A. Beach area (number).
Location and character ? Geographic location and coordinates; proximity to developed areas; shape, usable length, unusable stretches;
interruptions and/or separations; L.W. to H.W. widths and gradients; material and firmness; surface features and obstructions;
local use made of beach, and best areas for landing.
Approaches ? Brief mention of navigation restrictions and dangers in seaward approach, such as islands, shoals, narrow or shallow
channels through bay entrances, etc--describe as far seaward as considered critical for supplying and sustaining amphibious opera-
tion; availability and description of anchorages; nearshore approach including bottom slopes, bottom composition, natural or
manmade obstructions, tides, currents, surf, local weather phenomena.
Adjacent terrain and exits -- Topography on flanks, immediately back of beach, and inland :15 to 20 miles or to first major terrain
barrier; nearest cover and concealment; trafficability; roads, trails, railroad, waterways, natural corridors, and cross-country exits
from beach; nearest fresh water?potable or nonpotable; nearest drop zones and emergency landing places for aircraft; nearest
communication facilities, power lines, power plants, and habitations.
B, C, etc. Beach area (number).
(Subheadings as for A.)
A. Subsector 2?A
1. COAST
2. LANDING BEACHES
PAGE 2
Section 2. Sector 2
X. Subsector 2?X
I. COAST
2. LANDING BEACIIES
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL
NATIONAL INTELLIGENCE SURVEY
STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
SUPPLEMENT III
TELECOMMUNICATIONS
Section 1 Telephone
Section 2 Telegraph
Section 3 Radio
Section 4 Submarine Cables
CENTRAL INTELLIGENCE AGENCY
Office of Basic Intelligence
Washington, D. C.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 CONFIDENTIAL
Supplement III- Telecommunications
OUTLINE
SECTION 1. TELEPHONE
A. Outside plant
1. Networks and systems
2 Line and construction
3. Cables and wire
4. Accessibility of routes
B. Inside plant
C. Repair facilities
D. Comments on principal sources
SECTION 2. TELEGRAPH
SECTION 3. RADIO
A. Communications
1. Facilities
2. Repair facilities
B. Broadcasting (including FM and tele-
vision)
I. Facilities
2. Repair facilities
C. Comments on principal sources
SECTION ?4. SUBMARINE CABLES
A.
B.
C.
Facilities
Repair facilities
Comments on principal sources
SUPPLEMENT III contains technical reference data
on telecommunications equipment and systems. An
analysis and interpretation of strategic economic, ad-
ministrative aspects and service potentialities of tele-
communications will be found in SECTION 38, CHAP-
TER III.
OUTLINE
Other specialized phases of telecommunications are
treated elsewhere in the NIS:
Effect upon telecommunications, CFIAPTER II
Manufactures, SECTION 64, CHAPTER VI
Electronics, SECTION 71, CHAPTER VII
Military, SECTION 81, CHAPTER VIII
Telecom map appraisal, CHAPTER IX
GUIDE
The following outline guide indicates substance and general arrange-
ment. In preparation and typing of manuscript, Standard Edi-
torial Instructions are followed in detail.
Note for publication: This Supplement contains technical ref-
erence data on facilities discussed in SECTION 38.
Section 1.
A. Outside plant
1. NETWORKS AND SYSTEMS
Length of sections between toll. centers or central
offices
Number of circuits between_ toll.:centers or central
offices
CONFIDENTIAL
Telephone
Repeater (voice frequency and carrier) locations
Location of test stations
Location of exchanges and offices
Type of construction (open wire, aerial cable, under-
ground cable, radio relay, etc.)
Transfer points to other systems
Use of power lines for transmission of telecom
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 1
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
Any other information suitable for diagrammatic
presentation.
2. LINE CONSTRUCTION
a. GENERAL ? Type and size of pole generally
used, usual pole spacing, cross-arm length and pin
spacing, method of conductor suspension, type of hard-
ware and insulators used, date of installation or repair,
etc. (Use sketches and photographs.)
b. UNDERGROUND AND UNDERWATER CABLES ?
Depth of laying, marking methods, protection methods
(gas under pressure, conduit, etc.)
3. CABLES AND WIRE
a. CABLE ? Kind or type of cable, date of installa-
tion or repair, code identification of insulation (pref-
erably from manufacturer or local administration),
cable hiyup, circuit assignment (segregation of 4-wire
circuits, power and control circuits, etc.), capacitance,
inductance and resistance per unit length, inductance
of leading coils, cut-off frequency, physical character-
istics of loading apparatus, terminal box circuit assign-
ment, etc.
b. WIRE ? Size and material of conductors, -wire
spacing, scheme of transposition, etc.
4. ACCESSIBILITY OF ROUTES
Usual routes followed by lines--along roads or rail-
roads, cross-country, etc.?and degree of accessibility.
Use of route markers.
B. Inside plant
Exact location of all exchanges and offices?give
street address and locate on town plan
Type of service (magneto, common battery, attended
or unattended dial, etc.) (For Telegraph?manual,
automatic Morse, Creed, Baudot, etc.)
Normal and emergency power supplies
JULY 1957
Equipped capacity of switchboard or switching
equipment and number of subscribers served. Make
and model of switchboard of switching equipment
Type and description of main distributing frame and
central office exchange protective equipment
Kind (magneto, common battery, dial) and type
(wall, desk, hand set) of telephone substation equip-
ment in general use
Toll and exchange wire and cable entrance facilities
Carrier
a) Frequencies used and nomenclature for types
b) Circuit arrangements (2-Wire, 4-wire)
a) Description of terminal and repeater equipment
d) Repeater spacing
Description of any services other than telephone
(radio program transmission, facsimile, TWX, or
other) provided by telephone system.
C. Repair facilities
Extent and location of repair shops
Number, distribution and efficiency of skilled me-
chanics
Location of warehouses or depots?give descriptions
and quantities of each type of material normally stored
in each
D. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
. inform the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used
are indicated.
Section 2. Telegraph
Same topics as for Telephone. If all telephone and telegraph
systems use joint facilities, Sections 1 and 2 may be combined.
Section 3. Radio
A. Communication3
1. FACILITIES
R. LOCATION ? By city, state, or subdivision; by
geographical coordinates in degrees, minutes and sec-
onds; and, when available, by street and number, of
transmitting, receiving or control stations.
PAGE 2
b. STATION CALL SIGNAL
C. TYPE OF EMISSION ? Telegraphy on pure con-
tinuous wave, modulated telegraphy, telephony, pulse
position modulation, frequency modulation, facsimile,
etc.
d. POWER OF EACH TRANSMITTER ? Antenna
power.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-
JULY 1957 SUPPLE
0. TYPES OF SERVICE FURNISHED -- Fixed, ama-
teur, military, coast, aeronautical, time signals, mete-
orological, notices to navigators, press, medical advice,
calibrated waves, portable, mobile, etc.
f. NUMBER OF TRANSMITTING SETS -- With name
of manufacturer and manufacturer's type designation
or other description, of each.
g. DESCRIPTION OF OPERATING EQUIPMENT ? Key-
ing apparatus, teleprinters, facsimile, carrier, etc.
h. FREQUENCY LIMITS WITHIN WHICH THE STATION
CAN OPERATE ON REQUEST ? 1) Frequency or frequen-
cies employed for: Normal operation and emergency
operation; and 2) Note any differences between primary
and secondary frequencies and/or day or night fre-
quencies.
i. POWER SOURCE ? Both regular and emergency.
j. ANY OTHER EMERGENCY OR STAND-BY EQUIP-
MENT OR ARRANGEMENTS
? k. TYPE OF ANTENNA ? Rhombic, dipole, curtain,
etc.; area normally covered; and direction of propaga-
tion in degrees from north; method of feeding and
matching.
1. ROUTE AND TYPE OF REMOTE CONTROL ? Cable,
open wire, micro-wave link between transmitter or
receiver station and control station.
M. RADIO NETWORKS ? Such as: police, forestry,
public utilities, pipeline, intelligence, automotive asso-
ciations, or other (both public and private).
II. INTERCONNECTION WITH OTHER TELECOMMUNI-
CATIONS FACILITIES
0. CONTOUR OR PROFILE CHARTS OF TIIE AREA ?
Showing location of high points suitable for location of
microwave line or relay stations.
2. REPAIR FACILITIES
a. EXTENT AND LOCATION OF REPAIR SHOPS
b. NUMBER, DISTRIBUTION AND EFFICIENCY OF
SKILLED MECHANICS
C. LOCATION OF WAREHOUSES OR DEPOTS Give
descriptions and quantities for each type of material
normally stored in each.
B. Broadcasting (including FM and tele-
vision)
1. FACILITIES
Exact location of each transmitter, studio and con-
trol room
CONFIDENTIAL
RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
MEN T III CONFIDENTIAL
Station call letters and frequency
Power of each transmitter (antenna power)
Description of transmitter equipment
Frequency limits within which the station can oper-
ate on request
Description of power source---both regular and
emergency
Any other emergency or stand-by equipment or
arrangements
Type of antenna and area normally served, if direc-
tional include beam direction in degrees from north
Route and type of remote control (cable, open wire,
etc.) between transmitter and control room
Methods of netting or relaying (leased line, coaxial
cable, radio relay, modulated light beam, or other)
Television
a) Types of cameras used
b) Lines per picture and method of interlacing
c) Frames per second
d) Allocated and transmitted bandwidth
e) Method of audio transmission
f) Use of color television and type used
Any other methods of entertainment or propaganda
dissemination (wires sound, wired wireless, etc.)
Receivers
a) Number in use and distribution
b) Most popular types (number of tubes, frequency
coverage, power source)
c) Repair facilities, and spares held locally, for
broadcast receivers
2. REPAIR FACILITIES
Extent and location of repair facilities
Number, distribution and efficiency of skilled me-
chanics
Station spares and source of supply
C. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
inform the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used
are indicated.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAdE, 3
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
Section 4. Submarine Cables
A. Facilities
Cable routes, showing both terminals for each cable
(cable designations)
Exact landing point of each cable
Exact location and description of cable huts (photo-
graphs including from seaward)
Method and location of landline connections between
cable huts and operating offices
Physical and electrical characteristics of cables
a) Length and date of laying or repair of each
section
b) Manufacturer's type or designation of each
cable
c) Number of conductors; conductor and insulat-
ing material
d) Speed of transmission
Operating Offices
a) Amount and types of equipment
PAGE 4
JULY 1957
b) Exact location
c) Methods of interconnection with other telecom-
munication facilities
B. Repair facilities
Description and location of repair shops or cable
shops
Location and description of repair supplies
Source of supply
C. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
inform the use of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used
are indicated.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL
NATIONAL INTELLIGENCE SURVEY
STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
SUPPLEMENT IV
URBAN AREAS
Section 1 Introduction
Section 2 Principal Urban Areas
Section 3 Urban Areas of Secondary Importance
Section 4 Urban Areas of Minor Importance
Section 5 Gazetteer of Urban Areas
CENTRAL INTELLIGENCE AGENCY
Office of Basic Intelligence
Washington, D. C.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 CONFIDENTIAL
Supplement IV- Urban Areas
SECTION 1. INTRODUCTION
SECTION 2. PRINCIPAL URBAN AREAS
A. Name (of principal urban area)
1. Location and importance
2. Population
3. Means of access
4. Internal transportation
5. Physical characteristics
6. Important industry
7. Warehouses and storage
8. Billeting facilities
9. Principal buildings
OUTLINE
10. Health and sanitation facilities
11. Water supply
12. Other public utilities
13. Repair and service facilities
14. War damage and planning
B?X. Name (the second most important area,
etc.)
SECTION
SECTION
SECTION
3. URBAN AREAS OF SECONDARY IMPOR-
TANCE
4. URBAN AREAS OF MINOR IMPORTANCE
5. GAZETTEER OF URBAN AREAS
OUTLINE GUIDE
The following outline guide indicates substance and general arrange-
ment. In preparation and typing of manuscript, Standard Editorial
Instructions are followed in detail.
Note for publication: Information in this Supplement is pre-
sented as a detailed treatment of individual urban areas which
are covered in a general manner in SECTION 25. The NIS areal
summary of urban areas in SECTION 25 will not be duplicated in
this Supplement.
1. Introduction
Short statement outlining basis of selection of urban
areas, size, importance, etc., and their arrangement.
(NIS urban areas map?locates all urban areas or
towns selected for study in SUPPLEMENT IV. Each
urban area is given an identifying map index number to
assist in ready identification; where these areas are
located in a dense pattern, map insets at a larger scale
are added. This map includes the main drainage pat-
tern, navigable waterways, main railroad, and highway
networks, important terrain features, and symbols de-
picting town functions. Depending upon extent of an
NIS Area, the selected scale is from 1: 500,000 to
1:5,000,000; insets at practical desirable scales.)
Section 2. Principal Urban Areas
Army submits lists of key strategic urban areas and
other selected urban areas to the NIS Committee for
transmission to IAC agencies for comment and con-
currence. Army makes the final selection. Discuss
or introduce the arrangement of the principal urban
CONFIDENTIAL
areas selected for CHAPTER II, Subsection 25, B, 1, with
reasons for the order followed, their relative importance
to the areas of the NIS as a whole, to the subareas as
determined by the discussion in CHAPTER II, Subsection
25, A, and to each other. (Paragraph headings for each
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE? 1
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS JULY 1957
urban area are alphabetical and each area is discussed
in sequence according to the importance of the area,
i.e., A. the principal urban area, B. the second most
important, etc. A small reference map of the NIS Area
with locations of the principal urban areas is included.
Urban area maps may be located with aprons at the end
of SECTION 2.)
A. Name (of principal urban area)
Alternate names in parentheses, urban areas map
index number, and population (large-scale map with
apron at end of SECTION 2).
1. LOCATION AND IMPORTANCE
Coordinates; basic importance---political, industrial
center, communications, etc., outlined in a short intro-
ductory statement. (Urban areas environs map and
location map at small scale positioning urban area in
relationship to neighboring areas, etc., with key rail-
road, highway and waterway communications accom-
panies the large-scale urban area map.)
2. POPULATION
Statistics over a period of years, if available, with
an evaluation of trends, growth or recession, and a
statement as to reliability; ethnic, and religious sta-
tistics and problems, if pertinent or significant, and
subdivided by subareas or sections of the town if
there is significant segregation. (Include a population
or density map adjacent to text. This might be com-
bined with a building density map; small scale.)
3. MEANS OF ACCESS
Short statement as to importance of urban area in
the internal and external transportation of the NIS.
(Refer to environs map.)
a. RAIL ? Short statement, supplemented by tab-
ulated data, of the rail facilities entering and serving
the area. (Where there is an important suburban
and internal rail system, only main line information is
included in this topic with appropriate cross-references.
Lines, distances to next adjacent major rail centers,
numbers of tracks, locations of bridges in area and
their basic statistics, facilities, shops, stations, etc.,
are compiled on urban area map.)
b. ROAD ? Short statement, supplemented by
tabulated data or annotated map, of the highways
entering and serving the town with official highway
route numbers. (These highways, their distance to
next adjacent highway center, traffic-lane capacities,
locations of bridges and their basic statistics, condition
and type of paving, etc., are compiled on urban area
map.)
C. WATER Short statement, supplemented by
tabulated data, of navigable waterways serving area
and facilities within- area. (Rivers, canals, locks,
PAGE 2
docks and wharves, etc., are compiled on urban area
map.)
d. AIR -- Short statement discussing air facilities
serving area. (Airfields, with their important facili-
ties within town area are compiled on urban area map.
All airfields within vicinity of area are located on en-
virons map.)
e. CROSS COUNTRY,? Statement discussing cross-
country means of approach to or exit from the area,
with appropriate notes or other means of identification
on the urban area map. (The most important routes
or avenues of cross-country approach indicated on
environs map.)
4. INTERNAL TRANSPORTATION
Short statement introducing internal transportation
communications with references to urban area map.
(Illustrated by photographs and diagrams of equip-
ment and facilities.)
R. SUBWAY OR RAIL ? Statement of routes, dis-
tances, depths of tunnels, types of construction, bridges,
etc. May be amplified by tabulated data where con-
sidered desirable. (Data compiled on urban areas
,
map and/or transportation map.)
(Example)
FIGURE 2-1. TOWN SUBWAY SYSTEM
STATIONS
DISTANCE
BETWEEN
STATIONS
DEPTIIS
CONSTREC-
TION OF
TUNNELS
REMARKS',
ROUTE 1:
miles
BLACK TO VIOLET
ft.
LINE
Black
1.25
55
Twin cast
iron tubes
2 escalators
White
0.83
15
Cut and
cover
Transfer point
to Pink Line
Blue
10
.. etc.
b. STREETCAR ? Statement, with reference to
urban areas map and/or to transportation map, of
routes, equipment, source and distribution of power,
etc., and locations of carbarns.
C. STREET ? Statement on public automotive
transportation, buses, trolley buses, taxis, trucking,
with information as to capacities of garages, parking
areas and buildings, trucking terminals, etc., which are
also compiled on urban area map. (Trolley buses may
warrant treatment as a separate subsection.)
d. CANAL AND RIVER FERRY -- Statement cover-
ing internal waterways transportation, illustrated by
photographs and diagrams, with information on routes,
slips, wharves, boats, ferries, barges, tugs, etc. (Ap-
propriate information compiled on urban areas map
and/or transportation map.)
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 SUP P LEMEN T IV CONFIDENTIAL
5. PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Consider physical conditions affecting an urban area
and its immediate environs. Short statement, or in-
troduction, outlining salient factors, with reference to
urban areas map, and/or environs map.
a. TOPOGRAPHY ? Discuss topographic features
in principal urban areas using following subdivisions:
(1) Terrain ? Statement discussing terrain un-
derlying urban area, with special references to promi-
nent landmarks, important topographic features, such
as gullies, high points, cliffs, etc., with accompanying
compilations on urban area map and illustrated by
photographs, ground and/or aerial, stereographs, etc.
(2) Shape and dimensions ? Short statement,
amplified by statistics and reference to urban area map,
describing predominant shape of area, and its impor-
tant dimensions, length, width, area, elevations (to
determined datum); comparison with other urban
areas.
b. GEOLOGY ? Statement on types and depths of
soil, nature of rock both outcrops and subbase, caves,
etc., illustrated by geology map (where sufficient in-
formation is available) and/or reference to urban area
map and/or environs map.
c. PLAN ? Discuss plan of area as implanted on
the physical terrain. In principal urban areas, use
following subdivisions:
(1) Functional pattern ? Short statement dis-
cussing subdivision of the urban area into its constit-
uent parts such as residential, commercial, industrial,
mixed, etc., with references to urban area map, and/or
function map. This also includes open and recrea-
tional areas especially in immediate outskirts of the
area.
(2) Street pattern ? Statement describing basic
street pattern, or patterns in specific subsections with
references to urban area map, widths of through routes,
main and minor streets, types of pavement (illustrated
by a street paving map where feasible and photographs
of typical conditions, etc.). Widths of streets to be
? determined as follows:
CAPACITY
1-lane
2-lane
3-lane
4-lane
WIDTII PETWEEN CURBS
feet
12 minimum
21 minimum
31
? 40 to 45
(3) Firebreaks Statement describing actual
or possible firebreaks such as wide streets, parks,
canals, railroad alinements, etc., with reference to
urban area map and/or firebreak map, which could be
combined with the function map.
CONFIDENTIAL
d. STRUCTURAL ? Consider predominant types
and construction of buildings, densities of buildings
within building lines and to total area. In principal
urban areas use following subdivisions (references to
urban area map):
(1) Density ? Short statement describing pre-
dominant patterns possibly supplemented by illus-
trated table and accompanying urban area density
map. (Illustrations such as aerial photographs, aerial
stereographs, typical town block building layouts with
equivalent ground photography.)
(2) Construction ? Statement on predominant
types of construction amplified by table with references
to density map and/or urban area map. (Illustrated
by photographs, drawings, and/or diagrams.)
(3) Shelters ? Statements as to adequacy of
underground shelter facilities; constructed and natural.
(Locations indicated by appropriate symbols on urban
area map.)
6. IMPORTANT INDUSTRY
The most important or strategic industrial plants,
such as ballbearing plants, are discussed in short state-
ments and, if sufficient information is available, perti-
nent data concerning each plant, such as ground area,
number of buildings, their construction, and floor
areas, workers, power consumption, capacities, etc., is
compiled into a table, with references to urban area
map and to function map.
On the urban area map, building layouts of plants
discussed in this paragraph will be drawn in detail if
information is available; illustrated by supplemental
aerial photographs of most important and strategic
plants. Other industries, and industrial areas are
identified by an overall area or site symbol, with, in
most important industrial centers, distinctive industry
picture symbolization.
(Example)
:FIGURE 2-2. INDUSTRY IN (NAME OF TOWN)
NAME OF
PLANT
PRODUCT
AND
CAPACITY
AREA (sq. ft.)
CONSTRUCTION
OF
B UILDIN GS
Gross
Build-
ings
Ball bearing
plant; 400
employees
plant,
etc.
Ball bearings
all sizes
10,000 tons
per year
50,000
25,000
1-story brick
walls saw-
tooth glass
roofs
7. WAREHOUSES AND STORAGE
Introductory statement on availability of storage in
urban area, with references to urban area map and/or
function map with information on construction of
buildings.
a. BULK ? Most important facilities, capacities,
with locations? identified on urban area map.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 3
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS JULY 1957
b. COLD STORAGE ? Most important facilities for
refrigeration storage, capacities, type of refrigerator,
power consumption, etc. (Locations identified on
urban area map.)
C. PETROLEUM PRODUCTS? Most important facili-
ties, types and capacities of tanks, etc., with locations
identified on urban area map and aerial photographs
of most important areas.
d. OPEN STORAGE ? Short statement of availa-
bility of actual or possible areas suitable for open bulk
storage, areas, capacities, etc. (Locations identified
on urban area map.)
e. EXPLOSIVES ? Short statement of available
facilities, types and construction of magazines, and
types of explosives stored, dynamites or high explo-
sives, etc. (Locations identified on urban area map.)
8. BILLETING FACILITIES
Statement outlining availability of billeting both for
personnel and for automotive transportation, with ap-
propriate references to identified points on urban area
map. Where sufficient information is available, use
the following subdivisions:
a. MILITARY BARRACKS ? Locations and capaci-
ties. On urban area map, an appropriate overall
pattern symbol is used for identification.
b. SCHOOLS ? The most important institutions
are discussed in a short statement, with reference to
identified locations on urban area map. Smaller insti-
tutions are located on urban area map by an appro-
priate symbol, and/or identified point index number.
C. HOTELS AND OTHER SUITABLE BUILDINGS ---
Statement outlining locations and capacities of most
important hotels and structures such as theaters, opera
houses, etc. (Locations identified on urban area map.)
d. OPEN AREAS ? Statement discussing availa-
bility of open areas, such as campgrounds, recreational
parks, vacant land, suitable both for encampments
and for automotive transport- parks. (Locations iden-
tified on urban area map and/or environs map.)
9. PRINCIPAL BUILDINGS
Statement discussing the most important buildings
and institutions, especially those which are landmarks,
with locations identified on urban area map. When
information is available it is tabulated as follows:
(Example)
FIGURE 2-3. PRINCIPAL BUILDINGS
BUILD-
ING
DESCRIPTION
AREA
STORIES
TOWN
MAP
INDEX
Town Hall.
Medieval building
masonry with floors
and roof construc-
tion, slate rooang
sq. ft.
15,700
3
1 d
(Illustrated by photographs of most outstanding structures.)
PA G'E 4
10. HEALTH AND SANITATION FACILITIES
Short introductory statement outlining any im-
portant factors or conditions affecting health of the
urban area, its immediate vicinity and any subsection
thereof.
a. HOSPITALS AND MEDICAL FACILITIES ? Short in-
troductory statement with accompanying table.
(Example)
FIGURE 2-4. HOSPITAL FACILITIES
HOSPITAL
NO.
OP
BEDS
SPEC/AL FACILITIES
TOWN
MAP
INDEX
Red Cross Hospital...
etc.
235
3 operating rooms
X-ray laboratory
7 e
b. SEWAGE DISPOSAL ? Includes any and all meth-
ods of waste disposal and storm water runoff, including
statements as to nonexistence of facilities. This item
may be, subdivided as follows:
Sanitary sewage system
Combination system
Storm sewers
Raw sewage
Uncollected (cesspools and privies)
Garbage collection and disposal
Industrial wastes disposal
NOTE Appropriate references are made to urban area map
and/or sewerage system map (which may be a com-
bined utility map) where sufficient data are available.
11. WATER SUPPLY
Information discussed in this paragraph pertains in
general to developed municipal systems. However, it
is also important to discuss all available sources such
as wells, springs, rivers, etc., especially where a de-
veloped system is lacking or inadequate to serve the
total needs of the area. (Important facilities are
located on urban area map, or, if at a distance, upon
the environs map, including reservoirs, aqueducts,
main purification or other treatment plants, etc.)
Where sufficient information is available, this para-
graph may be subdivided as follows (appropriate cross
references to Subsection 12, e, following, regarding
water supply for firefighting are also included):
a. EVALUATION OF AVAILABLE SUPPLY ? Quanti-
tative and qualitative statements, including discussion
of possible untapped sources.
b. SOURCES ? Short statement as to available
quantities. (Locations may be shown on either urban
area map or environs map.)
C. COLLECTION AND STORAGE
d. PURIFICATION -- This includes statements as
?to potability after treatment of various sources of
supply and methods of treatment.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
SUPPLEMENT IV
JULY 1957
C. DISTRIBUTION ? Where information is avail-
able, it is compiled into a water supply map which
might be part of a combined utility map.
12. OTHER PUBLIC UTILITIES
Short statement evaluating available public utilities,
such as restoration after war damage, which is common
to all or some of the following subheadings. Refer-
ences are made to appropriate chapters and sections
in the NIS where pertinent. (Most important instal-
lations are located on urban area map.)
a. POWER AND HEAT ? The present practice of
combining electric power production with central heat-
ing as a byproduct in many countries indicates that
these utilities be considered together. Statements as
to capacities, condition, sources of power, etc., are
supplemented by tabulated data pertinent to the par-
ticular urban area. Where available, high tension
power lines are indicated by an appropriate symbol
on the urban area map and/or utility, map. Where
necessary, this paragraph is divided into the following
subparagraphs:
(1) Power lines ? Information on incoming or
outgoing high-voltage power lines.
(2) Power plants ? Include Hydroelectric, Ther-
mal and combined Thermal heating plants.
(3) Distribution
(Example)
FIGURE 2-5. POWER PLANTS
NAME OF PLANT
FUEL
ELEC-
TRIC
POWER
OUT-
PUT
HEAT
TOWN
MAP
INDEX
Central power
plant
etc.
Peat, 100,000
tons per year
kw.
10,500
cu. ft.
550,000
9 F
b. ICE ? Short statement regarding available fa-
cilities and buildings. (Locations identified on urban
area map.) Where necessary, data are subdivided
as follows:
(1) Natural ? Statement giving information as
to sources, methods of collection, storage, and reliability
of normal average supply with reference to climatic
variations.
(2) Manufactured ? Statement as to plants,
capacities, power consumption, average ice consump-
tion per person per day, etc. (Locations of plants
identified on urban area map.)
CONFIDENTIAL
CONFIDENTIAL
e. GAS ? (Reference to urban area, map.)
(1) Natural gas ? (Reference to CHAPTER VI and
SUPPLEMENT V.) Sources, pipelines sizes and capaci-
ties in cubic feet per day.
(2) Manufactured gas ?Locations of plants,
fuel used, quantity required, maximum production
per day,. capacities_ of storage facilities, and types of
storage.
(3) Distribution ? Sizes of mains, normal dis-
tribution pressure, and so on.
(4) Use? Industrial, commercial, residential.
(5) Canned gas ? Production facilities, distribu-
tion, etc..
d.
?
d. TELECOMMUNICATIONS ?(Reference .CHAP-
TER III.) Locations of principal facilities and relation
to national and international networks. (Reference to
urban area map.)
(1) Telephone
(2) Telegraph
(3) Cable ? Also across inland waterways.
(4) Radio (wireless)
e. FIREFIGHTING -- Statements of facilities for fire
fighting, equipment, buildings, and evaluation of effi-
ciency of personnel, with data as to hydrants, couplings
(especially thread sizes, right or left), hose. Also,
statement as to civilian defense organizations, if any.
13. REPAIR AND SERVICE FACILITIES
a. RAILROAD, STREETCAR, RAPID TRANSIT
b. AUTOMOTIVE, GARAGES, TRACTOR STATIONS, ETC.
C. MACHINE SHOPS AND FOUNDRIES
d. OTHER
0. MECHANICAL STANDARDS AND GAGES OTHER
THAN U.S. STANDARDS
14. WAR DAMAGE AND PLANNING
Statements as to amount and extent of war damage,
with reference to urban area map where such areas are
identified by a suitable overall pattern symbol; plans
for/and program of reconstruction of war damage;
proposals for replanning and planned expansion; zoning
(with accompanying zoning map), which may be com-
bined with density map, etc.
B?X. Name (the second most important area, etc.)
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL
NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
Section 3. Urban Areas of Secondary Importance
(About 50 maximum?reference to SECTION 25 of
CHAPTER II and to urban area master map.)
Each secondary town illustrated by a one page, or
less, condensed tabulation, accompanied by, either
JULY 1957
on the facing page or same page, a plan with a small-
scale location map, and/or photographs.
(Examples)
FIGURE 3-1. ANALYSIS OF (TOWN NAME)
1. VARIANT NAMES:
2. TERRAIN:
3. GEOLOGY:
4. LANDMARKS:
COORDINATES:
5. STATISTICS:
Population: Area (sq. miles)
Density (per-
sons per sq.
mile)
Population
change:
Total Built-up
Elevations:
Max:
Aver:
Min:
6. FUNCTIONS:
Political:
Industrial:
Agricultural:
Military:
Raw materials:
7. MEANS OF ACCESS:
Rail:
Road:
Water:
Air:
Cross country:
8. INTERNAL TRANSPORTATION:
Streets: Transit:
Bottlenecks:
9. HEALTH:
10. HOSPITALS:
11. BILLETING:
12. STORAGE:
13. UTILITIES:
Water Supply:
Sewerage and garbage:
Electric power:
Heat:
Gas:
Ice:
14. TELECOMMUNICATIONS:
Telephone:
Telegraph:
Radio:
15. TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION:
16. REMARKS:
Section 4. Urban Areas of Minor Importance
Consider approximately 100 to 150 towns, depending
upon area of survey. Introductory statement giving
reasons for selection of urban areas, and explanation
of following table. Illustrate by table giving urban
area map index numbers, names (with alternates),
populations (with dates), map coordinates and loca-
tions, major functions and importance, and general
remarks of important features.
PAGE 6
(Example)
FIGURE 4-1. TOWNS. OF MINOR IMPORTANCE
TOWN (Name) : (Coordinates); population size, etc.
Transportation:
Functions and Importance:
Utilities:
Remarks:
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 SUPPLEMENT IV
Section 5. Gazetteer of Urban Areas
CONFIDENTIAL
Consists of an alphabetical list of the principal, secondary, and minor urban areas as follows:
(Example)
GAZETTEER OF TOWNS
NAME
(ALTERNATE
NAMES)
COORDI-
NATES
TOWN MAP
IMPORTANCE
Index
No.
Grid
coordi-
nates
ALPHA (Alfor)...
.... BETA, etc.
0 i
89 50
100 50
40
A 7
Transportation
CONFIDENTIAL PAGE 7
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL
NATIONAL INTELLIGENCE SURVEY
STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
SUPPLEMENT V
PETROLEUM
Section 1 Exploration and Development
Section 2 Production
Section 3 Refining and Processing
Section 4 Transportation
Section 5 Equipment and Materials
Section 6 Requirements and Supply
Section 7 Economic and Political
Section 8 Natural Gas
CENTRAL INTELLIGENCE AGENCY
Office of Basic Intelligence
Washington, D. C.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957
Supplement V
SECTION 1. EXPLORATION AND DEVELOPMENT
Petroleum
OUTLINE
A General
B. Geology
C. Exploration
1. Summary
2. Geological and geophysical exploratory
activities
3. Exploratory drilling accomplishments
4. Exploratory results to date
5. Evaluation of exploratory develop-
ment and research methods
6. Significant factors affecting past, pres-
ent, and future exploration
7. Concessions data
D. Reserves
1. Summary
2. Crude
3. Natural gas liquids
4. Ownership of reserves
5. Evaluation of methods used in esti-
mating reserves
E. Comments on principal sources
SECTION 2. PRODUCTION
A. General
B. Historical background
C. Location of fields and wells
D. Crude production
1. Output and disposition by fields and
by companies
2. Present and estimated productive ca-
pacity
3. Production activity required to obtain
reported forward production esti-
mates
4. Data on individual fields
5. Maintenance and repair problems
6. Vulnerability of producing facilities
E. Comments on principal sources
SECTION 3. REFINING AND PROCESSING
A.
B.
General
Crude refineries
1. Brief historical sketch
2. Crude or charge stock
3. General descriptive processing pattern
CONFIDENTIAL
C.
D.
E.
CONFIDENTIAL
4. Refinery storage for crude and refined
products
5. Sources, quantities, and supplies of
power, fuel, water, chemicals
6. Refinery statistics
7. Future plans for expansion, conversion
or reduction of capacity
8. Vulnerability of facilities
Natural gas liquids processing plants
Substitute liquid fuels plants
Comments on principal sources
SECTION 4. TRANSPORTATION
A. General
B. Transport facilities
1. Pipeline systems
2. Railroad
3. Inland waterways
4. Ocean tankers
C. Terminal facilities, land and marine
1. Storage of crude and products
2. Loading and handling facilities for
crude and products
3. Materials handling facilities
4. Administration and operation, indi-
cating ownership, government con-
trol and regulation
D. Vulnerability of facilities relating to trans-
portation
E. Comments on principal sources
SECTION 5. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
A. General
B. Requirements
1. Exploration
2. Production
3. Refining and processing
4. Transportation, storage, and terminals
C. Availability
1. Local
2. Imported
D. Comments on principal sources
SECTION 6. REQUIREMENTS AND SUPPLY
A.
B.
General
Overall petroleum supply and demand
balance
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 1
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS JULY 1957
C. Crude requirements, by quantity and
type
1. For refineries
2. Exported
D. Products requirements, by quantity and
type
1. Civilian
2. Military
3. Export
E. SuppIy, by quantity and type
1. Crude
2. Products
F. Stockpiles of crude and products in rela-
tion to requirements
G. Factors affecting requirements and supply
1. Geographic
2. Economic and political
H. Degree of self-sufficiency or import de-
pendence for requirements, analyzing
specialized types of crude or products
required
I. Probable future demand and supply situ-
ation
J. Comments on principal sources
SECTION 7. ECONOMIC AND POLITICAL
PAGri.: 2
A. Gencical
B. Economic
1. Labor force
2. Ownership and finance
C. Laws and regulations
1. Basic laws
2. Other pertinent legislation
D. Evaluation of programs, policies, attitudes
1. Governmental
2. Corporate
E. Comments on principal sources
SECTION 8. NATURAL GAS
A. General
B. Importance to domestic economy
C. Sources
D. Resources
1. Location
2. Reserves
K Characteristics
F. Production
1. By fields and companies
2. Drilling and production problems
3. Gathering, field storage, and power
facilities
4. Geographic factors affecting production
5. Evaluation of field development, tech-
nology and research
6. Productive capacity of the fields
G. Gas utilization and quantities consumed
1. Industrial and commercial
2. Residential
3. Repressuring of oil fields
4. As fuel in oil and gas fields
5. For production of natural gas liquids
6. Flared
H. Transportation
I. Comments on principal sources
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957
SUPPLEMENT V
OUTLINE GUIDE
The following outline guide indicates substance and general arrange-
ment. In preparation and typing of manuscript, Standard Edi-
torial Instructions are followed in detail.
Note for publication: This Supplement contains more compre-
hensive and detailed treatment of material discussed in SECTION 62.
Section 1. Exploration and Development
A. General
B. Geology
1) General geology of the area
2) Geological classification of the area as to prospects
a) Proven
b) Favorable
c) Possible
d) Unfavorable
3) Evaluation of the adequacy of geological coverage
and of technology and research
C. Exploration
1. SUMMARY
2. GEOLOGICAL AND GEOPHYSICAL EX-
PLORATORY ACTIVITIES
3. EXPLORATORY DRILLING ACCOMPLISH-
MENTS
a. DATA ON EXPLORATORY WELLS
b. METHODS OF SELECTING DRILL SITES
4. EXPLORATORY RESULTS TO DATE
a. NEW FIELDS
b. FIELD EXTENSIONS
C. NECESSITY FOR ADDITIONAL EXPLORATION
5. EVALUATION OF EXPLORATORY DE-
VELOPMENT AND RESEARCH METHODS
6. SIGNIFICANT FACTORS AFFECTING
PAST, PRESENT, AND FUTURE EXPLORA-
TION
7. CONCESSIONS DATA
a. EXPLOITATION CONCESSIONS IN FORCE
b. EXPLORATION CONCESSIONS IN FORCE
CONFIDENTIAL
CONFIDENTIAL
C. CONCESSIONAIRES OPERATING IN THE AREA
d. BRIEF HISTORY AND EVALUATION OF OVERALL
CONCESSIONS DEVELOPMENT TO DATE
D. Reserves
1. SUMMARY
2. CRUDE
a. PROVEN, BY FIELD
b. PROBABLE
C. CHARACTERISTICS OF PROVEN RESERVES
3. NATURAL GAS LIQUIDS
a. PROVEN, BY FIELDS
b. PROBABLE
C. CHARACTERISTICS OF PROVEN RESERVES
4. OWNERSHIP OF RESERVES
a. NATIONALIZED
b. PRIVATELY OWNED
5. EVALUATION OF METHODS USED IN
ESTIMATING RESERVES
E. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
inform the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used
are indicated.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 3
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
Section 2. Production
A. General
B. Historical background
C. Location of fields and wells
D. Crude production
1. OUTPUT AND DISPOSITION BY FIELDS
AND BY COMPANIES
2. PRESENT AND ESTIMATED PRODUCTIVE
CAPACITY (By fields, within MER and maximum)
3. PRODUCT] ON ACTIVITY REQUIRED TO
OBTAIN REPORTED FORWARD PRODUCTION
ESTIMATES
4. DATA ON INDIVIDUAL FIELDS
a. GEOLOGICAL FEATURES
b. FIELD CHARACTERISTICS
(1) Productive acreage
(2) Producing zones
(3) Reservcir characteristics
(4) Spacing pattern
C. CRUDE CHARACTERISTICS
d. DRILLING ACTIVITY AND WELL PERFORMANCE
A. General
B. Crude refineries
JULY 1957
e. EVALUATION OF DEVELOPMENT PRACTICES
(1) Drilling and production problems
(2) Conservation and secondary recovery
(3) Treating and stabilization
f. GATHERING, FIELD STORAGE, AND POWER FA-
CILITIES
g. GEOGRAPHIC FACTORS AFFECTING PRODUCTION
11. EVALUATION OF FIELD DEVELOPMENT, TECH-
NOLOGY, RESEARCH
i. REPORTED FORWARD PRODUCTION ESTIMATE AND
PRODUCTIVE ACTIVITY REQUIRED
5. MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR PROBLEMS
6. VULNERABILITY OF PRODUCING FACILI-
TIES
E. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
inform the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the. intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used
are indicated.
Section 3. Refining and Processing
1. BRIEF HISTORICAL SKETCH
Including name, location, type, capacity, owner-
ship, operator, and evaluation of operating efficiency.
2. CRUDE OR CHARGE STOCK
Including sources, means of transport, and char-
acteristics.
3. GENERAL DESCRIPTIVE PROCESSING
PATTERN
Including, where feasible or available, plant layout
?
and flow diagrams, aerial and ground photographs.
a. FLEXIBILITY TO VARY YIELDS OR PRODUCE
OTHER PRODUCTS
PAGE 4
b. COMPLEMENTARY TO OR INTERDEPENDENCE
UPON OTHER REFINERIES
C. EVALUATION OF MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR
PROBLEMS
d. EVALUATION OF EFFICIENCY WITH RESPECT TO
COMPETENCE OF MANAGEMENT, TECHNICAL DIRECTION
AND SKILLED LABOR
e. STATUS AND EVALUATION OF TECHNOLOGY AND
RESEARCH
4. REFINERY STORAGE FOR CRUDE AND
REFINED PRODUCTS
Indicate number, type, capacity and location of the
tanks.
5. SOURCES, QUANTITIES, AND SUPPLIES
OF POWER, FUEL, WATER, CHEMICALS
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957
SUPPLEMENT V
6. REFINERY STATISTICS
a. THROUGHPUT AND PRODUCT YIELDS ? Includ-
ing a description of petrochemical and other specialty
products manufacture.
b. PRODUCT CHARACTERISTICS AND QUALITY
C. DISPOSITION OF PRODUCTS BY TYPE AND QUAN-
TITY
7. FUTURE PLANS FOR EXPANSION, CON-
VERSION OR REDUCTION OF CAPACITY
8. VULNERABILITY OF FACILITIES
C. Natural gas liquids processing plants
Where natural gas liquids plants are a present or
potential factor in an area, a detailed description is
given similar in scope and treatment to that given to
refineries under B, above.
CONFIDENTIAL
D. Substitute liquid fuels plants
In those few countries where production of substi-
tute liquid fuels is of potential or major significance,
detailed treatment is given, similar in scope to that
given to refineries under B, above, including an analy-
sis of resources and availability of the raw materials.
E. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
inform the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used
are indicated.
Section 4. Transportation
A. General
B. Transport facilities
1. PIPELINE SYSTEMS
a. LOCATION OF PIPELINES AND PUMP STATIONS ?
With reference to producing fields, refineries, and
terminals.
b. GEOGRAPHIC CONSIDERATIONS
C. DESCRIPTION
(1) Pipelines
(2) Pump stations
d. CAPACITIES -- Types of crude and products
transported. Evaluation of adequacy of present fa-
cilities.
C. CONSTRUCTION AND REPAIR PROBLEMS
-L PROBABLE . DEVELOPMENTS
g. ADMINISTRATION AND OPERATION, INDICATING
OWNERSHIP, GOVERNMENT CONTROL AND REGULATION
2. RAILROAD
With appropriate reference to CHAPTER III, Trans-
portation and Telecommunications, where rail trans-
port is an important factor in crude and product move-
ments, indicate generally:
a. LOCATION AND BRIEF DESCRIPTION
b. NUMBER AND CAPACITY OF TANK CARS
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
C. ADEQUACY OF RAILROAD FACILITIES TO HANDLE
PRESENT AND ANTICIPATED CRUDE AND PRODUCTS
MOVEMENT
d. PROBABLE DEVELOPMENTS
e. ADMINISTRATION AND OPERATION, INDICATING
OWNERSHIP, GOVERNMENT CONTROL AND REGULATION
3. INLAND WATERWAY
With appropriate reference to CHAPTER III, Trans-
portation and Telecommunications, where inland water-
way transport is an important factor in crude and
products movements, indicate generally:
a. LOCATION AND GENERAL DESCRIPTION
b. NUM BER AND CAPACITY OF MARINE TRANSPORT
FACILITIES EMPLOYED (TANKERS AND BARGES)
C. ADEQUACY OF MARINE FACILITIES TO HANDLE
PRESENT OR ANTICIPATED MOVEMENT OF CRUDE AND
PRODUCTS
d. PROBABLE DEVELOPMENTS
C. ADMINISTRATION AND OPERATION, INCLUDING
OWNERSHIP, GOVERNMENT CONTROL AND REGULATION
4. OCEAN TANKERS
With appropriate reference to CHAPTER III, Trans-
portation and Telecommunications, where ocean trans-
port is an important factor in crude and products
movement, indicate: Number, type, and quantity of
tanker movements by terminals
PAGE 5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
C. Terminal facilities, land and marine
With appropriate reference to CHAPTER III, Trans-
portation and Telecommunications, indicate:
1. STORAGE 4)F CRUDE AND PRODUCTS
a. LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION
b. ADEQUACY OF PRESENT FACILITIES
C. PROBABLE DEVELOPMENTS
2. LOADING AND HANDLING FACILITIES
FOR CRUDE AND PRODUCTS
a. LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION
b. THROUGHI UT CAPACITY AND LOADING RATES
C. ADEQUACY OF PRESENT FACILITIES
d. PROBABLE DEVELOPMENTS
3. MATERIALS HANDLING FACILITIES
a. LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION
A. General
b. ADEQUACY OF PRESENT FACILITIES
C. PROBABLE DEVELOPMENTS
JULY 1957
4. ADMINISTRATION AND OPERATION, IN-
DICATING OWNERSHIP, GOVERNMENT CON-
TROL AND REGULATION
D. Vulnerability of facilities relating to
transportation
E. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
ir form the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
ir formation is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used are
ir dicated.
Section 5. Equipment and Materials
Degree of self-sufficiency or import dependence for
equipment and supplies for the petroleum industry.
?
B. Requirements
1. EXPLORATION
2. PRODUCTION
3. REFINING AND PROCESSING
4. TRANSPORTATION, STORAGE, AND TER-
MINALS
PAGE 6
C. Availability
1. LOCAL
2. IMPORTED
D. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
inform the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used are
indicated.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 SUPPLEMENT V
Section 6. Requirements and Supply
A. General
B. Overall petroleum supply and demand
balance
C. Crude requirements, by quantity and type
1. FOR REFINERIES
2. EXPORTED
a. BY PORT OF EXIT
b. BY COUNTRY OF DESTINATION
C. MEANS OF TRANSPORT
D. Products requirements, by quantity and
type
1. CIVILIAN
a. ONSHORE
b. BUNKER LIFTINGS
C. REFINERY FUEL CONSUMPTION AND LOSSES
2. MILITARY
a. Foil CONSUMPTION IN THE AREA
b. Fou SHIPMENT OVERSEAS
3. EXPORT
a. BY PORT OF EXIT
b. BY COUNTRY OF DESTINATION
C. MEANS OF TRANSPORT
E. Supply, by quantity and type
1. CRUDE
a. DOMESTIC
b. IMPORT
(1) By port of entry
(2) By country of source
(3) Means of transport
2. PRODUCTS
a. DOMESTIC
b. IMPORT
(1) By port of entry
(2) By country of source
(3) Means of transport
CONFIDENTIAL
F. Stockpiles of crude and products in rela-
tion to requirements
G. Factors affecting requirements and
supply
1. GEOGRAPHIC
2. ECONOMIC AND POLITICAL
a. DOMESTIC
b. INTERNATIONAL
H. Degree of self-sufficiency or import de-
pendence for requirements, analyzing special-
ized types of crude or products required
I. Probable future demand and supply sit-
uation
J. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
inform the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used
are indicated.
CONFIDENTIAL PAGE 7
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL NIS STANDAI?D INSTRUCTIONS
Section 7. Economic and Political
A. General
B. Economic
1. LABOR FORCE
a. AVAILABILITY, RELATIVE IMPORTANCE, AND REL-
ATIVE EFFICIENCY OF THE PETROLEUM LABOR FORCE
b. LABOR RELATIONS AND ORGANIZATION
(1) General development and present status
labor organizations
(2) General pattern of wages, working conditions,
and special agreements
of
2. OWNERSHIP AND FINANCE
a. OWNERSHIP CHARACTERISTICS
(1) Nationakty, financial control, and corporate
organization
(2) Factors influencing local participation in the
industry
(3) Local management
b. FINANCIAL
(1) Pattern of earnings and return on capital
(2) Sigmficant factors such as depletion policies,
reinvestment of earnings
(3) Effects of governmental regulations on dispo-
sition of earnings and capital
PAGE 8
JULY 1957
C. Laws and regulations
With appropriate reference to CHAPTER V, Political.
1. BASIC LAWS
a. OWNERSHIP OF SUBSOIL
b. RIGHTS OR RESTRICTIONS ON OPERATORS, NA-
TIONAL AND FOREIGN
C. GRANTING OF MONOPOLIES
d. ORGANIZATION OF COMPANIES
C. PARTICIPATION OF NATIONALS IN EMPLOYMENT,
MA NAGEMENT AND FINANCIAL CONTROL
2. OTHER PERTINENT LEGISLATION
D. Evaluation of programs, policies, attitudes
1. GOVERNMENTAL
2. CORPORATE
E. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
inform the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used
are indicated.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957
SUPPLEMENT V
Section 8. Natural Gas
A. General
B. Importance to domestic economy
C. Sources
D. Resources
1. LOCATION
2. RESERVES
E. Characteristics
F. Production
1. BY FIELDS AND BY COMPANIES
2. DRILLING AND PRODUCTION PROBLEMS
3. GATHERING, FIELD STORAGE, AND
POWER FACILITIES
4. GEOGRAPHIC FACTORS AFFECTING PRO-
DUCTION
5. EVALUATION OF FIELD DEVELOPMENT,
TECHNOLOGY AND RESEARCH
6. PRODUCTIVE CAPACITY OF THE FIELDS
CONFIDENTIAL
CONFIDENTIAL
G. Gas utilization and quantities consumed
1. INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL
ft. FUEL
b. CHEMICALS MANUFACTURE
2. RESIDENTIAL
3. REPRESSURING OF OIL FIELDS
4. AS FUEL IN OIL AND GAS FIELDS
5. FOR PRODUCTION OF NATURAL GAS
LIQUIDS
6. FLARED
H. Transportation
I. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
inform the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used
are indicated.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 9
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTiAl.
NATIONAL INTELLIGENCE SURVEY
STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
SUPPLEMENT VI
COMMUNISM
Section 1 General
Section 2 Historical Setting
Section 3 Party Organization
Section 4 Role in National Political Life
Section 5 Infiltration of Government, Police, and
Armed Forces
Section 6 Penetration of Labor and Agrarian Movements
Section 7 Infiltration and Exploitation of
Miscellaneous Groups
Section 8 Espionage, Sabotage, and Related Activities
Section 9 Personalities
CENTRAL INTELLIGENCE AGENCY
Office of Basic Intelligence
Washington, D. C.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957
Supplement VI- Communism
OUTLINE
CONFIDENTIAL
SECTION 1.
SECTION 2.
GENERAL
HISTORICAL SETTING
D.
E.
Armed forces
Comments on principal sources
SECTION 6.
PENETRATION OF LABOR AND AGRARIAN
SECTION 3.
PARTY ORGANIZATION (OR, AS APPLICABLE,
THE DIRECTING AGENCY WITHIN THE
COUNTRY)
A.
MOVEMENTS
Strategy of penetration
B.
Penetration of industrial labor
A.
Structure
C.
Mobilization of agrarian elements
B.
Leadership
D.
Comments on principal sources
C.
Membership
1. Composition
2. Discipline and training
SECTION 7.
INFILTRATION AND EXPLOITATION OF MIS-
CELLANEOUS GROUPS
D.
Finances
E.
Propaganda media
A.
Target groups
F.
Comments on principal sources
B.
Techniques
C.
Front organizations
SECTION 4.
ROLE IN NATIONAL POLITICAL LIFE
D.
Comments on principal sources
A.
Extent of role
B.
Strategy
SECTION 8.
ESPIONAGE, SABOTAGE, AND RELATED Ac-
C.
Relations with non-Comnnunist parties
TIVITIES
D.
Role in elections
A.
Nature and importance
E.
Parliamentary role
B.
Techniques
F.
Comments on principal sources
C.
Operations
D.
Comments on principal sources
SECTION 5, INFILTRATION OF GOVERNMENT, POLICE,
AND ARMED FORCES
SECTION 9.
PERSONALITIES
A.
Central government
B.
Regional and local administrations
A.
General
C.
Police and counterintelligence organiza-
B.
Biographies in alphabetical order
tions
C.
Comments on principal sources
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
OUTLINE GUIDE
The following outline guide indicates substance and general arrange-
ment. In preparation and typing of manuscript, Standard Edi-
torial Instructions are followed in detail.
This Outline Guide has been designed for a country
outside the Communist bloc where 1) there is a func-
tioning Communist Party, and 2) there is an elected
legislature with Communist Party representation either
direct or indirect (through a captive party organiza-
tion).
Considerable dev Lation from and modification of this
outline structure will be necessary where the country
concerned, 1) has no effective national Communist
JULY 1957
Party and the Soviet or satellite diplomatic representa-
tives direct Communist activities, or 2) has no popu-
larly-elected legislative bodies, or 3) offers little or no
opportunity for Communist or Communist-controlled
political parties to operate within a parliamentary
framework. Such modification should be made in
agreement with CIA/OBI in the early stages of pro-
duction.
Section 1. General
This Section provides an appropriate approach to
the material presented in the remainder of the Supple-
ment. This Section summarizes only the outstanding
impacts of communism within the country. The
details are reserved for discussion in subsequent Sec-
tions.
It discusses the role of the Communist Party in terms
of the country's place in Soviet strategy in various
periods and in terms of indigenous historical, social,
political, and economic forces, trends, institutions, and
attitudes that facilitate or obstruct Communist opera-
tions. It defines long- and short-range Communist ob-
jectives in the area and summarizes the strategy and
tactics employed for the achievement of these objec-
tives, analyzing the principal propaganda themes and
tactics employed. The Section includes an examina-
PAGE 2
tion of the evidence bearing on the Party's vulnerabili-
ties and evidence of its ability to achieve its long- and
short-range aims in the area--differentiating between
its capacity for exploiting legitimate political channels
and its capacity for subversive activity?in terms of:
human, physical, and organizational resources; solidar-
ity, flexibility; ability to identify and exploit important
grievances and muster indigenous support on specific
issues and for its general program; and the degree and
nature of present and potential support from Corn-
mu 'list bloc countries and international Communist
organizations. In the analysis of the Party's vulnera-
bilities, consideration is given to the Party's own views
of its principal weaknesses, and the nature of its efforts
to correct them.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957
SUPPLEMENT VI
Section 2. Historical Setting
This Section provides an historical treatment of the
origins and development of the Communist Party but
only to the extent necessary for analyzing the strength
and cohesion of the Party, its ability to resist suppres-
sion and capitalize on favorable circumstances, its
doctrinal and operational flexibility, its principal in-
digenous sources of strength and weakness, and the
degree to which it has been dependent upon Soviet or
other forms of foreign or international support. It
describes the circumstances under which the Party was
founded, including an account of: its antecedents; the
persons and groups, domestic and foreign, principally
A. Structure
CONFIDENTIAL
responsible for its organizations; and the effects of its
establishment on other left-wing groups. The princi-
pal events in the history of the Party and its principal
shifts in strategy are analyzed in terms of international
and domestic setting in which they occurred, the intra-
Party controversies evoked, trends revealed, difficulties
encountered, and successes achieved. Particular stress
is laid on the speed and degree of willingness with which
the Party has responded to changes in policy laid down
by the U.S.S.R. or Communist China or in the inter-
national line and the degree to which it has been able
to adapt the international line to its local requirements.
Section 3. Party Organization
(Or, as applicable, The Directing Agency within the Country)
This Subsection presents a schematic treatment of
Party structure at all levels, describing channels of
authority, principal area and functional divisions, in-
cluding those dealing with propaganda and front group
activities, important changes that have occurred during
the Party's recent history, and significant departures
from normal Communist patterns. In this and the
following Subsections for countries where more than
one Communist Party exists because of factional differ-
ences (e.g., Egypt, Burma), or because an important
national minority has its own Party (e.g., Thailand),
the information called for is provided separately for
each party.
B. Leadership
This Subsection discusses Party leadership in general
in terms of its national and social origins, cohesion, ex-
perience, flexibility, types of leaders who have had
greatest success within the Party, and acceptability to
the general public.
C. Membership
1. COMPOSITION
This Subsection describes methods of recruiting and
selecting members, past and present; estimate the size
of Party membership, differentiating where possible
between overt and covert membership and between
fringe and hard-core elements; indicate national dis-
CONFIDENTIAL
tribution; and discuss principal periods of membership
growth or decline. Characteristics of the Party mem-
bership are discussed in terms of national or racial and
social origin, age, sex, occupational distribution, level
of education and party training, cohesion, militancy,
and loyalty. Graphic illustration may be employed
for this purpose.
2. DISCIPLINE AND TRAINING
This Subsection describes and evaluates Party tech-
niques for disciplining and training members, covering
important special campaigns as well as routine meas-
ures. Training of local Party members in foreign
schools and use of foreign instructors and materials in
local schools are also described where appropriate. All
known Party schools are listed, with data as to location,
size, facilities, principal personnel, curriculum, and
special purposes.
D. Finances
This Subsection discusses Party finances in terms of
sources of funds (including dues, local and foreign con-
tributions, and legal and illegal Party enterprises) and
nature and extent of principal expenditure. Banking
and disbursing arrangements of the Party are described,
as well as any known types of financial investment.
E. Propaganda media
This Subsection discusses the Party publication
program?national and local?describing its general
size, scope, nature, and distribution channels, and esti-
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 3
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
mating extent of circulation and influence within and
outside the Party. Publishing facilities utilized by the
Party are described in terms of ownership, personnel,
location, capacity, state of finances, and equipment.
All known Party daily and periodical publications are
listed, preferably it tabular form, with data as to place
of publication, principal personnel, frequency of publica-
tion, size, circulation, specialized purpose, and empha-
sized propaganda themes. Nonperiodical publications,
e.g., books, pamphlets, leaflets, also are discussed
in terms of agencies of issuance, principal types, and
impact. Other principal media utilized by the Party
in the area receive similar treatment. Foreign Com-
munist media in the area are described in terms of
types, countries of origin, methods of importation and
A. Extent of role
JULY 1957
distribution, and estimated extent of audience reader-
ship and influence.
F. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source
material used in preparing the Section and thereby
inform the user of the general credibility to be accorded
the intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used are
indicated.
Section 4. Role in National Political Life
This Subsection describes the nature, extent, and
effectiveness of efforts to utilize the political machinery
and the major political forces and drives of the country
concerned to serve Communist ends. It provides a
general estimate of the role of the local Communist
Party in national politics, leaving details as to Party
strategy, relations with other parties, etc., to be cov-
ered in the Subsections below. It describes the role
and evaluates the effectiveness of Soviet bloc diplo-
matic, economic, military or other pressure in influenc-
ing national political leadership and policies, in affecting
popular political attitudes, and in protecting or rein-
forcing the local Communist Party.
B. Strategy
This Subsection describes the Communist Party's
concept of its role as a political party in the conven-
tional sense including: the weight that the Party has
given to parliamentary activity within its total strategy;
the concepts that have governed the Party's relations
with other political parties; the disputes that have
arisen within the Party over the importance to be
assigned to and the strategy to be employed in parlia-
mentary activities; and an evaluation of the effective-
ness of the Party's strategy. In countries where the
Communist Party is illegal but functions in the parlia-
mentary sphere through a front or captive party, the
special strategic problems involved are discussed.
C. Relations with non-Communist parties
This Subsection describes the tactics employed by
the Communists in relation to other political parties;
indicate the extent, to which they have been able to
PAGE 4
penetrate, capture, influence, or make formal or in-
formal alliances with other parties, identifying those
parties that have been particularly susceptible to Com-
munist overtures; describe the organizational forms
assumed by Communist Party alliances with other
parties; and evaluate the factors that have led non-
Communist parties to ally themselves with the Com-
munists, distinguishing between temporary and long-
term factors.
D. Role in elections
This Subsection describes the participation of the
Communist Party in national and, if significant, local
election campaigns. It describes the methods by which
the Party organizes itself to conduct election campaigns;
provisions of the election laws that operate to the par-
ticular advantage or disadvantage of the Communist
Party; techniques employed by the Communists to
circumvent election regulations; and electioneering
practices peculiar to the Communist Party. It dis-
cusses the trends in and distribution of voting strength
of the Party in significant elections, where possible
using maps to show the distribution of Party strength
and tables to compare the Party's voting strength with
that of major parties and with that of other left-wing
parties.
E. Parliamentary role
This Subsection describes the organizations estab-
lished by the Party for purposes of parliamentary
participation, the principal devices employed by the
Party to exploit its parliamentary position, and the
degree to which the Party has been able to influence
national policy by virtue of its parliamentary position.
Members of the Party who have played a conspicuous
role in the parliamentary sphere are identified and
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-
JULY 1957 SUPPLE
described. Where significant, the Party's role in local
bodies is similarly considered.
F. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source ma-
terial used in preparing the Section and thereby inform
RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
MENT VI
CONFIDENTIAL
the user of the general credibility to be accorded the
intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby pro-
vide generat guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used are
indicated.
Section 5. Infiltration of Government, Police, and Armed Forces
A. Central government
This Subsection describes and evaluates the methods
and extent of Communist infiltration of the executive
agencies of the national government, including the
civil service and the various ministries or departments,
particularly those entrusted with foreign affairs, na-
tional defense, internal security, and intelligence.
B. Regional and local administrations
This Subsection describes and evaluates the extent
of Communist infiltration and influence in regional and
local administrations.
C. Police and counterintelligence organiza-
tions
This Subsection describes and evaluates the extent
of Communist infiltration and influence in the police
and counterintelligence services of the nation.
D. Armed forces
This Subsection describes and evaluates the extent
of Communist infiltration and influence in the armed
forces as a whole and for each military service sepa-
rately, including reserves.
E. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source ma-
terial used in preparing the Section and thereby inform
the user of the general credibility to be accorded the
intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used are
indicated.
Section 6. Penetration of Labor and Agrarian Movements
A. Strategy of penetration
This Subsection traces the development of Com-
munist influence 1) in the industrial labor movement
and 2) among the rural working class, in terms of the
adjustments in Marxist-Leninist doctrine employed to
suit the prevailing economic, social, and political pat-
tern in the area. The extent to which traditional prac-
tices or prevailing conditions have favored or obstructed
the propagation of Communist ideology among these
elements of the population is indicated.
B. Penetration of industrial labor
This Subsection describes and evaluates the methods
used to attract members and establish mass support
for the Communist Party, or for its general objectives,
CONFIDENTIAL
among industrial workers. It discusses the tactics
employed to infiltrate and control trade unions and
other associations or institutions?exclusive of political
parties?representing the interests of labor (factory
councils, mutual benefit societies, and the like), and
evaluates the extent of the Communist propaganda
effort directed specifically at organized labor, indicating
the types of resources employed (e.g., factory news-
papers), and emphasizing the tactics employed to
weaken or destroy anti-Communist influence among
industrial workers. The role of propaganda directed
against the United States and its allies in these opera-
tions is evaluated. The degree to which the Com-
munists have been able to utilize their position in the
labor movement to promote or manipulate strikes and
slowdowns is analyzed, and the principal occasions on
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
which Communist-inspired labor disturbances have
occurred are described in terms of background, osten-
sible causes, Communist motives, methods employed,
and effects. The Subsection indicates the extent of
Communist penetration of labor organizations, listing
trade unions and auxiliary bodies known to be Com-
munist-dominated and indicating their relative im-
portance, not only within organized labor but the labor
force generally; wherever feasible, data on membership,
leadership, and sources of support will be presented in
tabular form. Communist organizational channels in-
cluding those of international organizations such as
WFTU and key personnel concerned with the infiltra-
tion or propagandizing of labor elements will be
identified.
C. Mobilization of agrarian elements
This Subsection describes the mechanics of Com-
munist penetration and indoctrination of rural workers
in the area. It discusses the tactics employed to infil-
trate and control associations or institutions, other than
political parties, representing the interests of rural
workers, identifying the prevalent forms of Communist
organizational pressure (including information re-
sources) and the dominant propaganda themes and
appeals employed to mobilize mass support. An
JULY 1957
evaluation is made of the role of anti-U.S. and anti-
Western propaganda in these operations. The tech-
niques used to recruit and train Communist cadres
among the rural population are discussed and rural
labor unions and their auxiliaries known to be Com-
munist-dominated are listed; wherever feasible, data
on membership, leadership, and sources of support are
presented in tabular form. The extent of Communist
influence among the various strata of the agrarian
society is indicated, with identification of the Com-
munist organizational channels and key personnel con-
cerned. Wherever feasible, data are presented in
tabular or graphic form (e.g.., geographic distribution
patterns).
D. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source ma-
terial used in preparing the Section and thereby inform
the user of the general credibility to be accorded the
intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby pro-
vide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used are
indicated.
Section 7. Infiltration and Exploitation of Miscellaneous Groups
A. Target groups
This Subsection describes and evaluates the extent
of Communist infiltration of miscellaneous target
groups among the population?e.g., youth; teachers
and educators; intellectuals; journalists and others
engaged in the mass media field; war veterans (coordi-
nate with SECTION 5, Subsection D, under military
reserves); scientists; members of other professions; inde-
pendent artisans and entrepreneurs; racial and religious
minorities. The degree of direct and indirect Com-
munist influence within each of the target groups dis-
cussed is indicated together with the factors which
have made them s asceptible to Communist infiltration
and indoctrination. Where feasible, these factors are
covered in a single discussion. The role of anti-U.S.
and anti-Western sentiment is evaluated as a factor of
susceptibility. Coinmunist organizational channels and
key personnel concerned are identified and the principal
objectives of infiltration involved in the case of each
group are analyzed.
PAGE 6
B. Techniques
This Subsection summarizes the methods employed
by the Communist Party in the area to infiltrate, organ-
ize, and manipulate target elements. The effectiveness
of these methods is evaluated in terms of the social,
political, and psychological climate of the area; any
significant adaptations of Communist dogma or stand-
ard propaganda themes to local conditions are de-
scribed; and the relative importance of anti-U.S. and
anti-Western propaganda in the context of these opera-
tions is indicated.
C. Front organizations
This Subsection identifies important organizations
inaltrated and exploited as vehicles or amplifiers of
Communist propaganda?e.g., civic reform groups;
pacifist societies; veterans organizations; professional
and cultural associations; youth and women's organi-
zations. For each group discussed, the factors of sus-
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 SUPPLEMENT VI CONFIDENTIAL
ceptibility to Communist manipulation will be analyzed,
including the role of anti-U.S. and anti-Western senti-
ment; where feasible, these are covered in a single dis-
cussion. The degree of Communist success in con-
cealing the mechanics of front group operations from
the public is evaluated. In addition all organizations
known to be Communist-dominated are listed in tabular
form, describing designated purpose, leadership, mem-
bership, information and publicity resources, sources
of financial support, international front affiliations, and
Communist organizational channels concerned. Front
organizations established and staffed by the Com-
munist Party apparatus in the area are listed sepa-
rately, in tabular form, describing the assigned mission
and information resources in each case and identifying
the organizational channels, international front affilia-
tions, and key personnel concerned.
D. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source ma-
terial used in preparing the Section and thereby inform
the user of the general credibility to be accorded the
intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used
are indicated.
Section 8. Espionage, Sabotage, and Related Activities
A. Nature and importance
This Subsection confines itself to a general discussion
of the extent and scope of Communist espionage,
sabotage, incitation to violence, and paramilitary and
insurrectionary activities, and spotting, recruiting, in-
vestigating, or other functions in support of such
activities. The Party's potential for carrying on these
activities is assessed in terms of the degree to which it
has been able to penetrate the armed forces, the ma-
chinery of government, essential industries, the means
of transportation and communication, etc.; this assess-
ment draws upon, but does not repeat in detail, ma-
terial presented in SECTIONS 4, 5, 6, and 7. The
Party's ability to utilize the groups under its influence
or control to create major threats to public order is
similarly assessed on the basis of material presented in
preceding Sections. Indicate the extent to which the
above-mentioned types of Communist activities are
directed at the armed forces and/or civilian officials
representing the United States or its allies in the area.
B. Techniques
This Subsection describes the techniques employed
by the Communists in connection with the activities
listed above, including the Communist organizational
channels concerned; methods of recruiting, training,
CONFIDENTIAL
and utilizing agents--Communist and non-Communist;
utilization of foreign Communist agents; connections
with foreign networks.
C. Operations
This Subsection describes in detail Communist oper-
ations in the fields of espionage, sabotage, incitation to
violence, and paramilitary and insurrectionary activi-
ties, evaluating the effectiveness of each type of ac-
tivity. In discussing each type of operation, identify
the leaders and describe the organization, methods,
relationship to the Communist Party structure, and
sources of support, supplementing as needed the
information presented in Subsection B.
D. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source ma-
terial used in preparing the Section and thereby inform
the user of the general credibility to be accorded the
intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby pro-
vide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used
are indicated.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 7
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL NIS STANDARD IN
Section 9. Personalities
A. General
Common characteristics of the personalities selected
for treatment are briefly pointed out, particularly with
reference to political affiliation, origin, education and
training, experience, religion, and economic and social
status. The nature and social status of the groups or
institutions through which these personalities rose to
positions of influence in the Communist Party or other
organization treated in this Supplement are considered
to the minimum extent required for understanding the
influence of the individuals covered. It is anticipated
that only in rare cases will a biography appear in this
Supplement, as well as in Key Personalities or SECTION 7
of the studies on International Communism. How-
ever, if a member of the Communist movement is of
sufficient significance on the national scene to be cov-
ered in Key PerSonalities his biography, for ease of
reference, also appears in SUPPLEMENT VI. Further-
more, if a member of the Communist movement is also
a key figure in an international organization, his biog-
raphy appears in the appropriate international organi-
zation study as well as in SUPPLEMENT VI.
B. Biographies in alphabetical order
Biographies are concise presentations of career data,
attitudes, and personality traits of leaders or otherwise
influential individuals. Repetition of identical back-
ground information in several biographies is avoided by
cross referencing. Sketches open with a brief state-
ment of the subject's position in his field, and then cover
the following points (not necessarily in the order given) :
1) evaluation of subject's official or professional status
and his influence and ca,pabilities; 2) important steps
JULY 1957
in occupational history or career, travels abroad, and
attendance at international conferences, with dates;
3) important family, professional, or social connections;
4) attitudes toward other countries, especially the
United States and the U.S.S.R., and toward inter-
national organizations and important national and
international problems, including communism and
Western principles of democracy; 5) actual or potential
threats to career.
Biographic information also briefly refers to the fol-
lowing: 1) place and date of birth; 2) family background,
national origin, and present family; 3) group affiliation
(class, ethnic, or other); 4) education; 5) religious back-
ground and extent of participation in religious activity;
6) general statement of any reading and listening habits
or personal interests that might have a bearing on
accessibility; 7) physical or mental characteristics; and
8) publications, languages, honors, or other accomplish-
ments. Subject's character and personality are de-
scribed, as revealed by significant attitudes, behavior,
social activities and bearing toward equals and others.
C. Comments on principal sources
This Subsection serves the following purposes:
To provide an evaluation of the principal source ma-
terial used in preparing the Section and thereby inform
the user of the general credibility to be accorded the
intelligence contained in the Section.
To indicate those aspects of the subject about which
information is deficient or unavailable and thereby
provide general guidance for collection effort. In this
connection, only the principal sources actually used
are indicated.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL
NATIONAL INTELLIGENCE SURVEY
STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
KEY PERSONALITIES
CENTRAL INTELLIGENCE AGENCY
Office of Basic Intelligence
Washington, D. C.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957
Key Personalities
OUTLINE GUIDE
The following outline guide 'indicates substance and general ar-
rangement. Key Personalities is not divided into Sections and
uses no number or letter designations for the headings; otherwise,
manuscripts are prepared and typed as shown 'in the Standard Edi-
torial Instructions.
Key Personalities is designed to provide back-
ground information on the most influential people, as
individuals and as a group, in the given NIS Area to:
1) help anticipate developments and trends in specific
fields of activity by describing the prevalent leader-
ship pattern and power complexes; and 2) provide some
understanding of the personality of each subject
treated that can aid in making an effective approach
to him or in anticipating his reactions in a given situa-
tion.
CONFIDENTIAL
Each Key Personalities publication is intended to
be used as a companion volume to various other ele-
ments of the NIS, but it may also serve as an independ-
ent reference work. Biographies are grouped accord-
ing to the following five fields: 1) political, cultural,
economic; 2) army; 3) navy; 4) air force; and 5) scien-
tific and technical. These are preceded by a Guide to
Users and by an integrated Introduction covering all
five fields, are followed by an Institutional Directory
(optional) and a consolidated alphabetical Index of
Names, and accompanied by certain graphic aids, as
appropriate.
Guide to Users
This guide indicates the basis for selecting as key
personalities those on whom biographies appear, ex-
plains the organization of the volume and the refer-
ence aids (such as the directory and the index), and
comments in general terms on the reliability of data
and important gaps in information and the reasons for
such deficiencies. Cross references to pertinent pub-
CONFIDENTIAL
lished NIS elements which would provide the reader
with useful background information are cited. A
glossary of terms used in the publication and any
other information helpful to an understanding of the
Key Personalities volume, such as transliteration
system, are also included.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 1
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL
NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS JULY 1957
Introduction
Any common characteristics of the personalities se-
lected for treatment are briefly reviewed, particularly
with reference to origin, political affiliation, educa-
tion and training, age, experience, religion, and eco-
nomic and social status. The nature and social status
of the groups or institutions through which these per-
sonalities rose to positions of influence are generalized
and relationships to any traditional leadership groups
in the NIS Area are noted, limiting such treatment to
the minimum required for understanding the influence
of the individuals covered. If the nation has produced
few or no leaders in any particular field, the reasons
for this are indicated.
Biographies
Biographies are concise presentations of career data,
attitudes, and personality traits of leaders or other-
wise influential individuals. Repetition of identical
background information in several biographies may be
avoided by cross-reference. The biography of a per-
son active in more than one field (such as political and
military) appears in the field most closely related to
his background and the influence of his present posi-
tion. Sketches open with a brief statement of the sub-
ject's position in his field and then_ cover the following
points (not necessarily in the order given): 1) evalua-
tion of subject's official or professional status and his
influence and capabilities; 2) important steps in occu-
pational history or career, travels abroad, and attend-
ance at international conferences, with dates; 3) im-
portant family, professional, or social connections;
4) attitudes toward other countries, especially the
United States and the U.S.S.R., and toward interna-
tional organizations and important national and inter-
national problems, including Communism and Western
principles of democracy; and 5) actual or potential
threats to career.
Biographic information also briefly refers to the fol-
lowing: 1) place and date of birth; 2) family back-
ground, national origin, and present family; 3) group
affiliations (class, ethnic, or other); 4) education; 5)
religious background and extent of participation in
religious activity; 6) general statement of any reading
and listening habits or personal interests that might
have a bearing on accessibility; 7) physical or mental
characteristics; and 8) publications, languages, honors
o:r other accomplishments. Subject's character and
personality are revealed by significant attitudes, be-
havior, social activities, and bearing toward equals
and others.
Institutional Directory
When included in a Key Personalities publication,
the directory is designed to assist the reader in locating
persons by position rather than name and in identify-
ing leaders in any given field, presents alphabetically
the important activities of the country and gives the
names and positions of leading personalities connected
PAGE 2
with these. All persons on whom biographies have
been written and who can be grouped according to
affiliation are included, as well as those who-were not
selected as key personalities but who are nonetheless
significant at the national level in their own fields of
endeavor.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 KEY PERSONALITIES
Index of Names
Names of persons covered by biographies and all
those in the directory appear in a consolidated alpha-
betical index.
Organizational Chart
The structure and relationship of important govern-
mental or other institutions may be shown graphically
in a chart that accompanies the text.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL
PAGE 3
105-1
UNITED STATES
CI)
IS. M.
7..?:?. Hawaii
0^ -
9
r?-
Atmas I.
Tona? rje^ va
MARQUESAS IS
105-V
AIL - TUAMOTU
ARCHIPELAGO
MO? IETY IS
IS Tahiti
a)
AUSTRAL ISLANDS
u_
0.
Pitcairn L
s
EXIC Of:
Clipperton I.
OCEAN AREAS
NIS 104 ATLANTIC BASIN
NIS 105 PACIFIC BASIN
,BRITISH
'T HONDURAS
-GUATET4iI50, r?-?
EL SALVA1 NI4ARAGUA
60STA re.s'
104-I
Jamaica
BAHAMA1.164.4
DOMINICAN
LIC
CA ISBEAN
SSA
V ENEZU EL
COLOMBIA
GALAPAGOS IS t
105-III
BERMUDA IS
LEEWARD IS
ico duadeloupe
rtinigu WINDWARD
Barbados
Tobago
nidad
ISLAS JUAN FERNANDEZ
!Li
104-111
AN
AZORES
MADEIRA ?IS.
CANARY78
CHANNEL I
PC)RTUGAL,.
SPANISH
SAHARA
CAPE VE'RDE`,.
A Z I
./
? BOLIVIA?L
11?.
PARAGUAY.
. .
I r:
11
ENN
UJGUAYJ
104-IV
3LUX.
Federal CZECH. -?+1, .
Reenbik
?r+4.
CKANC,L -a,""-^,?+mAUSTRIA.,
RUMANIA
SIAIN
TANGIEK., ,
ri.tor ocCo
YUGTISLA
?BOLGARIA
Corsica
ALBANIA
4.
Sardinia GREEC
TURKEY
mm6
Crete-L, C us SYRIA
TUNISIA N E A ILAQ
ALGERIA ')
FRENCH WEST AFRICA
GAMBIA
PORT. GUINE:r.
L
SIERRA LEONE
LIBERIA ,
Ascension
LIBYA
AFRENCH A)
NIGERIA (7.5EGUATORIAL
AFRICA
EGYPT
SAU
ARA
IRAN
BAHREIN-,-
D I QATAR -
-1103CZSk
G? MUSCAT
AND
OMAN +
BIA
j-
i,,-,,,,z,...i.,,,,?- LEMEN.5,4 vv.....5)...7.1:,::..L.
S U D A N ..
r'1,:r.tizSi-.5mAt.i.
ETHIOPIA ,,,,...7-,, , . .. . . . , ?:, . ,'
/ ...,.
?
Fernando P' r. .. ,-,- ?- ---r 0.7.1s,-.
RIO-.. ,-.........--) .1ND
A.> .
4.
IS KENYA j
. ;.,r CONGO P. 0'1:-
/... 7; ELGIA N/1726:1,4, D.;A, i
CAB DL'e4.
? URUND ../.
I IN4
,: ' "--
! ...)
/
ANGOLA -7,- rk, TANGANYIKA'
,ri ZANZIBAR
- 1- ',-..".. S,,,
1
...-Ss,...., NORTHERN. .6c
r 1 RH7:D E.. SI0Au
. ..-. ?e' ""'-'
WALV ISBAAT 1 SOUTH- `.\\..,RHODESIA,H-I,,,/
WEST r -CHUANALA(N9\7-
(U. ?IS' Africa) AFRICA ?
1,1 N....
? 1_,
UNION
O
104-V
SCUT
rllelena
OC
Tristan da Con
EGOUSISA
cd.
. NYASAL4ND . ?
SOUTH AFRICX
AZ1LAND
7
TOLAND
HO IS
irs-
Socotra
SEYCHELLES
MAD GASCAR
106-111
DIU
(PortJ
GOA +
'(Port.)
LACCADIVE IS
106-IV
MALDIVE IS
CHAGOS
ARCH IRE LA GO-,
MauribliS
+!:
Bunton
15
main- rrlaI Inn nnriirT
45
30
5
30
451
1
\ --
MONGOLIA
C H I IN A
l -f7
FORT ARTHUR
NAVAL BASE .,?.....
AREA j....y. i ? '-
i-ta
A
..;?'' KOREA J A PIA N 2
/
F, ,Y' f
. ,tr?-`-', ,.../',...)kf-,-* p.s-fbLij.S
Lt
E A T .t
105-IX
VBXITAN
y CEYLON
NICOBAR Is. ?
?
? ?
A LAN ?
AS IS ,MBO Ur ,, PHILIPPINES is
I
-2'Hain_an ;.; 4
KoNG
/ .1N
Yap
L V
C A P?L FTruk I is. S;
??-s-lAn 2,(A)
ciAm BLiRM `-`"`
IENEO
MAiLAYA BRUNEI '
SAWAWAKd Halmahera
.10601 ;
jINGAPOtE.d';;? ' '
,
Borneo
r A
ii
Okinawar
BONIN IS.
?INDIA
VOLCANO IS. Marcus I.
105-X
Guam
MARIANA IS.
?
So ea. TERR. OF
NEW GUINEA
N D O.! 1;4 E S I A,
PAPUA',
1Java
Timor
Christmas I.
IL
FAN
? ake
MARS HALL
Ocean I.
Atoll
LOMON IS NDS
105-VII
PACIF
MIDWAY ISLANDS
GILBERT IS
105-VI
MAWAIIAI
(1)
AUSTRALIA
TASMANIP?
NEW HEBRIDES
ELLICE IS
Wallis Is.
Ile Fut na
SAMOA IS.
FIJI IS
-
New Caledonia
Lord Howe
105-X11
Norfolk I.
NEW _
ZEALAND
4t)
COOP
KERMADEC IS
CH THAM IS
BOUNTY IS
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A00030002 -5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
__.,/
ved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
0
0
Z
0
- tt
_
j I I 1 I I I _1 -
......m...dimpipsiogiscl or Release 1999/09/21: CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL
NATIONAL INTELLIGENCE SURVEY
STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
INTERNATIONAL COMMUNISM
Part I Introduction
Part II The World Federation of Democratic Youth
Part III The World Federation of Teachers Unions
Part IV The International Union of Students and
International Students Relief
Part V Women's International Democratic Federation
Part VI International Organization of Journalists
Part VII International Association of Democratic Lawyers
Part VIII World Federation of Scientific Workers
Part IX Trade Union International of Transport, Port
and Fishery Workers
Part X International Federation of Resistance Fighters
Part XI The World Peace Council
Part XII The World Federation of Trade Unions
CENTRAL INTELLIGENCE AGENCY
Office of Basic Intelligence
Washington, D. C.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 CONFIDENTIAL
NIS 108 - International Communism
OUTLINE
Part I. Introduction
SECTION 1. OVERVIEW OF COMMUNIST MOVEMENT
SECTION 2. COMMUNIST DOCTRINE
SECTION 3. COMMUNIST ORGANIZATION AND STRATEGY
Parts II through XII
(The titles of Parts II through XII are given in the list of NIS
Areas.)
SECTION 1.
A.
B.
C.
D.
SECTION 2.
A.
B.
C.
SECTION 3.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
ORIGIN AND PURPOSE
Communist theory and practice affecting
front organizations
Pre-World War II counterparts
Specific factors governing the establish-
ment of the international organization
Establishment of the international organi-
zation
1. Preparatory work
2. The founding conference
STRUCTITRE AND CONTROL
Framework of the international organiza-
tion
Major changes in composition and char-
acter
Problems of leadership and techniques of
control
HEADQUARTERS ORGANIZATION AND OPER-
ATIONS
Central organization
Regional liaison bureaus
Functional and other subsidiary bodies
Finances
Propaganda media
Training schools
SECTION 4.
A.
B.
SECTION 5.
A.
B.
C.
SECTION 6.
A.
B.
C.
SECTION 7.
A.
B.
SECTION 8.
OPERATIONAL STRATEGY AND TACTICS
Major conferences and meetings
Major propaganda campaigns and other
activities
NATIONAL AFFILIATES
Number and membership
Relations between the international or-
ganization and its affiliates
Role of affiliates by area
RELATIONS WITH OTHER INTERNATIONAL
ORGANIZATIONS
Other front organizations
Non-Communist organizations
United Nations and specialized agencies
PERSONALITIES
Directory
Biographies
COMMENTS ON PRINCIPAL SOURCES
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 1
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS JULY 1957
OUTLINE GUIDE
The following outline guide 'indicates substance and general arrange-
ment. In prep2ration and typing of manuscript, Standard Edi-
torial Instructions are followed in detail.
Part I. Introduction
Part I is an introduction both to the individual sur-
veys of selected international front organizations to be
published as PARTS II through XII of NIS 108, and to
individual surveys of the Communist movement in
selected NIS Areas to be published as SUPPLEMENT VI
of the appropriate NIS. PART I also serves, in a gen-
eral way, as background for the discussions of Com-
munism in various Sections of the standard CHAPTER V
of the NIS. In scope PART I is concerned with "World
Communism," as a world movement led and directed
by the U.S.S.R., and with any significant other Com-
munist movements.
Section 1. Overview of the Communist Movement
This Section is a broad and evaluative summary of
the nature, purpose, and scope of the Communist move-
ment and its significance in the current world situation.
The objective is an overview of the movement as a
whole, presenting an integrated survey of its basic
objectives, ideology, strategy, tactics, and methods of
PAGE 2
operation. The discussion indicates the relationships
between organized Communism in other countries and
the national policies of the U.S.S.R. and/or Communist
China, including the role of the international front
organizations and other components dominated by
Moscow.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 NIS 108 CONFIDENTIAL
Section 2. Communist Doctrine
This Section is an analytical survey of the basic con-
cepts and tenets of Communism, highlighting those
aspects of Marxist-Leninist theory and of subsequent
doctrinal developments or interpretations which are
significant for an appreciation of present-day Com-
munist policies and tactics. Marx's philosophy of
history, his analysis of capitalism, and his proposals for
the transformation of capitalistic society are described
in pointing out those elements in present-day Corn-
munist ideology which originated with Marx. This is
followed by a description of Lenin's principal extensions
and modifications of Marxist theory, his concept of the
Communist Party as the vanguard of the revolution,
and his doctrines regarding strategy and tactics in the
trade unions, parliaments, and other institutions. Sub-
sequent developments in doctrinal aspects and adapta-
tions to circumstances in China and other areas are
evaluated.
Section 3. Communist Organization and Strategy
This Section is an evaluative survey of the historical
development and present characteristics of the organi-
zational structure, strategy and tactics, and supporting
activities of the Communist movement.
A. The Comintern period, 1919-43
The background and development of the Third
International (Comintern) are summarized, including
the relationship between the Comintern and Soviet
foreign policy, between the Comintern and its sub-
sidiaries, and between the Comintern and any signifi-
cant other Communist and Socialist movement, and
the evolution of Communist world strategy up to the
dissolution of the Comintern.
B. The World War II period
The survey continues with the development of Com-
munist organization, strategy, and tactics during the
period from the dissolution of the Comintern to the
CONFIDENTIAL
establishment of the Cominform in 1947 and the
transition to the "cold war."
C. The Cominform period
The evaluative survey continues with the organiza-
tional, strategic, and tactical shifts during the Comin-
form period, assessing the nature and implications of
the developments in China and Yugoslavia, the death
of Stalin, the organization of NATO and similar sig-
nificant aspects.
D. The post-Cominform period
The dissolution of the Cominform and the meeting
of the 20th Congress of the Communist Party of the
U.S.S.R. are analyzed in terms of the impact of those
events upon the organization and tactics of the Com-
munist movement.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 3
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
Parts II through XII
Section I. Origin and Purpose
A. Communist theory and practice affecting
front organizations
This Subsection is introduced by a brief statement
of the purpose and role of the front organization in the
strategy of the international Communist movement.
(This statement refers to the more detailed treatment
in the general introduction to this NIS series, Part I of
NIS 108.) In relating general theory to the particular
organization under study, an explanation is to be made
as to why the given target group is considered, appro-
priate or useful for exploitation. This Subsection also
presents the factors (political, social, psychological,
economic, historical) which facilitate the work of the
international organization and make the given group
susceptible to Communist influence.
B. Pre-World War II counterparts
This Subsection provides a brief account of pre-
cursors of the subject organization. a discusses the
circumstances of establishment, professed aims, princi-
pal personalities, and main activities and targets. The
accomplishments and failures and the events leading to
and reasons for dissolution of the predecessor organiza-
tion are also discussed. Emphasis is placed through-
out on those aspects of its history which facilitate
analysis and evaluation of the present organization.
C. Specific factors governing the establish-
ment of the international organization
This Subsection is concerned with the international
setting at the time of the establishm.ent of the subject
PAGE 4
JULY 1957
organization, with special reference to particular cir-
cumstances, if any, involved in its creation. The re-
quirements of Soviet policy (and the policy of any other
Communist country, if pertinent) and the immediate
objectives to be attained are treated in this connection.
D. Establishment of the international or-
ganization
1. PREPARATORY WORK
This Subsection deals with the mechanics of estab-
lishing the organization. It explains what groups or
individuals originated the plan, how the first steps were
taken to convoke the founding conference, how poten-
tial participants were approached, and what role the
Soviet Union and national Communist Parties played
at this time. Information is provided on preparatory
work on the local level, with a survey of where meetings
were held.
2. THE FOUNDING CONFERENCE
This Subsection provides information on the date,
place, and participation in the founding conference, the
groups or individuals playing a dominant role, and the
methods used to control or influence the proceedings.
The mood of the conference as reflected in speeches is
to be examined, as well as any evidence of disagreement
and efforts to accommodate conflicting points of view.
The constitution, resolutions, and speeches are con-
sidered, both to determine the professed objectives of
the organization and to uncover any evidence of under-
lying motives.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957
NIS 108
Section 2. Structure and Control
A. Framework of the international organi-
zation
This Subsection is concerned with the framework of
the organization and contrasts the formal organization,
as provided for in the constitution, with the actual dis-
tribution of power. The names and memberships of
the constituent bodies are given. Mention important
organizational changes and explain their significance.
Attach chart of principal officeholders.
B. Major changes in composition and char-
acter
This Subsection details any changes in the political
composition of the organization brought about by the
disaffiliation of non-Communist groups or the addition
of orbit or other Communist organizations, by neutral-
izations of non-Communist groups, the exclusion of
dissenters, or, in the case of those organizations which
were not under full Communist control at the time of
establishment, the present degree of control of the
organization by the Communists. Analyze the cir-
cumstances surrounding these changes, the events lead-
ing up to the alteration, the specific factors precipitating
the change, and the international setting, where it is a
factor. Analyze also the effects of such changes on the
policies and tactics of the organization and on other
organizations.
CONFIDENTIAL
C. Problems of leadership and techniques
of control
This Subsection discusses the various leaders of the
organization in terms of their relative importance, i.e.,
their position and power within the organization and
their role in national organizations in their respective
countries. Evidence of disagreement or tensions
among the leaders and the issues which give rise to fric-
tion are examined, as well as any indications of control
over the leadership by Communist governments. De-
scribe the methods used by the leadership to establish
its control over the various components of the organi-
zation. The allocation of voting strength, manipula-
tion of parliamentary procedures, disciplinary controls
and sanctions (such as the device of expelling deviants)
are examined. Methods of coordinating the activities
of the national affiliates or subsidiary bodies (such as
the despatch of central headquarters personnel, con-
ferences, letters of instruction, financial subsidies),
which are treated more completely in SECTION 5, are
mentioned here as part of the control technique. Assess
the strength and vulnerabilities of the organization as
affected by such factors as control and coordination,
flexibility, and cohesion of leadership.
Section 3. Headquarters Organization and Operations
A. Central organization
This Subsection first indicates the successive loca-
tions of the headquarters since the organization's
establishment, with an assessment, if possible, of the
reasons for the choice of a particular country, and a
discussion of the factors that compelled a relocation.
To facilitate an understanding of the headquarters, a
schematic treatment is offered, supplemented by an
organizational chart, of the secretariat and other units
attached to the central organization, indicating primary
functions and key personnel. The physical plant,
equipment, and facilities available to the headquarters
are described if pertinent to an understanding of its
operations. The adequacy of the headquarters control
in promoting the organization's objectives is evaluated,
and consideration given to elements of weakness arising
out of organizational defects, bureaucratic inefficiency,
etc.
CONFIDENTIAL
B. Regional liaison bureaus
This Subsection gives information on the regional
offices of the organization which are under the direct
supervision of the central headquarters and which pro-
vide liaison with affiliates or coordinate policy in a
given area. Date of establishment, key personnel,
scope of activities, and effectiveness of operations and
relations with central headquarters are developed.
C. Functional and other subsidiary bodies
This Subsection presents in concise form information
on the important permanent auxiliary international
organizations. Each such organization will be treated
in terms of purpose of formation, date and circum-
stances of establishment, organizational structure, im-
portant personnel, and major functions and activities.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL NIS STANDARD IN
D. Finances
This Subsection presents information on sources of
revenue, such as contributions from affiliates, subsidies
from Communist countries, support from other organi-
zations, and proceeds of special fund raising campaigns
or methods. It will list available data on expenditures
(operating the secretariat, travel expenses, conference
costs, and the handling of funds if feasible, and analysis
will be made of the use of money to promote tactical
objectives, e.g., subsidies to newly formed affiliates.
E. Propaganda media
This Subsection discusses the propaganda outlets of
the organization. This discussion includes the types
of periodicals issued, frequency of publication, methods
of compilation and editorial supervision, publishing
facilities used, and scope of distribution. A summary
analysis of content to provide a picture and purpose of
the main periodical would be helpful. Nonperiodical
JULY 1957
or special publications (pamphlets, leaflets) will also be
treated briefly in the same general terms. Information
on radio facilities operated by or available to the organi-
zation will provide data on where the station is located,
when operations were begun, frequency of broadcasts,
type of program, and key personnel associated with the
radio. Any information on films made or distributed
under the auspices of the international organization is
also presented.
F. Training schools
This Subsection discusses the training programs
offered by the organization. Where feasible, data are
presented on the purpose of the programs, location of
the schools, teaching personnel, curricula, duration of
courses, selection and average number of trainees, and
methods of financing attendance. Evaluate effective-
ness of the program if possible, by tracing the subse-
quent activities of its graduates as organizers and
propagandists for Communist or Communist-front
organizations.
Section 4. Operational Strategy and Tactics
A. Major conferences and meetings
This Subsection deals chronologically with the most
important gatherings convened by the organization,
both regular organizational meetings as well as special
regional or functional convocations. Participation,
occasion, principal propaganda themes, and significant
developments emerging from such meetings in policy,
tactics, or activity are discussed. Discuss programs
for sponsored travel. An evaluation of the propaganda
or other success of these events is made where possible.
Where appropriate a chronological list of major con-
gresses and meetings is attached.
PAGE 6
B. Major propaganda campaigns and other
activities
This Subsection is concerned with an analysis of the
most important activities and propaganda events (other
than conferences) which the organization has sponsored
or supported. The discussion centers on the purpose
of its campaigns, showing how they may be tied in with
Soviet or other Communist country policy objectives,
the scope of the appeal, and the techniques used.
Assess the net results and particularly the response
elicited from target groups. The Subsection terminates
with a general evaluation of the effectiveness of the
organization as an instrumentality of Soviet or other
Communist policy. Emphasis is placed on its effec-
tiveness in fulfilling its "front" function or securing
non-Communist sympathy and support, and on the
contribution made by its propaganda to the indoctrina-
tion of the population of orbit countries.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
JULY 1957 N.IS 108 CONFIDENTIAL
Section 5. National Affiliates
This Section deals with the national affiliates only
in terms of their relationship to and role within the
international organization; country by country treat-
ment is given in the respective country supplements.
A. Number and membership
This Subsection provides information on the number
of affiliates, numerical strength and countries repre-
sented (in tabular form), and membership totals. An
analysis by area of membership totals and trends,
together with information on the political and social
composition of the membership is included to aid in
assessing the real capabilities of the international
organization.
B. Relations between the international or-
ganization and its affiliates
This Subsection investigates how coordination of
policy and activities is achieved between the inter-
national organization and its affiliates. Control devices
mentioned in SECTION 2 are developed more fully.
Instances of lack of coordination or friction between
the central organization and the leadership of affiliates
are examined.
C. Role of affiliates by area
This Subsection analyzes and compares the func-
tions, role, and accomplishments of the affiliates within
the Communist orbit, in the advanced countries of
the West, and in the underdeveloped areas of the world.
Variations in propaganda content and intensity be-
tween different areas are given. Consideration is given
to those factors affecting the capabilities of the affiliates
as instruments of the international organization such
as changes in political conditions, identification as a
front, hostility of other groups, etc.
Section 6. Relations with other International Organizations
A. Other front organizations
This Subsection examines the means of coordination
that exist between the various international front
organizations, such as participation in joint campaigns,
cosponsorship of meetings, personnel shared, exchange
of information and financial assistance. Formal ar-
rangements for cooperation as contained in charters
and the like are examined with respect to date of
agreement, objectives to be pursued, limits of coopera-
tion, etc.
B. Non-Communist organizations
This Subsection presents a concise account of the
organization's attempts to deal with non-Communist
organizations which share its professed objectives.
The purpose and methods of approach, the degree of
CONFIDENTIAL
success, and the reactions of the non-Communist organ-
izations thus approached are scrutinized. To aid in
evaluating the effectiveness of the international organi-
zation in working for its professed objectives, as outlined
in its charter or constitution, its operations are com-
pared with those of rival organizations working in the
same field.
C. United Nations and specialized agencies
This Subsection discusses what status, if any, the
international organization has before the United
Nations or any of its specialized agencies, when such
status was acquired, and whether this status has been
challenged. A brief statement of the types of activity
carried on by the front in the framework of the United
Nations is presented.
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
PAGE 7
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A000300020001-5
CONFIDENTIAL NIS STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS
Section 7. Personalities
A. Directory
This Subsection lists the names of the officers and
members of the central components of the group under
study. A star (*) appears before the name of each
person whose biography is contained in Subsection B
of this Section. It is anticipated that only in rare cases
will a biography or biographies appear here as well as
in a Country Supplement on Communism. However, if
a member of a front organization is of sufficient signifi-
cance in the Communist movement in the national
scene to be covered in a Supplement, his biography, for
ease of reference, will also appear in the appropriate
International Study.
B. Biographies
This Subsection contains biographies, arranged in
alphabetical order, of the leaders or otherwise influential
individuals in the organization being treated. Biog-
raphies are concise presentations of career data, atti-
tudes, and personality traits. Repot ,tion of identical
JULY 1957
background information in several biographies may be
avoided by cross referencing. Sketches open with a
brief statement of the subject's position in the organiza-
tion and in any other group or groups with which he
may be affiliated. Sketches then cover the following
points (not necessarily in the order given) : 1) evaluation
of subject's official or professional status and his
influence and capabilities both within the international
organization and in his home country; 2) important
steps in occupational history or career, travels abroad,
and attendance at international conferences, with
dates; 3) important family, professional, or social con-
nections; 4) actual or potential threats to career,
Biographic information also briefly refers to the
following: 1) place and date of birth; 2) family back-
ground, nationality, and present family; 3) group
affiliation (class, ethnic, or other); 4) education, both
formal and at CP schools; 5) publications, languages,
honors, or other accomplishments; and 6) character,
personality, and relations with other key figures of the
international organization.
Section 8. Comments on Principal Sources
This Section evaluates for both adequacy and
credibility the sources used in preparing the preceding
Sections, indicating significant gaps in detailed basic
intelligence on the international organization.
A. Evaluation
This Subsection indicates the general adequacy and
credibility of source materials available to meet the
specified requirements as a whole for the particular in-
ternational front organization. The contribution of
major sources selected for inclusion in the List of Prin-
cipal Sources is evaluated, with emphasis on reliability
PAGE 8
as a source of factual data and/or interpretive guid-
ance. Significant gaps in the type of information re-
quired are indicated.
B. List of principal sources
This Subsection lists in the order of the standard
NIS Outline Guide requirements those titles consid-
ered to represent a significant contribution to the de-
tailed basic intelligence requirements of the NIS on
International Communism. Reports and despatches
of the United States field agencies are not listed indi-
vidually unless regarded as major contributions.
CONFIDENTIAL
Approved For Release 1999/09/21 : CIA-RDP79-01055A0003000200U-116_5157